Homilies on Ecclesiastes

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 1

1PG 44

Ῥήματα Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ υἱοῦ Δαδὶδ, βασιλέως Ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης, εἶπεν ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής. Τίς περισσεία τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὐζοῦ, ᾧ μοχθεῖ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον; Γενγεὰ πορεύεται, γεγεὰ ἔρχεται, καὶ ἡ γῆ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ᾿ἕστηκεν. Καὶ ἀνατέλ.ει ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ ἔχει. Ἀνατέλλων αὐτὸς ἐκεῖ, πορεύεται πρὸς γότον, καὶ κυκλοῖ πρὸς βοῤῥᾶν. Κυκλοῦν πορεύεται τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἐπὶ κύκλους αὐτοῦ ἐπισερέρει τὸ πνεῦμα. Πάντες οἱ χείμαῤῥοι πορεύονται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἡ θάλασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμπιπλαμένη. Εἰς τὸν τόπον οὗ οἱ χείμαῤῥοι πορεύονται, ἐκεῖ αὐτοὶ ἐπιστρέφουσι τοῦ πορευθῆναι. Πάντες οἱ Καὶ οὐκ ἐμπλησθήσεται ὀξθαιϊμὸς τοῦ ὁρᾷν, καὶ οὐ πληρωθήσεται οὖς ἀπὸ ἀκροάσεως. Τί τὸ γεμένον; αὐτὸ τὸ ποιηθησόμεγον. Καὶ οὖκ ἔστι πᾶν πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ὃς 1αλήσει καὶ ἐρεῖ· ᾿Ιδοὺ τοῦτο καινὸν, ἤδη γέγονεν ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς γενομένοις ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν· οὐκ ἔστι μνήμῃ τοῖς πρώτοις, καί γε τοῖς ἐσχάτοις γεγομέψοις· οὐκ ἔσται αὐτῶν μγήμη μετὰ τῶν γεγομέγων εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην. Πρόκειται ἡμῖν ὁ Ἐχχλητιαστὴς εἰς ἐξήγησιν ἴσον ἔχων τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ὠφελείας τὸν πόνον τῆς θεωρίας. Τῶν γὰρ παροιμιαχῶν νοημάτων ἤδη προγυμνασάντων τὸν νοῦν, ὧν οἱ σχοτεινοὶ λόγοι καὶ αἱ σοφαὶ ῥήσεις καὶ τὰ αἰνίγματα, καὶ αἱ ποικίλαι τῶν λόγων ἀναστροφαὶ, καθὼς περιέχει τὸ τοῦ βιθλίου ἐκείνου προοΐμιον, τότε τοῖς πρὸς τὰ τελειότερα τῶν μαθημάτων αὐξηθεῖσιν, ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν Γραφὴν τὴν ὑψηλὴν οὕτως καὶ θεόπνευστον, ἡ ἄνοδος γίνεται. Εἰ οὖν ἡ παροιμία καὶ ἡ μελέτη ἡ πρὸς ταῦτα ἡμᾶς ἑτοιμάζουσα τὰ μαθήματα, οὕτως ἐπίπονός τίς ἐστι καὶ δυσθεώρητος, πόσον χρὴ πόνον αὐτοῖς ἐνορᾷν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς τούτοις νοήμασι, τοῖς νῦν προκειμένοις εἰς θεωρίαν ἡμῖν; Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ ἐν παιδοτρίδου πρὸς μείζονας ἱδρῶτας αἱ πόνους ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀποδύονται· οὕτω μοι δοκεῖ μελέτη τις εἶναι ἡ παροιμιώδης διδασκαλία, πρὸς τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς ἀγῶνας παιδοπριδοῦσα τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν καὶ προμαλάσσουσα. οὖν ἡ μελέτη μετὰ τοσούτων ἱδρώτων κατορθοῦται καὶ πόνων, τί χρὴ περὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀγώνων λογίσασθαι ; Ἤτοι ποίαν τις ὑπερδολὴν ἐννοήσας, οὐκ ἂν παραστήσειε κατ᾽ ἀξίαν τῷ λόγῳ, πόσους ὑποδείκνυσι τόνους τὸ τῆς Γραφῖ;ς ταύτης στάδιον τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις πρὸς τὴν τῶν νοητῶν ἀσφάλειαν διὰ τῆς ἀθλητικῆς ἐμπειρίας, ὡς μὴ ἐν πτώματι δεῖξαι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πάσῃ νοήματος συμπλοκῇ ὄρθιον διασὥῶτα: διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν νοῦν. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῦτο τῶν δεσποτικῶν παραγγελμάτων ἐστὶ, τὸ δεῖν ἐρευνᾷν τὰς Γραφὰς, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα, κἂν κατόπιν τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ ἡμέτερος ἐρευνηθῇ νοῦς τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν νοημάτων οὐκ ἐφιχνούμενος, ὅμως διὰ τὸ μὴ δοκεῖν παρορᾷν τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου, διὰ τῆς κατὰ δύναμιν περὶ τὸν λόγον σπουδῆς κατορθῶσαι. Οὐκοὖν ἐρευνήσωμεν τὴν προκειμένην ΤΓραφὴν ὡς δυνά- ῦ μεθα. Πάντως γὰρ ὁ τοῦ ἐρξυνᾷν τὴν ἐντολὴν δεδωκὼς, καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο δύναμιν δώσει, καθὼς γέγραπται· ὅτι ε Κύριος δώσει ῥῆμα τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένο:ς δυνάμει πολλῇ. Καὶ πρῶτόν γε ἡμῖν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ τοῦ βιδλίου προτεθήτω εἰς θεωρίαν. Κατὰ πᾶσαν Ἐκκλησίαν Μωῦαἷς καὶ ὁ νόμος ἀναγινώσχετα:, οἱ προφῆται, ἡ ψαλμῳδία, ἱστορία πᾶσα, καὶ εἴ τι ʼλρχαία; τε καὶ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης ἐστὶ, πάντα ἐπὶ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν αταγγέλλεται. Πῶς οὖν τοῦτο μόνον καὶ ἐξαίρετον τἢ ἐπιγραφῇ τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ οὖν ἐστιν ὃ περὶ τούτων ἡμεῖς ὑπειλήφαμεν ; ἋὋ:ι ταῖς μὲν ἄλλαις πάσαις Γραφαῖς. ἱστορίαις τε καὶ προφητείαις, καὶ πρὸς ἄλλα τινὰ τῶν μὴ πάνυ τή Ἐχχχλησίᾳ χρησίμων ὁ σκοπὸς βλέπει, Τί γὰρ μέλει τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ τὰς τῶν πολέμων συμφορὰς δι᾽ ἀχριθείας μαθεῖν, ἣ τίνες ἐθνῶν ἄρχοντες καὶ πόλεων γεγόνασιν οἰκισταὶ, καὶ τίνες τίνων ἄποικοι, ἣ ποῖαι βασιλεῖαι κατὰ τὸν ἐφεξῆς χρόνον διαφανήσονται, καὶ ὅσοι γάμοι καὶ παιδοποιῖΐαι δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας ἐμνημονεύθησαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὅσα ἑκάστης ἐστὶ διδαχθῆναι Γραφῆς, τί ἂν τοσοῦτον πρὸς τὸν Ἡ δὲ τοῦ βιδλίου τούτου διδασκαλία πρὸς μόνην τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν πολιτείαν βλέπει, δι᾽ ὧν ἂν τὸν ἐνἀρετόν τις χατορθώσειε βίον, ταῦτα ὑφηγουμένη. γὰρ σκοπὸς τῶν ἐνταῦθα λεγομένων ἑστὶ, τὸ ὑπερθεῖναι τὸν νοῦν τῆς αἰσθήσεω:, καὶ παῦσαι καταλιπόντα πᾶν δὄτιπέρ ἐστι μέγα τε καὶ λαμπρὸν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι φαινόμενον· πρὸς τὰ ἀνέφικτα τῇ αἰσθητικῇ καταλήψει διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπερκύψαι, κἀκείνων τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν λαθεῖν, ὧν οὐκ ἐφιχνεῖται ἡ αἴσθησις. Τάχα δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν χαθηγεμόνα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ βλέπει. Ὁ γὰρ ἀληθινὸς Ἐκκλησιαστὴς, ὃ τὰ ἐσκορπισμένα συναγαγὼν εἰς ἕν πλήρωμα, καὶ τοὺς: πολλαχῆ κατὰ τὰς ποικίλας ἀπάτας πεπλα νημένους εἰς ἕνα σύλλογον ἐκκλησιάζων, τίς ἂν ἄλλος εἴη. εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀληθινὸς βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραΐλ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς ὅν εἶπεν ὁ Ναθαναὴλ, ὅτι Σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς; τοῦ Θεοῦ· σὺ εἴ ὁ βατιλεὺς τοῦ ( Ἰσραήλ; Εἰ οὖν τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐστὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς οὗτος καὶ Θεοῦ ΥἹός ἔστι, καθὼς λέγει τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον ἄρα καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς Ἐκκλησιαστὴς ὀνομάζεται. Τάχα δὲ οὐκ ἔξω τοῦ εἰκότος εἰς ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν τὴν τῆς ἐπιγραςῆΐῆς ἀναφέρομεν σημασίαν, ἵνα διὰ τοῦτο μάθωμεν, ὅτι εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν πηξάμενον, ἡ τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων ἀναφέρεται δύναμις. Ῥηματανγὰρ, φησὶν, Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ υἱοῦ Δαδίδ. Οὕτω δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ Ματθαῖος ἐν ἀρχαῖς τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου χατονομάζει, υἱὸν Δαδὶδ, λέγων τὸν Κύριον. Ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, εἶπεν ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστῆς, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης. Μάταιον νοεῖται τὸ ἀνυπόστατὸν, ὃ ἐν μόνῃ τῇ τοῦ ῥήματος προφορᾷ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει· πρᾶγμα δὲ ὑφεστὸς τῇ τοῦ ὀνόματος σημασίᾳ οὐ υ·Ξ μφαίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι τις ψόφος ἀργὸς καὶ διάχενος, ἐν σχήματι λέξεώς τινος, διὰ συλλαδῶν προφερόμενος εἰκῇ, προσπίπτων τῇ ἀκοῇ χωρὶς σημασίας, οἷα δὴ παίζοντές τινες ὀνοματοποιοῦσιν, ὧν τὸ σημαινόμενόν ἔστιν οὐδέν. Ἕν μὲν τοῦτο εἶδος τῆς ματαιότητος. ΓΛλλη δὲ ματαιότης λέγεται τῶν κατά τινα σπουδὴν πρὸς οὐδένα σκοπὸν γινομένων ἡ ἀχρηστία, τῶν ἐν ψάμμῳ πα!ιδίων οἰκοδομήματα, καὶ ἡ κατὰ τῶν ἄστρων τοξεία, καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνέμων θήρα, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν σκιὰν τοῦ δρομέως ἅμιλλα, ὅτε φιλο τις τοῦ σχιάσματος τῆς εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον ἐν τοῖς εἰκῇ γενομένοις εὑρίσκομεν, ἅπερ πάντα τῷ τῆς ματαιότητος ὑπάγεται ῥήματι. Ἔστι δὲ πολλάκις κἀκεῖνο μάταιον ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ λεγόμενον, ὅταν πρός τινα σκοπόν τις δρῶν, γχαὶ ὥς τι λυσιτελὲς τῶν προκειμένων κατὰ σπουδὴν μετιὼν, ἕκαστα πράττῃ, εἶτά τινος ἐναντίου γεγενη μένου, εἰς ἀνόνητον περιέλθῃ ὁ πόνος, καὶ τότε καὶ ἐπὶ μηδενὶ χατορθώματ: τὴν σπουδὴν προχωρῆῇσαι τῷ ῥήματι τοῦ ματαίου διασημαίνεται. Λέγει γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἡ συνήθεια τὸ, Μάτην ἐχὸὺπίασα, καὶ μάτην ἐπήλπισα, καὶ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τοὺς πολλοὺς ὑπέστην καμάτους. Καὶ ἵνα μὴ τὰ καθ᾽ ἔκαστον διεξίωμεν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ματαιότητος κυρίως λέγεται, ἐν ὀλίγῳ τὴν ἔννοιαν τῆς φωνῆς ἀδιανόητον, ἣ πρᾶγμα ἀνόνητον; ἣ βουλὴ ἀνυπόστατος, ἢ σπουδὴ πέρας οὐκ ἔχουσα. ἣ καθόλου τὸ ἐπὶ παντὶ λυσιτελοῦντι ἀνύπαρκτον. Εἰ δὴ νενόηται ἡμῖν ποῦ ματαίου ἡ ἔννοια, ἐξεταστέον ἂν εἴη, τί βούλεται ἡ ματαιότης τῶν ματαιοτήτων.· Τάχα δʼ ἂν ἡμῖν γνωριμώτερον τὸ ζητούμενον θόημα γένοιτο, εἰ τὴν γραφικὴν συνήθειαν ἐπὶ τῶν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον νοουμένων, συνεξετάσαιμεν. Ἧ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τε καὶ συμφερόντων πρᾶξις, ἔργον παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς ὀνογων, ὅσα εἰς αὑτὴν ὁρᾷ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ λατρείαν, ἔργα ἔργων λέγεται, καθὼς ἢ ἱστορία δηλοῖ, δεικνῦντος, οἶμαι, τοῦ λόγου, διά τινος ἀναλογίας ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἔργου τῶν ἔργων, τί τὸ ἐν τοῖς σπουδαζομένοις ἐστὶ προτιμότερον. Ὃν γὰρ ἐπέχει λόγον πρὸς τὴν καθ. ὀλου ἀργίαν ἡ περὶ τὰ ἔργα σπουδὴ, τοιοῦτον ἔχει λόγον πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ ἔργα ἡ πρὸς τὰ ὑψηλότερα καὶ προτιμότερα τῶν σπουδαζομένων ἐνέργεια. Οὕτω καὶ ἅγιόν τι παρὰ τῇ Γραφῇ λέγεται· καὶ πάλιν ἅγιον ἁγίων, ὡς ἴσῳ τῷ μέτρῳ τοῦ τε ἐξ ἁγίου τὸ ἅγιον ὑπερέχων ἐν ἁγιότητι· καὶ τούτου πάλιν, τὸ τῶν ἁγίων ἅγιον, τὸ καθ᾽ ὑπέρθεσιν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ θεωὍπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ κρείττονος ἐδιδάχθημεν λόγου, πἧς γραφικῆς συνηθείας τῷ τοιούτῳ εἴδει τὴν ἐπίκασιν τοῦ ὑποκειμένου νοήματος σημαινούσης, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ματαιοτήτων ματαιότητος νοοῦντες, σφαλησόμεθα. Λέγει γὰρ οὐκ ἁπλῶς εἶναι μάταια ἐν τοῖς οὖσι φαινόμενα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὑπέρθεσίν τινα πῆς κατὰ τὸ μάταιον σημασίας εἶναι τοιαῦτα εἴ τις λέγοι τοῦ νεκροῦ νεχρότερον, καὶ τοῦ ἀψύχου ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔχει, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως λέγεται τούτῳ τῷ ῥήματι, πρὸς τὴν τῆς ὑπερδολῆς τοῦ δηλου μένου σαφήνειαν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐστι τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἔργων, καὶ τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων νοούμενα, ὧν ἡ ὑπερθετιχὴ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἔνδειξις ἑρμηνεύεται· οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ματαιοτήτων ματαιότης, τὸ ἀνυπέρθετον δείκνυσ!ι τῆς ἐν τῷ ματαίῳ ὑπερθολῆς. Καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπολάθοι κατηγορίαν εἶναι τῆς κτίσεως τὰ λεγόμενα· καὶ γὰρ ἂν εἰς τὸν πεποιηκότα πάντα διαδαίνοι τὸ ἔγκλημα, εἰ τούτων ἡμῖν δημιουργὸς ἀναφανείη, ὁ συστησάμενος ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὰ πάντα, εἴπερ ματαιότητος εἴη τὰ πάντα. ᾿Αλλ’ ἐπειδὴ δικλῇ μέν ἐστιν ἢ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευὴ, ψυχῆς σώματι συνδοαμούσης· μεμέρισται δὲ αἰτία καταλλήλως ἑκατέρῳ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν θεωρουμένων καὶ δὶ υἱέα, ποῃ δδί, τῆς ζωῆς εἶδος. Ἄλλη γὰρ ψυχῆς, καὶ ἑτέρα σώματός ἐστι ζωή ἡ μὲν γὰρ, θνητὴ καὶ ἐπίκηρος· δὲ, ἀπαθὴς καὶ ἀκήρατος· καὶ αὕτη μὲν εἰς τὸ παρὸν βλέπει. μόνον, τῆς δὲ ὁ σκοπὸς εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς παρατείνεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πολλὴ διαφορὰ τοῦ θνητοῦ πρὸς τὸ ἀθάνατον, καὶ τοῦ προσκαίρου πρὸς τὸ ἀΐδιον, πρὸς τοῦτο φέρε: τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ ἡ φωνὴ, τὸ μὴ δεῖν πρὸς τὴν αἰσθητὴν ταύτην βλέπειν ζωήν· ἥτις συγχρινημένη πρὸς τὴν ὄντως ζωὴν, ἀνύπαρκτός τις καὶ ἀνυπόστατός ἐσξιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἧττον εἴποι τις ἔξιυ τῆς τοὔεδημιουργοῦ κατηγορίας καὶ τοῦ τὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον, διότι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα. Ὡς εἰ ἡ δια σαρκὸς κατηγορεῖται ζωὴ, σαρκὸς δὲ ποιητὴς ὁ Θεὸς, εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀναγκαίως ἣ τοιαύτη μέμψις τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχοι. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἐρεῖ πάντως ὁ μὴ πω τῆς σαρκὸς ἔξω γενόμενος, μηδὲ ἀκριβῶς πρὸς τὴν ὑψηλοτέραν διακύψας ζωήν. Ἐπεὶ ὅ γε πεπαιδευμένος τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια, οὐκ ἀγνοεῖ πάντως, ὅτι οἰκεία μὲν καὶ κατὰ φύσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶν ἡ ζωὴ ἡ πρὸς τὴν θείαν φύσιν ὡμο:ωμένη - ἡ δὲ αἰσθητικὴ ζωὴ, διὰ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἐνεργείας διεξαγομένη, ἐπὶ τούτῳ φύσει δέδοται, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τὴν τῶν φαινομένων γνῶσιν ὁδηγὸν γενέσθαι τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀοράτων ἐπίγνωσιν· καθώς φησιν ἡ Σοφία. ε Ἐκ μεγέθους καλλονῇς κτισμάτων, ἀναλόγως τὸν πάντων γενεσιουργὸν καθορᾶσθαι. Ἡ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνη οὗ τὸ διὰ τῶν φαινομένων θαυμαζόμενον εἶδεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ εἶδεν ἐθαύμασεν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πρόσκαιρός τε καὶ ὠκύμορος ἧ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἐνέργεια, τοῦτο μανθάνομεν διὰ τῆς ὑψηλῆς ταύτης φωνῆς, ὅτε ὁ πρὸς ταῦτα βλέπων, βλέπει οὐδέν. Ὃ δὲ διὰ τρύτων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος κατανόησιν ὁδηγούμενος, καὶ διὰ τῶν παρατρεχόντων τὴν στάσιμον φύσιν χατφνοήσας, καὶ τοῦ ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος ἐν περινοίᾳ γενόμενος, εἶδέ τε τὸ ὄντως ὃν ἀγαθὸν. καὶ ὃ εἶδεν ἐκτήσατο· κτῆσις γάρ ἔστι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τούτου ἡ εἴδησις. ΤῚΐς γὰρ, φησὶ, ε περισσεία τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ ᾧ μοχθεῖ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ; Τὴν ἐν τῷ σώματε ζωὴν προσηγόρευσε μόχθον, ἐπὶ μηδενὶ κατορθώματι γὰρ περισσεΐα, φησὶ, τῷ τοῖα Ὁ ἀνθρώπῳ . Τουτέστι, τί περιγίνεται τῇ ψυχῇ διὰ ποῦ βιωτικοῦ μόχθου τοῖς πρὸς τὸ φαινόμενον ζῶσιν ; Ἐν τίνι δὲ καὶ ἔστιν ἡ ζωή; Τί μένει τῶν φαινομένων καλῶν ἐν ταυτότητι Ἥλιος περιέρχεται τὸν ἴδιον δρόμον λάμπων ἀνὰ μέρος καὶ σκοτιζόμενος, φωτίζων τὸν ὑπερκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀέρα, ὅταν ὑπὲρ γῆς ἑαυτὸν δείξῃ, καὶ σκότος διὰ τῶν δυσμῶν ἐφελκόμενος. ἔστηκε δὲ ἡ γῆ, καὶ μένει ἐν τῷ παγίῳ ἀκίνητος, καὶ τὸ ἑστὸς οὐ κινεῖται, καὶ οὐκ ἵσταται τὸ κινούμενον. Πάντα δι᾽ αὐτῶν ἐν παντὶ τῷ χρονιχῷ διαστήματι δείκνυται κατ᾽ οὐδὲν, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ τῶν πανταχόθεν συῤῥεόντων ὑδάτων ἡ θάλασσα, καὶ οὔτε ἡ σύῤῥοια λήγει, οὔτε ἡ θάλασσα αὔξεται. Τίς ἰυτ, ὁ σκοπὸς τοῦ δρόμου τοῖς ὕδασιν ἀεὶ πληροῦσι τὸ πληρούμενον; Ἐπὶ τίνι δέχεται τὰς ἐπιῤῥοὰς τῶν ὑδάτων ἡ θάλασσα, ἀναυξὴς διὰ τῆς προσθήκης εἰς Ταῦτα λέγει, ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν στοιχείων, ἐν οἷς ἔστιν ἡ ζωὴ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, προερμηνεύσῃ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν σπουδαζομένων τὸ ἀνυπόστατον. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ συντεταγμένος οὗτος τοῦ ἡλίου δρόμος ὅρον οὐκ ἔχει· οὔτε ἡ ἀνὰ μέρος φωτός τε καὶ σκότους διαδοχὴ, στάσιν ἐκδέχεται, ἢ τΞ γῆ καταδεδιχασμένη τὴν στάσιν. μένει ἐν τῷ παγίῳ ἀκίνητος, ἀνήνυτα δὲ μοχθοῦσιν οἱ ποταμοὶ, τῇ ἀπλήστῳ φύσει τῆς θαλάσσης δαπανώμενοι· μάτην δὲ τὰς ἐπιῤῥοὰς τῶν ὑδάτων ἡ θάλασσα. εἰς οὐδὲν πλέον ὑπολαμθάνουσα τοῖς κόλποις τὸ διαπαντὸς εἰσχεόμενον εἰ ταῦτα ἐν τούτοις ἐστὶν, ἐν τίνι εἰκὸς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον εἶναι, ὃ ἐν τούτοις τὴν ζωὴν ἔχει, καὶ τί ξενιζόμεθα, γενεὰ πορεύεται καὶ γενεὰ ἔρχεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιλείπει τὴν φύσιν οὗτος ὁ δρόμος, τῆς ἐπεισιούσης γενεᾶς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπεισιόντος ἐξωθουμένης ; Τί οὖν βοᾷ διὰ τούτων τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁ λόγος; ὅτι, Ὧ ἄνθρωποι, εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἀποδλέποντες, τὴν ἑαυτὼν φύσιν νοήσατε. Ἃ περὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν βλέπεις, ἃ ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ καθορᾷς, ἃ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ κατανοεῖς, ταῦτά σοι καὶ τὴν σὴν φύσιν ἑρμηνευέτω.·Ἔστε γὰρ καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀνατολή ε καὶ δύσις· μία ὁδὸς τοῖς πᾶσιν, εἷς ὁ κύκλος τῆς τοῦ βίου πορείας. Ὅταν διὰ γενέσεως ἀνατείλωμεν, πάλιν εἰς τὸ συγγενὲς χωρίον ἡμῶν καθελχόμεθα. Τῆς γὰρ ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἐπιδυείσης, ὑπόγειον καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον γίνεται φέγγος, ὅταν ἣ ἀντιληπτικὴ τοῦ φωτὸς ἡμῶν αἴσθησις γίνεται· πάντως δὲ ἡ γῇ πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς ἀναλύεται, καὶ οὗτος κύκλος ἐστὶ διηνεκῶς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἑλισσόμενος. Καθάπερ ἐπὶ ἡλίου, φησὶν, ὁ δρόμος, ὅτι ἀνατέλλων μὲν κατὰ τὸ ἄνω τῆς γῆς μέρος τοῖς νοτίοις ἐνδιοδεύει, ὑπόγειος δὲ κατὰ ποῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἰφ ἀεὶ περιοδεύων κυκλοῖ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δρόμον, καὶ πάλιν ἀναχυχλῶν περιέρχεται· Κυκχλοῖ γὰρ, φησὶ, χυνλῶν· οὔτω τοίνυν καὶ τὸ σὸν πορεύεται πνεῦμα (ἀπὸ μέρους ἅπαν ὀνομάζων τὸ ἢ) ἀνθρώπινον πνεῦμα) τῆν ἐγκύκλιον ταύτην διὰ τῶν πνεῦμα, καὶ ἐπὶ κύκλους αὐτοῦ. ἐπιστρέφει τὸ πνεῦμα. Ὁ δὲ ταῦτα κατανοήσας οὐκ ἂν μικρὰ πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον ὠφεληθείη. Τί λαμπρότερον τοῦ φωπός; Τί τῶν ἀκχτίνων φανερώτερον ; ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰ. ὑπὸ γῆν ὁ ἥλιος ἔλθῃ, κρύπτεται τὸ φέγγος, καὶ ἡ Πρὸς ταῦτά τις βλέπων, σωφρονέστερον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ παρερχέσθω βίον, καταφρονῶν τῆς ὧδε περιφανείας· μαθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων, ὅτι οὐ διαρκεῖ πρὸς τὸ διηνεκὲς τὸ ἐπίσημον· ἀλλὰ ἀγχίστροφοί εἰσιν αἱ (ὧν ἐναντίων διαδοχαί· μένει δὲ οὐδὲν εἰς τὸ τοιοῦον, οἷον ἐν τῷ παρόντι ἐστὶν, οὐ νεότης, οὐ κάλλος, οὐκ ἡ ἐκ τῶν δυναστειῶν περιφάνεια. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν, τοῖς ἐν εὐχληρίᾳ τινὶ ζῶαιν· ὅσοις δὲ ἐπίπονος ὁ πρὸς ἀρετὴν δοκεῖ βίος, τῷ τῆς γῆς ὑποδείγματι πρὸς τὸ ἐγκαρτερεῖν τοῖς δεινοῖς, ἣ Ψυχὴ παιδοτριθδείσθω. Ἡ γῆ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἔστηκεν. Τί μοχθηρότερον τῆς ἀκινήτου ταύτης παγιότητος ; καὶ ὅμως παρατείνετα. μέχρις αἰῶνος ἡ στάσις. Σοὶ δὲ ὀλίγος ὁ τῆς ἀθλήσεως χρόνος, Μὴ γίνου τῆς γῆς ἁψυχότερος᾽ μὴ γίνου τῶν ἀναισθήτων ἀνοητότερος, γισμὸν εἰληχὼς ᾿καὶ λόγῳ πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν διοικούμενος ἀλλὰ ε μένε, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ε ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες καὶ ἐπιστώθης, ἐν ἐδραίᾳ καὶ ἀμεταχιγήτῳ τῇ στάσει. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο τῶν θείων παραγγελμάτων ἐστὶ, τὸ, ἙἭ)δραῖοι καὶ ἀμετακίνητοι παγία ἡ πίστις, ἀμετάθετος ἣ ἀγάπη, ἀκίνητος ἡ ἐν παντὶ καλῷ στάσις, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἡ ἕν σοι γῆ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα εἱστήκει, Εἰ δέ τις κεχῃνὼς πρὸς τὴν πλεονεξίαν, καὶ καθάπερ τινὰ θάλασσαν: τὴν ἀμετρίαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἁπλώσας, πρὸς τὰ πανταχόθεν εἰσρέοντα κέρδη ἀπλήστως ἔχοι, οὗτος πρὸς τὴν ὄντως θάλασσαν βλέπων, θεραπευέσθω τὴν νόσον. Ὡς γὰρ ἐκείνη τὸ ἑαυτῆς οὐ παρέρχεται μέτρον ἐν ταῖς μυρίαις τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιῤῥοαῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ διαμένει πληρώματι, καθάπερ οὐδεμιᾶς αὐτῇ ἐξ ὑδάτων γινομένης προσθήκης· κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις ἰδίοις μέτροις ἐν τῇ ἀπολαύσει τῶν προδόντων διειλημμένη, τῷ πλήθει τῶν προσόδων τὴν ἀπολαυστιχὴν λαιμάργως οὐ δύναται, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν εἰσρέον παύεται, ἡ δὲ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως δύναμις ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὅρῳ φυλάσσεται. Εἰ οὖν ἡ ἀπόλαυσις πλεονάσαι οὐ δύναται παρὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς φύσεως, εἰς τέ τὰς τῶν προσόδων ἐπιῤῥοὰς ἐφελχόμεθα, οὐδέποτε πρὸς εὐποιῖαν ἄλλων ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπεισιόντων ὑπερχεόμενοι; Ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἀποδοθέντα ἡμῖν τῆς ματαιότητος λόγον, ἣ τὸ ἀνόνητον ῥῆμα, ἣ τὸ ἀνόνητον πρᾶγμα ματαιότητὸς ἐστὶν, καλῶς ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ λόγου ἄρχεται. Ὡς ἂν μήτε τι τῶν γινομένων, μήτε τι τῶν λεγομένων, εἴ τις πρὸς τὸν ὧδε βλέπει σκοπὸν, ὡς ὑφεστὸς λογισώμεθα. Πᾶσα γὰρ ἀνθρώπων σπουδὴ, πρός τι τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον ἀσχολουμένη, νηπίων ἄντικρύς ἐστι τὰ ἐπὶ ψάμμον ἀθύρματᾳ, οἷς ἡ τῶν γινομένων ἀπόλαυσις τῇ περὶ τὰ γινόμενα σπονδῇ συναπέληξεν. Ῥ΄Αμα ςὲ γὰρ τοῦ πονεῖν ἐπαύσατο, καὶ ἡ ψάμμος πρὸς αὐτὴν συῤῥυεῖσα οὐδὲν ἴω τῶγ πεπονημένων Τοῦτό ἐστιν ὁ ἀνθρώπινος βίος, ψάμμος ἣ φιλοτιμία, ψάμμος ἡ δυναστεία, ψάμμος ὃ πλοῦτος, ψάμμος ἕκαστον τῶν κατὰ σπουδὴν διὰ σαρκὸς ἀπολαυομένων, ἐν οἷς νῦν αἱ νηπιώδεις ψυχαὶ τοῖς ἀνυποστάτοις ἐχματαιάζουσαι, καὶ πολλοὺς περὶ ἕκαστον τῆς ψάμμου χωρίον, τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ λέγω ζωὴν, τότε τὸ μάταιον τῆς ὧδε διατριδῆς ἐπιγνώσονται, Τῷ γὰρ ὑλικῷ βίῳ καὶ ἡ ται δὲ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν οὐδὲν ὅτι μὴ τὴν συνείδησιν μόνην. Ὃ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ μέγας Ἐκκλησιαστὴς, ὥσπερ ἤδη τούτων ἔξω γενόμενος, καὶ γυμνῇ τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς ἀῦλου ζωῆς ἐπιθατεύων, ἐκεῖνα εἶπεν, ἃ εἰκός ποτε καὶ ἡμᾶς εἰπεῖν, ὅταν ἔξω τοῦ παραλίου τούτον τόπου γενώμεθα, περὶ ὃν ἡ ψάμμος ἐστὶν, ἡ ὑπὸ τῆς ποῦ βίου θαλάσσης ἐχπτυομένη, καὶ πάντων χωριτῶν περιχτυπούντων ἡμᾶς καὶ θούντων κυμάτων, ἐκ τῆς νοηθείσης θαλάσσης μόνην. τὴν μνήμην τῶν ὧδε σπουδασθέντων ἐπαγόμενοι λέἴομεν τὸ, ε Ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, καὶ τὰ πάντα ματαιότης, καὶ οὔτις περισσεία τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ᾧ μοχθεῖ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. Οὕτως γὰρ, κατά γε τὸν. ἐμὸν λόγον, πάσης ἐστὶ ψυχῆς οὗτος ὁ λόγος, ὅταν, γυμνωθεῖσα τῶν τῇδε πρὸς τὸν ἐλπιζόμενον μετοιχι- Βαὶ σθῇ βίον. Εἴτε γάρ. τι τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ κατώρθωσε, κατηγορεῖ τούτου ἐν ᾧ ἦν, τῇ πρὸς τὸ εὑρεθὲν συγκρίσει, τὸ παρελθόν τι ἀτιμάζουσα, εἴτε καὶ προσπαθῶς περὶ τὴν ὕλην διατεθεῖσα, ἴδυι τὰ ἀπροσδόχητα, καὶ τῇ πείρᾳ μάθοι τῶν σπουδασθέντων περὶ τὸν βίον αὐτῇ τὸ ἀνόνητον ᾿ τότε θρηνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν ταύτην προοίσεται, οἷα δὴ ποιοῦμεν ἐκ μεταμελείας οἱ ἄνθρωποι, τὰς ἀδουλίας ἑαυτῶν ἐν τοῖς ὁλοφυρμοῖς διηγούμενοι, τὸ, τῆς ματαιοτήτων ,καὶ τὰ λειπόμενα. ε Πάντες οἱ λόγοι, φησὶν, ἔγχοποι, καὶ οὐ δυνήσεται ἀνὴρ τοῦ λαλεῖν. Καὶ μὴν, οὐδὲν ἐκ τοῦ προχεέρου νομίζεται οὔ λαλεῖν εὐκολώτερον. Τίς γάβρ ἔστι κόπος τῷ λαλοῦντι ὅ τις βούλεται; ᾿ʼΥγρὰ ἡ γλῶασα καὶ εὕστροφος, καὶ πρὸς ὅτιπερ ἐθέλοι ῥημάτων εἶδος ἀπόνως ἑαυτὴν σχηματίζουσα· ἀκώλυτος ἡ ὁλκχὴ τοῦ ἀερίου πνεύματος, ᾧ συγχεχρημένη τοὺς φθόγγους ἐργάζεται· ἄλυπος ταῖς παρειαῖς ἡ ὑπουργία, καὶ τοῖς χείλεσιν ἅμα ἡ πρὸς τὴν ἐκφώνησιν τοῦ λεγομένου συνέργεια. Τίνα οὖν ἐνορᾷ τῷ λόγῳ τὸν κόπον; Οὐ γὰρ γῆν σχάπτοντες, ἣ πέτρας ἀναχυλίοντες, ἣ ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ἀχθοφοροῦντες, ἣ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐπιπόνων κατεργαζόμένοι, τὸν λόγον διεξοδεύομεν ᾿ ἀλλὰ τὸ συστὰν ἐν ἡμῖν νόημα διὰ φωνῆς ἐχχαλυφθὲν, λόγος ἐγένετο. ᾽Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ὁ τοιοῦτος λόγος κόπον οὐκ ἔχει, νοητέον ἂν εἴη τίνες οἱ κοπιῶντες λόγοι, οἷς οὐ δυνήσεται ἀνὴρ τοῦ λαλεῖν. ε Οἱ πρεσδύτεροι, φησὶ, ε διπλῆς τιμῆς ἀξιούσθωσαν, μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ. Πρεσβύτερος, κατὰ τὴν συνήθειαν, ὁ ἐκβὰς τὴν ἄτακτον ἡλικίαν καὶ ἐν γηρεᾷ καταστάσει γενόμενος λέγεται, ὡς εἴ γέ τις ἀστατοίη τῷ λογισμῷ, καὶ ἐν ἀταξίᾳ τὸν βίον ἔχοι, οὔπω πρεσθύτερος ὁ τοιοῦτος, κἂν ἐν πολιᾷ τύχοι φαινόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι ἀνήρ. Οὐκοὖν οἱ λόγοι οὗ γε ἀληθῶς λόγοι, οἱ πρὸς τὸ ψυχωφελές τε καὶ χρήσιμον τῶν ἀνθρώπων γινόμενοι, οὗτοι πλήρεις ἱδρώτων. εἰσὶ καὶ πόνων, καὶ πολὺν ἐπάγοναι κόπον, ἵνα γένωνται λόγοι. ε Τὸν γὰρ χοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τὸν καρπὸν ἀπολαμδάνειν, . φῃσὶν ὁ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων τεχνίτης, ὡς δέον μὴ ῥῆμα νοεῖσθαι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἀρετὴν εἰς διδασκαλίαν βίου τοῖς ὁρῶσιν προτιθεμένην, ἀντὶ λόγου γενέσθαι τοῖς διδασκομένοις. Πάντες οὖν οἱ τοιυῦτοι λόγοι ἔγχοποι τῶν τὴν ἀρετὴν ὑψηγουμένων πρῶτον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κατορθούντῶν ὅπερ διδάσκουσι. Τοῦτο γάρ ἔστι τὸ δεῖν πρῶτον τῶν καρπῶν μεταλαμδάνειν, ὧν πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἑαυτοῖς διὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς γεωργοῦμεν, ἣ τάχα καὶ τὰ ἀσθενὲς τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως διερμηνεύει ὁ λόγος. Ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἔξω γενόμενοι τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἃ ἡ ματαιότης ὠνόμασται, εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀοράτων θεωρίαν διαδυεῖσά πως ἡ διάνοια παραστῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ τὸ νοηθὲν ἐγχειρήσει, τότε πολὺς γίνεται κόπος τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τῆς ἑρμηνευτικῆς ταύτης φωνῆς, μηδεμίαν μηχανὴν ἐξευρισχούσης περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνεχφωνήτων σαφήνειαν. Οὐρανὸν ὁρῶμεν, τὰς τῶν φωστήρων αὐ. γὰς τῇ αἰσθήσει δεχόμεθα, γῆς ἐπιδεδήκαμεν, τὸν ἀέρα τῷ στόματι ἕλκομεν, ὕδατι πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν τῇ φύσει κεχρήμεθα, τὸ πῦρ εἰς κοινωνίαν βίον παραδεχόμεθα, κἄν τι περὶ τούτων ἐννοῆσαι θελήσωμεν, τἰ τῶν φαινομένων ἕκαστον πέφυκε τῷ τῆς οὐσίας λόγῳ, πόθεν ἣ ὅπως τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔσχεν, οὐ δυνήσεται ἀνὴρ τοῦ λαλῇσαι ᾿ κἂν ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους ὧν τύχῃ, πάσης καταληπτιχῆς ἐπιστήμτς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνεφίἀτονούσης. ΕἸ δὲ ὁ περὶ τούτων λόγος κόπον ἔχει ὑπερθαίνοντα τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν τοῦ λαλεῖν δύναμίν τε καὶ φύσιν, τί ἄν τις εἴποι πάσχειν ποὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Λόγου λόγους, ἣ τοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ Λόγου ; Ἧπου πᾶσα ὑψηγορία τε καὶ μεγαλοφωνία ἀσάφειά τίς ἐστι καὶ σιωπὴ, εἰ πρὸς τὴν ἀληθῆ τοῦ ζητουμένου σημασίαν κρίνοιτο, ὡς τοῦτο μόνον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίως εἰπεῖν, ὅτι κἄν πάντας κινήσῃ τις γονισμοὶς, καὶ μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ τῶν θεοπρεπῶν· εἰ πρὸς αὑτὴν τὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ προκειμένου κρίνοιτο ἡ φωνὴ, ὅπερ ἂν εἴποι, λόγος οὐκ ἔστιν. Θὺ γὰρ δυνήσεται ἄνθρωπος τοῦ λαλεῖν. Οὐ γὰρ τὴν δι᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐγγινομένην τῇ ψυχῇ περὶ τὸ φαινόμενον θεωρίαν ἡ ὄψις ἔστησεν, ἀλλὰ ἀεὶ βλέποντες ὡς μὴδέπω ἑωρακότες ὧσιν, ἔτι ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ τὸ διὰ τῆς αἷὄψις οὐ δύναται· ἀλλ᾽ ἔχει μέτρον τῆς ἰδίας ἐνεργείας τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τῶν ὄντων αὐτῇ προφαινόμένον. Διό φησιν,εΟὐχ ἐμπλησθήσεται ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ ὁρᾷν, καὶ οὐ πληρωθήσεται οὗς ἀπὸ ἀχροάδεως· ἀγχουστιχὴ δύναμις δεχομένη τὸν περὶ ἑκάστου λόγον, πληροῦσθαι φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ εὑρεθήσεται τούμενον. Πῶς οὖν πλησθήσεται ἀκοὴ τῆς περὶ τῶν ζητουμένων ἀκροάσεως, τοῦ πληροῦντος οὐκ ὄντος ; Εἶτα μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους, αὑτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐρωτᾷ, καὶ ἑαυτῷ ἀποκρίνεται. Ἐρωτήφας γὰρ, Τί τὸ γεγονός ; Αὐτὸ, φησὶ, τὸ γενηθησόμενον . καὶ τί τὸ Αὐτὸ, φησὶ, τὸ ποιηθησόμενον, οὖν βούλεται τὸ ἐρώτημα; Ἐξ ἀκολουθίας ἡμῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀφ᾽ ὧν μεμαθήκαμεν, ἀντιτιθέντων καὶ λεγόντων· Εἰ ταῦτα πάντα ματαιότης, δηλονότι οὔτε γέγονεν ἕν τι τούτων ἃ οὐκ ὑφέστηκε. Τὸ γὰρ μάταῖον πάντως ἀνύπαρκτον. Τὰ δὲ ἀνύπαρκτον, οὐκ ἄν τις ἐν τοῖς γεγονόσι λογίσαιτο. Εἰ δὴ ταῦτα οὐκ ἔστιν, εἰπὲ τί ἐστι τὸ γενόμενον, ἧ ἐν τῷ εἶναι μένει. Σύντομος οὖν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ἐρωτηθὲν ἡ ἀπόκρισις· Βούλει γνῶναι τί ἐστι τὸ γενόμενον; Νόησον τί ἔστι τὸ ἐσόμενον, καὶ ʼἘπιγνώσῃ ὃ γέγονε. Τοῦτο δέ ἔστι τὸ, Νόησόν μοι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, οἷο; γενήσῃ διὰ ἣς ἀρετῆς ἑαυτὸν ὑψώσας, εἰ κατὰ πάντα διὰ τῶν ὀγαθῶν χαρακτήρων τὴν ψυχὴν μορφωθείης, εἰ ἔξω γένοιο τῶν τῆς κακίας κηλίδων, εἰ πάντα ῥύπον τῶν ὑλικῶν μολυσμάτων τῆς ἑχυτοῦ φύσεως ἀποχλύσειας, ἰ γενήσῃ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων καλλωπιζόμενος, οἵαν σεαυτῷ περιθήσεις μορφήν, Ἐὰν τοῦτο λογισμῷ κατανοήσῃς, ἐδιδάχθης τὸ ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις γενόμενον, ὃ κατ᾽ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν. Καὶ ποῦ νῦν ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν, ἐρῶ πρὸς ταῦτα διδάσκοντα, ὅ ποτε γέγονε, καὶ εἰς ὕστερον αὖθις ἐλπίζεται, νῦν δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν; ᾿Δλλ᾽ ἀποκρίνεται πάντως τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἡμῖν ὁ τὰ ὑψηλὰ παιδεύων, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο τὰ παρόντα ματαιότης ὠνόμασται, διότι ἐκεῖνα ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν οὐκ ἔστι. Καὶ τί, φησὶ, τὸ πεποιημένον; Αὐτὸ τὸ ποιηθησόμενον. Μηδεὶς τῶν ἀκουόντων πολυλογίαν ἡγείσθω καὶ ματαίαν τινὰ ῥημάτων ἐπανάληψιν, ἐν ἦ διαφορᾷ τοῦ γεγονότος καὶ τοῦ πεποιημένου. Δείκνυσι γὰρ δι᾽ ἑκατέρου τῶν ῥημάτων ὁ λόγος τὴν ς τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὴν σάρκα διαφοράν. Γέγονεν ἣ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα πεποίηται. Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ ἄλλο τι καὶ ἄλλο σημαίνει τῶν ῥημάτων ἡ ἔμφασις τῇ διαφορᾷ ταύτῃ κέχρηται τῶν ῥημάτων ἐφ᾽ ἑκατέρου τῶν σημαινημένων ὁ λόγος· ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σοι δῷ τὰ πρόσφορα περὶ ἑχατέρονυ λογίζεσθαι, ἐκεῖνο κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς γέγονεν ἡ φυχὴ, ὃ εἰς ὕστερον χαθαρισθεῖσα, πάλιν ἀναφανήται. Ἐκεῖνο πεποίηται ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ σῶμα πλαττόμενον, ὃ δείξει τοῖς καθήκουσι χρόνοις αὐτὸ ἡ ἀνάστασις. Ὁποῖον γὰρ ἀεὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἴδοις, τοιοῦτον πάντως παρὰ τὴν πρώτην πεποίηται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλο τί ἔστιν ἡ ἀνάστασις, εἰ μὴ πάντως ἣ εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον Διὸ τούτοις ἐπάγει καὶ τὸ ἀκόλουθον λέγων, ὅτι ἔξω τοῦ ἀρχαίου ἐστὶν οὐδέν. Οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ, φησὶ, πᾶν πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον· ὡς ἂν εἰ ἔλεγεν, τι εἰ μὴ κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖόν ἐστιν, οὐδέν ἔστιν ὅλυς, ἀλλὰ νομίξεται. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι, φησὶ, πρόσφατόν τι ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ὥστε λαλῆσαί τινα καὶ δεῖξαί τι τῶν ἐπιγινομένων, ὅτι καινόν ἔστι τοῦτο καὶ τῷ ὄντι ὑφέστηκεν. Αὕτη τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστὶν ἡ διάνοια. Ἢ δὲ λέξις τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον·Καὶ οὐκ ἔστι πᾶν πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ὅς λαλήσει καὶ ἐρεῖ, Ἴδε κοῦτο καινόν ἐστι. Καὶ ἐπαγωνίζεται τοῖς εἰρημένοις διὰ τῶν ἐφεξῆς λέγων· ΕΓ τι ἀληθῶς, φησὶ, γέγονεν, ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν, ὃ ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν ἐγένετο τοῖς πρὸ ἡλῶν, ν Ταύτην γὰρ ἐνδείκνυται τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτὰ τὰ ῥήματα τῆς Γραφῆς, οὕτως ἔχοντα, Ἤδη γέγονεν ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἀπὸ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν. Εἰ δὲ ἐπεκράτησε λήθη τῶν γενομένων, θαυμάσῃς μηδέν - καὶ γὰρ τὰ νῦν ὄντα, λήθῃ καταληφθήσεται. Ὅτε γὰρ εἰς κακίαν ἦ φύσις ἔῤῥεψε, λήθη τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐγενόμεθα ὅταν δὲ γένηται πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν, αὖθις ἡμῖν ἡ ἀνάλυσις, πάλιν τὸ κακὸν λήθῃ συγχαλυφθήσεται. Ταύτην γὰρ οἶμαι τὴν διάνοιαν ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις εἶναι, ἐν οἷς φησιν, Οὐκ ἔστι μνήμη, τοῖς πρώτοις καί γε τοῖς ἐσχάτοις γενομένοις οὐκ ἔσται μνήμη, ὡς ἂν εἰ ἔλεβεν· Τῶν ἐπιγινομένων μετὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐκληρίαν, δι᾽ ὧν ἐν κακοῖς γέγονε τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ἐξαλείψει τὴν μνήμην τὰ πάλαι τοῖς. ἐσχάτοις ἐπιγινόμενα. Οὐκ ἔσται γὰρ αὐτῶν μνήμη μετὰ τῶν γενομένων εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην ᾿ τουτέστιν͵ ἐσχάτη κατάστασις ἀφανισμὸν παντελῇ τῆς τῶν κακῶν μνήμης ἐποίησε τῆς φύσεως. ἐν Χριστῶ Ἰησοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.

Rhēmata Ekklēsiastou huiou Dadid, basileōs Mataiotēs mataiotētōn, ta panta mataiotēs, eipen ho Ekklēsiastēs. Tis perisseia tǭ anthrōpǭ en panti mochthǭ auzou, hǭ mochthei hypo ton hēlion? Gengea poreuetai, gegea erchetai, kai hē gē eis ton aiōna ᾿hestēken. Kai anatel.ei ho hēlios, kai eis ton topon autou echei. Anatellōn autos ekei, poreuetai pros goton, kai kykloi pros borrhan. Kykloun poreuetai to pneuma, kai epi kyklous autou episererei to pneuma. Pantes hoi cheimarrhoi poreuontai eis tēn thalassan, kai hē thalassa ouk estin empiplamenē. Eis ton topon hou hoi cheimarrhoi poreuontai, ekei autoi epistrephousi tou poreuthēnai. Pantes hoi Kai ouk emplēsthēsetai oxthaiïmos tou horąn, kai ou plērōthēsetai ous apo akroaseōs. Ti to gemenon? auto to poiēthēsomegon. Kai ouk esti pan prosphaton hypo ton hēlion hos 1alēsei kai erei; ᾿Idou touto kainon, ēdē gegonen en tois aiōsi tois genomenois emprosthen hēmōn; ouk esti mnēmę̄ tois prōtois, kai ge tois eschatois gegomepsois; ouk estai autōn mgēmē meta tōn gegomegōn eis tēn eschatēn. Prokeitai hēmin ho Echchlētiastēs eis exēgēsin ison echōn tǭ megethei tēs ōpheleias ton ponon tēs theōrias. Tōn gar paroimiachōn noēmatōn ēdē progymnasantōn ton noun, hōn hoi schoteinoi logoi kai hai sophai rhēseis kai ta ainigmata, kai hai poikilai tōn logōn anastrophai, kathōs periechei to tou bithliou ekeinou prooïmion, tote tois pros ta teleiotera tōn mathēmatōn auxētheisin, epi tautēn tēn Graphēn tēn hypsēlēn houtōs kai theopneuston, hē anodos ginetai. Ei oun hē paroimia kai hē meletē hē pros tauta hēmas hetoimazousa ta mathēmata, houtōs epiponos tis esti kai dystheōrētos, poson chrē ponon autois enorąn tois hypsēlois toutois noēmasi, tois nyn prokeimenois eis theōrian hēmin? Hōsper gar hoi en paidotridou pros meizonas hidrōtas hai ponous en tois agōsi tois gymnikois apodyontai; houtō moi dokei meletē tis einai hē paroimiōdēs didaskalia, pros tous ekklēsiastikous agōnas paidopridousa tas psychas hēmōn kai promalassousa. oun hē meletē meta tosoutōn hidrōtōn katorthoutai kai ponōn, ti chrē peri autōn tōn agōnōn logisasthai ? Ētoi poian tis hyperdolēn ennoēsas, ouk an parastēseie kat᾽ axian tǭ logǭ, posous hypodeiknysi tonous to tēs Graphi?s tautēs stadion tois agōnizomenois pros tēn tōn noētōn asphaleian dia tēs athlētikēs empeirias, hōs mē en ptōmati deixai ton logon, all᾽ en pasę̄ noēmatos symplokę̄ orthion diasōōta: dia tēs alētheias ton noun. Plēn all᾽ epeidē kai touto tōn despotikōn parangelmatōn esti, to dein ereunąn tas Graphas, anankē pasa, kan katopin tēs alētheias ho hēmeteros ereunēthę̄ nous tou megethous tōn noēmatōn ouk ephichnoumenos, homōs dia to mē dokein parorąn tēn entolēn tou Kyriou, dia tēs kata dynamin peri ton logon spoudēs katorthōsai. Oukoun ereunēsōmen tēn prokeimenēn TGraphēn hōs dyna- y metha. Pantōs gar ho tou erxynąn tēn entolēn dedōkōs, kai tēn pros auto touto dynamin dōsei, kathōs gegraptai; hoti e Kyrios dōsei rhēma tois euangelizomeno:s dynamei pollę̄. Kai prōton ge hēmin hē epigraphē tou bidliou protethētō eis theōrian. Kata pasan Ekklēsian Mōyais kai ho nomos anaginōscheta:, hoi prophētai, hē psalmǭdia, historia pasa, kai ei ti ʼlrchaia? te kai tēs Kainēs Diathēkēs esti, panta epi tōn Ekklēsiōn atangelletai. Pōs oun touto monon kai exaireton tē epigraphę̄ tou Ekklēsiastou oun estin ho peri toutōn hēmeis hypeilēphamen ? HaO:i tais men allais pasais Graphais. historiais te kai prophēteiais, kai pros alla tina tōn mē pany tē Echchchlēsią chrēsimōn ho skopos blepei, Ti gar melei tę̄ Ekklēsią tas tōn polemōn symphoras di᾽ achritheias mathein, hē tines ethnōn archontes kai poleōn gegonasin oikistai, kai tines tinōn apoikoi, hē poiai basileiai kata ton ephexēs chronon diaphanēsontai, kai hosoi gamoi kai paidopoiiïai di᾽ epimeleias emnēmoneuthēsan, kai panta ta toiauta, hosa hekastēs esti didachthēnai Graphēs, ti an tosouton pros ton Hē de tou bidliou toutou didaskalia pros monēn tēn ekklēsiastikēn politeian blepei, di᾽ hōn an ton enareton tis chatorthōseie bion, tauta hyphēgoumenē. gar skopos tōn entautha legomenōn hesti, to hypertheinai ton noun tēs aisthēseō:, kai pausai kataliponta pan dotiper esti mega te kai lampron en tois ousi phainomenon; pros ta anephikta tę̄ aisthētikę̄ katalēpsei dia tēs psychēs hyperkypsai, kakeinōn tēn epithymian lathein, hōn ouk ephichneitai hē aisthēsis. Tacha de kai pros ton chathēgemona tēs Ekklēsias hē epigraphē blepei. Ho gar alēthinos Ekklēsiastēs, ho ta eskorpismena synagagōn eis hen plērōma, kai tous: pollachē kata tas poikilas apatas pepla nēmenous eis hena syllogon ekklēsiazōn, tis an allos eiē. ei mē ho alēthinos basileus tou Israïl, ho Huios tou Theou, pros hon eipen ho Nathanaēl, hoti Sy ei ho Huios? tou Theou; sy ei ho batileus tou ( Israēl? Ei oun ta rhēmata tauta tou basileōs esti tou Israēl, ho de autos houtos kai Theou HuIos esti, kathōs legei to Euangelion ara kai ho autos Ekklēsiastēs onomazetai. Tacha de ouk exō tou eikotos eis tautēn tēn dianoian tēn tēs epigrasēïēs anapheromen sēmasian, hina dia touto mathōmen, hoti eis auton ton dia tou Euangeliou tēn Ekklēsian pēxamenon, hē tōn rhēmatōn toutōn anapheretai dynamis. Rhēmatangar, phēsin, Ekklēsiastou huiou Dadid. Houtō de auton kai Matthaios en archais tou Euangeliou chatonomazei, huion Dadid, legōn ton Kyrion. Mataiotēs mataiotētōn, eipen ho Ekklēsiastēs, ta panta mataiotēs. Mataion noeitai to anypostaton, ho en monę̄ tę̄ tou rhēmatos prophorą to einai echei; pragma de hyphestos tę̄ tou onomatos sēmasią ou y;X mphainetai, all᾽ esti tis psophos argos kai diachenos, en schēmati lexeōs tinos, dia sylladōn propheromenos eikę̄, prospiptōn tę̄ akoę̄ chōris sēmasias, hoia dē paizontes tines onomatopoiousin, hōn to sēmainomenon estin ouden. Hen men touto eidos tēs mataiotētos. GLllē de mataiotēs legetai tōn kata tina spoudēn pros oudena skopon ginomenōn hē achrēstia, tōn en psammǭ pa!idiōn oikodomēmata, kai hē kata tōn astrōn toxeia, kai hē tōn anemōn thēra, kai hē pros tēn idian skian tou dromeōs hamilla, hote philo tis tou schiasmatos tēs ei ti toiouton heteron en tois eikę̄ genomenois heuriskomen, haper panta tǭ tēs mataiotētos hypagetai rhēmati. Esti de pollakis kakeino mataion en tę̄ synētheią legomenon, hotan pros tina skopon tis drōn, nchai hōs ti lysiteles tōn prokeimenōn kata spoudēn metiōn, hekasta prattę̄, eita tinos enantiou gegenē menou, eis anonēton perielthę̄ ho ponos, kai tote kai epi mēdeni chatorthōmat: tēn spoudēn prochōrēę̄sai tǭ rhēmati tou mataiou diasēmainetai. Legei gar epi tōn toioutōn hē synētheia to, Matēn echoupiasa, kai matēn epēlpisa, kai epi mataiǭ tous pollous hypestēn kamatous. Kai hina mē ta kath᾽ ekaston diexiōmen, eph᾽ hois to onoma tēs mataiotētos kyriōs legetai, en oligǭ tēn ennoian tēs phōnēs adianoēton, hē pragma anonēton? hē boulē anypostatos, ē spoudē peras ouk echousa. hē katholou to epi panti lysitelounti anyparkton. Ei dē nenoētai hēmin pou mataiou hē ennoia, exetasteon an eiē, ti bouletai hē mataiotēs tōn mataiotētōn.; Tacha dʼ an hēmin gnōrimōteron to zētoumenon thoēma genoito, ei tēn graphikēn synētheian epi tōn pros to kreitton nooumenōn, synexetasaimen. Hē tōn anankaiōn te kai sympherontōn praxis, ergon para tēs Graphēs onogōn, hosa eis hautēn horą tēn tou Theou latreian, erga ergōn legetai, kathōs ē historia dēloi, deiknyntos, oimai, tou logou, dia tinos analogias hēmin ek tou ergou tōn ergōn, ti to en tois spoudazomenois esti protimoteron. Hon gar epechei logon pros tēn kath. olou argian hē peri ta erga spoudē, toiouton echei logon pros ta loipa erga hē pros ta hypsēlotera kai protimotera tōn spoudazomenōn energeia. Houtō kai hagion ti para tę̄ Graphę̄ legetai; kai palin hagion hagiōn, hōs isǭ tǭ metrǭ tou te ex hagiou to hagion hyperechōn en hagiotēti; kai toutou palin, to tōn hagiōn hagion, to kath᾽ hyperthesin en hagiasmǭ theōOper oun epi tou kreittonos edidachthēmen logou, pēs graphikēs synētheias tǭ toioutǭ eidei tēn epikasin tou hypokeimenou noēmatos sēmainousēs, touto kai epi tēs tōn mataiotētōn mataiotētos noountes, sphalēsometha. Legei gar ouk haplōs einai mataia en tois ousi phainomena, alla kata hyperthesin tina pēs kata to mataion sēmasias einai toiauta ei tis legoi tou nekrou nechroteron, kai tou apsychou epi tōn toioutōn ouk echei, all᾽ homōs legetai toutǭ tǭ rhēmati, pros tēn tēs hyperdolēs tou dēlou menou saphēneian. Hōsper oun esti ta erga tōn ergōn, kai ta hagia tōn hagiōn nooumena, hōn hē hyperthetichē pros to kreitton endeixis hermēneuetai; houtō kai hē tōn mataiotētōn mataiotēs, to anypertheton deiknys!i tēs en tǭ mataiǭ hypertholēs. Kai mēdeis hypolathoi katēgorian einai tēs ktiseōs ta legomena; kai gar an eis ton pepoiēkota panta diadainoi to enklēma, ei toutōn hēmin dēmiourgos anaphaneiē, ho systēsamenos ex ouk ontōn ta panta, eiper mataiotētos eiē ta panta. ᾿All’ epeidē diklę̄ men estin ē tou anthrōpou kataskeuē, psychēs sōmati syndoamousēs; memeristai de aitia katallēlōs hekaterǭ tōn en hēmin theōroumenōn kai di huiea, poę̄ ddi, tēs zōēs eidos. Allē gar psychēs, kai hetera sōmatos esti zōē hē men gar, thnētē kai epikēros; de, apathēs kai akēratos; kai hautē men eis to paron blepei. monon, tēs de ho skopos eis to diēnekes parateinetai. Epei oun pollē diaphora tou thnētou pros to athanaton, kai tou proskairou pros to aïdion, pros touto phere: tou Ekklēsiastou hē phōnē, to mē dein pros tēn aisthētēn tautēn blepein zōēn; hētis synchrinēmenē pros tēn ontōs zōēn, anyparktos tis kai anypostatos esxin. ᾿All᾽ ouden hētton eipoi tis exiy tēs touedēmiourgou katēgorias kai tou ton einai ton logon, dioti par᾽ autou. kai hē psychē kai to sōma. Hōs ei hē dia sarkos katēgoreitai zōē, sarkos de poiētēs ho Theos, eis ekeinon anankaiōs hē toiautē mempsis tēn anaphoran echoi. ᾿Alla tauta men erei pantōs ho mē pō tēs sarkos exō genomenos, mēde akribōs pros tēn hypsēloteran diakypsas zōēn. Epei ho ge pepaideumenos ta theia mystēria, ouk agnoei pantōs, hoti oikeia men kai kata physin tois anthrōpois estin hē zōē hē pros tēn theian physin hōmo:ōmenē - hē de aisthētikē zōē, dia tēs tōn aisthētēriōn energeias diexagomenē, epi toutǭ physei dedotai, eph᾽ hǭ tēn tōn phainomenōn gnōsin hodēgon genesthai tēs psychēs pros tēn tōn aoratōn epignōsin; kathōs phēsin hē Sophia. e Ek megethous kallonę̄s ktismatōn, analogōs ton pantōn genesiourgon kathorasthai. Hē de anthrōpinē hou to dia tōn phainomenōn thaumazomenon eiden, all᾽ ho eiden ethaumasen. Epei oun proskairos te kai ōkymoros hē tōn aisthētēriōn energeia, touto manthanomen dia tēs hypsēlēs tautēs phōnēs, hote ho pros tauta blepōn, blepei ouden. Ho de dia trytōn pros tēn tou ontos katanoēsin hodēgoumenos, kai dia tōn paratrechontōn tēn stasimon physin chatphnoēsas, kai tou aei hōsautōs echontos en perinoią genomenos, eide te to ontōs hon agathon. kai ho eiden ektēsato; ktēsis gar esti tou agathou toutou hē eidēsis. TIïs gar, phēsi, e perisseia tǭ anthrōpǭ, en panti mochthǭ autou hǭ mochthei hypo ton hēlion ? Tēn en tǭ sōmate zōēn prosēgoreuse mochthon, epi mēdeni katorthōmati gar perisseïa, phēsi, tǭ toia Ho anthrōpǭ . Toutesti, ti periginetai tę̄ psychę̄ dia pou biōtikou mochthou tois pros to phainomenon zōsin ? En tini de kai estin hē zōē? Ti menei tōn phainomenōn kalōn en tautotēti Hēlios perierchetai ton idion dromon lampōn ana meros kai skotizomenos, phōtizōn ton hyperkeimenon hēmin aera, hotan hyper gēs heauton deixę̄, kai skotos dia tōn dysmōn ephelkomenos. estēke de hē gē, kai menei en tǭ pagiǭ akinētos, kai to hestos ou kineitai, kai ouk histatai to kinoumenon. Panta di᾽ autōn en panti tǭ chronichǭ diastēmati deiknytai kat᾽ ouden, dia tēs pros to tōn pantachothen syrrheontōn hydatōn hē thalassa, kai oute hē syrrhoia lēgei, oute hē thalassa auxetai. Tis iyt, ho skopos tou dromou tois hydasin aei plērousi to plēroumenon? Epi tini dechetai tas epirrhoas tōn hydatōn hē thalassa, anauxēs dia tēs prosthēkēs eis Tauta legei, hina ex autōn tōn stoicheiōn, en hois estin hē zōē tōn anthrōpōn, proermēneusę̄ tōn en hēmin spoudazomenōn to anypostaton. Ei gar ho syntetagmenos houtos tou hēliou dromos horon ouk echei; oute hē ana meros phōtos te kai skotous diadochē, stasin ekdechetai, ē tX gē katadedichasmenē tēn stasin. menei en tǭ pagiǭ akinētos, anēnyta de mochthousin hoi potamoi, tę̄ aplēstǭ physei tēs thalassēs dapanōmenoi; matēn de tas epirrhoas tōn hydatōn hē thalassa. eis ouden pleon hypolamthanousa tois kolpois to diapantos eischeomenon ei tauta en toutois estin, en tini eikos to anthrōpinon einai, ho en toutois tēn zōēn echei, kai ti xenizometha, genea poreuetai kai genea erchetai, kai ouk epileipei tēn physin houtos ho dromos, tēs epeisiousēs geneas hypo tou epeisiontos exōthoumenēs ? Ti oun boą dia toutōn tę̄ Ekklēsią ho logos? hoti, Hō anthrōpoi, eis to pan apodlepontes, tēn heautōn physin noēsate. Ha peri ton ouranon kai tēn gēn blepeis, ha en tǭ hēliǭ kathorąs, ha en tę̄ thalassę̄ katanoeis, tauta soi kai tēn sēn physin hermēneuetō.;Este gar kath᾽ homoiotēta tou hēliou kai tēs physeōs hēmōn anatolē e kai dysis; mia hodos tois pasin, heis ho kyklos tēs tou biou poreias. Hotan dia geneseōs anateilōmen, palin eis to syngenes chōrion hēmōn kathelchometha. Tēs gar zōēs hēmōn epidyeisēs, hypogeion kai to hēmeteron ginetai phengos, hotan hē antilēptikē tou phōtos hēmōn aisthēsis ginetai; pantōs de hē gę̄ pros to syngenes analyetai, kai houtos kyklos esti diēnekōs en tois autois helissomenos. Kathaper epi hēliou, phēsin, ho dromos, hoti anatellōn men kata to anō tēs gēs meros tois notiois endiodeuei, hypogeios de kata pouton ton tropon eiph aei periodeuōn kykloi ton heautou dromon, kai palin anachychlōn perierchetai; Kykchloi gar, phēsi, chynlōn; outō toinyn kai to son poreuetai pneuma (apo merous hapan onomazōn to ē) anthrōpinon pneuma) tēn enkyklion tautēn dia tōn pneuma, kai epi kyklous autou. epistrephei to pneuma. Ho de tauta katanoēsas ouk an mikra pros ton heautou bion ōphelētheiē. Ti lamproteron tou phōpos? Ti tōn akchtinōn phanerōteron ? all᾽ homōs ei. hypo gēn ho hēlios elthę̄, kryptetai to phengos, kai hē Pros tauta tis blepōn, sōphronesteron ton heautou parerchesthō bion, kataphronōn tēs hōde periphaneias; mathōn ek tōn horōmenōn, hoti ou diarkei pros to diēnekes to episēmon; alla anchistrophoi eisin hai (hōn enantiōn diadochai; menei de ouden eis to toiouon, hoion en tǭ paronti estin, ou neotēs, ou kallos, ouk hē ek tōn dynasteiōn periphaneia. Kai tauta men, tois en euchlērią tini zōain; hosois de epiponos ho pros aretēn dokei bios, tǭ tēs gēs hypodeigmati pros to enkarterein tois deinois, hē Psychē paidotrithdeisthō. Hē gē eis ton aiōna estēken. Ti mochthēroteron tēs akinētou tautēs pagiotētos ? kai homōs parateineta. mechris aiōnos hē stasis. Soi de oligos ho tēs athlēseōs chronos, Mē ginou tēs gēs hapsychoteros᾽ mē ginou tōn anaisthētōn anoētoteros, gismon eilēchōs ᾿kai logǭ pros tēn zōēn dioikoumenos alla e mene, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, e en hois emathes kai epistōthēs, en edraią kai ametachigētǭ tę̄ stasei. Epei kai touto tōn theiōn parangelmatōn esti, to, HeĒ)draioi kai ametakinētoi pagia hē pistis, ametathetos hē agapē, akinētos hē en panti kalǭ stasis, hōs an kai hē hen soi gē eis ton aiōna heistēkei, Ei de tis kechę̄nōs pros tēn pleonexian, kai kathaper tina thalassan: tēn ametrian tēs epithymias haplōsas, pros ta pantachothen eisreonta kerdē aplēstōs echoi, houtos pros tēn ontōs thalassan blepōn, therapeuesthō tēn noson. Hōs gar ekeinē to heautēs ou parerchetai metron en tais myriais tōn hydatōn epirrhoais, all᾽ en tǭ isǭ diamenei plērōmati, kathaper oudemias autę̄ ex hydatōn ginomenēs prosthēkēs; kata ton auton tropon kai hē anthrōpinē physis idiois metrois en tę̄ apolausei tōn prodontōn dieilēmmenē, tǭ plēthei tōn prosodōn tēn apolaustichēn laimargōs ou dynatai, alla to men eisreon pauetai, hē de tēs apolauseōs dynamis en tǭ idiǭ horǭ phylassetai. Ei oun hē apolausis pleonasai ou dynatai para to metron tēs physeōs, eis te tas tōn prosodōn epirrhoas ephelchometha, oudepote pros eupoiian allōn hyper tōn epeisiontōn hypercheomenoi? Epeidē de kata ton apodothenta hēmin tēs mataiotētos logon, hē to anonēton rhēma, hē to anonēton pragma mataiotētos estin, kalōs ekeithen tou logou archetai. Hōs an mēte ti tōn ginomenōn, mēte ti tōn legomenōn, ei tis pros ton hōde blepei skopon, hōs hyphestos logisōmetha. Pasa gar anthrōpōn spoudē, pros ti tōn peri ton bion ascholoumenē, nēpiōn antikrys esti ta epi psammon athyrmatą, hois hē tōn ginomenōn apolausis tę̄ peri ta ginomena spondę̄ synapelēxen. Rh΄Ama se gar tou ponein epausato, kai hē psammos pros autēn syrrhyeisa ouden iō tōg peponēmenōn Touto estin ho anthrōpinos bios, psammos hē philotimia, psammos hē dynasteia, psammos ho ploutos, psammos hekaston tōn kata spoudēn dia sarkos apolauomenōn, en hois nyn hai nēpiōdeis psychai tois anypostatois echmataiazousai, kai pollous peri hekaston tēs psammou chōrion, tēn en sarki legō zōēn, tote to mataion tēs hōde diatridēs epignōsontai, Tǭ gar hylikǭ biǭ kai hē tai de meth᾽ heautōn ouden hoti mē tēn syneidēsin monēn. Ho moi dokei kai ho megas Ekklēsiastēs, hōsper ēdē toutōn exō genomenos, kai gymnę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ tēs aulou zōēs epithateuōn, ekeina eipen, ha eikos pote kai hēmas eipein, hotan exō tou paraliou touton topou genōmetha, peri hon hē psammos estin, hē hypo tēs pou biou thalassēs echptyomenē, kai pantōn chōritōn perichtypountōn hēmas kai thountōn kymatōn, ek tēs noētheisēs thalassēs monēn. tēn mnēmēn tōn hōde spoudasthentōn epagomenoi leiomen to, e Mataiotēs mataiotētōn, kai ta panta mataiotēs, kai outis perisseia tǭ anthrōpǭ hǭ mochthei hypo ton hēlion. Houtōs gar, kata ge ton. emon logon, pasēs esti psychēs houtos ho logos, hotan, gymnōtheisa tōn tę̄de pros ton elpizomenon metoichi- Bai sthę̄ bion. Eite gar. ti tōn hypsēloterōn en tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ katōrthōse, katēgorei toutou en hǭ ēn, tę̄ pros to heurethen synkrisei, to parelthon ti atimazousa, eite kai prospathōs peri tēn hylēn diatetheisa, idui ta aprosdochēta, kai tę̄ peirą mathoi tōn spoudasthentōn peri ton bion autę̄ to anonēton ᾿ tote thrēnousa tēn phōnēn tautēn prooisetai, hoia dē poioumen ek metameleias hoi anthrōpoi, tas adoulias heautōn en tois holophyrmois diēgoumenoi, to, tēs mataiotētōn ,kai ta leipomena. e Pantes hoi logoi, phēsin, enchopoi, kai ou dynēsetai anēr tou lalein. Kai mēn, ouden ek tou procheerou nomizetai ou lalein eukolōteron. Tis gabr esti kopos tǭ lalounti ho tis bouletai? ᾿ʼYgra hē glōasa kai heustrophos, kai pros hotiper etheloi rhēmatōn eidos aponōs heautēn schēmatizousa; akōlytos hē holkchē tou aeriou pneumatos, hǭ synchechrēmenē tous phthongous ergazetai; alypos tais pareiais hē hypourgia, kai tois cheilesin hama hē pros tēn ekphōnēsin tou legomenou synergeia. Tina oun enorą tǭ logǭ ton kopon? Ou gar gēn schaptontes, hē petras anachyliontes, hē epi tōn hōmōn achthophorountes, hē allo ti tōn epiponōn katergazomenoi, ton logon diexodeuomen ᾿ alla to systan en hēmin noēma dia phōnēs echchalyphthen, logos egeneto. ᾽All᾽ epeidē ho toioutos logos kopon ouk echei, noēteon an eiē tines hoi kopiōntes logoi, hois ou dynēsetai anēr tou lalein. e Hoi presdyteroi, phēsi, e diplēs timēs axiousthōsan, malista hoi kopiōntes en logǭ. Presbyteros, kata tēn synētheian, ho ekbas tēn atakton hēlikian kai en gēreą katastasei genomenos legetai, hōs ei ge tis astatoiē tǭ logismǭ, kai en ataxią ton bion echoi, oupō presthyteros ho toioutos, kan en polią tychoi phainomenos, all᾽ eti anēr. Oukoun hoi logoi hou ge alēthōs logoi, hoi pros to psychōpheles te kai chrēsimon tōn anthrōpōn ginomenoi, houtoi plēreis hidrōtōn. eisi kai ponōn, kai polyn epagonai kopon, hina genōntai logoi. e Ton gar chopiōnta geōrgon dei prōton ton karpon apolamdanein, . phę̄sin ho tōn toioutōn logōn technitēs, hōs deon mē rhēma noeisthai ton logon, alla tēn en tois ergois aretēn eis didaskalian biou tois horōsin protithemenēn, anti logou genesthai tois didaskomenois. Pantes oun hoi toiyytoi logoi enchopoi tōn tēn aretēn hypsēgoumenōn prōton en heautois katorthountōn hoper didaskousi. Touto gar esti to dein prōton tōn karpōn metalamdanein, hōn pro tōn allōn heautois dia tēs aretēs geōrgoumen, hē tacha kai ta asthenes tēs logikēs physeōs diermēneuei ho logos. Epeidan gar exō genomenoi tōn aisthētēriōn ha hē mataiotēs ōnomastai, eis tēn tōn aoratōn theōrian diadyeisa pōs hē dianoia parastēsai tǭ logǭ to noēthen encheirēsei, tote polys ginetai kopos tǭ logǭ dia tēs hermēneutikēs tautēs phōnēs, mēdemian mēchanēn exeurischousēs peri tēn tōn anechphōnētōn saphēneian. Ouranon horōmen, tas tōn phōstērōn au. gas tę̄ aisthēsei dechometha, gēs epidedēkamen, ton aera tǭ stomati helkomen, hydati pros to dokoun tę̄ physei kechrēmetha, to pyr eis koinōnian bion paradechometha, kan ti peri toutōn ennoēsai thelēsōmen, ti tōn phainomenōn hekaston pephyke tǭ tēs ousias logǭ, pothen hē hopōs tēn hypostasin eschen, ou dynēsetai anēr tou lalę̄sai ᾿ kan hyper tous allous hōn tychę̄, pasēs katalēptichēs epistēmts pros tēn tōn anephiatonousēs. EI de ho peri toutōn logos kopon echei hyperthainonta tēn anthrōpeian tou lalein dynamin te kai physin, ti an tis eipoi paschein pous peri autou tou Logou logous, hē tou Patros tou Logou ? Hēpou pasa hypsēgoria te kai megalophōnia asapheia tis esti kai siōpē, ei pros tēn alēthē tou zētoumenou sēmasian krinoito, hōs touto monon ep᾽ autou to rhēma kyriōs eipein, hoti kan pantas kinēsę̄ tis gonismois, kai mēden elleipę̄ tōn theoprepōn; ei pros hautēn tēn axian tou prokeimenou krinoito hē phōnē, hoper an eipoi, logos ouk estin. Thy gar dynēsetai anthrōpos tou lalein. Ou gar tēn di᾽ ophthalmōn enginomenēn tę̄ psychę̄ peri to phainomenon theōrian hē opsis estēsen, alla aei blepontes hōs mēdepō heōrakotes hōsin, eti en agnoią to dia tēs haiopsis ou dynatai; all᾽ echei metron tēs idias energeias to kata tēn epiphaneian tōn ontōn autę̄ prophainomenon. Dio phēsin,eOuch emplēsthēsetai ophthalmos tou horąn, kai ou plērōthēsetai hous apo achroadeōs; anchoustichē dynamis dechomenē ton peri hekastou logon, plērousthai physin ouk echei. Oudeis gar heurethēsetai toumenon. Pōs oun plēsthēsetai akoē tēs peri tōn zētoumenōn akroaseōs, tou plērountos ouk ontos ? Eita meta tous logous toutous, hautos heauton erōtą, kai heautǭ apokrinetai. Erōtēphas gar, Ti to gegonos ? Auto, phēsi, to genēthēsomenon . kai ti to Auto, phēsi, to poiēthēsomenon, oun bouletai to erōtēma? Ex akolouthias hēmōn pros auton aph᾽ hōn memathēkamen, antitithentōn kai legontōn; Ei tauta panta mataiotēs, dēlonoti oute gegonen hen ti toutōn ha ouk hyphestēke. To gar mataion pantōs anyparkton. Ta de anyparkton, ouk an tis en tois gegonosi logisaito. Ei dē tauta ouk estin, eipe ti esti to genomenon, hē en tǭ einai menei. Syntomos oun autǭ pros to erōtēthen hē apokrisis; Boulei gnōnai ti esti to genomenon? Noēson ti esti to esomenon, kai ʼEpignōsę̄ ho gegone. Touto de esti to, Noēson moi, ō anthrōpe, hoio? genēsę̄ dia hēs aretēs heauton hypsōsas, ei kata panta dia tōn ogathōn charaktērōn tēn psychēn morphōtheiēs, ei exō genoio tōn tēs kakias kēlidōn, ei panta rhypon tōn hylikōn molysmatōn tēs hechytou physeōs apochlyseias, i genēsę̄ dia tōn toioutōn kallōpizomenos, hoian seautǭ perithēseis morphēn, Ean touto logismǭ katanoēsę̄s, edidachthēs to en tois prōtois genomenon, ho kat᾽ eikona Theou kai homoiōsin. Kai pou nyn ekeino estin, erō pros tauta didaskonta, ho pote gegone, kai eis hysteron authis elpizetai, nyn de ouk estin? ᾿Dll᾽ apokrinetai pantōs ton auton logon hēmin ho ta hypsēla paideuōn, hoti dia touto ta paronta mataiotēs ōnomastai, dioti ekeina en tois parousin ouk esti. Kai ti, phēsi, to pepoiēmenon? Auto to poiēthēsomenon. Mēdeis tōn akouontōn polylogian hēgeisthō kai mataian tina rhēmatōn epanalēpsin, en ē diaphorą tou gegonotos kai tou pepoiēmenou. Deiknysi gar di᾽ hekaterou tōn rhēmatōn ho logos tēn s tēs psychēs pros tēn sarka diaphoran. Gegonen hē psychē, kai to sōma pepoiētai. Ouk epeidē allo ti kai allo sēmainei tōn rhēmatōn hē emphasis tę̄ diaphorą tautę̄ kechrētai tōn rhēmatōn eph᾽ hekaterou tōn sēmainēmenōn ho logos; all᾽ hina soi dǭ ta prosphora peri hechaterony logizesthai, ekeino kat᾽ archas gegonen hē phychē, ho eis hysteron chatharistheisa, palin anaphanētai. Ekeino pepoiētai tais chersi tou Theou to sōma plattomenon, ho deixei tois kathēkousi chronois auto hē anastasis. Hopoion gar aei meta tēn anastasin idois, toiouton pantōs para tēn prōtēn pepoiētai. Oude gar allo ti estin hē anastasis, ei mē pantōs hē eis to archaion Dio toutois epagei kai to akolouthon legōn, hoti exō tou archaiou estin ouden. Ouk esti gar, phēsi, pan prosphaton hypo ton hēlion; hōs an ei elegen, ti ei mē kata to archaion estin, ouden estin holys, alla nomixetai. Ou gar esti, phēsi, prosphaton ti hypo ton hēlion, hōste lalēsai tina kai deixai ti tōn epiginomenōn, hoti kainon esti touto kai tǭ onti hyphestēken. Hautē tōn eirēmenōn estin hē dianoia. Ē de lexis touton echei ton tropon;Kai ouk esti pan prosphaton hypo ton hēlion hos lalēsei kai erei, Ide kouto kainon esti. Kai epagōnizetai tois eirēmenois dia tōn ephexēs legōn; EG ti alēthōs, phēsi, gegonen, ekeino estin, ho en tois aiōsin egeneto tois pro hēlōn, n Tautēn gar endeiknytai tēn dianoian auta ta rhēmata tēs Graphēs, houtōs echonta, Ēdē gegonen en tois aiōsi tois gegonosin apo emprosthen hēmōn. Ei de epekratēse lēthē tōn genomenōn, thaumasę̄s mēden - kai gar ta nyn onta, lēthę̄ katalēphthēsetai. Hote gar eis kakian ē physis errhepse, lēthē tōn agathōn egenometha hotan de genētai pros to agathon, authis hēmin hē analysis, palin to kakon lēthę̄ synchalyphthēsetai. Tautēn gar oimai tēn dianoian en tois eirēmenois einai, en hois phēsin, Ouk esti mnēmē, tois prōtois kai ge tois eschatois genomenois ouk estai mnēmē, hōs an ei eleben; Tōn epiginomenōn meta tēn ex archēs euklērian, di᾽ hōn en kakois gegone to anthrōpinon, exaleipsei tēn mnēmēn ta palai tois. eschatois epiginomena. Ouk estai gar autōn mnēmē meta tōn genomenōn eis tēn eschatēn ᾿ toutestin͵ eschatē katastasis aphanismon pantelę̄ tēs tōn kakōn mnēmēs epoiēse tēs physeōs. en Christō Iēsou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn.

“The words of the Ecclesiast, the son of David, king … Vanity of vanities, all is vanity, said the Ecclesiast. What advantage is there for a human being in all his toil at which he toils under the sun? A generation goes and a generation comes, and the earth stands for ever. And the sun rises, and the sun sets, and it draws to its place; rising there, it goes toward the south and circles toward the north. Circling, circling, the wind goes, and on its circuits the wind returns. All the torrents go into the sea, and the sea is not being filled; to the place where the torrents go, there they return to go again. All the … And the eye will not be filled with seeing, and the ear will not be filled with hearing. What is it that has been? The very thing that will be [made] … And there is nothing at all fresh under the sun, who will speak and say, ‘Look, this is new’; it has already been in the ages that were before us. There is no memory of the first, and also of the last who come to be there will be no memory of them with those who come to be at the last.”

The Ecclesiast lies before us for exposition, and the labour of contemplating it is equal to the greatness of its benefit. For once the thoughts of the Proverbs have already given the mind its preliminary training — their dark sayings and wise utterances and riddles and the varied turns of speech, as the prologue of that book contains — then, for those who have grown toward the more perfect lessons, the ascent comes to this Scripture, so lofty and inspired by God. If, then, the proverb and the exercise that prepares us for these lessons is so laborious and so hard to contemplate, how much labour must one spend in looking into these lofty thoughts themselves, which now lie before us for contemplation? For just as those under a trainer strip for greater sweat and toil in the athletic contests, so the teaching of the Proverbs seems to me to be a kind of exercise, training our souls beforehand for the contests of the church and making them supple. If, then, the exercise is achieved with so much sweat and toil, what must one reckon about the contests themselves? What hyperbole could anyone conceive that would set forth worthily in words how great are the strains that the stadium of this Scripture displays to those who contend, through athletic experience, for the security of intelligible things, so as not to show the argument in a fall, but in every grappling of thought to keep the mind upright through the truth? Nevertheless, since this too is one of the Master’s commands, that one must search the Scriptures, it is altogether necessary — even if our mind, in searching, comes in behind the truth because it does not reach the greatness of the thoughts — still to carry it out by zeal for the word as far as we can, so as not to seem to overlook the Lord’s commandment. Let us therefore search the Scripture set before us as far as we are able. For surely he who gave the command to search will also give the power for this very thing, as it is written: “The Lord will give a word to those who preach good news with great power.”

And first let the title of the book be set before us for contemplation. In every church Moses and the law are read, the prophets, the psalmody, all the history, and whatever belongs to the Old and the New Covenant: all are proclaimed in the churches. How, then, is this book alone singled out by the title “Ecclesiast”? What is it, then, that we have understood about this? That in all the other Scriptures, histories and prophecies, the aim looks also to certain other things not altogether useful to the church. For what does it matter to the church to learn precisely the disasters of wars, or which rulers of nations and founders of cities there were, and who were colonists of whom, or what kingdoms would appear in later time, and how many marriages and begettings of children were carefully recorded, and all such things as each Scripture has to teach? What would be so great for the … But the teaching of this book looks only to the church’s way of life, setting out the means by which one may achieve the virtuous life. For the aim of what is said here is to raise the mind above sense-perception and to make it stop, leaving behind whatever appears great and splendid among the things that exist; to peer up through the soul toward what sense-apprehension cannot reach, and to take up the desire for those things which sense does not attain. Perhaps, too, the title looks to the leader of the church. For the true Ecclesiast, who gathers what was scattered into one fullness and calls into one assembly those who had wandered in many directions through various deceptions — who else would he be but the true king of Israel, the Son of God, to whom Nathanael said, “You are the Son of God; you are the King of Israel”? If, then, these words are those of the king of Israel, and this same one is also Son of God, as the Gospel says, then the same one is also named the Ecclesiast. Perhaps it is not unreasonable that we refer the meaning of the title to this sense, so that we may learn from it that the force of these words is referred to the very one who established the church through the Gospel. For it says, “The words of the Ecclesiast, the son of David.” So too Matthew at the beginning of the Gospel names him, calling the Lord “son of David.”

“Vanity of vanities,” said the Ecclesiast, “all is vanity.” By “vain” is understood what has no substance, which has its being in the mere utterance of the word; no substantial thing is indicated by the meaning of the name, but it is an idle and empty noise in the shape of some word, uttered at random in syllables, striking the hearing without meaning, like the words some people coin in play, which signify nothing. That is one kind of vanity. Another kind of vanity is the uselessness of things done with some zeal but toward no aim: children’s buildings in the sand, shooting arrows at the stars, hunting the winds, a runner’s race against his own shadow, when someone eager … the shadow …, or anything else of this kind we find among things done at random; all of these fall under the word “vanity.” Often, too, in common usage this is called vain: when someone, acting toward some aim and pursuing zealously something set before him as profitable, does each thing, and then, when something contrary happens, the toil comes to nothing; then zeal that has advanced to no achievement is signified by the word “vain.” For common usage says in such cases, “In vain I toiled, in vain I hoped, and for nothing I endured many labours.” And not to go through each of the cases in which the name of vanity is properly used, in brief the notion of the word is this: a word without meaning, or a thing without profit, or a plan without substance, or a zeal that has no end, or in general what has no existence for anything useful. If, then, we have understood the notion of “vain,” it would remain to examine what the “vanity of vanities” means. Perhaps what is sought would become clearer to us if we examined alongside it the usage of Scripture in things understood in the better sense. The doing of necessary and beneficial things is named “work” by Scripture …; those that look to the worship of God itself are called “works of works,” as the history shows, the passage indicating, I think, by a certain analogy drawn from the “work of works,” which of our pursuits is to be preferred. For as zeal for works stands to complete idleness, so the activity directed to the loftier and more valuable of our pursuits stands to the other works. So too something is called “holy” in Scripture, and again “holy of holies,” as though by an equal measure surpassing in holiness what is holy beyond the holy; and again beyond this, “the holy of the holies,” what is contemplated as supreme in sanctification. As, then, we have been taught in the better sense, the usage of Scripture signifying by such a form the comparison of the underlying thought, we shall not go wrong if we understand this also of the vanity of vanities. For it says that the things appearing among beings are not simply vain, but such in a certain superlative degree of the meaning of vanity, as if someone were to say “deader than the dead” and “more lifeless than the lifeless” … does not have this in such things, but nevertheless it is said in this phrase to make clear the excess of what is meant. As, then, there are “works of works” and “holy of holies,” whose superlative indication is interpreted toward the better, so the “vanity of vanities” shows the unsurpassable excess in what is vain.

And let no one suppose that what is said is an accusation against creation; for the charge would pass to the one who made all things, if he who constituted all things out of what is not were shown to be the maker of these things, if all things were of vanity. But since the constitution of the human being is twofold, the soul running together with the body, … is divided … correspondingly to each of the things contemplated in us … the form of life. For the soul’s life is one thing and the body’s another: the one is mortal and perishable, the other passionless and pure; the one looks only to the present, while the aim of the other extends to the everlasting. Since, then, there is a great difference between the mortal and the immortal, and between the temporary and the eternal, the voice of the Ecclesiast tends to this: that we must not look to this sense-perceived life, which, compared with the real life, is something without existence and without substance. But someone might say that the argument is nonetheless not free from accusing the Creator, since from him come both soul and body; so that if the life through the flesh is accused, and God is the maker of the flesh, such blame would necessarily be referred to him. But this would surely be said by one who has not yet come outside the flesh, nor looked closely into the loftier life. For one who has been instructed in the divine mysteries is surely not unaware that the life proper and natural to human beings is the life made like the divine nature, while the sense-perceived life, carried on through the activity of the sense organs, was given to nature for this purpose: that it should receive the knowledge of what appears and become the soul’s guide to the knowledge of the invisible, as Wisdom says: “From the greatness of the beauty of created things the maker of all is seen by analogy.” But human … did not see what is wondered at through the things that appear, but wondered at what it saw. Since, then, the activity of the senses is temporary and short-lived, we learn this through this lofty saying: that the one who looks at these things sees nothing. But one who is guided through them to the understanding of what is, and through the things that run past has understood the stable nature, and has come to perceive what is always the same, has seen the truly existing good, and what he saw he possessed; for the knowledge of this good is its possession.

“For what advantage,” it says, “is there for a human being in all his toil at which he toils under the sun?” He called the life in the body “toil”; for it ends in no achievement. “Advantage,” he says, “for the human being” … That is: what is left over for the soul from the toil of livelihood, for those who live for what appears? In what, indeed, does life consist? Which of the beautiful things that appear remains the same? The sun goes round its own course, shining in turn and being darkened, lighting the air above us when it shows itself above the earth, and drawing darkness after it through its setting. The earth stands and remains immovable in its fixity; what stands does not move, and what moves does not stand. Through them all things are shown in all the extent of time to … nothing …, through … the sea … of the waters flowing together from every side, and neither does the confluence cease nor does the sea grow. What is the aim of the course for the waters, always filling what is being filled? For what purpose does the sea receive the inflows of the waters, not increasing by the addition …? He says these things so that from the very elements in which human life consists he may interpret beforehand the insubstantiality of the things we strive for. For if this ordered course of the sun has no limit, and the alternation of light and darkness admits no rest, and the earth, sentenced to standing, remains immovable in its fixity, and the rivers toil without end, consumed by the insatiable nature of the sea, and the sea receives the inflows of the waters in vain, taking into its bosom to no increase what is poured in continually — if these things are so with them, in what is the human likely to consist, which has its life among these? And why are we surprised that a generation goes and a generation comes, and this course does not fail nature, the generation that has come in being pushed out by the one coming in after it? What, then, does the word cry out to the church through these things? This: “O human beings, look at the universe and understand your own nature. What you see in heaven and earth, what you observe in the sun, what you perceive in the sea — let these interpret your nature to you.” For our nature too, like the sun, has a rising and a setting; one road for all, one circle for the journey of life. When we rise through birth, we are drawn down again to the place akin to us. For when our life has set, our light too goes under the earth, when the perception by which we apprehend light …; and surely the earth is dissolved into what is akin to it, and this is a circle always rolling round in the same things. As with the sun’s course, it says — that rising over the upper part of the earth it passes through the southern parts, and under the earth … in this way, always going round, it circles its own course and comes round again (for it says, “circling, circling”) — so too your spirit goes (naming the whole human being from a part: “spirit”) this circular course through … “the spirit, and on its circuits the spirit returns.” Whoever has understood these things would gain no small benefit for his own life. What is brighter than light? What is more manifest than the rays? And yet if the sun goes under the earth, its light is hidden, and the … Looking at these things, let one pass through his own life more soberly, despising the splendour here, having learned from what is seen that distinction does not last for ever, but the alternations of opposites turn swiftly, and nothing remains for ever as it is at present: not youth, not beauty, not the splendour that comes from positions of power. These things, then, are for those who live in some good fortune; but those to whom the life of virtue seems laborious, let the soul be trained by the example of the earth to endure hardships. “The earth stands for ever.” What is more wearisome than this immovable fixity? And yet its standing is prolonged to the end of the age. But for you the time of contest is short. Do not be more lifeless than the earth; do not be more senseless than things without sense, you who have been allotted reason and are governed in life by reason; but “remain,” as the Apostle says, “in what you have learned and been assured of,” in a firm and immovable standing. For this too is one of the divine commands: “Be steadfast and immovable.” Let faith be fixed, love unchangeable, the standing in every good thing immovable, so that the earth in you too may stand for ever. But if someone gapes after greed and, spreading out the measurelessness of his desire like a sea, is insatiable toward gains flowing in from every side, let him look at the real sea and be healed of the disease. For as the sea does not go beyond its own measure in the countless inflows of the waters but remains at the same fullness, as though no addition from the waters came to it, in the same way human nature, confined within its own measures in the enjoyment of what is supplied, cannot greedily enlarge its capacity for enjoyment by the multitude of revenues; what flows in ceases, and the power of enjoyment is kept within its own limit. If, then, enjoyment cannot increase beyond the measure of nature, why are we drawn on toward the inflows of revenues, never overflowing with what comes in toward doing good to others?

Since, according to the account of vanity given us, vanity is either the profitless word or the profitless thing, the passage rightly begins from there, so that we may reckon nothing done and nothing said as having substance, if one looks to the aim here. For every human pursuit busied with anything that concerns this life is plainly children’s toys on the sand, for whom the enjoyment of what they made ended together with their zeal for making it. For as soon as they stopped labouring, the sand too, flowing together upon itself, kept nothing of what had been laboured over. This is human life: ambition is sand, power is sand, wealth is sand, each of the things eagerly enjoyed through the flesh is sand. In these childish souls now play at vanity with insubstantial things, and many … about each patch of sand — I mean life in the flesh; then they will recognize the vanity of their pastime here. For with the material life also … but they take nothing with them except their conscience alone. This, it seems to me, the great Ecclesiast too — as though already outside these things and treading with a naked soul upon the immaterial life — said those things which we too shall probably say one day, when we are outside this place on the seashore around which lies the sand spat out by the sea of life, with all the waves crashing and rushing about us; bringing with us from the sea we have come to understand only the memory of what was pursued here, we shall say: “Vanity of vanities, and all is vanity, and there is no advantage for the human being in what he toils at under the sun.” For thus, in my view at least, this is the saying of every soul when, stripped of the things here, it moves to the life that is hoped for. For whether it achieved something of the loftier things in this life, it accuses the state in which it was, by comparison with what it has found, holding the past in dishonour; or whether, having been passionately disposed toward matter, it sees what it did not expect and learns by experience the profitlessness of what it pursued in life, then, lamenting, it will utter this cry, as we human beings do from regret, recounting our own follies in our lamentations: “vanity of vanities,” and the rest.

“All words,” he says, “are wearisome, and a man will not be able to speak.” And yet nothing is thought easier and more readily at hand than speaking. For what weariness is there for one who says whatever he wishes? The tongue is supple and nimble, shaping itself without effort to whatever form of words it wishes; the drawing of the airy breath, which it uses to produce the sounds, is unhindered; the service of the cheeks is painless, and so is the cooperation of the lips in uttering what is said. What weariness, then, does he see in speech? For it is not by digging earth, or rolling stones, or carrying loads on our shoulders, or doing any other laborious work that we go through a speech; rather, the thought formed in us, revealed through the voice, became speech. But since such speech involves no weariness, we must consider which are the wearisome words of which a man will not be able to speak. “Let the elders,” it says, “be counted worthy of double honour, especially those who labour in the word.” By usage one is called an “elder” who has passed out of the disorderly age and come into the settled condition of old age; so that if someone is unstable in reasoning and has his life in disorder, such a one is not yet an elder, even if he appears grey-haired, but still a man. So the words that are truly words, those that come about for the profit of soul and the benefit of human beings, are full of sweat and toil and bring much weariness, that they may become words. “For the labouring farmer must be the first to receive the fruit,” says the craftsman of such words, as though “word” must be understood not as a spoken expression but as the virtue in deeds, set before those who see it as a teaching for life, becoming instead of a word for those who are taught. All such words, then, are wearisome, the words of those who lead the way in virtue by first achieving in themselves what they teach. For this is what it means to have to be first to partake of the fruits, which, before the others, we cultivate for ourselves through virtue. Or perhaps the passage also interprets the weakness of rational nature. For when the mind, having gone outside the senses — which have been named “vanity” — and somehow slipped into the contemplation of invisible things, attempts to set forth in speech what it has understood, then much weariness comes upon speech through this interpreting voice, which finds no device for making clear what cannot be uttered. We see the heaven, we receive by sense the rays of the luminaries, we have set foot on the earth, we draw the air in with our mouth, we use water for what nature thinks fit, we take fire into partnership in life; and if we wish to understand anything about these — what each of the things that appear is by the account of its essence, whence or how it took its subsistence — a man will not be able to speak, even if he happens to be above the others, since all knowledge that comprehends falls short before what cannot be reached. If the discourse about these things involves a weariness surpassing the human power and nature of speech, what would one say those suffer who discourse about the Word himself, or about the Father of the Word? Surely all lofty speech and grandeur of voice is a kind of obscurity and silence, if judged against the true meaning of what is sought, so that this alone can properly be said in his case: even if one sets every thought in motion and omits nothing that befits God, if the utterance is judged against the very dignity of the subject, whatever one says is not a word. “For a man will not be able to speak.” For sight has not brought to a halt the contemplation of what appears, which comes to the soul through the eyes; but always seeing as though they had not yet seen, they are still in ignorance of what … through … sight cannot; it has as the measure of its own activity what appears to it on the surface of things. Therefore it says, “The eye will not be filled with seeing, and the ear will not be filled with hearing.” The power of hearing, receiving the account of each thing, has no nature to be filled. For no one will be found … what is sought. How then will hearing be filled with listening about what is sought, when what would fill it does not exist?

Then after these words he questions himself and answers himself. For having asked, “What is it that has been?” he says, “The very thing that will be”; and “What is it that has been made? The very thing that will be made.” What, then, does the question mean? Following what we have learned, we object to him and say: “If all these things are vanity, clearly not one of these things, which do not subsist, has come into being. For the vain is altogether non-existent; and what does not exist no one would reckon among the things that have come to be. If, then, these things are not, tell us what it is that has come to be, which remains in being.” His answer to the question is brief: “Do you want to know what it is that has come to be? Understand what will be, and you will recognize what has been.” That is: “Understand, O human being, what you will become when you have raised yourself through virtue, if you are formed in soul in every respect by good features, if you come outside the stains of vice, if you wash off from your nature all the filth of material defilements — what you will become, adorned by such things, what form you will put on. If you understand this by reasoning, you have been taught what came to be at the first, that which is according to the image and likeness of God.” And where is that now, I shall say to the one teaching these things, which once came to be and is hoped for again later, but is not now? But he who teaches lofty things surely answers us with the same account: that the present things are named vanity for this very reason, that those things are not among the present ones. “And what,” it says, “is it that has been made? The very thing that will be made.” Let none of the hearers think this wordiness and a vain repetition of phrases in which there is no difference between what has come to be and what has been made. For by each of the two words the passage shows the difference of the soul from the flesh. The soul has come to be, and the body has been made. It is not because the force of the words signifies one thing and another that the passage uses this difference of words for each of the things signified, but in order to give you what is fitting to reckon about each: the soul came to be in the beginning as that which, cleansed later, will appear again; the body was made, formed by the hands of God, as that which the resurrection will show at the appointed times. For whatever you will see after the resurrection, such it surely was made at the first. For the resurrection is nothing else than the [return] to the original state. Therefore he adds what follows from this, saying that outside the original there is nothing. “For there is not anything fresh,” it says, “under the sun”; as if he were saying: if something is not according to the original, it is nothing at all, but is only thought to be. “For there is not,” he says, “anything fresh under the sun, so that someone should speak and point to something that comes later, that this is new and really subsists.” This is the sense of what was said. And the wording is as follows: “And there is nothing at all fresh under the sun, who will speak and say, See, this is new.” And he presses the argument further in what follows, saying: “If anything truly has come to be,” he says, “it is that which came to be in the ages before us.” For the very words of Scripture point to this sense, which run thus: “It has already been in the ages that came to be before us.” And if forgetfulness of what came to be has prevailed, do not be surprised at all; for the things that are now will also be overtaken by forgetfulness. For when nature inclined to evil, we fell into forgetfulness of the good things; but when there comes to be … toward the good, and our restoration again, evil in its turn will be covered over by forgetfulness. For I think this is the sense in what is said, where he says, “There is no memory of the first, and also of the last who come to be there will be no memory,” as if he were saying: the things that will come to pass at the last will wipe out the memory of those that came after the original good fortune, through which humanity came to be among evils. “For there will be no memory of them with those who come to be at the last,” that is, … the last state made a complete effacement of the memory of evils from nature. … in Christ Jesus, to whom be the glory and the might for the ages of ages.

Chapter 2

2PG 44

Ἐγὼ, νφησὶν, ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής. Ἐμάθομεν δὲ, τίς ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς, ὁ τὰ πεπλανημένα τε καὶ διεσκορπισμένα συναγαγὼν εἰς ἕν, καὶ ποιῶν τὰ πάντα μίαν ποίμνην, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀνήκοον ἧ τῆς χαλῆῇς τοῦ ποιμένος φωνῆς τῆς τὰ πάντα ζωοποιούσης. γὰρ ῥήματα, φησὶν, ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ, πνεῦμά ἔστι, καὶ ζωή ἐστιν. Οὗτος ὀνομάζει ἑαυτὸν Ἐκκλησιαστὴν, ὡς ἰατρὸν, καὶ ζωὴν, καὶ ἀνάστασιν, καὶ φῶς, καὶ ἁδὸν, θύραν τε, καὶ ἀλήθειαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ τὶς ( φιλανθρωπίας ὀνόματα. ἥσπερ οὖν τοῦ μὲν ἰατροῦ ἡ φωνὴ πρὸς τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας οἰκείως ἔχει, ὁ δὲ τῆς ζωῆς Λόγος ἐπὶ τῶν νεκρῶν ἐνεργὸς γίνεται, τῶν ὅταν ἀκούσωσι τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, μηκέτι ἐναπομενόντων τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ νεκρότητι· οἱ δὲ ἐν χώμασιν ὄντες, τὴν φωνὴν τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐπιζηποῦσι, καὶ ὁ τοῦ φωτὸς λόγος τοῖς ἐσκοτισμένοις ἁρμόδιος, ἢ τε ὁδὸς τοῖς πεπλανημένοις λεία, καὶ ἡ θύρα τοῖς τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν δεομένοις· οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς τοῖς ἐκκλησιάζουσι διαλέγεται πάντως. Οὐκοῦν πρὸς ἡμᾶς λαλεῖ ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστῆς· καὶ δὴ ἀκούσωμεν τῶν λόγων αὑτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἡ Ἐαχλησία. γὰρ ὁ μὲν χορὸς πρὸς τὸν κορυφαῖον ὁρᾷ, πρὸς δὲ τὸν χυθδερνήτην οἱ ναῦται, καὶ πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν ἧ παράταξις, οὕτω καὶ πρὸς τὸν καθηγεμόνα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, οἱ ἐν τῷ πληρώματι ὄντες τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, Τί οὖν φησὶν ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής ; ε Ἐγὼ ἐγενόμην βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ Ἰσραὴηλιὲν ἹΙἹερουσαλήμ. Πότε τοῦτο ; Ἢ πάντως ὅτε κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ, διαγγέλλων τὸ πρόσταγμα Κυρίου; Πρὸς ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Υἱός μου εἶ καὶ ὅτι Σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε ν τὸν γὰρ ποιητὴν τοῦ παντὸς, τὸν τῶν αἰώνων πατέρα, σήμερον εἶπε γεγεννηκέναι, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ παραθεῖναι τὸ χρονιγὸν ὄνομα τῷ καιρῷ τῆς γεννήσεως, μὴ τὴν προαιώνιον ὕπαρξιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν χρόνῳ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ σαρκὸς γέννησιν παραστήσῃ ὃ Ταῦτα οὖν ὁ ἀληθινὸς Ἐκκλησιαστὴς διεξέρχεται, διδάσκων, οἶμαι, τὸ μέγα τῆς εὐσεδείας μυστήριον, ὅτου χάριν ἐν σαρκὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐφανερώθη.·Ἔδωχα γὰρ, φησὶ, τὴν καρδίαν μου τοῦ ἐκζητῆσαι καὶ τοῦ κατασκέψασθαι ἐν σοφίᾳ περὶ πάντων τῶν γενομένων ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. Αὕτη ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἐπιδημῆσαι διὰ σαρκὸς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸν Κύριον, τὸ δοῦναι τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἐπισκέψασθαι ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν γενομένων. Τὰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τὸν οὐρανὸν αὐχ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ ἐπισκεπτομένου, ὡς οὐδὲ τοῦ ἱατρεύοντος τὸ μὴ τῇ νόσῳ κρατούμενον· ἐπεὶ οὖν περὶ γῆν τὰ κακά. Τὸ γὰρ ἑρπυστικὸν καὶ βίαιον θηρίον ὁ ὄφις ἐπὶ τῷ στήθει καὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ συρόμενος, βρῶμα ποιεῖται τὴν γῆν, οὐδὲν τῶν οὐ ρανίων σιτούμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πατουμένῳ συρόμενος, πρὸς τὸ πατούμενον ἀεὶ βλέπει, τηρῶν τὴν πτέρναν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης πορείας, καὶ τὸν ἰὸν ἐνιεὶς ἐκείνοις τοῖς τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων ἀπολέσασι. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔδωκε τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐκζητῆσαι καὶ κατασκέψασθαι περὶ πάντων τῶν γενομένων ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. Ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀταπείνωτον βλέπει τὴν θείαν μεγαλοπρέπειαν ὁ Προφήτης λέγων, ὅτιε Ἐπήρθη ἡ μεγαλοπρέπειά σου ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ ἐπουράνιον μέρος διὰ τῆς κακίας ἐταπεινώθη. Οὕτω γάρ φησιν Ῥαλμῳδὸς, ὅτι διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν ἐταπεινώθησαν. Τοῦτο ἦλθεν ὁ Ἐκχχλησιαστὴς ἐπισκέψασθαι, τί γέγονεν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν, ὃ μὴ πρότερον ἦν· πῶς εἰσῆλθεν ἡ ματαιότης, πῶς ἐπεκράτησε τὸ ἀνύπαρκτον, τίς ἡ δυναστεία τοῦ μὴ ὑπάρχοντος. Τὸ γὰρ κακὸν ἀνυπόστατον, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχει· τὸ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄντος μὴ ὃν, οὐδέ ἐστι πάντως κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν· ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τῶν τῇ ματαιότητι ὁμοιωθέντων ἐπικρατεῖ ματαιότης. Ἦλθεν οὖν ἐκζητῆσαι τῇ ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ τέ γέγονεν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, τίς ἢ σύγχυσις τῶν τῇδε πραγμάτων, πῶς ἐδουλώθη τὸ ὃν τῷ μὴ ὄντι· πῶς δυναστεύει κατὰ ποῦ ὄντος τὸ ἀνυπόστατον. Καὶ οἶδεν ὅτι περισπασμὼν πονηρὸν ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς υἱοῖς ἀνθρώπων, τοῦ περισπᾶσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ. Τοῦτο δὲ, οὐκ ὡς ἄν τις ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου νοήσειε, εὐσεδές ἔστιν οἴεσθαι, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν πονηρὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις περισπασμόν· ἧ γὰρ ἂν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἡ τῶν κακῶν αἰτία ἐπαναφέροιτο. Ὁ γὰρ τῇ φύσει ἀγαθὸς, Ὁ υοὰ καὶ ἀγαθῶν πάντως παρεκτικὸς γίνεται διότι πᾶν δένδρον καλὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ, καὶ οὔτε ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὴ, οὔτε ἐξ ἀμπέλου ἄκανθα φύεται· ὃ οὖν τῇ φύσει ἀγαθὸν, οὐκ ἄἅ· τι πονηρὸν ἐκ τῶν θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ προχειρίσαιτο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας κακὰ λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ κατάλληλα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φθέγγεται φύσει· πόσῳ οὖν μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πηγὴ οὐκ ἄν τι τῶν πονηρῶν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας φύσεως προχέοι;; ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο γοεῖν ὑποτίθεται ἡ εὐσεθεστέρα διάνοια, ὅτι τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ δόμα. Τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν, ἡ αὐτεξούσιος ὄργανον εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ἐγένετο. ᾿Αγαθὸν γὰρ τῇ φύσει τὸ αὐτεξούσιον καὶ ἀδούλωτον, τὸ δὲ ἀνάγκαις, οὐκ ἄν τὶς ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ἀριθμήσειεν - ἀλλ᾽ ἡ αὐτεξούσιος αὔτη τῆς διανοίας ὁρμὴ ἀπαιδαγωγήτως πρὸς τὴν αἵρεσιν τῆς κακίας ἀποῤῥυεῖσα, πειρασμὸς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐγένετο, ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλῶν τε καὶ. τιμίων, πρὸς τὰς ἐμπαθεῖς τῆς φύσεως κινήσεις χατασπασθείσης. Τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ σημαίνει τὸ ἔδωκεν, οὐκ ὅτι αὑτὸς τὸ κακὸν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζωῇ ἐνἐποίησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τοῖς παρὰ Θεοῦ δοθεῖσιν ἀγαθοῖς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ ἁδουλίας κακῶν ὑπηρεσίαν ἐχρήσατο. Σύνηθες δέ ἐστι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Γραφῇ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν νοημάτων ταῖς τοιαύταις ἐξαγγέλλειν φωναῖς· Παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας· ν καὶ, Ἔδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, καὶ ε Ἐσκλήρυνε τὴν καρδίαν Φαραώ -νκχκαὶ τὸ, Τί ἐπλάνησας ἡμᾶς, Κύριε, ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ σου, ἐσκλήρυνας τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν τοῦ μὴ φοθεῖσθαέ σε;ν καὶ, Ἐπλάνησεν αὐτοὺς ἀδάτῳ καὶ οὐκ ὁδῷ· καὶ, Ἡπάτησάς με καὶ ἢ πα. τήθην·νχαὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἐστὶν ὁμότροπα, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἡ ἀχριθὴς διάνοια οὐ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐγγενέσθαι τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ συνίστησι φύσει· ἀλλὰ χατηγορΞὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἢ ἀγαθὸν μέν ἐστι καὶ Θεοῦ δῶρον δεδομένον τῇ φύσει· γέγονε δὲ, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον ῥοπῆς κακόν. Εἶδεν οὖν ὁ Ἔκκλησιαστὴς σύμπαντα τὰ πεποιημένα ἐν τῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον βίῳ, ὅτι πάντα ἣν ματαιότης. Οὐκ ἦν γὰρ ὁ συνιῶν, οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν ἐπειδὴ πάντες, ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἢχρειώθησαν. Διὰ τοῦτο εἰπὼν, ὅτε Καὶ ἰδοὺ τὰ πάντα ματαιότης, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπήγάγεν, ὅτι οὐκ ὁ Θεὸς τούτων αἴτιος, ἀλλὰ ἣ προαξ ῥεσις τῆς ἀνθριυπίνης ὁρμῆς, ἣν πνεῦμα ὠνόμασεν. Κατηγορεῖ δὲ τούτου τοῦ πνεύματος, οὐκ ὅτι τοιοῦτον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἦν - ἣ γὰρ ἂν ἔξω κατηγορίας ἦν, εἰ τοιοῦτον ἐγένετο᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι διαστραφὲν ἐξηρμόσθη τοῦ. Διεστραμμένον ν γὰρ, φησὶν, ε οὗ δυνήσεται ἐπιχοσμηθῆναι· ν τουτέστιν, οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τῇ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ χοσμηθείσῃ κτίσει οἰκεῖον τὸ ἐνδιάστροφον. Ὥσπερ. γὰρ ὁτεχνίτης ὁ κατὰ πρόθεσίν τι ἑαυτῷ τεκταινόμενος, κανόνι καὶ σπάρτῳ διευθύνει τὰ μέρη τὰ τὴν ἑπερ-. γασίαν τοῦ σκεύους διὰ τῆς τεχνιχῆς πρὸς ἄλληλσ σχέσεως συμπεραίνοντα· εἰ δέ τι τούτων μὴ κατὸ τὴν σπάρτην διευθυνθείη, οὐ παραδέχεται πάντως. τὴν διαστροφὴν ἡ εὐθὴς ἀρμονία, ἀλλὰ χρὴ κἀκεῖνο ὑπαχθῆναι τῇ σπάρτῃ καὶ εὐθὺ γενέσθαι, εἰ μέλλοι οὕτω φησὶν ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστῆς, ὅτι ἡ παρὰ τῆς κακίας διαστραφεῖσα φύσις τῇ κεκοσμημένῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου κτίσει ἐγγενέσθαι οὐ δύναται. ε Καὶ ὑστέρημα, ν φησὶν, σὖ δυνήσεται ἀριθμηθῆναι. Ὑστερεῖοθαι τὸ λείπεσθαι, ἡ γραφικὴ συνήθεια νοεῖν διδάσκει· καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ πολλῶν ἔστ’ πιστώσασθαι. Ὁ γὰρ ἐν παντὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι μεμνημένος Παῦλος, οἷδε καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι καὶ περισσεύειν· καὶ ὁ διὰ τῆς ἀσωτίας τὴν πατρικὴν δαπανήσας οὐσίαν, λιμοῦ κατασχόντος, ἤρξατο τοῦ ὑστερεῖσθαι· καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀγίων ὁ Παῦλος διεξιὼν, τάτε ἄλλα φησὶ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐν οἷς ἐχαχοπάθουν σώματι, καὶ τοῦτο προστίθησιν, ὅτι ὑστερούμενοι καὶ θλιβόμενοι. Οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὑστέρημα ὁ λόγος εἰπὼν, τὸ λεῖπον διὰ τῆς φωνῆς ἐνεδείξατο τὸ δὲ λεῖπον ἐναρίθμιον τοῖς οὖσι γενέσθαι οὐ δύναται. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἕως μὲν πάντες ἦσαν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ πληρώματι, δυοκαίδεκα ἦσαν τὸν ἀριθμόν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπώλετο ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας, ἐχολσδιύθη ὁ ἀριθμὸς, πῷ μή συναριθμεῖσθαι τοῖς οὖσι τὸ λεῖπον· ἔνδεκα γὰρ μετὰ τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ ἧσαν καὶ ὠνομάζοντο. Τὸ οὖν ὑστέρημα, φησὶν, οὐ δυνήσεται τοῦ ἀριθμηθῆναι. Τί τοῦτο σημαίνει διὰ τοῦ λόγου ; Ὅτι ἦν ποτε·αὶ τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς τῷ παντὶ ἐναρίθμιον· μεν γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς τὴν ἱερὰν τῶν λογικῶν προὀρείου διαγωγῆς τὸ ἕν πρόδατον, ἡ ἡμετέρα φύσις, διὰ κακίας πρὸς τὸν ἀλμῶντα τοῦτον καὶ αὐχμηρὸν τόπον χατασπασθεῖτα, οὐκέτι ὁ αὐτὸς ἀριθμὸς ἐπὶ τοῦ ποιμνίου τῶν ἀπλανῶν μνημονεύεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἕνεγήχοντα καὶ ἐννέα χατονομάζονται· τὸ γὰρ μάταιον ἕξω τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ὑφεστώτων γίνεται,διότι ὑστέρημα οὐ δυνήσεται τοῦ ἀριθμηθῆναι. Ἦλθεν οὖν ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ἀναλαβὼν ἁποκαταστῆσαι τοῖς οὖσι τὸ τῇ ματαιότητι τῶν ἀνυπάρκτων ἐναπολλύμενον, ἵνα πάλιν ἄρτιος (, γένηται ὁ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀριθμὸς, ἀποσωθέντὸς τοῦ ἀπολωλότος τοῖς μὴ ἀπολλυμένοις. Τίς οὖν ἢ τοῦ πλανηθέντος ἐπάνοδος, καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπο; τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν πρὸ; τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀναλύσεως, ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς διδασκόμεθα, Ὁ γὰρ πεπειραμένος κατὰ πάντα καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας, ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἡμῖν διαλέγεται· ὁ τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἀναλαβὼν, δι᾽ αὑτῶν τῶ, ἀσθενημάτων τῆς φύσεως, τὴν ἔξω κακίας ὁδὸν ὑποδείκνυσι. Νῦν γάρ μοι νόησον τὴν Σοφίαν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα Σολομῶντος διαλέγεσθαι· διαλέγεσθαι δὲ ταῦτα, δι᾿ ὧν μάλιστα πρὸς ὑπεροψίαν ὁδηγηθείημεν τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις σπουδαζομένων. Οὐ γὰρ καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τῶν πολλῶν, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι κατ᾽ ἐξονοίαν τὸ καταθύμιον, καὶ ὁ παρʼ αὐτοῦ γίνεται λόγος· ὡς διὰ τούτου τὸ ἀναξιόπιστον ἔχει κατηγορῶν ἐκείνων ὧν οὐ πεπείραται. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πείρᾳ πάντα μανθάνομεν- ἀλλὰ διὰ μόνων τῶν λογισμῶν ἐκεῖνα γινώσκομεν, ὧν τὴν ἀπολαυστιχὴν τῶν ἡδέων τὴν πεῖραν ἡ πενία κωλύει. Κἄν τινι προσάγεται συμθουλὴ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, τὸ παρʼ οὐδὲν ἡγεῖσθαι δεῖν τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τιμώμενα, πρόχειρος ἢ παραγραφὴ τοῦ ἀκούοντος, τὸ διὰ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ἀτιμάξειν ἐκεῖνα, ὅτι μὴ τῇ πείρᾳ τῇ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγνωρίσαμεν. ᾿Ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ ταῦτα ἡμῖν διαλεγομένου, ἀργεῖ πᾶσα τοʼαὐτῇ ἀντίῤῥησις. Σολομὼν γάρ ἔστιν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων· Σολομὼν οὗτος τρίτος ἣν ἐν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τοῦ Ἰσραῆλ, μετὰ τὸν Σαοὺλ ἐκεῖνον, καὶ τὸν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἐξειλεγμένον Δαδίδ. Οὗτος τὴν ἀρχὴν παρὰ ποῦ πατρὸς ἐκδεξάμενος, καὶ αὐξηθεὶς εἰς μέγεθος ἤδη τοῖς Ἰσραηλίταις τῆς δυναστείας ἀναδείκνυται βασιλεύς· ὃς οἱ κέτι διὰ πολέμου καὶ μάχης τρίδων ὑποχείριον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν τῇ εἰρήνῃ ἐμθιοτεύων, ἔργον ἐποιεῖτο οὐ τὴν κτῆσιν τῶν μὴ προσόντων, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν περιόντων· ὡς οὐδενὸς αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδενὶ τῶν χαταθυμίων ὄντος χωλύματος. Ἥ τε γὰρ περιουσία τῆς ἐπιθυμίας συνεξετείνετο, καὶ ἡ σχολὴ πρὸς τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν ἄνετος ἦν, οὐδενὸς τῶν ἀδουλήτων τὴν ἐν τοῖς χαταθυμίοις διαγωγὴν· τὰ δὲ ἄλλα σοφὸς ὧν, καὶ ἐφευρεῖν τι τῶν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ὑπὸ συνέσεως ἱκανὸς, εἶπε τὰ καὶ τὰ τῶν πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν σπουδαζομένων ἐπινοῆσαι, πάντα ποιήσας, ὅσα καθεξῆς τῷ λόγῳ ἀπηριθμήσατο, δι᾽ αὐτῆς εἶπε μεμαθηκέναι τῆς πείρας, ὅτι ἕν πέρας ἐστὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις σπουδαζομένων ἡ ματαιότης. Τάξιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἐπέθηκε τῷ διηγήματι, ὡς πρῶτον μὲν, ἐν πρώτοις χρόνοις τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ζωῆς. τῇ παιδεύσει δοῦναι σχολὴν, καὶ μὴ χαταμαλαχισθῆναι τὰς ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων πόνων σπουδάς· χρήσασθαι δὲ τῇ προαιρέσει τοῦ πνεύματος, τουτέστι τῇ ὁρμῇ τῆς φύσεως, εἰς προσθήκην γνώσεως, εἰ καὶ μετὰ πόνων χκατωρθοῦτο τὸ σπουδαζόμενον· καὶ οὕτως αὐξηθεὶς διὰ σοφίας μὴ λόγῳ κατασκέψασθαι τὴν ἐμπαθῆ καὶ ἄλογον περὶ τὰς σωματικὰς ἀπολαύσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπάτην· ἀλλὰ καὶ δι᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς πείρας ἑκάστου τῶν σπουδαζομένων ἐπιγνῶναι τὸ μάταιον. Ὁ μὲν σκοπὸς τῶν ἐξητασμένων, οὗ ὁ; ἐστι καιρὸς δ᾽ ἂν εἴη καὶ αὐτὴν παραθέσθαι χαθεξῆῇς κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῶν γεγραμμένων τὴν ἐπὶ λέξεως θεωρίαν. Ἐλάλησα ἐγὼ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἀου τοῦ λέγειν· Ἰδοὺ ἐμεγαλύνθην ἐγώ. ν Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶδον ἐγὼ περὶ ἐμαυτὸν τὸ ἐκ τῆς δυναστείας μέγεθος, καὶ τὸν ὄγκον τῆς βασιλείας ἁθρόως ἐπιγενόμενον - ἀλλὰ πρὸ τούτων, τὸ τῆς σοφίας κτῆμα περὶ παντὸς ἐποιησάμὴν, ἣν οὐκ ἔστι δυνατὸν ἄλλως, εἰ μὴ μετὰ πόνων καὶ ἱδρώτων κτήσασθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο εἰπών· ὅτι Ἐλάλησα ἐγὼ ἕν τῇ χαρδέᾳ μου τοῦ λέγειν· Ἰδοὺ ἐμεγαλύνθην ἐγὼ, ἐπήγαγε καὶ τὸ, Προσέθηκα σοφίαν. ν Τὸν γὰρ κατὰ τὸ αὐτόματόν μοι προσγενόμενον τῆς Ρ δυναστείας ὄγκον ηὔξησα τῇ τῆς σοφίας προσθήκῃ ταῦτα κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν εἰπὼν, ὅτι χρὴ μάλιστα διὰ τοῦτο τῶν προγεγονότων βασιλέων δειχθῆναι ὑπέοτερον, καὶ ἐν σοφίᾳ τὸ πλέον ἔχειν. ε Προσέθηκα ν γὰρ, φησὶ, ε σοφίαν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς γενομένοις ἔμπροσθέν μου ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ὅπως ἂν ταῦτα γέγοιτο κατενόησα. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι ἐν τῇ γνώσει τῶν ἑτέροις προπεπονημένων φιλοπονοῦσιν σοφία συνίσταται; Διὸ, ν φησὶν, εὖ καρδία μου εἶδε πολλὰ, σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν, οὐ κατὰ τὸ αὐτόματον ἀκμητέ τε τῆς τῶν τοιούτων γνώσεως ἐγγενομένης. ᾿Αλλʼ ἐπειδὴ, φησὶν, ἔδωκα τὴν καρδίαν μον τοῦ γνῶναι σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν, ὡς, οὐκ ἂν μαθὼν ἐκεῖνα, εἰ μὴ πόνος τε καὶ μελέτι; της γνώσεως αὖτῶν καθηγήσατο· ε ᾿λλλὰ καὶ παοαθολὰς, ν φησὶ, καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἔγνων ν τουτέστι, τὴν ἐξ ἀναλογίας γενομένην τοῦ ὑπερχειμένου κατάληψιν, διὰ τῆς παραθέσεως τῶν παρακειμένων. Καὶ ταῦτα μεμαθηκέναι λέγει· Παραδολὰς γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἔγνων. Καθάπερ διδάσκων καὶ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τοὺς ἀκροωμένους ὁ Κύριος, τὸν περὶ τῆς βασιλείας λόγον ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν ἄγει, ἣ μαργαρίτην, ἣ θησαυρὸν, ἣ γάμον, χόχκχον, ἣ ζύμην. ἢ τι τῶν τοιούτων διηγησάμενος, οὐ ταῦτα λέγων εἶναι τὴν βασιλείαν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ὁμοιώσεως τῶν ἐν τούτοις σημαινομένων, ἐναυγάσματά τινα καὶ αἰνίγματα τῶν ὑπὲρ κατάληψιν πραγμάτων παραθολικῶς τοῖς ἀκούουσιν αὶ εἰς τοῦτό μοι γέγονε, φησὶν, ε ἡ προαίρεσις τοῦ πνεύματος, τὸ γενέσθαι μοι πλῆθος σοφίας, ὡς ἂν διὰ τοῦ γενέσθαι σοφὸς, μὴ διαμάρτοιμι τῆς τῶν ἤντων γνώσεως, μηδὲ ἐκτὸς γενοίμην τῆς τοῦ λυσι- εἴα, τελοῦντος εὑρέσεως. Ἐκ γὰρ σοφίας ἡ γνῶσις συνίσταται- ἡ δὲ γνῶσις, εὐκολωτέραν ἡμῖν ποιεῖ τὴν τοῦ προσέχοντος κρίσιν. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἀκμητὶ τοῖς σπουδάζουσι παραγίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ προσθεὶς ἑαυτῷ γνῶσιν συνεπιτείνει πάντως τῇ μαθήσει τὸν πόνον. Διὸ φησὶν, Ὁ προσθεὶς γνῶσιν, Ξροστ τίθησιν ἄλγημα. ν Καὶ τοιοῦτος γεγονὼς, τότε τῶν ἡδέων ὡς Λέγει γὰρ, ὅτι Εἶπα ἐγὼ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, Δεῦρο δὴ, πειράσω σε ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐν ἀγαθοῖς. Καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης. ν Οὐ γὰρ εὐθὺς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν τῇ τοιαύτῃ πείρᾳ, οὐδὲ ἄγευστος τοῦ χατεσχληχότος τε καὶ σεμνοτέρου βίου, πρὸς τὴν πῶν ἡδέων μετουσίαν κατώλισθεν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐνασχηθεὶς ἐκείνοις, καὶ προχατορθώσας τῷ ἤθει τὸ καὶ ἀνένδωτον, δι᾽ ὧν μάλιστα τὰ τῆς σοφίας μαθήματα τοῖς σπουδάζουσι γίνεται· τότε καθίησι πρὸς τὰ τῇ αἰσθήσει τερπνὰ νομιζόμενα, οὐ πάθει πρὸς ταῦτα χαθελχυσθεὶ;, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαι χάριν, εἴ τις συντελεῖ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀληθινῶς γνῶσιν ἀγαθοῦ ἐν πούτοις γενομένη ἡ αἴσθησις. Ἐπεὶ τότε κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς ἐχθρὸν ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖ καὶ τὸν γέλωτα, καὶ περιφορὰν ὑνομάζει τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ ἴσόν ἐστι κατὰ διάνοιαν τῇ παραφορᾷ τε καὶ παρὰνοίᾳ. Εἴ τι γὰρ ἄλλο τις ὀνομάσειε κυρίως τὸν γέλωτα, ὃ μήτε λόγος ἐστὶ, μὴτε ἔργον ἐπί τινι σκοπῷ κατορθούμενον. Διάλνσις σηίματος ἀπρεπὴς, καὶ πνεύματος κλόνος, καὶ βρασμὸς ὅλου τοῦ σώματος, καὶ διαστολὴ παρειῶν, καὶ ὀδόντων τε καὶ οὔλωινν, καὶ νος τε λυγισμοὶ, καὶ φωνῆς παράλογος θρύψις, συνε πιχοπτομένη τῇ κλάσει τοῦ πνεύματος, τί ἂν ἄλλο εἴη τοῦτο, φησὶ, καὶ οὐ παράνοια; Διό φησι, Τῷ γέλωτι εἶπα παραφορὰν, ὡς ἂν εἰ ἔλεγε τῷ γέλωτι, Μαίνῃ καὶ παρεξέστηχας καὶ οὐκ ἐντὸς τοῦ καθεστῶτος μένεις, ἐκουσίως ἀσχη μονῶν, καὶ διαστρέφων ἐν τῷ πάθει τὸ εἶδος, ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ χρησίμῳ τὴν διαστροφὴν ἐργαζόμενος. Εἶπον δὲ καὶ τῇ εὐφρο· Τί τοῦτο ποιεῖς ; ὅπερ ἴσόν ἐστι τῷ λέγειν, ὅπι Πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν ἀντιστατιχῶς ἔσχον ὑποπτεύων αὐτῆς τὸν προτεγγισμὸν, οἱονεὶ κλέπτου τινὸς λαθραίως ἐντὸς παραδυομένου τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ταμείων. Οὐκ ἀφῆκά ποτε κατακρατῆσαι τῇς διανοίας αὑτήν. ἘΠ γὰρ ἔγνων μόνον τὴν ἡδονὴν οἷόν τι θηρίον τὰς αἰσθήσεις μου περιέρπουσαν, εὐθὺς πρὸς αὑτὴν καὶ ἀντέθδαινον, Τί ταῦτα ποιεῖς; λέγων πρὸς τὴν ἀνδραποδώδη ταύτην καὶ ἄλογον εὐφροῤύνην᾽· λάσσεις τῆς διανοίας τὸ σύντονον; τί ἐχνευρίζεις τὸν τῆς Ψυχῆς τόνον; τί διαλυμαίνῃ τοῖς λογισμοῖς ; μοι τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς τῶν καθαρῶν νοημάτων αἰθρίας τῇ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῆς ὁμίχλῃ ζόφον ἐμποιεῖς ; Ταῦτα, φησὶ, καὶ τοιαῦτα ποιήσας, ε ᾿σχεψάμην εἰ ἡ καρδία μου ἑλχύσει ὡς οἶνον τὴν σάρκα μον.·Τουτέστιν, ὅπως ἐπικρατεστέρα γένοιτο ἡ τῶν νοητῶν ἐπιμέλεια τῶν τῇ σαρκὸς κινημάτων, ὥστε μὴ στασιάξειν πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τῆν φύσιν· ἄλλα μὲν τῆς διανοίας προαιρουμένης, πρὸς ἕτερα ὃὲ τῆς σαρκὸς ἀλλ᾽ ὡς χαταπειθὲς καὶ σαι τῷ νοητῷ τῆς ψυχῆς μέρει τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν φρόνημα, ἑλχυσθέντος καὶ καταποθέντος τοῦ ἐλατὃν τρόπον ἐπὶ τῶν δ:ψώντων γίνεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἐναπομένει ὁ οἶνος τῇ κύλικι, εἴγε τῷ διψῶντι στόματι προσαχθείη. ἀλλὰ μεθίσταται πρὸς τὸν πίνοντα, καὶ διαφανὴς γίνεται μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐπὶ τὸ ἐντὸς εἰσελχόμενος. Οὗ γενομένου, ἀπλανῆς μοι καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστος ἐγένετο ἡ ὁδηγία πρὸς τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῶν ὄντων. ἩἯ καρδία μου, ν φυσὶν, ε ὡδήγησέ με ἐν σοφίᾳ, δι᾽ ἧς κα( τεχράτηδα τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως τῶν ἡδονῶν, καὶ γέγονέ μοι ἡ παίδευσις αἰτία τοῦ κρατῆσαι ἐπὶ εὐφροσύνῃ. Οὕτω γὰρ περιέχει ἡ ἀκολουθία τῆς λέξεως. Τὸ δέ μοι μάλιστα κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν σπουδαζόμενον ἦν, τὸ ἐπὶ μηδενὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ζωὴν ἀσχολῇσαι, ἀλλ᾽ εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἀγαθὸν, οὗ τις ἐπιτυχὼν οὐκ ἁμαρτάνει τῆς τοῦ συμφέροντος κρίσεως, ὃ διαρκές τέ ἐστι καὶ οὐ πρόσκαιρον, καὶ πάσῃ τῇ ζωῇ παρατείνεται, ἐλπὶς εἰς ἀγαθὸν πάσῃ ἡλικίᾳ γινόμενον, καὶ πρώτῃ καὶ μέσῃ, καὶ τελευταίᾳ, καὶ παντὶ τῷ τῶν ἡ μερῶν ἀριθμῷ. Ἕως οὗ γὰρ ἴδω, φησὶ, ποῖον τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὃ ποιήσουσιν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ἀριθμὸν ἡμερῶν ζωῆς αὐτῶν. Τὰ γὰρ διὰ σαρκὸς σπουδαζόμενα, κἂν ὅτι μάλιστα πρὸς τὸ παρὸν δελεάξζῃ τὴν αἴσθησιν, ἐν ἀκαρεῖ τὸ εὐφραῖνον ἔχει. Οὗ γὰ ἔστιν ἐπ᾽’ οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι γινομένων, διαρκῶς ἡσθῆνα:· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ πίνειν ἡδονὴ. συναπολήγει τῷ χόρῳ· καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐσθίειν ὡσαύτως, ἡ πλησμονὴ τὴν ὄρεξιν ἔσδεσε, καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλη, ἐπιθυμία, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τῇ τοῦ ἐπιθυμητοῦ τουσίᾳ χατεμάράνθη, κἂν πάλιν γένηται, πάλιν μαραίνεται. Διαρκεῖ δὲ οὐδὲν εἰς ἀεὶ τῶν τῇ αἰσθήσει τερπνῶν, οὐδὲ ὡσαύτως ἔχει. Καὶ ἕτι πρὸς τούτοις, ἄλλο τῇ νηπιότητι ἀγαθὸν, καὶ ἕτερον τῇ τῆς ἡλιχέας ἀκμῇ. καὶ ἄλλο τῷ παραχμάσαντι, καὶ ἕτερον τὸ παρ᾽ ἡλικίαν, καὶ τῷ γέροντι πάλιν ἄλλο, τῷ εἰς γῆν ἤδη ῥέοντι. Ἐγὼ ὃὲ, φησὶν, ἐζήτουν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἀντθὸν, ὃ πάσῃ ἡλικίᾳ καὶ παντὶ τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς ζωῖΐς ἐπίσης ἀγαθόν ἐστιν - οὗ χόρος οὐκ ἐλπίξετσαι, καὶ πλησμονὴ οὐκ εὑρίσκεται· ἀλλὰ σημπαρατείνετα: μετουσίᾳ ἡ ὄρεξις, καὶ συναχμάξει τῇ ἀπολαύσει ὁ πόθος, καὶ τῇ τοῦ ἐπιθυμητοῦ ἡλικίᾳ οὐ περιγράφεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅσῳ μᾶλλον ἐντρυφᾷ τῷ ἀγαθῷ, τοσούτῳ πλέον ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῇ τρυφῇ συνεκτείνεται, καὶ ἡ τρυφὴ τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ συνεχκαίεται, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν διάστημα τῆς ζωῆς ἀεὶ καλὸν τοῖς μετιοῦσι γίνεται, οὐδὲν τῷ ἀστάτῳ τῶν ἡλικιῶν τε καὶ τῶν χρόνων συναλλοιούμενον, ὃ καὶ μύοντι καὶ ἡκεροῦντί τε καὶ λυπουμένῳ, νυχτερεύοντι καὶ ἧμερεύοντι, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀπαξαπλῶς τοῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἀγαθόν ἐστιν’ ὑπὸ τῶν περιστατικῶς τινι συμπιπτόντων, οὔτε τι χεῖρον, οὔτε τι κρεῖττον γενόμενον, οὔτε ἐλαττούμενον, οὔτε αὐξανόμενον. Τοῦτό ἐστι, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, τὸ ὄντως ὃν ἀγαθὸν, ὅπερ ἰδεῖν ὁ Σολομὼν ἐζήτει, ὃ ἐποίουν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον κατὰ πάντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῶν· ὅπερ οὐδὲν ἕτερον εἶναί μοι φαίνεται, ἣ τὸ τῆς πίστεως ἔργον, ἧς ἡ ἐνέργεια, κοινή τε πᾶσίν ἐστιν, ἐκ τοῦ ὁμοτίμου τοῖς θέλουσι προκειμένη καὶ παντοδύναμος, καὶ διαρκῶς τῇ ζωῇ παραμένουσα. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔργον, ὃ καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν γένοιτο, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἠησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Egō, nphēsin, ho Ekklēsiastēs. Emathomen de, tis ho Ekklēsiastēs, ho ta peplanēmena te kai dieskorpismena synagagōn eis hen, kai poiōn ta panta mian poimnēn, hina mēden anēkoon hē tēs chalēę̄s tou poimenos phōnēs tēs ta panta zōopoiousēs. gar rhēmata, phēsin, ha egō lalō, pneuma esti, kai zōē estin. Houtos onomazei heauton Ekklēsiastēn, hōs iatron, kai zōēn, kai anastasin, kai phōs, kai hadon, thyran te, kai alētheian, kai panta ta tis ( philanthrōpias onomata. hēsper oun tou men iatrou hē phōnē pros tous asthenountas oikeiōs echei, ho de tēs zōēs Logos epi tōn nekrōn energos ginetai, tōn hotan akousōsi tēs phōnēs tou Huiou tou anthrōpou, mēketi enapomenontōn tę̄ archaią nekrotēti; hoi de en chōmasin ontes, tēn phōnēn tēs anastaseōs epizēpousi, kai ho tou phōtos logos tois eskotismenois harmodios, ē te hodos tois peplanēmenois leia, kai hē thyra tois tou eiselthein deomenois; houtō kai ho Ekklēsiastēs tois ekklēsiazousi dialegetai pantōs. Oukoun pros hēmas lalei ho Ekklēsiastēs; kai dē akousōmen tōn logōn hautou hēmeis hē Eachlēsia. gar ho men choros pros ton koryphaion horą, pros de ton chythdernētēn hoi nautai, kai pros ton stratēgon hē parataxis, houtō kai pros ton kathēgemona tēs Ekklēsias, hoi en tǭ plērōmati ontes tēs Ekklēsias, Ti oun phēsin ho Ekklēsiastēs ? e Egō egenomēn basileus epi Israēēlien HiIIerousalēm. Pote touto ? Ē pantōs hote katestathēn basileus hyp᾽ autou, epi Siōn oros to hagion autou, diangellōn to prostagma Kyriou? Pros hon eipen ho Kyrios, hoti Huios mou ei kai hoti Sēmeron gegennēka se n ton gar poiētēn tou pantos, ton tōn aiōnōn patera, sēmeron eipe gegennēkenai, hina dia tou paratheinai to chronigon onoma tǭ kairǭ tēs gennēseōs, mē tēn proaiōnion hyparxin, alla tēn en chronǭ epi sōtērią tōn anthrōpōn dia sarkos gennēsin parastēsę̄ ho Tauta oun ho alēthinos Ekklēsiastēs diexerchetai, didaskōn, oimai, to mega tēs eusedeias mystērion, hotou charin en sarki ho theos ephanerōthē.;Edōcha gar, phēsi, tēn kardian mou tou ekzētēsai kai tou kataskepsasthai en sophią peri pantōn tōn genomenōn hypo ton ouranon. Hautē hē aitia tou epidēmēsai dia sarkos tois anthrōpois ton Kyrion, to dounai tēn kardian autou eis to episkepsasthai en tę̄ sophią heautou peri tōn hypo ton ouranon genomenōn. Ta gar hyper ton ouranon auch edeito tou episkeptomenou, hōs oude tou hiatreuontos to mē tę̄ nosǭ kratoumenon; epei oun peri gēn ta kaka. To gar herpystikon kai biaion thērion ho ophis epi tǭ stēthei kai tę̄ koilią syromenos, brōma poieitai tēn gēn, ouden tōn ou raniōn sitoumenos, all᾽ en tǭ patoumenǭ syromenos, pros to patoumenon aei blepei, tērōn tēn pternan tēs anthrōpinēs poreias, kai ton ion enieis ekeinois tois tēn exousian tou patein epanō opheōn apolesasi. Dia touto edōke tēn kardian autou ekzētēsai kai kataskepsasthai peri pantōn tōn genomenōn hypo ton ouranon. En gar tois hyperanō tōn ouranōn atapeinōton blepei tēn theian megaloprepeian ho Prophētēs legōn, hotie Epērthē hē megaloprepeia sou hyperanō tōn ouranōn; epeidē kai to epouranion meros dia tēs kakias etapeinōthē. Houtō gar phēsin Rhalmǭdos, hoti dia tas hamartias autōn etapeinōthēsan. Touto ēlthen ho Ekchchlēsiastēs episkepsasthai, ti gegonen hypo ton ouranon, ho mē proteron ēn; pōs eisēlthen hē mataiotēs, pōs epekratēse to anyparkton, tis hē dynasteia tou mē hyparchontos. To gar kakon anypostaton, hoti ek tou mē ontos tēn hypostasin echei; to de ek tou ontos mē hon, oude esti pantōs kata tēn idian physin; all᾽ homōs tōn tę̄ mataiotēti homoiōthentōn epikratei mataiotēs. Ēlthen oun ekzētēsai tę̄ heautou sophią te gegonen hypo ton hēlion, tis ē synchysis tōn tę̄de pragmatōn, pōs edoulōthē to hon tǭ mē onti; pōs dynasteuei kata pou ontos to anypostaton. Kai oiden hoti perispasmōn ponēron edōken ho Theos tois huiois anthrōpōn, tou perispasthai en autǭ. Touto de, ouk hōs an tis ek tou procheirou noēseie, eusedes estin oiesthai, hoti autos edōken ho theos ton ponēron tois anthrōpois perispasmon; hē gar an eis ekeinon hē tōn kakōn aitia epanapheroito. Ho gar tę̄ physei agathos, Ho yoa kai agathōn pantōs parektikos ginetai dioti pan dendron kalon karpous kalous poiei, kai oute apo akanthōn staphylē, oute ex ampelou akantha phyetai; ho oun tę̄ physei agathon, ouk haa; ti ponēron ek tōn thēsaurōn autou procheirisaito. Oude gar ho agathos anthrōpos ek tou perisseumatos tēs kardias kaka lalei, alla katallēla tę̄ heautou phthengetai physei; posǭ oun mallon hē tōn agathōn pēgē ouk an ti tōn ponērōn ek tēs idias physeōs procheoi?? ᾿Alla touto goein hypotithetai hē eusethestera dianoia, hoti to agathon tou Theou doma. Touto de estin, hē autexousios organon eis hamartian egeneto. ᾿Agathon gar tę̄ physei to autexousion kai adoulōton, to de anankais, ouk an tis en agathois arithmēseien - all᾽ hē autexousios autē tēs dianoias hormē apaidagōgētōs pros tēn hairesin tēs kakias aporrhyeisa, peirasmos tēs psychēs egeneto, apo tōn hypsēlōn te kai. timiōn, pros tas empatheis tēs physeōs kinēseis chataspastheisēs. Touto estin ho sēmainei to edōken, ouk hoti hautos to kakon tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn zōę̄ enepoiēsen, all᾽ hoti tois para Theou dotheisin agathois ho anthrōpos hypo hadoulias kakōn hypēresian echrēsato. Synēthes de esti tę̄ hagią Graphę̄ ta toiauta tōn noēmatōn tais toiautais exangellein phōnais; Paredōken autous ho Theos eis pathē atimias; n kai, Edōken autous eis adokimon noun, kai e Esklēryne tēn kardian Pharaō -nkchkai to, Ti eplanēsas hēmas, Kyrie, apo tēs hodou sou, esklērynas tas kardias hēmōn tou mē photheisthae se?n kai, Eplanēsen autous adatǭ kai ouk hodǭ; kai, Hēpatēsas me kai ē pa. tēthēn;nchai hosa toutois estin homotropa, eph᾽ hōn hē achrithēs dianoia ou to para tou Theou ti tōn anthrōpōn engenesthai tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ synistēsi physei; alla chatēgorXi tēs exousias, ē agathon men esti kai Theou dōron dedomenon tę̄ physei; gegone de, dia tēs pros to enantion rhopēs kakon. Eiden oun ho Ekklēsiastēs sympanta ta pepoiēmena en tǭ hypo ton hēlion biǭ, hoti panta hēn mataiotēs. Ouk ēn gar ho syniōn, ouk ēn ho ekzētōn ton Theon epeidē pantes, exeklinan, hama ēchreiōthēsan. Dia touto eipōn, hote Kai idou ta panta mataiotēs, tēn aitian epēgagen, hoti ouk ho Theos toutōn aitios, alla hē proax rhesis tēs anthriypinēs hormēs, hēn pneuma ōnomasen. Katēgorei de toutou tou pneumatos, ouk hoti toiouton ex archēs ēn - hē gar an exō katēgorias ēn, ei toiouton egeneto᾽ all᾽ hoti diastraphen exērmosthē tou. Diestrammenon n gar, phēsin, e hou dynēsetai epichosmēthēnai; n toutestin, ouk an genoito tę̄ para tou Theou chosmētheisę̄ ktisei oikeion to endiastrophon. Hōsper. gar hotechnitēs ho kata prothesin ti heautǭ tektainomenos, kanoni kai spartǭ dieuthynei ta merē ta tēn heper-. gasian tou skeuous dia tēs technichēs pros allēls scheseōs symperainonta; ei de ti toutōn mē kato tēn spartēn dieuthyntheiē, ou paradechetai pantōs. tēn diastrophēn hē euthēs armonia, alla chrē kakeino hypachthēnai tę̄ spartę̄ kai euthy genesthai, ei melloi houtō phēsin ho Ekklēsiastēs, hoti hē para tēs kakias diastrapheisa physis tę̄ kekosmēmenę̄ hypo tou orthou logou ktisei engenesthai ou dynatai. e Kai hysterēma, n phēsin, sy dynēsetai arithmēthēnai. Hystereiothai to leipesthai, hē graphikē synētheia noein didaskei; kai touto ek pollōn est’ pistōsasthai. Ho gar en panti kai en pasi memnēmenos Paulos, hoide kai hystereisthai kai perisseuein; kai ho dia tēs asōtias tēn patrikēn dapanēsas ousian, limou kataschontos, ērxato tou hystereisthai; kai peri tōn agiōn ho Paulos diexiōn, tate alla phēsi peri autōn en hois echachopathoun sōmati, kai touto prostithēsin, hoti hysteroumenoi kai thlibomenoi. Oukoun kai entautha hysterēma ho logos eipōn, to leipon dia tēs phōnēs enedeixato to de leipon enarithmion tois ousi genesthai ou dynatai. Kai gar hoi mathētai, heōs men pantes ēsan en tǭ idiǭ plērōmati, dyokaideka ēsan ton arithmon; epei de apōleto ho huios tēs apōleias, echolsdiythē ho arithmos, pǭ mē synarithmeisthai tois ousi to leipon; endeka gar meta ton Ioudan kai hēsan kai ōnomazonto. To oun hysterēma, phēsin, ou dynēsetai tou arithmēthēnai. Ti touto sēmainei dia tou logou ? Hoti ēn pote;ai to kath᾽ hēmas tǭ panti enarithmion; men gar kai hēmeis eis tēn hieran tōn logikōn prooreiou diagōgēs to hen prodaton, hē hēmetera physis, dia kakias pros ton almōnta touton kai auchmēron topon chataspastheita, ouketi ho autos arithmos epi tou poimniou tōn aplanōn mnēmoneuetai, all᾽ henegēchonta kai ennea chatonomazontai; to gar mataion hexō tou arithmou tōn hyphestōtōn ginetai,dioti hysterēma ou dynēsetai tou arithmēthēnai. Ēlthen oun zētēsai kai sōsai to apolōlos, kai epi tōn hōmōn analabōn hapokatastēsai tois ousi to tę̄ mataiotēti tōn anyparktōn enapollymenon, hina palin artios (, genētai ho tēs ktiseōs tou Theou arithmos, aposōthentos tou apolōlotos tois mē apollymenois. Tis oun ē tou planēthentos epanodos, kai tis ho tropo? tēs apo tōn kakōn pro? to agathon analyseōs, en tois ephexēs didaskometha, Ho gar pepeiramenos kata panta kath᾽ homoiotēta chōris hamartias, ek tōn hēmeterōn hēmin dialegetai; ho tas astheneias hēmōn analabōn, di᾽ hautōn tō, asthenēmatōn tēs physeōs, tēn exō kakias hodon hypodeiknysi. Nyn gar moi noēson tēn Sophian ex autou tou kata sarka Solomōntos dialegesthai; dialegesthai de tauta, di᾿ hōn malista pros hyperopsian hodēgētheiēmen tōn para tois anthrōpois spoudazomenōn. Ou gar kath᾽ homoiotēta tōn pollōn, hois ouk esti kat᾽ exonoian to katathymion, kai ho parʼ autou ginetai logos; hōs dia toutou to anaxiopiston echei katēgorōn ekeinōn hōn ou pepeiratai. Hēmeis gar ou tę̄ heautōn peirą panta manthanomen- alla dia monōn tōn logismōn ekeina ginōskomen, hōn tēn apolaustichēn tōn hēdeōn tēn peiran hē penia kōlyei. Kan tini prosagetai symthoulē par᾽ hēmōn, to parʼ ouden hēgeisthai dein ta hypo tōn anthrōpōn timōmena, procheiros ē paragraphē tou akouontos, to dia touto hēmas atimaxein ekeina, hoti mē tę̄ peirą tę̄ en autois egnōrisamen. ᾿Epi de tou tauta hēmin dialegomenou, argei pasa toʼautę̄ antirrhēsis. Solomōn gar estin ho tauta legōn; Solomōn houtos tritos hēn en tois basileusi tou Israēl, meta ton Saoul ekeinon, kai ton para tou Kyriou exeilegmenon Dadid. Houtos tēn archēn para pou patros ekdexamenos, kai auxētheis eis megethos ēdē tois Israēlitais tēs dynasteias anadeiknytai basileus; hos hoi keti dia polemou kai machēs tridōn hypocheirion, alla kata pasan exousian tę̄ eirēnę̄ emthioteuōn, ergon epoieito ou tēn ktēsin tōn mē prosontōn, alla tēn apolausin tōn periontōn; hōs oudenos autǭ pros oudeni tōn chatathymiōn ontos chōlymatos. Hē te gar periousia tēs epithymias synexeteineto, kai hē scholē pros tēn apolausin anetos ēn, oudenos tōn adoulētōn tēn en tois chatathymiois diagōgēn; ta de alla sophos hōn, kai epheurein ti tōn kath᾽ hēdonēn hypo syneseōs hikanos, eipe ta kai ta tōn pros apolausin spoudazomenōn epinoēsai, panta poiēsas, hosa kathexēs tǭ logǭ apērithmēsato, di᾽ autēs eipe memathēkenai tēs peiras, hoti hen peras esti tōn en toutois spoudazomenōn hē mataiotēs. Taxin de toiautēn epethēke tǭ diēgēmati, hōs prōton men, en prōtois chronois tēs heautou zōēs. tę̄ paideusei dounai scholēn, kai mē chatamalachisthēnai tas ek tōn toioutōn ponōn spoudas; chrēsasthai de tę̄ proairesei tou pneumatos, toutesti tę̄ hormę̄ tēs physeōs, eis prosthēkēn gnōseōs, ei kai meta ponōn chkatōrthouto to spoudazomenon; kai houtōs auxētheis dia sophias mē logǭ kataskepsasthai tēn empathē kai alogon peri tas sōmatikas apolauseis tōn anthrōpōn apatēn; alla kai di᾿ autēs tēs peiras hekastou tōn spoudazomenōn epignōnai to mataion. Ho men skopos tōn exētasmenōn, hou ho? esti kairos d᾽ an eiē kai autēn parathesthai chathexēę̄s kata to akolouthon tōn gegrammenōn tēn epi lexeōs theōrian. Elalēsa egō en tę̄ kardią aou tou legein; Idou emegalynthēn egō. n Epeidē gar eidon egō peri emauton to ek tēs dynasteias megethos, kai ton onkon tēs basileias hathroōs epigenomenon - alla pro toutōn, to tēs sophias ktēma peri pantos epoiēsamēn, hēn ouk esti dynaton allōs, ei mē meta ponōn kai hidrōtōn ktēsasthai. Dia touto eipōn; hoti Elalēsa egō hen tę̄ chardeą mou tou legein; Idou emegalynthēn egō, epēgage kai to, Prosethēka sophian. n Ton gar kata to automaton moi prosgenomenon tēs R dynasteias onkon ēuxēsa tę̄ tēs sophias prosthēkę̄ tauta katʼ emauton eipōn, hoti chrē malista dia touto tōn progegonotōn basileōn deichthēnai hypeoteron, kai en sophią to pleon echein. e Prosethēka n gar, phēsi, e sophian en pasi tois genomenois emprosthen mou en Hierousalēm, kai hopōs an tauta gegoito katenoēsa. Tis gar ouk oiden, hoti en tę̄ gnōsei tōn heterois propeponēmenōn philoponousin sophia synistatai? Dio, n phēsin, eu kardia mou eide polla, sophian kai gnōsin, ou kata to automaton akmēte te tēs tōn toioutōn gnōseōs engenomenēs. ᾿Allʼ epeidē, phēsin, edōka tēn kardian mon tou gnōnai sophian kai gnōsin, hōs, ouk an mathōn ekeina, ei mē ponos te kai meleti? tēs gnōseōs autōn kathēgēsato; e ᾿llla kai paoatholas, n phēsi, kai epistēmēn egnōn n toutesti, tēn ex analogias genomenēn tou hypercheimenou katalēpsin, dia tēs paratheseōs tōn parakeimenōn. Kai tauta memathēkenai legei; Paradolas gar, phēsi, kai epistēmēn egnōn. Kathaper didaskōn kai en tǭ Euangeliǭ tous akroōmenous ho Kyrios, ton peri tēs basileias logon hyp᾽ opsin agei, hē margaritēn, hē thēsauron, hē gamon, chochkchon, hē zymēn. ē ti tōn toioutōn diēgēsamenos, ou tauta legōn einai tēn basileian; alla dia tēs homoiōseōs tōn en toutois sēmainomenōn, enaugasmata tina kai ainigmata tōn hyper katalēpsin pragmatōn paratholikōs tois akouousin ai eis touto moi gegone, phēsin, e hē proairesis tou pneumatos, to genesthai moi plēthos sophias, hōs an dia tou genesthai sophos, mē diamartoimi tēs tōn ēntōn gnōseōs, mēde ektos genoimēn tēs tou lysi- eia, telountos heureseōs. Ek gar sophias hē gnōsis synistatai- hē de gnōsis, eukolōteran hēmin poiei tēn tou prosechontos krisin. Touto de ouk akmēti tois spoudazousi paraginesthai pephyken, all᾽ ho prostheis heautǭ gnōsin synepiteinei pantōs tę̄ mathēsei ton ponon. Dio phēsin, Ho prostheis gnōsin, Xrost tithēsin algēma. n Kai toioutos gegonōs, tote tōn hēdeōn hōs Legei gar, hoti Eipa egō en tę̄ kardią mou, Deuro dē, peirasō se en euphrosynę̄, kai idou en agathois. Kai ge touto mataiotēs. n Ou gar euthys edōken heauton tę̄ toiautę̄ peirą, oude ageustos tou chateschlēchotos te kai semnoterou biou, pros tēn pōn hēdeōn metousian katōlisthen᾽ all᾽ enaschētheis ekeinois, kai prochatorthōsas tǭ ēthei to kai anendōton, di᾽ hōn malista ta tēs sophias mathēmata tois spoudazousi ginetai; tote kathiēsi pros ta tę̄ aisthēsei terpna nomizomena, ou pathei pros tauta chathelchysthei?, alla tou episkepsasthai charin, ei tis syntelei pros tēn tou alēthinōs gnōsin agathou en poutois genomenē hē aisthēsis. Epei tote kat᾽ archas echthron heautou poiei kai ton gelōta, kai periphoran hynomazei to pathos, hoper ison esti kata dianoian tę̄ paraphorą te kai paranoią. Ei ti gar allo tis onomaseie kyriōs ton gelōta, ho mēte logos esti, mēte ergon epi tini skopǭ katorthoumenon. Dialnsis sēimatos aprepēs, kai pneumatos klonos, kai brasmos holou tou sōmatos, kai diastolē pareiōn, kai odontōn te kai oulōinn, kai nos te lygismoi, kai phōnēs paralogos thrypsis, syne pichoptomenē tę̄ klasei tou pneumatos, ti an allo eiē touto, phēsi, kai ou paranoia? Dio phēsi, Tǭ gelōti eipa paraphoran, hōs an ei elege tǭ gelōti, Mainę̄ kai parexestēchas kai ouk entos tou kathestōtos meneis, ekousiōs aschē monōn, kai diastrephōn en tǭ pathei to eidos, ep᾽ oudeni chrēsimǭ tēn diastrophēn ergazomenos. Eipon de kai tę̄ euphro; Ti touto poieis ? hoper ison esti tǭ legein, hopi Pros tēn hēdonēn antistatichōs eschon hypopteuōn autēs ton protengismon, hoionei kleptou tinos lathraiōs entos paradyomenou tōn tēs psychēs tameiōn. Ouk aphēka pote katakratēsai tę̄s dianoias hautēn. EP gar egnōn monon tēn hēdonēn hoion ti thērion tas aisthēseis mou perierpousan, euthys pros hautēn kai antethdainon, Ti tauta poieis? legōn pros tēn andrapodōdē tautēn kai alogon euphrorynēn᾽; lasseis tēs dianoias to syntonon? ti echneurizeis ton tēs Psychēs tonon? ti dialymainę̄ tois logismois ? moi to katharon tēs tōn katharōn noēmatōn aithrias tę̄ par᾽ heautēs homichlę̄ zophon empoieis ? Tauta, phēsi, kai toiauta poiēsas, e ᾿schepsamēn ei hē kardia mou helchysei hōs oinon tēn sarka mon.;Toutestin, hopōs epikratestera genoito hē tōn noētōn epimeleia tōn tę̄ sarkos kinēmatōn, hōste mē stasiaxein pros heautēn tēn physin; alla men tēs dianoias proairoumenēs, pros hetera hoe tēs sarkos all᾽ hōs chatapeithes kai sai tǭ noētǭ tēs psychēs merei to tēs sarkos hēmōn phronēma, helchysthentos kai katapothentos tou elaton tropon epi tōn d:psōntōn ginetai. Ou gar enapomenei ho oinos tę̄ kyliki, eige tǭ dipsōnti stomati prosachtheiē. alla methistatai pros ton pinonta, kai diaphanēs ginetai meta spoudēs epi to entos eiselchomenos. Hou genomenou, aplanēs moi kai anempodistos egeneto hē hodēgia pros tēn epistēmēn tōn ontōn. HēĒ kardia mou, n physin, e hōdēgēse me en sophią, di᾽ hēs ka( techratēda tēs epanastaseōs tōn hēdonōn, kai gegone moi hē paideusis aitia tou kratēsai epi euphrosynę̄. Houtō gar periechei hē akolouthia tēs lexeōs. To de moi malista kata tēn gnōsin spoudazomenon ēn, to epi mēdeni mataiǭ tēn zōēn ascholę̄sai, all᾽ heurein ekeino to agathon, hou tis epitychōn ouk hamartanei tēs tou sympherontos kriseōs, ho diarkes te esti kai ou proskairon, kai pasę̄ tę̄ zōę̄ parateinetai, elpis eis agathon pasę̄ hēlikią ginomenon, kai prōtę̄ kai mesę̄, kai teleutaią, kai panti tǭ tōn hē merōn arithmǭ. Heōs hou gar idō, phēsi, poion to agathon tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn, ho poiēsousin hypo ton hēlion, arithmon hēmerōn zōēs autōn. Ta gar dia sarkos spoudazomena, kan hoti malista pros to paron deleaxzę̄ tēn aisthēsin, en akarei to euphrainon echei. Hou ga estin ep᾽’ oudeni tōn en tǭ sōmati ginomenōn, diarkōs hēsthēna:; all᾽ hē tou pinein hēdonē. synapolēgei tǭ chorǭ; kai epi tou esthiein hōsautōs, hē plēsmonē tēn orexin esdese, kai ei tis allē, epithymia, kata ton auton tropon tę̄ tou epithymētou tousią chatemaranthē, kan palin genētai, palin marainetai. Diarkei de ouden eis aei tōn tę̄ aisthēsei terpnōn, oude hōsautōs echei. Kai heti pros toutois, allo tę̄ nēpiotēti agathon, kai heteron tę̄ tēs hēlicheas akmę̄. kai allo tǭ parachmasanti, kai heteron to par᾽ hēlikian, kai tǭ geronti palin allo, tǭ eis gēn ēdē rheonti. Egō hoe, phēsin, ezētoun ekeino to antthon, ho pasę̄ hēlikią kai panti tǭ chronǭ tēs zōiïs episēs agathon estin - hou choros ouk elpixetsai, kai plēsmonē ouk heurisketai; alla sēmparateineta: metousią hē orexis, kai synachmaxei tę̄ apolausei ho pothos, kai tę̄ tou epithymētou hēlikią ou perigraphetai. ᾿All᾽ hosǭ mallon entryphą tǭ agathǭ, tosoutǭ pleon hē epithymia tę̄ tryphę̄ synekteinetai, kai hē tryphē tę̄ epithymią synechkaietai, kai kata pan diastēma tēs zōēs aei kalon tois metiousi ginetai, ouden tǭ astatǭ tōn hēlikiōn te kai tōn chronōn synalloioumenon, ho kai myonti kai hēkerounti te kai lypoumenǭ, nychtereuonti kai hēmereuonti, kai pasin apaxaplōs tois kata ton bion agathon estin’ hypo tōn peristatikōs tini sympiptontōn, oute ti cheiron, oute ti kreitton genomenon, oute elattoumenon, oute auxanomenon. Touto esti, kata ge ton emon logon, to ontōs hon agathon, hoper idein ho Solomōn ezētei, ho epoioun hoi anthrōpoi hypo ton hēlion kata panta ton arithmon tēs zōēs autōn; hoper ouden heteron einai moi phainetai, hē to tēs pisteōs ergon, hēs hē energeia, koinē te pasin estin, ek tou homotimou tois thelousi prokeimenē kai pantodynamos, kai diarkōs tę̄ zōę̄ paramenousa. Touto esti to agathon ergon, ho kai en hēmin genoito, en Christǭ Ēēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

“I,” it says, “the Ecclesiast.” We have learned who the Ecclesiast is: the one who gathers into one what had wandered and been scattered, and makes all things one flock, so that nothing may be unable to hear the good voice of the shepherd, which gives life to all things. “For the words,” he says, “that I speak are spirit, and they are life.” He names himself Ecclesiast, as he names himself physician, and life, and resurrection, and light, and way, and door, and truth, and all the names of his love for humankind. As, then, the physician’s voice properly belongs to the sick, and the Word of life becomes active in the dead — who, when they hear the voice of the Son of Man, no longer remain in their ancient deadness — while those who are in tombs seek the voice of the resurrection, and the word of light is fitting for those in darkness, and the way is smooth for those who have wandered, and the door for those who need to enter, so too the Ecclesiast surely speaks to those who assemble as a church. So the Ecclesiast speaks to us; and let us, the church, listen to his words. For as the chorus looks to its leader, and sailors to the helmsman, and the battle line to the general, so too to the leader of the church [look] those who are in the fullness of the church. What, then, does the Ecclesiast say? “I became king over Israel in Jerusalem.” When was this? Surely when “I was established king by him on Zion his holy mountain, proclaiming the decree of the Lord” — he to whom the Lord said, “You are my Son,” and “Today I have begotten you.” For of the maker of the universe, the father of the ages, he said “today I have begotten,” so that by joining the temporal word to the moment of birth he might present not the existence before the ages but the birth in time through flesh for the salvation of human beings. These things, then, the true Ecclesiast goes through, teaching, I think, the great mystery of godliness, for whose sake God was manifested in the flesh.

“For I gave my heart,” he says, “to seek out and to examine in wisdom concerning all the things that come to be under heaven.” This is the reason the Lord came to dwell among human beings through the flesh: that he gave his heart to examine in his own wisdom the things that come to be under heaven. For the things above heaven did not need one to visit them, just as what is not held by disease does not need one to heal it. Since, then, the evils were around the earth … For the serpent, that crawling and violent beast, dragging itself on breast and belly, makes earth its food, feeding on nothing heavenly, but dragging itself in what is trodden underfoot, it always looks to what is trodden, watching the heel of the human journey, and injecting its venom into those who have lost the authority to tread upon serpents. For this reason he gave his heart to seek out and examine all the things that come to be under heaven. For in the things above the heavens the Prophet sees the divine magnificence unhumbled, saying, “Your magnificence has been lifted above the heavens”; whereas the heavenly part too was humbled through vice. For so the Psalmist says, that because of their sins they were humbled. This the Ecclesiast came to examine: what had come to be under heaven which was not there before; how vanity entered, how the non-existent prevailed, what is the power of that which does not exist. For evil has no substance, because it has its subsistence from what is not; and what is not, arising from what is, surely does not even exist according to its own nature; but vanity nevertheless prevails over those who have become like vanity. He came, then, to seek out in his own wisdom what had come to be under the sun, what the confusion of affairs here is, how what is was enslaved to what is not, how the insubstantial holds power against what is. And he knows that “God gave an evil distraction to the sons of men, to be distracted with it.” But it is not reverent to think this as one might understand it at first sight, that God himself gave the evil distraction to human beings; for then the cause of evils would be referred back to him. For he who is good by nature is surely also the giver of good things, because “every good tree produces good fruits,” and neither does a grape grow from thorns nor a thorn from a vine. What, then, is good by nature would not bring out anything evil from its treasures. For neither does the good man speak evil things out of the abundance of his heart, but utters what corresponds to his own nature; how much more, then, would the source of good things not pour out from its own nature anything evil? But the more reverent understanding suggests that we understand this: that the good is God’s gift. This is the self-determining … [which] became an instrument for sin. For the self-determining and unenslaved is by nature good, while what is held by necessities no one would count among the goods; but this self-determining impulse of the mind, slipping away without discipline toward the choice of vice, became a temptation to the soul, dragged down from the lofty and honourable things toward the passionate movements of nature. This is what “gave” signifies: not that he himself made evil in human life, but that the human being, through folly, used the good things given by God in the service of evils. It is customary for holy Scripture to declare such thoughts in such expressions: “God gave them up to dishonourable passions,” and “He gave them up to a debased mind,” and “He hardened the heart of Pharaoh,” and “Why, O Lord, did you make us wander from your way, did you harden our hearts so as not to fear you?” and “He made them wander in a trackless place and not on a road,” and “You deceived me and I was deceived,” and whatever is similar to these. In such cases the precise understanding does not establish that something of evil came to be in human nature from God, but accuses the [freedom], which is a good and a gift of God given to nature, but became evil through its inclination to the opposite.

The Ecclesiast, then, saw all the things made in the life under the sun, that all were vanity. For there was none who understood, there was none who sought God, since all turned aside, together they became worthless. Therefore, having said, “And see, all is vanity,” he added the cause: that God is not the cause of these things, but the free choice of human impulse, which he named “spirit.” He accuses this spirit, not because it was such from the beginning — for it would be beyond accusation if it had been made such — but because, having been distorted, it was put out of joint with the … “For what is distorted,” he says, “cannot be set in order”; that is, what is distorted could not belong to the creation set in order by God. For as the craftsman who constructs something for himself according to a plan straightens with rule and line the parts that complete the work of the vessel by their skilful relation to one another, and if any of them is not made straight by the line, the straight fitting surely does not admit the distortion, but that part too must be brought to the line and become straight, if it is to … — so the Ecclesiast says that nature distorted by vice cannot belong to the creation set in order by right reason. “And a lack,” he says, “cannot be counted.” Scriptural usage teaches us to understand “to lack” as to fall short, and this can be confirmed from many passages. For Paul, who was initiated in everything and in all things, knows both how to lack and how to abound; and the one who spent his father’s substance in prodigality began to lack when famine took hold; and Paul, going through the account of the saints, among the other things he says of what they suffered in body, adds this too, that they were “lacking, afflicted.” So here too the passage, saying “lack,” indicated by the word what is missing; and what is missing cannot be counted among the things that are. For the disciples too, as long as all were in their own fullness, were twelve in number; but when the son of perdition perished, the number was cut short, so that what was missing was not counted with those who were; for after Judas they both were and were called eleven. So, he says, “the lack will not be able to be counted.” What does he signify by this passage? That once our [nature] too was counted with the whole; for we too were [among the hundred sheep] in the holy [flock] of rational beings; but when the one sheep, our nature, … of the mountain way of life … was dragged down through vice to this salty and parched place, the same number is no longer recorded for the flock of those who did not wander, but they are called ninety-nine; for what is vain comes to be outside the number of the things that subsist, because “a lack will not be able to be counted.” He came, then, to seek and to save what was lost, and taking it up on his shoulders to restore to the things that are what was perishing in the vanity of the non-existent, so that the number of God’s creation may again become complete, what was lost having been saved and joined to those that were not lost. What, then, is the return of the one who wandered, and what is the manner of the return from evils to the good, we are taught in what follows. For he who was tested in all respects in likeness to us without sin speaks to us from what is ours; he who took up our weaknesses shows, through the very weaknesses of nature, the road out of vice.

Now, then, understand that Wisdom speaks from Solomon himself according to the flesh, and speaks those things through which above all we may be led to disdain for what human beings strive for. For his argument does not come about in the manner of the many, who do not have what they desire in their power, so that on this account … lacks credibility when he accuses things he has not experienced. For we do not learn everything by our own experience, but we know through reasonings alone those things whose experience in the enjoyment of pleasures poverty prevents. And if some advice is offered by us to someone, that one ought to count as nothing the things honoured by human beings, the hearer’s objection is ready at hand: that we dishonour those things because we have not come to know them by experience in them. But with the one who discourses on these things to us, every such objection is idle. For it is Solomon who says these things; this Solomon was third among the kings of Israel, after the famous Saul and after David, chosen by the Lord. He received the rule from his father, and having already grown to greatness of power, he was shown king to the Israelites; one who no longer [kept the country] subject by war and battle, but, living in peace with every authority, made it his business not the acquisition of what he did not have but the enjoyment of what he had, as though there was no hindrance to him in any of the things he desired. For his wealth extended as far as his desire, and his leisure for enjoyment was unrestricted, since nothing unwelcome [interrupted] his life amid what he desired. And being otherwise wise, and able by intelligence to devise any of the things that please, he said that he had devised this and that of the things pursued for enjoyment, and having done all that he enumerated in order in his account, he said that he had learned by experience itself that the one end of what is pursued in these things is vanity. He gave this order to his narrative: that first, in the first years of his life, he gave his leisure to education and was not softened in his zeal for the labours of such things, but used the free choice of the spirit — that is, the impulse of nature — for the increase of knowledge, even though what he strove for was achieved with labour; and that, having grown in this way through wisdom, he examined not only by reason the passionate and irrational deceit of human beings concerning bodily enjoyments, but also came to recognize, through the very experience of each thing pursued, its vanity. That is the aim of what has been examined. It would be time also to set out in order, following the sequence of what is written, the contemplation of the wording.

“I spoke in my heart, saying, See, I have been made great.” For since I saw about myself the greatness of power and the weight of kingship suddenly come upon me — but before these things I made the possession of wisdom my chief concern, which cannot be acquired otherwise than with labour and sweat. Therefore, having said, “I spoke in my heart, saying, See, I have been made great,” he added, “I added wisdom.” For the weight of power which came to me of its own accord I increased by the addition of wisdom, saying this to myself: that for this reason above all I must be shown superior to the kings before me, and must have the advantage in wisdom. “For I added wisdom,” he says, “beyond all who were before me in Jerusalem, and I understood how these things might come to be.” For who does not know that wisdom consists in the knowledge of what others have laboured over before, for those who love labour? “Therefore,” he says, “my heart saw many things, wisdom and knowledge,” the knowledge of such things not having come of its own accord and without toil. “But since,” he says, “I gave my heart to know wisdom and knowledge” — as though I would not have learned those things unless labour and practice had led the way to their knowledge — “I also came to know parables and understanding,” that is, the apprehension of what lies beyond, which comes from analogy through comparison with the things near at hand. And he says that he learned these: “For I came to know parables and understanding.” Just as in the Gospel, too, the Lord, teaching his hearers, brings the account of the kingdom before their eyes by describing a pearl, or a treasure, or a wedding, or a grain, or leaven, or something of this kind, not saying that these things are the kingdom, but through the likeness of the things signified in them [setting out] parabolically to the hearers certain glimmers and riddles of realities beyond comprehension — “and for this,” he says, “the free choice of the spirit came to be in me: that a multitude of wisdom might come to be in me,” so that by becoming wise I might not miss the knowledge of the things that are, nor come to be outside the discovery of what is profitable. For knowledge consists from wisdom, and knowledge makes our judgment of what we should attend to easier. But this does not by nature come to those who strive for it without toil; rather, he who adds knowledge to himself surely increases the labour along with the learning. Therefore he says, “He who adds knowledge adds pain.” And having become such a man, then … of pleasant things as … For he says, “I said in my heart, Come now, I will test you with gladness, and see in good things. And this too is vanity.” For he did not at once give himself to such testing, nor, without having tasted the hardened and more austere life, did he slip into participation in pleasures; but having been trained in those, and having first achieved in his character what is … and unyielding, through which above all the lessons of wisdom come to those who strive for them, then he lets himself down to the things thought delightful to the senses, not dragged down to them by passion, but for the sake of examining whether sense-perception, when it comes to be among these things, contributes anything to the knowledge of the truly good. Since from the beginning he then makes even laughter his enemy, and names the passion “distraction,” which in meaning is equal to derangement and madness. For what else would one properly call laughter, which is neither speech nor an act accomplished for some aim? An unseemly loosening of the figure, a shaking of the breath, a convulsion of the whole body, a stretching of the cheeks, [a baring] of teeth and gums, … and contortions …, an unreasonable breaking of the voice, chopped up together with the breaking of the breath — what else would this be, he says, but madness? Therefore he says, “To laughter I said, Derangement,” as if he said to laughter: “You are mad and out of your senses and do not stay within the settled state, behaving unseemly of your own will and distorting the form in the passion, working the distortion for nothing useful.” “And I said to gladness, Why are you doing this?” — which is equal to saying, “I stood in opposition to pleasure, suspecting its first approach, as of some thief slipping secretly into the storerooms of the soul. I never let it gain mastery over my mind. For as soon as I recognized pleasure creeping like some beast around my senses, I at once stepped out against it, saying to this servile and irrational gladness, ‘Why are you doing this? [Why do you] slacken the tension of the mind? Why do you unnerve the soul’s vigour? Why do you outrage the reasonings? [Why] do you make gloom with your own mist in the clear sky of pure thoughts for me?’” “Having done these and such things,” he says, “I examined whether my heart would draw my flesh like wine”; that is, so that care for intelligible things might become stronger than the movements of the flesh, so that nature should not be at strife with itself, the mind choosing some things and the flesh [inclining] to others, but that the mind of our flesh should be persuaded by and … to the intelligible part of the soul, the lesser being drawn in and swallowed up, in the way that happens with the thirsty. For wine does not remain in the cup, if it is brought to a thirsty mouth, but passes over to the drinker and vanishes, being drawn inside eagerly. When this happened, the guidance toward the knowledge of the things that are became for me without wandering and without hindrance. “My heart,” he says, “guided me in wisdom,” by which I mastered the uprising of pleasures, and education became for me the cause of mastering … over gladness. For so the sequence of the wording contains it. But what I strove for most of all in knowledge was not to busy my life with anything vain, but to find that good, attaining which one does not miss the judgment of what is beneficial; which is lasting and not temporary, and extends through the whole of life, a hope for good that comes to every age — first, middle and last — and to the whole number of the days. “Until I see,” he says, “what is the good for the sons of men, which they will do under the sun, the number of the days of their life.” For the things pursued through the flesh, even if they entice the senses ever so much for the present, have their gladness for a moment. For it is not possible to take lasting pleasure in any of the things that happen in the body; the pleasure of drinking ends together with satiety; likewise with eating, fullness quenches appetite; and any other desire in the same way withers with the presence of what is desired, and if it comes again, again it withers. Nothing of what delights the senses lasts for ever, nor remains the same. And besides this, there is one good for infancy and another for the prime of life, another for one past his prime, another again for the one beyond his age, and another again for the old man already flowing into the earth. “But I,” he says, “was seeking that good which is equally good for every age and for every time of life; of which satiety is not expected and fullness is not found, but the appetite extends together with the participation, and the longing grows to its height together with the enjoyment, … and is not circumscribed by the age of what is desired. But the more one delights in the good, the more the desire extends together with the delight, and the delight is kindled together with the desire; and in every interval of life it is always beautiful to those who pursue it, not changing with the instability of ages and times; which is good for one who is asleep and one who is awake, for one who is grieved, for one who passes the night and one who passes the day, and for all things in life without exception; becoming neither worse nor better, neither lessened nor increased, by what befalls anyone through circumstances.” This, in my view at least, is the truly existing good, which Solomon was seeking to see, which human beings would do under the sun for the whole number of their life; which seems to me nothing else than the work of faith, whose activity is common to all, set before those who wish it on equal terms, all-powerful, and remaining lastingly with life. This is the good work, which may it also come to be in us, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory for the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 3

3PG 44

Τί μετὰ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ἡ ἐκκλησιαστικὴ διδάξει φωνὴ, καιρὸς ἂν εἴη διερευνήσασθαι. Μεμαθήκαμεν ἐν πρώτοις ἃ μεμαθήκαμεν, ὅτι ὁ πᾶσαν ἐκκλησιάζων ( τὴν κτίσιν, καὶ τὰ ἀπολωλότα ζητῶν, καὶ τὰ πεπλανημένα συναθροίζων εἰς ἕν, οὗτος ἐπισκέπτεται τὸν ἐπίγειον βίον. Ἐπίγειον γάρ ἐστι τὸ ὑπουράνιον, ὅπερ ὁ λόγος τὸ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν ὀνομάζει, ἐν ᾧ καἣ ἀπάτη καὶ τὸ ἀνύπαρκτον. Ἐν δὲ τῇ δευτέρᾳ μεμαθήκαμεν ἐξηγήσει τὸ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Σολομῶντος γενέσθαι τὴν κατηγορίαν τῆς ἀπολαυστιχῆς τε καὶ ἐμπαθοῦς διαθέσεως, ὡς ἂν ἡμῖν ἀξιόπιστος γένοιτο ἡ τῶν τοιούτων ἀθέτησις, τοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν τὸ πρὸς ἡδονὴν εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἔχοντος, καὶ πάντα τὰ δοκοῦντα παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις σπουδάζεσθαι ἀντ᾽ οὐδενὸς διαπτύοντος. Τί τοίνυν κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐκ τρίτου μανθάνομεν; ὃ πάντων μάλιστα οἶμαι κατάλληλον εἶναι τοῖς ἐκκλησιάζουσι μάθημα, λέγω δὲ τὴν περὶ τῶν μὴ κατὰ λόγον γεγενημένων ἐξομολόγησιν, ἢ τὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἐμποιεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ πάθος, διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀτόταὺν ἐξαγορεύσεως. Ἔοικε γὰρ μέγα τι καὶ ἰσχυρὸν πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀποφυγὴν, ὅπλον εἶναι, ἡ ἐναποκειμένη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἰδὼς, εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο οἶμαι παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντεθεῖσα, ὡς ἂν ἡμῖν ἀποστροφὴ τῶν χειρόνων ἡ τοιαύτη τῆς ψυχῆς γένοιτο διάθεσις. Συγγενῶς δὲ ἔχει πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ οἰκείως τότε κατὰ τὴν αἰδὼ καὶ τὸ κατ᾽ αἰσχύνην πάθος, δι᾽ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ἡ ἁμαρτία κωλύεται, εἴπερ ἐθέλοι τις πρὸς τοῦτο χρήσασθαι τῇ τοιαύτῃ τῆς ψυχῆς διαθέσει. Μᾶλλον γὰρ τοῦ φόθου πολλᾶκις ἡ αἰδὼς πρὸς ἣν ἀποφυγὴν τῶν ἀτόπων ἐπαι:δαγώγησεν’ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἢ αἰσχύνη ἐπαχολουθοῦσα τοῖς ἐλέγχοις τοῦ πλημμελήματος, ἱκανὴ δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς σωφρονίσαι τὸν ἁμαρνάνοντα πρὸς τὸ μὴ πάλιν ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίο:ς γενέσθαι. Καὶ ἔστιν. ὡς ἄν τις ὅρῳ τὴν διαφορὰν αὐτῶν ὑποθεὶς γράψειεν, αἰσχύνη μὲν ἐπιτεταμένη αἰδώς· αἰδὼς δὲ τὸ ἔμπαλιν ὑφειμένη αἰσχύνη. Δείκνυται δὲ καὶ τῷ κατὰ πρόσωπον χρώματι ἡ τῶν παθῶν διαφορά τε καὶ κοινωνία. Ἢ μὲν γὰρ αἰδὼς ἐρυθήματι μόνῳ ἐπισημαίνεται, συμπαθόντος πως τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ σώματος κατά τινα φυσικὴν διάθεσιν, καὶ τοῦ περιχαρδίου θερμοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς ὄψεως ἀναζέσαντος· ὁ δὲ αἰσχυνθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ φανερώσει τοῦ πλημγίνεται καὶ ὑπέρυθρος, τοῦ φόδον τὴν χολὴν τῷ ἐρυθήματι μίξαντος. Τὸ οὖν τοιοῦτον πάθος, ἱκανὸν ἂν γένοιτο τοῖς προειλημμένοις τινὶ τῶν ἀτόπων εἷς τὸ μηκέτι ἐν τούτοις γενέσθαι, ὧν ἂν τὸν ἔλεγχον ἐν αἰσχύνῃ ποιήσωνται. Εἰ δὴ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχοι, καὶ δέοντος ὁ λόγος τοῦ πάθους κατεστοχάσατο, ὡς ἐπὶ φυλακῇ τῶν πλημμελημάτων τῆς τοιαύτης διαθέσεως ἐγγινομένης τῇ φύσει, καλόν ἔστιν ἴδιον μάθημα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἡγήσασθαι τὸ διὰ τῆς ἐξαγορεύσεως τῶν πεπλημμελημένων κατόρθωμα· ἔστι γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, τὴν ἐχυτοῦ ψυχὴν τῷ τῆς αἰσχύνης ὅπλῳ χατασφαλίσασθαι. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἴ τις ἐκ λαιμαργίας ἀμέτρου δυσπέπτους τινὰς χυμοὺς ἐν αὑτῷ συναγάγῃ, εἶτα ἐν φλεγμονῇ γενομένου τοῦ σώματος τομῇ καὶ χαυστῆρι θεραπευθεὶς τὴν νόσον. καθάπερ τινὰ παιδαγωγὸν πρὸς τὴν ἀταξίαν ἔχοι τοῦ ἐφεξῆς βίου, τὴν οὐλὴν τοῦ χαυστῆρος ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος βλέπων· οὕτως ὁ στηλιτεύσας ἑαυ τὸν διὰ τῆς τῶν κρυφίων ἐξαγορεύσεως, τὴν μνήμην τοῦ κατ᾽ αἰσχύνην πάθους πρὸς τὸν ἑξῆς παιδαγωγὸν τίθεται βίον. Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐστὶν, ἃ διὰ τῆς νῦν ἀναγνώσεως τῶν ἂν τῷ Ἐκκλησιαστῇ γεγραμμένων ἡ Ἐκκλησία παιδεύεται. Λέγει γὰρ ἐλευθέρᾳ φωνῇ δημοσιεύων ἐκεῖνο, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων καθάπερ τινὰ στήλην ἔγγραφον ἀνατιθεὶς τὴν τῶν γεγενημένων παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξαγόρευσιν, ἃ τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, ὡς τὴν ἄγνοιαν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν σιωπὴν εἶναι τοῦ λόγου ἐνδοξοτέραν. λέγει δὲ,εἰ μὲν ἀληθῶς πεποιηκὼς ἧ, ταῦτα διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ὠφέλειαν πλασσόμενος, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τε διʼ ἀκολούθου τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν διαπεράναι, οὐκ ἔχω τοῦτο μετ᾽ ἀχριδείας εἰπεῖν· λέγει δ᾽ οὖν ὅμως ταῦτα ἃ οὐκ ἂν ὁ πρὸς ἀρετὴν βλέπων ἐκουσίως συνενεχθείη. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴτε οἰκονομίας χάριν τὰ μὴ γενόμενα, ὡς γεγονότα διέξεισι, καὶ κατηγορεῖ ὡς ἐν πείρᾳ γενόμενος, ἵνα ἡμεῖς πρὸ τῆς πείρας τὴν τῶν κατηγορημένων ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκκλίνωμεν, εἴτε καὶ καθῆκεν ἑαυτὸν ἑκουσίως πρὸς τὴν τῶν τοιούτων ἀπόλαυσιν, ὥστε καὶ τὰ αἰσθητήρια ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων γυμνάσαι, προκείσθω κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν τῷ βουλομένῳ, ἐφ᾽ ὅπερ ἂν ἐθέλῃ τὸν στοχασμὸν ἄγειν. Εἰ δέ τις λέγοι τῷ ὄντι γεγενῆσθαι ἐν τῇ τῶν ἡδέων πείρᾳ, οὕτως ὑπολαμβάνομεν. Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ ἐπὶ τὸν βυθὸν τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος, εἴ πού τινα μαργαρίτην εὕροιεν, ἢ τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον τῶν ἐν βυθῷ τικτομένων, οἷς ἡδονὴν μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἡ ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ ταλαιπωρία φέρει, ἡ δὲ τοῦ κέρδους ἐλπὶς βυθίους ἐποίησεν· οὕτως εἰ γέγονεν ἃ Σολομὼν ἐν τούτοις, πάντως ὥσπερ τις τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν πορφυρευόντων, ἑαυτὸν ἔδωκε τῇ τρυφῇ - οὐκ ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε χαταπλησθῆναι τῆς θαλαττίας ἅλμης, ἅλμην δὲ λέγω τὴν ἡδονήν· ἀλλὰ τοῦ ζητῆσαι τί τῇ διανοίᾳ χρήσιμον ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ βυθῷ. Χρήσιμον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη διὰ τῶν τοιούτων εὑρισκόμενον, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν στοχασμὸν, ἣ τὸ ἀμδλῦναι τὰς τοῦ σώματος ὁρμὰφ, διὰ τοῦ προθεῖναι κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ὃ βούλεται. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸ κωλυόμενον φιλονειχοτέρας ἀεὶ τὰς κινήσεις ἡ φύσις ἔχει. Ἤτοι τοῦ ἀξιοπίστου χάριν, ἐν τούτοις γίνεται ὁ διδάσκαλος, ὡς μηκέτι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀσπαστὸν νομισθῆναι τὸ χαταπεφρονημένον πρᾶγμα ὑπὸ τοῦ διὰ τῆς πείρας διδαχθέντος τὸ μάταιον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοὺς ἰατρούς φασιν ἐν ἐκείνῳ κατορθοῦν τὴν τέχνην, οὗ ἂν διὰ τῶν ἰδίων σωμάτων τὸ εἶδος τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας γνωρίσωσι, καὶ ἀσφαλέστεροι τῶν τοιούτων γίνονται σύμδουλοί τε καὶ θεραπευταὶ, ὧν διὰ τοῦ προθεραπευθῆναι τὴν γνῶσιν εἶχον· ὅσῳ τῷ ἰδίῳ πάθει προεδιδάχθησαν. Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν τί λέγει πεπονθέναι τῷ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν βίῳ, ὁ τὸν ἡμέτερον ἰατρεύων βίον. φησὶ, ε ποίημά μου, χοδόμησα οἴκους. Εὐθὺς ἐκ κατηγορίας ὁ λόγος ἄρχεται. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ποίημά φησιν, ὅπερ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐμὸν ἐμεγάλυνα. Ἐμὸν ποίημα οὐδέν ἐστιν ἄλλο, ἣ ὅπερ τῇ αἱσθήσει τὴν ἡδονὴν φέρει. Ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ποίημα, τῷ μὲν γενικῷ λόγῳ ἕν, τῇ δὲ κατὰ λεπτὸν διαιρέσει, εἰς πολλὰ ταῖς τῆς τρυφῆς χρείαις χαταναγχάζεται μερίζεσθαι. Τὸν γὰρ ἅπαξ ἐντὸς τῆς ὕλης τοῦ βυθοῦ γενόμενον, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα πανταχόσε τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν περιάγειν, ὅθεν ἂν ἧ δυνατὸν ἡδονὴν ἐχφνῆναι. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκ μιᾶς πηγῆς πολλαχῇ διὰ σωλήνων ὀχετηγεῖται τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἣ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐστὶ, τὸ ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς μεριζόμενον, κἂν ἐν μυρίοις χρουνοῖς τύχοι ῥέον· οὕτω μία τῇ φύσει οὖσα ἡ ἡδονὴ, ἄλλως καὶ ἄλλως ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων διαφοραὶς ὑπονοοῦσα ῥέει πανταχοῦ, ταῖς τοῦ βίου χρείαις ἑαυτὴν συνεισάγουσα. Οἷον ὁ βίος ἀναγκαίαν ἐποίησε τῇ φύσει τὴν οἴκησιν· ἀσθενέστερον γὰρ πέφυκε τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ἣ ὥστε τὰς ἐκ τοῦ θάλπους τε καὶ κρύους ἀνωμαλίας φέρειν. Μέχρι τούτου ὁ οἶκος ἔχεδ πρὸς ἣν ζωὴν τὸ ὠφέλιμον, ἀλλὰ τὸ παρελθεῖν τοὺς ὄρους ἧς χρείας ἡ ἡδονὴ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐδιάσατο. Ὡς γὰρ οὐχὶ σώματι τὸ χρειῶδες πορίζων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπιτηδεύων τέρψεις καὶ ἐντρυφήματα, λυπεῖται Ὁ σχεδὸν, ὅτι μὴ τὸν οὐρανὸν αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ὑπωρόφίον, μηδὲ τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου ἀκτῖνας ἔχει τῷ ὀρόφῳ καὶ αὑτὰς ἐντεχτήνασθαι. Διὸ πλατύνει μὲν ἁπανταχόθεν τὰς τῶν κατασκευασμάτων περιγραφὰς, τὴν τῆς συνοιχείας περιδολὴν ὡς οἰκουμένην τινὰ ἄλλην ἑαυτῷ χτίξζων. ᾿Ανατείνει δὲ εἰς ὅτι μήκιστον ὕψος τοὺς τοίχους· ποιχέλλει δὲ ταῖς ἔνδον τῶν οἰκημάτων διασχευαῖς. δὲ καὶ Θεσσαλῆῇς καὶ ἐκ᾿ λίθος ἀναπτύσσεται, καὶ διὰ σιδήρου εἰς πλάχα Νειλῷα μέταλλα καὶ τὰ τῆς Νουμιδίας ἀναζητεῖται, καί που καὶ ἡ Φρυγία πέτρα ταῖς σπουδαῖς ταύἣν πορφυρᾶν βαφὴν πρὸς τὸ τρυφὴ γίνεται τοῖς λιχνοτέροις ὄμμασι, πολυειδῆ τινα καὶ πολυσχημάτιστον τὴν διάχυσιν τοῦ χρώματος ἐν τῷ λευκῷ ζωγραφήσασα. Ὁπόσαι περὶ τούτων σπου δαί; πόσα τὰ σχήματα; πόσα τὰ μηχανήματα ; τῶν μὲν ὕδατι καὶ σιδήρῳ διαπριόντων τὰς ὕλας, ἄλλων δὲ διὰ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν πογούντων τῶν κατεργαζομένων τὴν ἔχπρησιν; Καὶ οὐδὲ ταῦτα ἤρκεσε τοῖς πονοῦσι περὶ τὸν μάταϊον κόσμον· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς ὑέλου διὰ φαρμάκων εἰς βαφὰς ποιχῆλας καταμολύνεται, ὡς ἂν καὶ παρὰ ταύτης τι συναχθείη τῇ τῶν νοημάτων χλιδῇ. Πῶς δ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι τὰς τῶν ὁρόφων περιεργίας, ἐφʼ ὧν τὰ ξύλα ἐκ κέδρου γινόμενα πάλιν ἐπαναστρέφοντα διὰ τῶν σοφισμάτων τῆς τέχνης δένδρα νομιζόμενα, κλάδους καὶ φύλλα καὶ καρποὺς ἐν ταῖς γλυφίσιν ἐχφύοντα. Σιωπῶ τὸν χρυσὸν τὸν εἰς λεπτοὺς ϑυγυδι αὶ καὶ ἀερώδεις ὑμένας διατεινόμενον, καὶ πανταχοῦ τούτοις ἐπιχρωννύμενον ὡς ἂν τὴν λιχνείαν τῶν ὁμμάτῶν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιστρέφοι. Τὴν δὲ τῶν ἐλεφάντων εἰσφορὰν, εἰς τὸν περίεργον καλλωπισμὸν τῶν εἰσχρυσὸν, ἣ τὸν διὰ τῶν ἥλων ἐγχροτούμενον ἄργυρον, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα τί ἄν τις λέγοι; ἣ τὰ ἐδάφη τῶν οἰκιῶν ταῖς ποικίλαις τῶν λίθων βαφαῖς ὁπολάμποντα, ὡς ἂν καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν τῆς αὐγῆς τῶν λίθων χατατρυφῶσι, τὴν τε κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν τοιούτων οἴκων φιλοτιμίαν, ὧν οὐχὶ ἡ χρεία τῆς ζωῆς τὴν κατασκευὴν ἀναγκαίαν ποιεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἐπιθυμία διὰ τῶν ἀνοήτων προϊοῦσα εὑρίσκει ἀχαιρίαν. Χρὴ γὰρ τῶν οἴκων τοὺς μὲν δρόμους εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ περιτοὺς μὲν εἰσοδίους, τοὺς δὲ ( ἄλλους ἐπιπυλίους. Οὐ γὰρ ἀρχεῖν ἡγοῦνται πρὸς κόμπον τὰς πύλας καὶ τὰ προπύλαια, καὶ τὴν ἐντὸς ᾿ κῶν πυλῶν εὐρυχωρίαν, εἰ μή τι τοιοῦτον προεντυγχάνει τοῖς εἰσιοῦσιν, οἷον εὐθὺς καταπλῆξαι τοῦ ὁρωμένου τὸν εἰσερχόμενον. Λουτρά τε πρὸς τούτοις συμπαριόντα τῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ τὴν χρῆσιν ποταμοῖς ὅλοις ἐν τῇ τῶν χρουνῶν δαψιλείᾳ χαταχλυζόμενα, καὶ τούτων προδεδλημένα γυμνάσια, καὶ ταῦτα περισσῶς διὰ ποικίλων μαρμάρων εἰς κόσμον ἐξησχημένα, στοαί τε πανταχόθεν περὶ τὴν οἴκησιν Νουμιμεναι, ὅτε ἐν τοῖς ἀνδριᾶσι χαλκὸς ὧν, εἰς μυρία εἴδη σχηματίζοιτο, πρὸς ὅ τι ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς περιεργείας χέει τὴν ὕλην, τά τε ἐκ τῶν μαρμάρων εἴδωλα, καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ τῶν πινάχων ἐπιγραφὰς, διʼ ὧν καὶ οἰίδη Ὁ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐκπορνεύουσιν, ἀπογυμνούσης τῆς τέχνης ἀπὸ μιμήσεως τὰ ἀθέατα, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔστιν ἰδεῖν εἰς ἔκπληξίν τε καὶ ὥραν ἐπιΠῶς ἄν τις τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον διεξέλθοι τῷ λόγῳ, ἐν οἷς ἡ σπουδὴ κατηγορία καὶ ἔλεγχος τῆς περὶ τὰ πρότερα ῥαθυμίας ἐστίν;·Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν πλεονάσῃ τῷ πλήθει καὶ τῇ περὶ τὰς ὕλας φιλοτιμίᾳ τὴν ἐν τοῖς κατασχευαζομένοις σπουδὴν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἐλέγχει τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀχαλλώπιστον, Ὁ γὰρ πρὸς ἑαντὸν βλέπων, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ὄντως οἴκησιν χαλλωπίζων, ὥστε ποτὲ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἕνοικον δέξασθαι, ἄλλας ἔχει τὰς ὕλας ἐξ ὧν τὸ κάλλος τῇ τοιαύτῃ οἰκήσει φυνερανίζεται. Οἶδα ἐγὼ χρυσὸν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔργοις ἐνστέλδοντα, τὸν ἐκ τῆς Γραφῆς νοημάτῶν μεταλλευόμενον· οἷδα ἄργυρον τὰ θεῖα λόγια τὰ πεπυρωμένα, ὧν ἀστράπτει ἡ λαμπηδὼν διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐχλάμπουσα. Λίθων δὲ ποικίλων αὐγὰς, ἐξ ὧν οἵ τε τοῖχοι τοῦ τοιούτου ναοῦ χαταχοσμοῦνται, καὶ τῆς χκατασχευῆς τὰ ἐδάφη τὰς ποικίλας τῶν ἀρετῶν διαθέσεις νοήσας, οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοις τοῦ τῇ οἰκίᾳ πρέποντος κόσμου. Κατεστορέσθω τῇ ἐγχραπείᾳ τὸ ἔδαφος, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ τῆς γηΐνης διανοίας κόνις διοχλήσει τὸν διαιτώμενον. Ἧ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐλπὶς ὡραϊζέτω τὸν ὄροφον, πρὸς ἣν ἀναδλέπων τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ,, οὐκ εἰδώλοις κάλλους διὰ γλυφίδων μεμορφωμένοις, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸ ὄψει τὸ ἀρχέτυπον κάλλος, οὐ χρυσῷ τινι καὶ ἀργύρῳ διηνθισμένον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπερ ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιόν ἐστι πολύν. Εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ ἐκ πλαγίων κόσμον ὑπογράψαι τῷ λόγῳ, ἔνθεν ἡ ἀφθαρσία καὶ ἡ ἀπάθεια διαπλαχούτω τὸν οἶκον· ἐχεῖδὲν ἡ δικαιοσύνη καὶ τὸ ἀόργητον χοσμείτω τὴν οἴκησιν. Καθ᾿ ὅτερον μέρος ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη καὶ τὸ μακρόθυμον διαλαμπέτω, καὶ κατ᾽ ἄλλο πάλιν, ἡ, περὶ τὸ Θεῖον εὐσέδεια· πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ὁ καλὸς τεχνίτης ἡ ἀγάτη εὐθέτως πρὸς ἄλληλα συναρμοζέτω. Κἂν λουτρῶν ἐπιθυμῇς, ἐὰν θέλῃς, ἔχεις καὶ λουτρὸν χατοιχίδιον, καὶ κρουνοὺς ἰδίους δι᾽ ὧν ἔστι τὰς κηλίδας τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπονίψασθαι, ᾧ ἐκέχρητο καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαδὶδ, κατὰ νύκτα ἐντρυφῶν τῷ τοιούτῳ λουτρῷ. Στύλους δὲ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς στοὰν ὑπερείδοντας, μὴ Φρυγίους τινὰς, ἣ πορφυρίτας περιεργάζου, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ στάσιμόν τε καὶ ἀμετακίνητον τῶν ὑλικῶν ἕστω τούτων χαλλωπισμάτων πολυτιμότερον. Εἴδωλα δ παντοδαπὰ, ἣ ἐν γραφαῖς ἢ ἐν πλάσμασιν, ὅσα πρὸς μίμησιν τῆς ἀληθείας δι’ ἀπάτης ἐπιτεχνῶνται ἄνθρωποι, ἡ τοιαύτη οὐ καταδέχεται οἴκησις, ἐν ἧ γέμει τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀγάλματα. Δρόμους δὲ καὶ περιπάτους ἐπιθυμῶν, τὴν ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ἔχεις διαγωγήν. θὕτω γάρ φησιν ἡ Σοφία, Ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύγῆς περιπατῶ, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον ὁδῶν δικαιώματος ἀναστρέφομαι, Ὡς καλόν ἐστιν ἐν τούτοις διαχινεζσθαι καὶ διαγυμνάζεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ διελθόντα τῇ κινήσει τὸν τῆς ἐντολῆς τόπον, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πάλιν ἀναστρέφειν ’ τουτέστι, πληρώσαντα τὴν τῶν σπουδαζομένων αὐτῷ ἐντολὴν, πάλιν πρὸς τὸν δεύτερόν τε καὶ τρίτον ἡ τοῦ ἤθους κατόρθωσις καὶ ἡ εὐσχημοσύνη τοῦ βίου χαλλωπιζέτω. Ὁ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἑξασχῶν εἰς κάλλος τὸ οἰκοδόμημα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ, μικρὰ φροντιεῖ ἧς γηΐνης ὕλης, οὐκ ἐνοχλήσει μετάλλοις οὐκ Ἰνδικὰ περάσει πελάγη, ἵνα τὰ τῶν ἐλεφάντων ὀστᾶ ἐμποτέχνη προσαπτομένη τῇ ὕλῃ ἀλλ᾽ οἴκοθεν ἔχει τὸν πλοῦτον τὸν ταῖς τοιαύταις κατασκευαῖς χορηγοῦντα Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ εὐνουστέροις τῶν παίδων, ἐλέου ἄξιον ἐνομίσθη τὸ ἀσχημάτιστον· τῷ δὲ ἀτασθάλῳ τε καὶ ἀπαιδεύτῳ, γέλωτος ἀφορμὴ, τὸ τῆς μέθης γένεται ἡ τῆς τῶν ἀμπελώνων φυτείας ἐξομολόγησις. Ὅσα γὰρ καὶ οἷά ἐστι τὰ τοῦ οἴνου ἀποτελούμενα πάθη, πάντα τῇ δυνάμει περιέχει ὁ λόγος. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε τῶν πάντων, ὅτι οἶνος, ὅταν παρῇει τῇ ἀμετρίᾳ τὴν χρείαν, ἀκολασίας ἐστὶν ὑπέκκαυμα, ἡδονῶν χορηγία, νεότητος λύμη, γήρως ἀσχημοσύνη, γυναικῶν ἀτιμία, μανίας φάρμακον, παροινίας ἐφόδιον, ψυχῆς δηλητήριον, διανοίας νέκρωσις, ἀρετῆς ἀλλοτρίωσις ; Ἐκεῖθεν ὁ ἀπροφάσιστος γέλως, ὁ ἄνευ αἰτίας θρῆνος, τὸ αὐτόματον δάκρυον, ἡ ἀνυπόστατος μεγαλαυχία, ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ ψεύδει ἀναισχυντία, ἡ τῶν ἀνυπάρκτων ἐπιθυμία, ἡ τῶν ἁμηχάνων ἐλπὶς, ἡ ὑπέρογκος ἀπειλὴ, ὁ ἄλογος φόδος, ἡ τῶν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν φοδερῶν ἀναισθησία, ἡ ἀναίτιος ὑποψία, ἡ παράλογος φιλανθρωπία, ἡ τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐπαγγελία· ἵνα παρῶμεν τὰ ἄλλα, τὸν ἀπρεπῆ νυσταγμὸν, τὴν πάρετον χαρηδαρίαν, τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀμέτρου πληθώρας ἀσχημοσύνην, τὴν τῶν ἄρθρων λύσιν, τὸν λυγισμὸν τοῦ αὐχένος, οὐκέτι ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ἀνέχοντος, τῆς ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου ὑγρότητος τὸν σύνδεσμον τοῦ αὐχένος ὑπολυούσης. Τί τὸ παράνομον ἄγος τῆς θυγατρομιξίας εἰργάσατο; τί νὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ Λὼτ ἀπὸ τῶν γινομένων ἐξέχλεψεν, ὃς καὶ τὸ ἄγος ἐτόλμησε, καὶ ἡγνόῃδεν ὅπερ ἐτόλμησεν; τίς ὥσπερ ἐν αἰνίγματι τὴν ἀλλόκοτὸν τῶν τέκνων ἐκείνων προσηγορίαν ἑχαινονόμησεν; πῶς αἱ τοῦ ἐναγοῦς τόκου μητέρες ἀδελφαὶ τῶν ἰδίων τέκνων ἐγένοντο; πῶς οἱ παῖδες τὸν αὐτὸν ἔσχον πατέρα τε ὁμοῦ καὶ προπάτορα : τίς ὁ συγχέας ἐν παρανομίᾳ τὴν φύσιν ; οὐκ οἶνος ἐχδὰς τὰ μέτρα τὴν ἀπιστουμένην ταύτην τραγῳδίαν εἰσήνεγκεν ; οὐ μέθη τὸν τοιοῦτον μύθον τῆς ἱστορίας συνέπλεξεν, ὃς ταῖς ὑπερθδολαῖς καὶ τοὺς ὄντως μύθους παρέρχεται; Ἐπότισαν γὰρ, φησὶν, οἶνον τὸν ἑαυτῶν πατέρα - καὶ οὕτως αὐτῷ τῆς διανοίας ἐξωσθείσης ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴνου, καθάπερ μαγίᾳ τινὶ κατεχόμενος τὸ τραγικὸν τοῦτο διἦγημα τῷ βίῳ κατέλιπεν, ἐχχλαπείσης παρὰ τὸν τοῦ ἄγους καιρὸν ὑπὸ τῆς μέθης αὐτῷ τῆς αἰσθήσεως. ἐκεῖναι μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὸν οἶνον ἐκχομίσασαι ἱ ὦ κακὴν ἐκ πονηροῦ κρατῆρος τῷ πατρὶ ! Ὥς πολύ τε ἄμεινον ἦν μετὰ πάντων κἀκεῖνον τὸν οἶνον ἐν Σοδόμοις καταφθαρῆναι, πρὶν τῆς τοιαύτης τραγῳδίας χορηγὸν γενέσθαι ! Καὶ τοιούτων ὄντων ὑποδειγμάτων καὶ τοσούτων καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου κακῶν τῷ βίῳ, καὶ τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι Ρ φησὶν ὁ ἀνεπαισχύντως διὰ τῆς ἐξαγορεύσεως τὰ ἑαυτοῦ στηλιτεύων, τὸ μὴ μόνον τῷ ὄντι κεχρῆσθαι οἴνῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως ἂν καὶ πλεονάσειεν ἡ τοῦ τοιούτου Ἐφύτευσα γάρ μοι, φησὶν, ε ἀμπελῶνας οὐκ ἂν δεηθείην, ὁ αὐτὸς ἄμπελος εὐθηνοῦσα γενόμενος, ἄμπελος πνευματικὴ, εὐθαλῆς τε καὶ ἀμφιλαφὴς, τοῖς τοῦ βίου κλάδοις καὶ ταῖς ἀγαπητιχαῖς ἕλιξι διαπλεχομένη πρὸς τὸ ὁμόφυλον· καὶ κομῶσα μὲν, ἀντὶ φύλλων τῇ εὐσχημοσύνῃ τῶν τρόπων, ἡδὺν δὲ καὶ πέπηρον τῆς ἀρετῆς βότρυν ἐχτρέφουσα. Ὁ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ καταφυτεύων ψυχῇ, καὶ γεωργῶν οἶνον τὸν τὴν καρδίαν εὐφραίνοντα, καὶ ἐργαζόμένος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γῆν κατὰ τὴν παροιμιώδη φωνὴν, ὡς ὁ τῆς τοιαύτης γεωργίας ἀπαιτεῖ νόμος, οἷόν περ εἰσκαλῶν τοῖς λογισμοῖς τὸν βίον, καὶ τὰ νόθα τῶν παραφυομένων ταῖς τῶν ἀρετῶν ῥίζαις ἐχτίλλων, ἑπάρδων τοῖς μαθήμασι τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ τῇ δρεπάνῃ τοῦ χριτιχοῦ λόγου περικόπτων τὴν εἰς τὰ περιττὰ καὶ ἀνόνητα τῆς διανοίας φοράν· μακαριστὸς ἂν εἴη τῆς γεωργίας οὗτος, τῷ τῆς σοφίας κρατῆρι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βότρυν ἐχθλέδων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ γινώσκει τὴν τοιαύτην φυτουργίαν, πρὸς τὴν γῆν λέγων, καὶ τὰ αὐτῆς ἀσπαζόμενος. Προστίθησι γὰρ τούτοις τὰ τῶν χήτε καὶ παραδείσων τοῦ πλούτου Τίς χρεία παραδείσων πολλῶν τῷ πρὸς τὸν ἕνα παράδεισον βλέποντι ; τίς δέ μοι ἡ ἐκ κήπου ὄνησις τοῦ τὰ λάχανα φύοντος τὴν τῶν ἀσθενούντων τροφήν ; τῷ παραδείσῳ ἤμην, οὐκ ἂν εἰς πολλῶν παραδείσων ἐπιθυμίαν διεχεόμην. Εἰ ἐν ὑγείᾳ τὴν ψυχὴν διῆγον, ὡς δύνασθαι τῆς στερεωτέρας μετέχειν τροφῆς, οὐκ τὴν κατάλληλον τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τροφήν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἅπαξ συνεισῆλθε τρυφὴ τῇ χρείᾳ, παρῆλθε δὲ τοὺς ὄρους αὐτῆς ἡ ἐπιθυμία, μετὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις πολυτέλειαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπωροφίαν τῶν ματαίων δαπάνην, τότε καὶ τὴν ὕπαιθρον ἐπιτηδεύει τρυφήν· καὶ τῇ τοῦ ἀέρος φύσει πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἡδονῶν ἐπιθυ μίαν συγκέχρηται. Δένδρα γὰρ αὐτῷ διὰ γεωργίας ἐπιτηδεύεται ἀειθαλῇ τε καὶ δασέα, καὶ ἀντὶ ὀρόφου ἀέρι γινόμενα᾽ ἵνα καὶ ὕπαιθρος ὧν ἐνοἴχῳ τρυφῶν, καὶ παντοδαπαῖς πόαις διὰ τῆς τῶν χηπευόντων τέχνης ἡ ἐπιφάνεια τῆς γῆς ἀμφιέννυται - ὡς τὰ πανταχόθεν ἡδέα πάντα τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ προσπίπτειν, ἐφ᾽ ὅπερ ἂν περιαγάγῃ τὸ βλέμμα, καὶ διαπαντὸς ἐν τοῖς χαταθυμίοις εἶναι, καὶ βλέπειν ἐν ἑκάστῃ τοῦ ἕτους ὥρᾳ τὸ ὑπὲρ τὴν ὥραν, πόαν ἐν χειμῶνι, καὶ ἄνθη πρόωρα, καὶ τὴν ἀναδενδρουμένην ἄμπελον, τὴν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις κλάδοις τοὺς ἰδίους ἐνδιαπλέχουσαν, καὶ τὰς γλαφυρὰς τοῦ χισσοῦ πρὸς τὰ δένδρα περιπλοκὰς, ὅσα τε αὐτοῖς καρπῶν εἴδη, ἐξ ἑτερογενῶν ἀλλήλοις μιγνύμενα τὴν φύσιν βιάζεται, τῷ εἴδει τε καὶ τῇ γεύσει δοκεῖν, ἅπερ ἂν ἐχ΄ τῆς τῶν ἑτεροφυῶν συγχράσεω: γίνεται. Πάντα ταῦτα καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο ἐξεῦρεν ἐν τοῖς φυτοῖς ἡ τέχνη βιασαμένη τὴν φύσιν, ἃ ἡ χρεία μὲν τῆς ζωῆς οὐκ ἐζήτησεν, ἐπιζητεῖ δὲ ἡ ἀπαιδαγώγητος ἐπιθυμία· ταῦτα ἐν τῇ τῶν κήπων καὶ παραδείσωὼν φιλοτεχνίᾳ γεγενῆσθαι ὁ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἐξαγορεύων λέγει, Ὁ γὰρ εἰπὼν, ὅτι Ἐφύτευσα πᾶν ξύλον καρποῦ, ν τῇ περιληπτικῇ ταύτῃ φωνῇ τὸ μηδὲν ἐκλελοιπέναι τῶν τοιούτων συνενεδείξατο. Εἶτα μετὰ τὴν ᾿προφὴν τὴν ὕπαιθρόν τε καὶ ὑπωρόφιον, οὐδὲ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀσυντελὲς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἡδονῶν εἰσφορὰν καταλείπεται, ὡς δέον πᾶσιν ἐντρυφᾷν τοῖς στοιχείοις· γῇ διὰ τῶν οἰκείων, τῷ ἀέρι διὰ τῶν δένδρων, τῷ ὕδατι διὰ τῆς χειροποιήτου θαλάσσης. Ἵνα γὰρ καὶ τοῦ ὕδατος ὄψις ἐφηδύνῃ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὴν ἀπάτην, : λίμνη τὸ ἔδαφος γίνεται, κυκλόθεν περιοιχοδομηϑέντος τοῦ ὕδατος - ὡς ἂν καὶ ἡ νῆξις ἡδονὴν φέροι τοῖς τὰ σώματα καὶ τὸ ἀποῤῥέον, παραδείσους χατασχευάζοι πανταχῇ πρὸς τὰς χρείας τῶν ἀρδομένων κατασχιζόμενον.ε Ἐποίησα γάρ μοι, ν φησὶ, ε χολυμδήθρας ὑδάτων, τοῦ ποτίσαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν δρυμὸν βλαστῶν τὰ ξύλα. Ἡ δέ μοι ἦν ἡ τοῦ παραδείσου πηγή᾽ τουτέστιν, ἣ τῶν ἀρετῶν διδασκαλία, δι᾿ ἧς ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐχμὸς ἐδροσίέζετο, ὑπεριδὼν τῶν γηΐνων ὑδάτων, ὧν πρόσκαιρος μὲν ἢ ἀπόλαυσις, παροδιχὴ δὲ ἡ φύσις. Οὐκοῦν ἄμειγον ἂν εἴη τῆς θείας πηγῆς, δι᾽ ἧς αἱ ἀρεταὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐχφύονται καὶ ἄρδονται, βραχεῖαν ἀπόῤῥοιαν ἑαυτοῖς ὀχετηγῆσαι, ὡς ἂν τὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν μάτων ἄλσος ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν θάλλοι, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Ti meta touto hēmas hē ekklēsiastikē didaxei phōnē, kairos an eiē diereunēsasthai. Memathēkamen en prōtois ha memathēkamen, hoti ho pasan ekklēsiazōn ( tēn ktisin, kai ta apolōlota zētōn, kai ta peplanēmena synathroizōn eis hen, houtos episkeptetai ton epigeion bion. Epigeion gar esti to hypouranion, hoper ho logos to hypo ton ouranon onomazei, en hǭ kaē apatē kai to anyparkton. En de tę̄ deuterą memathēkamen exēgēsei to ek prosōpou tou Solomōntos genesthai tēn katēgorian tēs apolaustichēs te kai empathous diatheseōs, hōs an hēmin axiopistos genoito hē tōn toioutōn athetēsis, tou kata pasan exousian to pros hēdonēn eis apolausin echontos, kai panta ta dokounta para tois anthrōpois spoudazesthai ant᾽ oudenos diaptyontos. Ti toinyn kata to akolouthon epi tou parontos ek tritou manthanomen? ho pantōn malista oimai katallēlon einai tois ekklēsiazousi mathēma, legō de tēn peri tōn mē kata logon gegenēmenōn exomologēsin, ē to tēs aischynēs empoiei tę̄ psychę̄ pathos, dia tēs tōn atotaun exagoreuseōs. Eoike gar mega ti kai ischyron pros tēn tēs hamartias apophygēn, hoplon einai, hē enapokeimenē tois anthrōpois aidōs, eis auto touto oimai para tou Theou entetheisa, hōs an hēmin apostrophē tōn cheironōn hē toiautē tēs psychēs genoito diathesis. Syngenōs de echei pros allēla kai oikeiōs tote kata tēn aidō kai to kat᾽ aischynēn pathos, di᾽ hōn amphoterōn hē hamartia kōlyetai, eiper etheloi tis pros touto chrēsasthai tę̄ toiautę̄ tēs psychēs diathesei. Mallon gar tou phothou pollakis hē aidōs pros hēn apophygēn tōn atopōn epai:dagōgēsen’ alla kai ē aischynē epacholouthousa tois elenchois tou plēmmelēmatos, hikanē di᾽ heautēs sōphronisai ton hamarnanonta pros to mē palin en tois homoio:s genesthai. Kai estin. hōs an tis horǭ tēn diaphoran autōn hypotheis grapseien, aischynē men epitetamenē aidōs; aidōs de to empalin hypheimenē aischynē. Deiknytai de kai tǭ kata prosōpon chrōmati hē tōn pathōn diaphora te kai koinōnia. Ē men gar aidōs erythēmati monǭ episēmainetai, sympathontos pōs tę̄ psychę̄ tou sōmatos kata tina physikēn diathesin, kai tou perichardiou thermou pros tēn epiphaneian tēs opseōs anazesantos; ho de aischyntheis epi tę̄ phanerōsei tou plēmginetai kai hyperythros, tou phodon tēn cholēn tǭ erythēmati mixantos. To oun toiouton pathos, hikanon an genoito tois proeilēmmenois tini tōn atopōn heis to mēketi en toutois genesthai, hōn an ton elenchon en aischynę̄ poiēsōntai. Ei dē tauta houtōs echoi, kai deontos ho logos tou pathous katestochasato, hōs epi phylakę̄ tōn plēmmelēmatōn tēs toiautēs diatheseōs enginomenēs tę̄ physei, kalon estin idion mathēma tēs Ekklēsias hēgēsasthai to dia tēs exagoreuseōs tōn peplēmmelēmenōn katorthōma; esti gar dia touto, tēn echytou psychēn tǭ tēs aischynēs hoplǭ chatasphalisasthai. Hōsper gar ei tis ek laimargias ametrou dyspeptous tinas chymous en hautǭ synagagę̄, eita en phlegmonę̄ genomenou tou sōmatos tomę̄ kai chaustēri therapeutheis tēn noson. kathaper tina paidagōgon pros tēn ataxian echoi tou ephexēs biou, tēn oulēn tou chaustēros epi tou sōmatos blepōn; houtōs ho stēliteusas heau ton dia tēs tōn kryphiōn exagoreuseōs, tēn mnēmēn tou kat᾽ aischynēn pathous pros ton hexēs paidagōgon tithetai bion. Tauta toinyn estin, ha dia tēs nyn anagnōseōs tōn an tǭ Ekklēsiastę̄ gegrammenōn hē Ekklēsia paideuetai. Legei gar eleutherą phōnę̄ dēmosieuōn ekeino, kai epi pantōn anthrōpōn kathaper tina stēlēn engraphon anatitheis tēn tōn gegenēmenōn par᾽ autou exagoreusin, ha toiauta estin, hōs tēn agnoian autōn kai tēn siōpēn einai tou logou endoxoteran. legei de,ei men alēthōs pepoiēkōs hē, tauta dia tēn hēmeteran ōpheleian plassomenos, eph᾽ hǭ te diʼ akolouthou ton logon pros ton skopon diaperanai, ouk echō touto met᾽ achrideias eipein; legei d᾽ oun homōs tauta ha ouk an ho pros aretēn blepōn ekousiōs synenechtheiē. ᾿All᾽ eite oikonomias charin ta mē genomena, hōs gegonota diexeisi, kai katēgorei hōs en peirą genomenos, hina hēmeis pro tēs peiras tēn tōn katēgorēmenōn epithymian ekklinōmen, eite kai kathēken heauton hekousiōs pros tēn tōn toioutōn apolausin, hōste kai ta aisthētēria heautou dia tōn enantiōn gymnasai, prokeisthō kat᾽ exousian tǭ boulomenǭ, eph᾽ hoper an ethelę̄ ton stochasmon agein. Ei de tis legoi tǭ onti gegenēsthai en tę̄ tōn hēdeōn peirą, houtōs hypolambanomen. Kathaper gar hoi epi ton bython tēs tou hydatos, ei pou tina margaritēn heuroien, ē ti allo toiouton tōn en bythǭ tiktomenōn, hois hēdonēn men oudemian hē hypo to hydōr talaipōria pherei, hē de tou kerdous elpis bythious epoiēsen; houtōs ei gegonen ha Solomōn en toutois, pantōs hōsper tis tōn kata thalattan porphyreuontōn, heauton edōke tę̄ tryphę̄ - ouk eph᾽ hǭte chataplēsthēnai tēs thalattias halmēs, halmēn de legō tēn hēdonēn; alla tou zētēsai ti tę̄ dianoią chrēsimon en tǭ toioutǭ bythǭ. Chrēsimon d᾽ an eiē dia tōn toioutōn heuriskomenon, kata ge ton emon stochasmon, hē to amdlynai tas tou sōmatos hormaph, dia tou protheinai kat᾽ exousian ho bouletai. Pros gar to kōlyomenon philoneichoteras aei tas kinēseis hē physis echei. Ētoi tou axiopistou charin, en toutois ginetai ho didaskalos, hōs mēketi tois anthrōpois aspaston nomisthēnai to chatapephronēmenon pragma hypo tou dia tēs peiras didachthentos to mataion. Kai gar kai tous iatrous phasin en ekeinǭ katorthoun tēn technēn, hou an dia tōn idiōn sōmatōn to eidos tēs arrhōstias gnōrisōsi, kai asphalesteroi tōn toioutōn ginontai symdouloi te kai therapeutai, hōn dia tou protherapeuthēnai tēn gnōsin eichon; hosǭ tǭ idiǭ pathei proedidachthēsan. Idōmen toinyn ti legei peponthenai tǭ kath᾽ heauton biǭ, ho ton hēmeteron iatreuōn bion. phēsi, e poiēma mou, chodomēsa oikous. Euthys ek katēgorias ho logos archetai. Ou gar to tou Theou poiēma phēsin, hoper eimi egō, alla to emon emegalyna. Emon poiēma ouden estin allo, hē hoper tę̄ haisthēsei tēn hēdonēn pherei. Esti de touto to poiēma, tǭ men genikǭ logǭ hen, tę̄ de kata lepton diairesei, eis polla tais tēs tryphēs chreiais chatananchazetai merizesthai. Ton gar hapax entos tēs hylēs tou bythou genomenon, anankē pasa pantachose ton ophthalmon periagein, hothen an hē dynaton hēdonēn echphnēnai. Kathaper gar ek mias pēgēs pollachę̄ dia sōlēnōn ochetēgeitai to hydōr, kai ouden hētton hē to hydōr esti, to ek tēs pēgēs merizomenon, kan en myriois chrounois tychoi rheon; houtō mia tę̄ physei ousa hē hēdonē, allōs kai allōs en tais tōn epitēdeumatōn diaphorais hyponoousa rheei pantachou, tais tou biou chreiais heautēn syneisagousa. Hoion ho bios anankaian epoiēse tę̄ physei tēn oikēsin; asthenesteron gar pephyke to anthrōpinon, hē hōste tas ek tou thalpous te kai kryous anōmalias pherein. Mechri toutou ho oikos eched pros hēn zōēn to ōphelimon, alla to parelthein tous orous hēs chreias hē hēdonē ton anthrōpon ediasato. Hōs gar ouchi sōmati to chreiōdes porizōn, alla tois ophthalmois epitēdeuōn terpseis kai entryphēmata, lypeitai Ho schedon, hoti mē ton ouranon auton epoiēsen hypōrophion, mēde tas tou hēliou aktinas echei tǭ orophǭ kai hautas entechtēnasthai. Dio platynei men hapantachothen tas tōn kataskeuasmatōn perigraphas, tēn tēs synoicheias peridolēn hōs oikoumenēn tina allēn heautǭ chtixzōn. ᾿Anateinei de eis hoti mēkiston hypsos tous toichous; poichellei de tais endon tōn oikēmatōn diascheuais. de kai Thessalēę̄s kai ek᾿ lithos anaptyssetai, kai dia sidērou eis placha Neilǭa metalla kai ta tēs Noumidias anazēteitai, kai pou kai hē Phrygia petra tais spoudais tauēn porphyran baphēn pros to tryphē ginetai tois lichnoterois ommasi, polyeidē tina kai polyschēmatiston tēn diachysin tou chrōmatos en tǭ leukǭ zōgraphēsasa. Hoposai peri toutōn spou dai? posa ta schēmata? posa ta mēchanēmata ? tōn men hydati kai sidērǭ diapriontōn tas hylas, allōn de dia cheirōn anthrōpinōn, nykta kai hēmeran pogountōn tōn katergazomenōn tēn echprēsin? Kai oude tauta ērkese tois ponousi peri ton mataïon kosmon; alla kai to katharon tēs hyelou dia pharmakōn eis baphas poichēlas katamolynetai, hōs an kai para tautēs ti synachtheiē tę̄ tōn noēmatōn chlidę̄. Pōs d᾽ an tis eipoi tas tōn horophōn periergias, ephʼ hōn ta xyla ek kedrou ginomena palin epanastrephonta dia tōn sophismatōn tēs technēs dendra nomizomena, kladous kai phylla kai karpous en tais glyphisin echphyonta. Siōpō ton chryson ton eis leptous ϑygydi ai kai aerōdeis hymenas diateinomenon, kai pantachou toutois epichrōnnymenon hōs an tēn lichneian tōn hommatōn pros heauton epistrephoi. Tēn de tōn elephantōn eisphoran, eis ton periergon kallōpismon tōn eischryson, hē ton dia tōn hēlōn enchrotoumenon argyron, kai panta ta toiauta ti an tis legoi? hē ta edaphē tōn oikiōn tais poikilais tōn lithōn baphais hopolamponta, hōs an kai hoi podes autōn tēs augēs tōn lithōn chatatryphōsi, tēn te kata to plēthos tōn toioutōn oikōn philotimian, hōn ouchi hē chreia tēs zōēs tēn kataskeuēn anankaian poiei, all᾽ hē epithymia dia tōn anoētōn proïousa heuriskei achairian. Chrē gar tōn oikōn tous men dromous einai, tous de peritous men eisodious, tous de ( allous epipylious. Ou gar archein hēgountai pros kompon tas pylas kai ta propylaia, kai tēn entos ᾿ kōn pylōn eurychōrian, ei mē ti toiouton proentynchanei tois eisiousin, hoion euthys kataplēxai tou horōmenou ton eiserchomenon. Loutra te pros toutois symparionta tę̄ philotimią tēn chrēsin potamois holois en tę̄ tōn chrounōn dapsileią chatachlyzomena, kai toutōn prodedlēmena gymnasia, kai tauta perissōs dia poikilōn marmarōn eis kosmon exēschēmena, stoai te pantachothen peri tēn oikēsin Noumimenai, hote en tois andriasi chalkos hōn, eis myria eidē schēmatizoito, pros ho ti hē epithymia tēs periergeias cheei tēn hylēn, ta te ek tōn marmarōn eidōla, kai tas epi tōn pinachōn epigraphas, diʼ hōn kai oiidē Ho tois ophthalmois ekporneuousin, apogymnousēs tēs technēs apo mimēseōs ta atheata, kai hosa en tois toioutois estin idein eis ekplēxin te kai hōran epiPōs an tis ta kath᾽ hekaston diexelthoi tǭ logǭ, en hois hē spoudē katēgoria kai elenchos tēs peri ta protera rhathymias estin?;Hosǭ gar an pleonasę̄ tǭ plēthei kai tę̄ peri tas hylas philotimią tēn en tois katascheuazomenois spoudēn, tosoutǭ mallon elenchei to tēs psychēs achallōpiston, Ho gar pros heanton blepōn, kai tēn idian ontōs oikēsin challōpizōn, hōste pote kai ton Theon henoikon dexasthai, allas echei tas hylas ex hōn to kallos tę̄ toiautę̄ oikēsei phyneranizetai. Oida egō chryson tois toioutois ergois ensteldonta, ton ek tēs Graphēs noēmatōn metalleuomenon; hoida argyron ta theia logia ta pepyrōmena, hōn astraptei hē lampēdōn dia tēs alētheias echlampousa. Lithōn de poikilōn augas, ex hōn hoi te toichoi tou toioutou naou chatachosmountai, kai tēs chkatascheuēs ta edaphē tas poikilas tōn aretōn diatheseis noēsas, ouk an hamartois tou tę̄ oikią prepontos kosmou. Katestoresthō tę̄ enchrapeią to edaphos, di᾽ hēs hē tēs gēïnēs dianoias konis diochlēsei ton diaitōmenon. Hē tōn ouranōn elpis hōraïzetō ton orophon, pros hēn anadlepōn tǭ tēs psychēs ophthalmǭ,, ouk eidōlois kallous dia glyphidōn memorphōmenois, all᾽ auto opsei to archetypon kallos, ou chrysǭ tini kai argyrǭ diēnthismenon, all᾽ hoper hyper chrysion kai lithon timion esti polyn. Ei de chrē kai ek plagiōn kosmon hypograpsai tǭ logǭ, enthen hē aphtharsia kai hē apatheia diaplachoutō ton oikon; echeiden hē dikaiosynē kai to aorgēton chosmeitō tēn oikēsin. Kath᾿ hoteron meros hē tapeinophrosynē kai to makrothymon dialampetō, kai kat᾽ allo palin, hē, peri to Theion eusedeia; panta de tauta ho kalos technitēs hē agatē euthetōs pros allēla synarmozetō. Kan loutrōn epithymę̄s, ean thelę̄s, echeis kai loutron chatoichidion, kai krounous idious di᾽ hōn esti tas kēlidas tēs psychēs aponipsasthai, hǭ ekechrēto kai ho megas Dadid, kata nykta entryphōn tǭ toioutǭ loutrǭ. Stylous de tēn tēs psychēs stoan hypereidontas, mē Phrygious tinas, hē porphyritas periergazou, alla to en panti agathǭ stasimon te kai ametakinēton tōn hylikōn hestō toutōn challōpismatōn polytimoteron. Eidōla d pantodapa, hē en graphais ē en plasmasin, hosa pros mimēsin tēs alētheias di’ apatēs epitechnōntai anthrōpoi, hē toiautē ou katadechetai oikēsis, en hē gemei ta tēs alētheias agalmata. Dromous de kai peripatous epithymōn, tēn en tais entolais echeis diagōgēn. thytō gar phēsin hē Sophia, En hodois dikaiosygēs peripatō, kai ana meson hodōn dikaiōmatos anastrephomai, Hōs kalon estin en toutois diachinezsthai kai diagymnazesthai tēn psychēn, kai dielthonta tę̄ kinēsei ton tēs entolēs topon, epi to auto palin anastrephein ’ toutesti, plērōsanta tēn tōn spoudazomenōn autǭ entolēn, palin pros ton deuteron te kai triton hē tou ēthous katorthōsis kai hē euschēmosynē tou biou challōpizetō. Ho touton ton tropon hexaschōn eis kallos to oikodomēma to heautou, mikra phrontiei hēs gēïnēs hylēs, ouk enochlēsei metallois ouk Indika perasei pelagē, hina ta tōn elephantōn osta empotechnē prosaptomenē tę̄ hylę̄ all᾽ oikothen echei ton plouton ton tais toiautais kataskeuais chorēgounta Tois men gar eunousterois tōn paidōn, eleou axion enomisthē to aschēmatiston; tǭ de atasthalǭ te kai apaideutǭ, gelōtos aphormē, to tēs methēs genetai hē tēs tōn ampelōnōn phyteias exomologēsis. Hosa gar kai hoia esti ta tou oinou apoteloumena pathē, panta tę̄ dynamei periechei ho logos. Tis gar ouk oide tōn pantōn, hoti oinos, hotan parę̄ei tę̄ ametrią tēn chreian, akolasias estin hypekkauma, hēdonōn chorēgia, neotētos lymē, gērōs aschēmosynē, gynaikōn atimia, manias pharmakon, paroinias ephodion, psychēs dēlētērion, dianoias nekrōsis, aretēs allotriōsis ? Ekeithen ho aprophasistos gelōs, ho aneu aitias thrēnos, to automaton dakryon, hē anypostatos megalauchia, ē epi tǭ pseudei anaischyntia, hē tōn anyparktōn epithymia, hē tōn hamēchanōn elpis, hē hyperonkos apeilē, ho alogos phodos, hē tōn kata alētheian phoderōn anaisthēsia, hē anaitios hypopsia, hē paralogos philanthrōpia, hē tōn adynatōn epangelia; hina parōmen ta alla, ton aprepē nystagmon, tēn pareton charēdarian, tēn ek tēs ametrou plēthōras aschēmosynēn, tēn tōn arthrōn lysin, ton lygismon tou auchenos, ouketi heauton epi tōn hōmōn anechontos, tēs ek tou oinou hygrotētos ton syndesmon tou auchenos hypolyousēs. Ti to paranomon agos tēs thygatromixias eirgasato? ti nēn dianoian tou Lōt apo tōn ginomenōn exechlepsen, hos kai to agos etolmēse, kai hēgnoę̄den hoper etolmēsen? tis hōsper en ainigmati tēn allokoton tōn teknōn ekeinōn prosēgorian hechainonomēsen? pōs hai tou enagous tokou mēteres adelphai tōn idiōn teknōn egenonto? pōs hoi paides ton auton eschon patera te homou kai propatora : tis ho syncheas en paranomią tēn physin ? ouk oinos echdas ta metra tēn apistoumenēn tautēn tragǭdian eisēnenken ? ou methē ton toiouton mython tēs historias syneplexen, hos tais hyperthdolais kai tous ontōs mythous parerchetai? Epotisan gar, phēsin, oinon ton heautōn patera - kai houtōs autǭ tēs dianoias exōstheisēs apo tou oinou, kathaper magią tini katechomenos to tragikon touto diēgēma tǭ biǭ katelipen, echchlapeisēs para ton tou agous kairon hypo tēs methēs autǭ tēs aisthēseōs. ekeinai meth᾽ heautōn ton oinon ekchomisasai hi ō kakēn ek ponērou kratēros tǭ patri ! Hōs poly te ameinon ēn meta pantōn kakeinon ton oinon en Sodomois kataphtharēnai, prin tēs toiautēs tragǭdias chorēgon genesthai ! Kai toioutōn ontōn hypodeigmatōn kai tosoutōn kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran tōn ek tou oinou kakōn tǭ biǭ, kai touto pepoiēkenai R phēsin ho anepaischyntōs dia tēs exagoreuseōs ta heautou stēliteuōn, to mē monon tǭ onti kechrēsthai oinǭ, all᾽ hopōs an kai pleonaseien hē tou toioutou Ephyteusa gar moi, phēsin, e ampelōnas ouk an deētheiēn, ho autos ampelos euthēnousa genomenos, ampelos pneumatikē, euthalēs te kai amphilaphēs, tois tou biou kladois kai tais agapētichais helixi diaplechomenē pros to homophylon; kai komōsa men, anti phyllōn tę̄ euschēmosynę̄ tōn tropōn, hēdyn de kai pepēron tēs aretēs botryn echtrephousa. Ho tauta en tę̄ idią kataphyteuōn psychę̄, kai geōrgōn oinon ton tēn kardian euphrainonta, kai ergazomenos tēn heautou gēn kata tēn paroimiōdē phōnēn, hōs ho tēs toiautēs geōrgias apaitei nomos, hoion per eiskalōn tois logismois ton bion, kai ta notha tōn paraphyomenōn tais tōn aretōn rhizais echtillōn, hepardōn tois mathēmasi tēn psychēn, kai tę̄ drepanę̄ tou chritichou logou perikoptōn tēn eis ta peritta kai anonēta tēs dianoias phoran; makaristos an eiē tēs geōrgias houtos, tǭ tēs sophias kratēri ton heautou botryn echthledōn. ᾿All᾽ ou ginōskei tēn toiautēn phytourgian, pros tēn gēn legōn, kai ta autēs aspazomenos. Prostithēsi gar toutois ta tōn chēte kai paradeisōn tou ploutou Tis chreia paradeisōn pollōn tǭ pros ton hena paradeison bleponti ? tis de moi hē ek kēpou onēsis tou ta lachana phyontos tēn tōn asthenountōn trophēn ? tǭ paradeisǭ ēmēn, ouk an eis pollōn paradeisōn epithymian diecheomēn. Ei en hygeią tēn psychēn diēgon, hōs dynasthai tēs stereōteras metechein trophēs, ouk tēn katallēlon tę̄ astheneią trophēn. ᾿All᾽ epeidē hapax syneisēlthe tryphē tę̄ chreią, parēlthe de tous orous autēs hē epithymia, meta tēn en tois oikois polyteleian, kai tēn hypōrophian tōn mataiōn dapanēn, tote kai tēn hypaithron epitēdeuei tryphēn; kai tę̄ tou aeros physei pros tēn tōn hēdonōn epithy mian synkechrētai. Dendra gar autǭ dia geōrgias epitēdeuetai aeithalę̄ te kai dasea, kai anti orophou aeri ginomena᾽ hina kai hypaithros hōn enoichǭ tryphōn, kai pantodapais poais dia tēs tōn chēpeuontōn technēs hē epiphaneia tēs gēs amphiennytai - hōs ta pantachothen hēdea panta tǭ ophthalmǭ prospiptein, eph᾽ hoper an periagagę̄ to blemma, kai diapantos en tois chatathymiois einai, kai blepein en hekastę̄ tou hetous hōrą to hyper tēn hōran, poan en cheimōni, kai anthē proōra, kai tēn anadendroumenēn ampelon, tēn tois allotriois kladois tous idious endiaplechousan, kai tas glaphyras tou chissou pros ta dendra periplokas, hosa te autois karpōn eidē, ex heterogenōn allēlois mignymena tēn physin biazetai, tǭ eidei te kai tę̄ geusei dokein, haper an ech΄ tēs tōn heterophyōn synchraseō: ginetai. Panta tauta kai ei ti allo exeuren en tois phytois hē technē biasamenē tēn physin, ha hē chreia men tēs zōēs ouk ezētēsen, epizētei de hē apaidagōgētos epithymia; tauta en tę̄ tōn kēpōn kai paradeisōōn philotechnią gegenēsthai ho ta heautou exagoreuōn legei, Ho gar eipōn, hoti Ephyteusa pan xylon karpou, n tę̄ perilēptikę̄ tautę̄ phōnę̄ to mēden ekleloipenai tōn toioutōn synenedeixato. Eita meta tēn ᾿prophēn tēn hypaithron te kai hypōrophion, oude to hydōr asynteles pros tēn tōn hēdonōn eisphoran kataleipetai, hōs deon pasin entryphąn tois stoicheiois; gę̄ dia tōn oikeiōn, tǭ aeri dia tōn dendrōn, tǭ hydati dia tēs cheiropoiētou thalassēs. Hina gar kai tou hydatos opsis ephēdynę̄ tōn ophthalmōn tēn apatēn, : limnē to edaphos ginetai, kyklothen perioichodomēϑentos tou hydatos - hōs an kai hē nēxis hēdonēn pheroi tois ta sōmata kai to aporrheon, paradeisous chatascheuazoi pantachę̄ pros tas chreias tōn ardomenōn kataschizomenon.e Epoiēsa gar moi, n phēsi, e cholymdēthras hydatōn, tou potisai ap᾽ autōn drymon blastōn ta xyla. Hē de moi ēn hē tou paradeisou pēgē᾽ toutestin, hē tōn aretōn didaskalia, di᾿ hēs ho tēs psychēs auchmos edrosiezeto, hyperidōn tōn gēïnōn hydatōn, hōn proskairos men ē apolausis, parodichē de hē physis. Oukoun ameigon an eiē tēs theias pēgēs, di᾽ hēs hai aretai tēs psychēs echphyontai kai ardontai, bracheian aporrhoian heautois ochetēgēsai, hōs an to tōn agathōn matōn alsos en tais psychais hēmōn thalloi, dia tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

It would be time to search out what the voice of the Ecclesiast will teach us after this. We learned at first what we learned: that the one who assembles the whole creation into a church, who seeks what was lost and gathers into one what had wandered, is the one who visits the earthly life. For what is under heaven is earthly, what the passage calls “under heaven,” in which are deceit and the non-existent. In the second exposition we learned that the accusation against the disposition given to enjoyment and passion was made in the person of Solomon, so that the rejection of such things might be credible to us, since it comes from one who had in his full power whatever leads to pleasure for enjoyment, and who spat on all the things that seem to be eagerly pursued among human beings as worth nothing. What, then, do we learn now in the third place, following the sequence? What I think is the lesson most fitting of all for those who assemble in the church: I mean the confession of the things that have been done against reason, which produces in the soul the passion of shame through the open declaration of what was out of place. For the modesty that lies in human beings seems to be a great and strong weapon for escaping sin, placed in us by God, I think, for this very purpose, so that such a disposition of the soul might become for us an aversion from what is worse. Modesty and the passion of shame are akin and closely related to one another, and through both of them sin is hindered, if one is willing to use such a disposition of the soul for this end. For often modesty more than fear has trained one to avoid what is out of place; but shame too, following on the exposures of a fault, is enough of itself to bring the sinner to his senses so that he does not again fall into the same things. And if one were to write down their difference in a definition, shame is intensified modesty, and modesty, conversely, is relaxed shame. The difference and the kinship of the passions are shown also by the colour of the face. Modesty is marked by blushing alone, the body somehow sharing in the soul’s feeling by a natural disposition, and the warmth about the heart boiling up to the surface of the face; but the one who is ashamed at the disclosure of his fault … becomes … and reddish, fear having mixed pallor with the blush. Such a passion, then, would be enough to keep those who have been caught in something out of place from falling again into the things whose exposure they have made with shame. If, then, these things are so, and the passage has rightly aimed at the passion, since such a disposition is implanted in nature as a guard against faults, it is good to regard as a lesson proper to the church the amendment that comes through the open confession of faults; for through this one can secure one’s own soul with the weapon of shame. For just as, if someone through immoderate gluttony has collected in himself certain humours hard to digest, and then, when the body has become inflamed, is cured of the disease by the knife and cautery, he has, as it were, a tutor against disorder for the rest of his life when he sees the scar of the cautery on his body, so the one who has posted himself up publicly through the confession of hidden things sets the memory of the passion of shame as a tutor for the life that follows. These, then, are the things in which the church is instructed through the present reading of what is written in the Ecclesiast.

For he says this, publishing it with a free voice, and setting up before all human beings, as it were a written pillar, the confession of what he had done — things such that ignorance of them and the silence of speech would be more honourable. He says them; whether he truly did them or is fashioning them for our benefit, so as to carry the argument through to its aim by a consistent sequence, I cannot say precisely. In any case he says these things, which one who looks to virtue would not willingly be carried along with. But whether, for the sake of a saving arrangement, he narrates as having happened things that did not happen, and accuses them as one who has experienced them, so that we may turn away from desire for what has been accused before we experience it; or whether he really let himself down willingly to the enjoyment of such things, so as to train even his senses through their opposites — let it be left to the free choice of whoever wishes to take his conjecture in whichever direction he wants. But if someone says that he really came to be in the experience of pleasures, we understand it thus. Just as those who [dive] to the depth of the water, in case they might find a pearl somewhere or something else of the things born in the deep — for whom the hardship under the water brings no pleasure, but the hope of gain has made them divers — so, if what Solomon says in these passages really happened, he surely gave himself to luxury like one of those who dive for purple in the sea: not so as to be filled with the brine of the sea — I call pleasure brine — but to seek what is useful for the mind in such a deep. What would be found useful through such things, according to my conjecture at least, is either to blunt the impulses of the body by setting before it in full what it wants — for nature always has its movements more contentious toward what is forbidden — or the teacher comes into these things for the sake of credibility, so that the thing despised by one who learned its vanity by experience might no longer be thought desirable by human beings. For they say that physicians too succeed in their art in those matters where they have come to know the form of the illness through their own bodies, and they become safer advisers and healers of those whose knowledge they had through being healed first, inasmuch as they were taught beforehand by their own suffering. Let us see, then, what the one who heals our life says he experienced in his own life.

“[I made great],” he says, “my work; I built houses.” At once the passage begins from an accusation. For he does not speak of the work of God, which I am, but says, “I made great what is mine.” My work is nothing else than what brings pleasure to the senses. This work is one by its general account, but in detailed division it is compelled by the needs of luxury to be split into many. For whoever has once come to be within the matter of the deep must necessarily turn his eye in every direction from which pleasure may possibly appear. For as water is channelled in many directions from one spring through pipes, and what is divided from the spring is no less water, even if it happens to flow in countless jets, so pleasure, being one by nature, flows everywhere, differently and in different ways, by underground channels in the differences of pursuits, introducing itself together with the needs of life. For example, life has made dwelling necessary for nature; for the human being is by nature too weak to bear the extremes of heat and cold. Up to this point the house has its usefulness for life; but pleasure has forced the human being to pass beyond the limits of need. For as though not providing what the body needs, but devising delights and luxuries for the eyes, he is almost grieved that he did not make heaven itself a roof, and cannot fit the very rays of the sun into his ceiling. Therefore he widens on every side the outlines of his buildings, founding the enclosure of his dwelling for himself as though it were another inhabited world. He stretches the walls up to the greatest possible height; he decorates the interiors of the rooms with ornaments. … Thessalian and … stone is opened out, and by iron into slabs …; the metals of the Nile and those of Numidia are sought out, and somewhere too the Phrygian stone [is brought] by the zeal of those [who desire it], whose purple dye … becomes a luxury to greedier eyes, having painted on the white a varied and many-shaped diffusion of colour. How much zeal about these things! How many shapes! How many machines! some sawing through the materials with water and iron, others with human hands, those who work the cutting toiling night and day! And not even these sufficed for those who labour over vain adornment; even the purity of glass is stained with drugs into varied dyes, so that something from it too may be added to the luxury of their conceits. How would one describe the elaborateness of the ceilings, in which the beams made of cedar are turned back again by the devices of art into what are thought to be trees, putting forth branches and leaves and fruits in the carvings? I say nothing of the gold stretched out into thin and airy films and spread everywhere over these, so as to turn the greed of the eyes toward itself. And the importation of ivory for the elaborate adornment of …, or the silver beaten in with nails, and all such things — what would one say? Or the floors of the houses gleaming beneath with the varied dyes of stones, so that even their feet may luxuriate in the gleam of the stones; and the ambition for the multitude of such houses, whose construction the need of life does not make necessary, but desire, advancing through folly, finds what is unseasonable. For some parts of the houses must be running-tracks, others …, some for entrances, others again for gatehouses. For they do not think the gates and porches sufficient for display, nor the spaciousness inside the gates, unless something of this kind meets those who enter first, such as to strike the one who comes in with amazement at once at what he sees. And besides these, baths that go along with ambition in their use, flooded with whole rivers in the abundance of their jets; and gymnasia set before them, and these too excessively fitted out with varied marbles for adornment; and colonnades on every side round the dwelling …, when bronze in the statues is shaped into countless forms, to whatever the desire for elaborateness pours the material; and the images of marble, and the paintings on panels, through which … commit fornication with their eyes, art stripping bare by imitation what should not be seen; and all that one can see in such things to strike amazement and charm … How could one go through each thing in speech, in which the zeal is an accusation and an exposure of carelessness about the things that come first? For the more one increases his zeal for what is built, in number and in ambition for materials, the more it exposes the soul’s lack of adornment. For one who looks to himself and adorns his own real dwelling, so as one day to receive even God as its inhabitant, has other materials from which beauty is gathered for such a dwelling. I know a gold that glitters in such works, the gold mined from the thoughts of Scripture; I know a silver, the divine oracles tried in the fire, whose brilliance flashes, shining out through the truth. And if you understand the gleams of varied stones, with which the walls of such a temple are adorned and the floors of the building, as the varied dispositions of the virtues, you would not miss the adornment that befits the house. Let the floor be paved with self-control, through which the dust of earthly thought will [not] trouble the one who lives there. Let the hope of the heavens beautify the ceiling; looking up to it with the eye of the soul, you will see not images of beauty shaped by carving, but the archetypal beauty itself, not embroidered with gold and silver, but what is above gold and much precious stone. And if we must also sketch in speech an adornment on the sides, let incorruptibility and freedom from passion overlay the house on this side; on that side let righteousness and freedom from anger adorn the dwelling. On another part let humility and long-suffering shine out, and on another again reverence toward the Divine; and let love, the good craftsman, fit all these together harmoniously with one another. And if you desire baths, if you wish you have a bath at home, and your own jets through which one can wash off the stains of the soul — the bath the great David too used, luxuriating in such a bath every night. Do not elaborate Phrygian or porphyry columns to support the colonnade of the soul; but let what is firm and immovable in every good be more precious than these material ornaments. Images of every kind, whether in paintings or in sculptures, all that human beings contrive by deceit for the imitation of truth, such a dwelling does not admit, filled as it is with the statues of truth. If you desire running-tracks and walks, you have the way of life in the commandments. For so Wisdom says: “I walk in the ways of righteousness, and I turn about in the midst of the paths of judgment.” How good it is for the soul to move and exercise itself in these, and, having passed by its motion through the place of the commandment, to turn back again to the same; that is, having fulfilled the commandment of the things it strives for, again to the second and third … Let the amendment of character and the decorum of life adorn it. One who trains his own building to beauty in this way will care little for earthly matter, will not trouble himself with mines, will not cross the Indian seas so that the bones of elephants may be attached to the material by art; but he has at home the wealth that supplies such constructions.

… For to the better-disposed among the sons the [father’s] unseemliness was thought worthy of pity, but to the reckless and undisciplined one it was an occasion for laughter … of drunkenness … the confession of the planting of vineyards. For the passage includes in its force all the passions that wine produces, how many and of what kind they are. For who of all people does not know that wine, when through immoderation it goes beyond need, is a kindling of licentiousness, a supply of pleasures, a ruin of youth, a disgrace of old age, a dishonour of women, a drug of madness, a provision for drunken violence, a poison of the soul, a deadening of the mind, an estrangement from virtue? From it comes laughter without excuse, lamentation without cause, spontaneous tears, groundless boasting, shamelessness in lying, desire for the non-existent, hope for the impossible, overweening threat, irrational fear, insensibility to what is truly fearful, causeless suspicion, unreasonable friendliness, promising of the impossible; to pass over the other things — the unseemly nodding, the drooping heavy-headedness, the disgrace that comes from immoderate repletion, the loosening of the joints, the bending of the neck, which no longer holds itself up on the shoulders, since the moisture from the wine loosens the binding of the neck. What brought about the lawless abomination of intercourse with daughters? What stole away Lot’s mind from what was happening, so that he both dared the abomination and did not know what he had dared? Who, as in a riddle, coined the strange naming of those children? How did the mothers of that accursed birth become sisters of their own children? How did the children have the same man as father and grandfather together? Who confounded nature in lawlessness? Was it not wine, going beyond its measures, that brought in this unbelievable tragedy? Did not drunkenness weave such a tale into the history, one that by its excesses surpasses even real tales? “For they made their father drink wine,” it says; and thus, his mind having been driven out by the wine, as if held by some enchantment he left this tragic narrative to life, his perception having been stolen from him by drunkenness at the time of the abomination. Those women who carried the wine out with them — O evil from an evil mixing bowl for the father! How much better it would have been for that wine too to have perished in Sodom with everything, before becoming the supplier of such a tragedy! And though there are such examples, and so many evils from wine in life every day, the one who shamelessly posts up his own deeds through confession says that he did this too: that he not only used wine that existed, but [took care] how the [supply] of such a thing might increase. “For I planted for myself,” he says, “vineyards.” I would not need [vineyards], if I myself had become a flourishing vine, a spiritual vine, luxuriant and spreading, entwined with what is akin to it by the branches of life and the tendrils of love, and in leaf, instead of leaves, with the decorum of its ways, and nourishing the sweet and ripe cluster of virtue. One who plants these in his own soul and cultivates the wine that gladdens the heart, and works his own land according to the proverb, as the law of such cultivation requires — calling, as it were, his life to account by his reasonings, plucking out the bastard growths that spring up beside the roots of the virtues, watering the soul with lessons, and pruning with the sickle of the discerning word the mind’s inclination toward what is superfluous and profitless — such a one would be most blessed in his farming, pressing out his own cluster into the mixing bowl of wisdom. But he who speaks of the earth and embraces its things does not know such planting. For he adds to these the [gardens] and parks of wealth … What need of many parks for one who looks to the one paradise? What benefit to me from a garden that grows vegetables, the food of the sick? [If I had been in] the paradise, I would not have been poured out into the desire for many parks. If I had kept my soul in health, so as to be able to share in the more solid food, [I would] not [have sought] the food suited to weakness. But since luxury has once come in together with need, and desire has passed its limits, after the extravagance in houses and the expense on vain things under a roof, he then cultivates luxury in the open air as well, and uses even the nature of the air for the desire of pleasures. For trees are cultivated for him by farming, evergreen and dense, becoming a ceiling of air, so that even in the open he may luxuriate as in a house; and the surface of the earth is clothed with every kind of plant by the gardeners’ art, so that pleasant things from every side may meet the eye wherever it turns its gaze, and he may always be among the things he desires, and see in each season of the year what is beyond the season: grass in winter, and flowers before their time, and the vine trained up trees, entwining its own branches with others’, and the graceful windings of ivy about the trees, and all the kinds of fruit, which, mixed with one another from different kinds, do violence to nature, so as to seem in form and taste whatever arises from the blending of different stocks. All these, and anything else that art has found in plants by doing violence to nature — things which the need of life did not seek, but undisciplined desire seeks — these, says the one who confesses his own deeds, came about in his love of art in gardens and parks. For by saying, “I planted every fruit tree,” he indicated by this comprehensive phrase that he left out nothing of such things. Then, after the luxury in the open and under a roof, not even water is left without its contribution to the supply of pleasures, as though one must luxuriate in all the elements: in earth through what belongs to it, in air through the trees, in water through a hand-made sea. For so that the sight of water too may sweeten the deceit of the eyes, the ground becomes a lake, the water being enclosed by buildings all round, so that swimming may bring pleasure to those … bodies, and the outflow, divided everywhere for the needs of what is watered, may furnish parks. “For I made for myself,” he says, “pools of water, to water from them a forest sprouting trees.” But for me there was the spring of paradise, that is, the teaching of the virtues, by which the drought of the soul was bedewed, having looked beyond earthly waters, whose enjoyment is temporary and whose nature is passing. It would be better, then, to channel for ourselves a small outflow from the divine spring, by which the virtues of the soul spring up and are watered, so that the grove of good … may flourish in our souls, through our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 4

4PG 44

Ἔτι ἡμῖν ὁ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως τόπος παραχατέχει τὸν λόγον. Πάντα γὰρ σχεδὸν διεξέρχεται ὁ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ διηγούμενος, δι᾽ ὧν τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον πραὙμάτων ἡ ματαιότης γνωρίζεται, Νῦν δὲ καθάπερ μείζονός τινος κατηγορίας ἅπτεται τῶν αὐτῷ πεἐξ ὧν τὸ κατὰ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν λεται πάθος. Τί γὰρ τοσοῦτον εἰς τύφον ἐν τοῖς ἀπηριθμημένοις ἐστὶν, οἶκος πολυτελὴς, καὶ πλῆθος ( ἀμπέλων, καὶ ἡ ἐν κήποις ὥρα καὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, ἢ τε κατὰ τὰς χολυμδήθρας σύστασις, καὶ ἡ ἐν παρᾶδείσοις διάλυσις, ὅσον τὸ ἄνθρωπον ὄντα, δεσπότην ἑαυτὸν τῶν ὁμοφύλων οἴεσθαι; Ἐκτησάμην γὰρ, φησὶ, δούλους καὶ παιδίσκας, καὶ οἰκογενεῖς ἐγέγοντό μοι. ν Ὁρᾷς τὸν ὄγκον τῆς ἀλαζονείας· Θεῷ ἄντικρυς ἡ τοιαύτη φωνὴ ἀντεπαίρεται· τὰ σύμπαντα γὰρ δοῦλα εἶναι τῆς πάντων ὑπερκειμένης ἐξουσίας, παρὰ τῆς προφητεία; ἠκούσαμεν. Ὁ οὖν κτῆμα ἑαυτοῦ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ κτῆμα ποιούμενος, ἐπιμερίζων τε τῷ γένει τὴν δυναστείαν, ὡς ἀνδρῶν τὸ καὶ γυναικῶν κύριον ἑαυτὸν οἴεσθαι, τί ἄλλο καὶ οὐχὶ διαδαίνει τῇ ὑπερηφανίᾳ τὴν φύσιν, ἄλλο τι ἑαυτὸν παρὰ τοὺς ἀρχομένους βλέπων ; Ἐκτησάμην δούλους καὶ παιδίσχα. Δουλείᾳ καταδικάζεις τὸν ἄνὉ θρωπον, οὗ ἐλευθέρα ἣ φύσις καὶ αὐτεξούσιος, καὶ ἀντινομοθετεῖς τῷ Θεῷ, ἀνατρέπων αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ φύσει νόμον. Τὸν γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτῳ γενόμενον, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τε κύριον εἶναι τῆς γῆς, καὶ εἰς ἀρχὴν τεταγμένον παρὰ τοῦ πλάσαντος, τοῦτον ὑπάγει: τῷ τῆς δουλείας ζυγῷ, ὥσπερ ἀντιθαίνων τε καὶ μαχόμενος τῷ θείῳ προστάγματι. Ἐπιλέλησαι τῶν τῆς ἐξουσίας ὅρων, ὅτι σοι μέχρι τῆς τῶν ἀλόγων ἐπιστασίας ἡ ἀρχὴ περιὠρισται. ᾿Αρχέτωσαν γὰρ, φησὶ, πετεινῶν, καὶ ἰχθύων καὶ τετραπόδων. Πῶς παρελθὼν τὴν ὑποχείριόν σοι δουλείαν κατ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐπαίρῃ τῆς ἐλευθέρας φύσεως μετὰ τῶν τετραπόδων ἣ καὶ τῶν ἀπόδων ἀριθμῶν τὸ ὁμόφυλον ; Πάντα ὑπέταξας τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, βοᾷ διὰ τῆς προφητείας ὁ Λόγος, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀριθμὸν ἄγει τὰ ὑποχείρια τῷ λόγῳ, κτήνη, καὶ βόας καὶ πράθατα. Μὴ ἐκ τῶν κτηνῶν σοι γεγόνασιν ἄνθρωποι; Μὴ αἱ αὶ βόες σοι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην γονὴν ἐτεχνώσαντο; Μία γὰρ δουλεία τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἄλογα. ᾿Ἐξανατέλλων γὰρ χόρτον τοῖς κτήνεσιν, καὶ χλόην τῇ δουλείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Σὺ δὲ τὴν φύσιν δουλείας καὶ κυριότητος σχίσας, αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ δουλεύειν, καὶ ἑαυτῆς κυριεύειν ἐποίησας, ε Ἐκτησάμην γάρ δούλους καὶ παιδίσκας. Ποίας, εἰπέ μοι, τιμῆς; Τί εὗρες ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τῆς φύσεως ταύτης ἀντάξιον : Πόσου χέρματος ἐτιμήσω Ε τὸν λόγον ; Πόσοις ὀδολοῖς τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπεμπώλησας; Εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸς, Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ᾽ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ ὁμοίωσιν, Τὸν καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὄντα, καὶ πάσης ἄρχοντα τῆς γῆς, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τὴν ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ χληρωσάμενον, τίς ὁ ἀπεμπωλὼν, εἰπὲ, τίς ὁ ὠνούμενος; Μόνου Θεοῦ τὸ δυνηθῆναι τοῦτο· μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ αὐτοῦ σχεδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ. ᾿Αμεταμέλητα γὰρ αὐτοῦ, φησὶ, τὰ χαρίσματα. Οὐκ ἂν οὖν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν φύσιν χαταδουλώσειεν, ὅς γε καὶ αὐθαιρέτως ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ δουλωθέντας εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἀνεκαλέσατο. Εἰ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς οὐ δουλοῖ ἐλεύθερον, τίς ὁ ὑπερτιθεὶς τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν αὑτοῦ δυναστείαν ; Πῶς δὲ καὶ πραθήσεται ὁ ἄρχων πάσής τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων πάντων; ᾿Ανάγκη γὰρ πᾶσα καὶ τὸ κτῇμα τοῦ πωλουμένου συναποδίδοσθαι. Πόσου τῶν ὑπὸ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀτίμητα, ὁ ὑπὲρ ταῦτα, ποίας ἄξιος τιμῆς, εἰπέ μοι; Κἂν τὸν κόσμον, ὅλον εἴπῃς, οὐδὲ οὕτως εὗρες τὴν πρὸς ἀξίαν τιμήν. Οὐδὲ Ὑὰρ ὅλον εἶπε τὸν κόσμον ὁ εἰδὼς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἀχριδῶς τιμᾶσθαι ἄξιον εἶναι τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀντάλλαγμα. ΓΑνθρωπος τοίνυν ὅταν ὥνιος ἧ, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἣ ὁ τῆς γῆς κύριος ἐπὶ τὸ πωλητήριον ἄγεται. Οὐκοῦν συναποχηρυχθήσεται αὐτῷ δηλαδὴ καὶ ἡ ὑπάρχουσα κτίσις. Αὕτη δέ ἔστι γῇ τε καὶ θάλασσα καὶ νῆσοι, καὶ τὰ ἐν τούτοις πάντα, Τί οὖν καταθήσεται ὠνούμενος ; Τί δὲ λήψεται μένος, τοσούτου κτήματος ἑπομένου τοῦ συναλλάγματος ; ἀλλὰ τὸ βραχὺ βιθλίδιον, καὶ ἡ ἐγγεγραμμένη συνθήκη, καὶ ἡ τῶν ὀδολῶν ἀπαρίθμησις, δεσπότην σς τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναί σε ἠπάτησεν. Ὦ τῆς ἀνοίας. Εἰ δὲ ἀπόλοιτο τὸ συμθόλαιον, εἰ δὲ ὑπὸ σητῶν διαφθαρείη τὰ γράμματα, εἰ δὲ ὕδατός ποθεν παρεμπεσοῦσα ῥανὶς ἐξαλείψειεν, ποῦ σοι τὰ τῆς δουλείας ἐνέχυρα ; Ποῦ σοι τὰ τῆς δεσποτείας ἐφόδια ; Οὐδὲν γὰρ ὁρῶ πλέον παρὰ τὸν ὑποχείριον ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματός σοι προσγινόμενον, πλὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος. Τί τῇ σῇ φύσει ἡ ἐξουσία προσέθηκεν ; Οὐ χρόνον, οὐ προτερήματα’ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν σοι ἡ γένεσις, ὁμοιότροπὸς ἡ ζωὴ, κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἐπικρατεῖ τά τς τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος πάθη, σοῦ τε τοῦ χυριξύοντος καὶ ἐκείνου τοῦ ὑπεζευγμένου τῇ κυριότητι ὀδύναι καὶ εὐθυμία:, εὐφροσύναι καὶ ἀδημονίαι, και καὶ ἡδοναὶ, θυμοὶ καὶ φόδοι, νόσοι καὶ θάνατοι. Μὴ τις ἐν τούτοις διαφορὰ πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον τῷ χυριξύοντι; Οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν ἕλκουσιν ἀέρα διὰ τοῦ ἄσθματος; Οὐκ ὡσαύτως ὁρῶσι τὸν ἥλιον ; Οὐκ ὁμοίως τῇ τῆς τροφῆς προσθήκῃ συντηροῦσι τὴν φύσιν; Οὐκ αἱ αὐταὶ τῶν σπλάγχνων κατασκευαί ; Οὐ. μία κόνις οἱ δύο μετὰ τὸν θάνατον ; Οὐχὶ ἕν τὸ κριτήριον ; κοινὴ βασιλεία, καὶ γέεννα κοινῆ; Ὁ ἐν πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον ἔχων, ἐν τίνι τὸ πλέον ἔχεις, εἰπὲ, ὥστε ἄνθρωπὸν ὄντα δεσπότην ἀνθρώπου ἑαυτὸν οἴεσθαι ; ε Καὶ ἐκτησάμην, ν λέγεις, δούλους καὶ παιδίσκας. Ὥσπερ αἰπόλιόν τι, ἣ συοδόσιον. Εἰπὼν γὰρ ὅτι χτησάμεν δούλους καὶ παιδίσκας, προσέθηκε τὴν ἐν τοῖς ποιμνίοις καὶ βουχολίοις προγεγενημένην εὐθυμίαν αὐτῷ. ε Καὶ κτῆσις ν γὰρ, φησὶ, ε βουκολίου καὶ ποιμνίου ἐγένετό μοι πολλὴ, ὡς ἐν τῇ ἴσῃ τάξει τούτων τε κἀκείνων ὑπεζευγμένων τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ. Εἶτα ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁδῷ πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὰ μείζω τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἡ ἐξαγόρευσις· βοᾷ γὰρ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν πάντων τῶν κακῶν ῥίζαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ φιλαργυρία, Καί φησιν ἐπὶ λέξεως οὕτως· ε Συνήγαγόν μοι καί γε ἀργύριον καΐ γε χρυσίον. Τί γὰρ ἐλύπησε καταμεμιγμένον τὸ χρυσίον, κἀκείνοις μένον τοῖς τόποις, οἷς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐνετέθη παρὰ τοῦ κτίσαντος ; Τί ὀφειλήν σοι πλέον περὶ τοὺς καρποὺς τῆς γῆς ὁ δημιουργήσας ἐποίησεν; Οὐ μόνα σϑι τὰ ἀκρόδρυα καὶ τὰ σπέρματα πρὸς τὴν τροφὴν ἀπεκλήρωσεν· διὰ τί ουσίας τοὺς ὄρους ; Ἢ δεῖξόν σοι καὶ ταῦτα συγχεχωρημένα παρὰ τοῦ Κτίσαντος, ὥστε μεταλλεύειν τε καὶ ἀνορύσσειν, καὶ πυρὶ χαταχωνεύειν τὸ ὑποκείμενον, καὶ συνάγειν ταῦτα ἃ μὴ ἐσχόρπισας· ταῦτα μὲν ἴσως οὐδὲν ἔγκλημά τις εἶναι λογίσηται, τὸ οὕτω σεαυτῷ συνάγειν ἐκ τῶν τῆς γῆς μετάλλων τὰ χρήματα ; ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πρόσκειται τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι περιουσιασμοὺς βασιλέων καὶ τῶν χωρῶν,οὐχέτι πρὸς τὸ ἀνεύθυνον ἢ τοῦ συναγαγεῖν διάνοια φέρεται. Ὡς γὰρ ἐξὸν τῇ βασιλικῇ δυναστείᾳ ἐκ τῶν χωρῶν τὸν περιουσιασμὸν τῶν χρημάτων συνάγειν· δηλονότι φόρους ἐπιδάλλειν, δεκάτας εἰσπράττεσθαι, εἰσφέρειν χρήματα, τοὺς ὑποχειρίους καταναγκάζειν, οὕτως συνειλοχέναι φησὶ τό τε χρυσίον καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον. Πλὴν οὕτως εἴτε ἑτέρως, ἡδέως ἂν μάθοιμι πλέον ἔσται τῷ τὰς τοιαύτας ὕλας συνάγοντι. Δεδόσθω καθ᾽ ὑπόθεσιν, μὴ κατὰ μνᾶν, ἢ δραχμὴν, ἣ τάλαντον τοῖς φιλοχρηματοῦσι προσγίνεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀθρόως αὐτοῖς ἀποχρυσωθῆναι τὰ πάντα, τὴν γῆν, τὴν ψάμμον, τὰ ὅρη, τὰ πεδία, τὰς νάπας, πάντα ὑποθῶμεν πρὸς ταύτην κατὰ τὸ ἀθρόον μεταδεδλῇσθαι τὴν ὕλην, τί πρὸὺς εὐδαιμονίαν διὰ τούτων ἐπιδώσει ὁ βίος ; ΕἸ ἐκεῖνο ἐν παντὶ βλέπει ὃ νῦν ἐν ὀλίγῳ ὁρᾷ, τί τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν, τί τῶν κατὰ σῶμα σπουδαζομένων, διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης περιουσίας γενήσεται; ἄρα τις ἐλπὶς ἔσται διὰ τούτου, τὸ ἐν τοῦσούτῳ ζῶντα χρυσῷ γενέσθα: σοφὸν, ἀγχίνουν, θεωρητικὸν, ἐπιστήμονα, φίλον Θεῷ, σώφρονα, καθαρὸν, ἀπαθῆ, παντὸς τοῦ πρὸς κακίαν καθέλκοντος ἀμιγῆ τὸ καὶ ἀπαράδεκτον ; ἣ τοῦτο μὲν οὐχὶ, δυνατὸν δὲ τῷ σώματι, καὶ εἰς πολλὰς ἑτῶν ἑκατοντάδας τὴν ζωὴν παρατείνοντα, ἀγήρω καὶ ἄνοσον καὶ ἀπήμονα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα περὶ τὸν ἐν σαρκὶ βίον σπουδάζεται ; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς οὕτω. μάταιος, οὐδὲ τῆς φύσεως τῆς κοινῆς ὡς ταῦτα νομμίσαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσγίνεσθαι, εἴπερ εἰς πλῆθος ἄφθονον ἡ τῶν χρημάτων ὕλη κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν πᾶσι προχέοιτο. Ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν πολλοὺς τῶν κατὰ τὴν τοιαύτην προἐχόντων περιουσίαν ἐλεεινῷ σώματι ζῶντας, οἷς εἰ παρῶεν οἱ θεραπεύοντες, μὴ ἄνευ αὐτῶν ἱκανοὺς εἶναι πρὸς τὴν ζωήν. Εἰ οὖν ἡ καθ᾽ ὑπόθεσιν ἡμῖν τοῦ χρυσίου περιουσία προτεθεῖσα τῷ λόγῳ, οὔτε σώματος, οὔτε ψυχῆς τι κέρδος ὑπέδειξεν· πολὺ μᾶλλον τὸ ἐν ὀλίγῳ δεικνύμενον ἄχρηστον εἰς ὠφέλειαν τῶν ἐχόντων ἐλέγχεται. Ἢ τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο παρ᾽ αὐτῆς πἧς ὕλης τῷ ἔχοντι, ἢ μήτε γεύσει, μήτε ὀσφρῆτει, μήτε τῇ ἀκοῇ ἐνεργὸν γίνεται, ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἁφὴν ὁμοτίμως πρὸς πᾶν τὸ ἀντίτυπον ἔχει ; μὴ γάρ μοι τὴν τῷ χρυσῷ προστιθέτω τις. Ὁ γὰρ χρυσίῳ τὸν ἄρτον, ἢ τὸ ἱμάτιον ἀλλαξάμενος, τοῦ ἀχρήστου τὸ ἐπωφελὲς διημείψατο, καὶ ζῇ, τροφὴν ἑαυτῷ τὸν ἄρτον, οὐ τὸν χρυσὸν ποιησάμενος. Ὁ δὲ τὴν ὕλην ταύτην διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ὀυναλλαγμάτων ἑαυτῷ συναγαγὼν, εἰς τί τῶν χρημάτων ἀπώνατο, τίς συμθουλὴ διὰ τούτων, τίς διδασκαλία πραγμάτων, ποία τοῦ μέλλοντος πρόῤῥησις; Τίς πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος ὀδύνας παραμυθίαν ἔσχεν; ἠρίθμησεν, ἀπέθετο, σφραγίδι κατἐσημήνατο, αἰτηθεὶς ἠρνήσατο, ἀπιστηθεὶς καὶ ἐπὦμοσεν. Οὗτος ὁ μακαρισμὸς, τοῦτο τῆς σπουδῆς τὸ πέρας, αὕτη ἡ ἀπόλαυσις, μέχρι τούτου ἡ εὐδαιμονία, τὸ, ὕλην τῇ ἐπιορκίᾳ πορίσασθαι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εὔχρουν, φησὶ, τοῦ χρυσίου τὸ εἶδος, Μὴ καὶ τοῦ πυρὸς εὐὧν ἀκτίνων τοῦ ἡλίου φανώτερον ; Τίς ὁ κωλύων σε τῆς ἀπολαύσεως ταύτης, ὥστε σοι ἀνάγκην εἶναι διὰ τῆς εὐχροίας τοῦ χρυσοῦ τὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς πορίζειν ταῖς ὄψεσιν; ᾿Αλλὰ σδέννυται, φησὶ, τὸ πῦρ, καὶ ὁ ἥλιος δύεται, καὶ οὐ διαρκεῖ τῆς λαμπηδόνος ἡ χάρις. Τοῦ δὲ χρυσοῦ τίς, εἰπέ μοι, διὰ τοῦ σκότους παραλλαγὴ πρὸς τὸν μόλιδδον ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν, φησὶν, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς, ἢ τῶν ἄστρων γένοιτο ἡμῖν δέῤῥα καὶ περιδέξια, καὶ πόρπαι, καὶ ζῶναι, καὶ μανιάχαι, στέφανοι, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς ταῦτά τε ποιεῖ, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο πρὸς χότμον ἐπιτηδεύεται. Ἤγαγε πρὸς τὸ κεφάλαιον τῆς ματαιότητος σπουδὴν ἡ συνἡγορία τῆς ὕλης. Αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἴποιμι ἄν· ᾿Αντὶ τίνων σπουδάζει ὁ χρυσῷ τὴν κόμην Ὁ ἢ τῶν ὥτων ἑξάπτων τὰ ματα, ἢ τὴν δέρην περιδάλλων τοῖς περιτραχηλίοις χλιδῶσιν, ἢ ἐν ἄλλῳ τινὶ φέρων μέρει τοῦ σώματος μένος τοῦ σώματος, οὐδὲν αὐτὸς πρὸς τὴν αὐγὴν τοῦ χρυσίου μεταμορφούμενος. Ὁ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν χρυσοφοροῦντα βλέπων, τὸν μὲν χρυσὸν οὕτως ὁρᾷ, ὡς εἰ τύχοι καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρατηρίοις προκείμενος· τὸν δὲ φοροῦντα οἷός τε πέφυκε τοιοῦτον βλέπει. Κἂν εὗεργές τε καὶ διάγλυφον ἧ τὸ χρυσίον, κἂν τὰς χλοερὰς μᾶλλον αἴσθησίν τινα τῶν παρακειμένων ἡ φύσις ἐδέξατο· ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τε λώδη τις εἴη περὶ τὰς ὄψεις, εἴτε τι λείποι τῶν κατὰ φύσιν, ἢ ὀφθαλμοῦ ἐχρυένπιαπαὶ τυγρίμιιάο ἴῃ τος, ἣ παρειᾶς εἰδεχθῶς ἐν οὐλῇ κοιλανθείσης, μένει τὸ αἶσχος ἐν τῷ φαινομένῳ, μηδὲν τῇ αὐγῇ τοῦ χρυ σίου ἐπισχοτούμενον· κἂν ἐπαλγὴς ὧν τῷ σώματι αύχοι, οὐδεμίαν ἐπήγαγε παραμυθίαν τῷ πονοῦντι Ὃ οὖν μήτε πρὸς κάλλος, μήτε πρὸς εὐεξίαν σώματος, μῆτε πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀλγημάτων παραμυθίαν φέρει τι χρήσιμον τοῖς σπουδάζουσιν, ὑπὲρ τίνος σπουδάζεται; καὶ τίς ἡ διάθεσις τῶν τῇ καρδίᾳ προστετηχότων τῇ ὕλῃ, ὅταν ἐν τῷ συνειδότι τῆς τοιαύτης κτήσεως τύχωσιν ὄντες, ὥς τι πλέον ἔχοντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐπαγάλλονται ;·Αρʼ εἴ τις αὐτοὺς ἐρωτήσειεν, εἰ δέχονται αὐτοῖς ἀμειφθῆναι πρὸς ἐκεῖνο τὴν φύσιν, καὶ γενέσθαι τοῦτο, ὃ τῇ τοσαύτῃ παρ᾽ αὑτῶν διαθέσει τετίμηται, ἕλοιντο ἂν τὴν μεταδοΒ λὴν, ὥστε ἐξ ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὸν χρυσὸν αὐτοῖς μεταδῆναι τὴν φύσιν, καὶ δειχθῆναι μηκέτι λογικοί τε καὶ διανοητιχοὶ, καὶ τοῖς αἰσθητηρίοις πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν κεχρημένοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὠχροί τε καὶ βαρεῖς καὶ ἄναυδοι, ἄψυχοί τε καὶ ἀναίσθητοι, οἵα ἡ τοῦ χρυσοῦ φύσις ἐστὶν, οὐκ ἂν οἶμαι ταῦτα ἑλέσθαι, οὐδὲ τοὺς σφόδρα διὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας συντετηχότας τῇ ὕλῃ. Εἰ οὖν ἐν κατάρᾳ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν ἤδη ἐστὶ, τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἰδιώμασι τῆς ἀψύχου ὕλης γενέσθαι, τίς ἄλογος περὶ τὴν κτῆσιν τούτων μανία, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἡ ματαιότης ἐστὶν, ὡς καὶ φόνων διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λῃστείας κατατολμῆσαι τοὺς προλελυσσηχότας τοῖς χρήμασι ; καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐπινοίας τῶν τόκων, ἣν ἄλλην τις λῃστείαν καὶ μιαιφονίαν ὀνομάσας, οὖκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι τοῦ δέοντος. Ἢ τί γὰρ διαφέρει καὶ τῷ φόνῳ τοῦ παροδεύοντος, δεσπότην ἑαυτὸν τῶν ἐκείνου ποιεῖν, ἣ διὰ τῆς τῶν τόκων ἀνάγκης κτᾶσθαι τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα; Ὧ καχῆῇς προσηγορίας ἱ τόκος ὄνομα τῆς λῃστείας γίνεται. Ὦ πικρῶν γάμων ! γηρᾶς συζυγίας, ἣν ἡ φύσις μὲν οὐκ ἐγνώρισεν, ἡ δὲ τῶν νόσος ἐν τοῖς ἀψύχοις σεν Ὧ χαλεπῶν χνημάτων, ἀφ᾽ ὧν ὁ τοιοῦτος τόκος ἐκφύεται. Μόνον ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ ἔμψυχον τῇ κατὰ τὸ ἄῤῥεν καὶ θῆλυ διαφορᾷ διεκρίθη. Τούτοις εἶπεν ὁ πλάσας θεὸς, Αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε, ὥστε διὰ τῆς ἐξ ἀλλήλων γενέσεως εἰς πλῆθος τὸ ζωογονούμενον αὔξεσθαι. Ὁ δὲ τοῦ χρυσίου τόκος ἐκ ποίων γάμων συνίσταται ; ᾿Εκ ποίας τελεσφορεῖται κυήσεως ; ᾿Αλλ οἶδα τὴν ὠδῖνα τοῦ τοιούτου τόκου παρὰ τοῦ Προφήτου μαθὼν, ε Ἰδοὺ ὥδινεν ἀδικίαν, συνέλαδε πόνον, καὶ ἔτεκεν ἀνομίαν. Οὗτος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ τόχοὸς, ὃν ὠδίνησε μὲν ἡ πλεονεξία, τέχτει δὲ ἡ ἀνομία, καὶ ἡ μισανθρωπία μαιεύεται. Ὁ γὰρ ἀεὶ κρύπτων τὴν εὐπορίαν, καὶ ὄρκῳ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πιστούμενος, ἐπειδάν τινα ἴδῃ ἀνάγκῃ καταπνιγόμενον, τότε ἐγκύμων τῷ βαλαντίῳ προφαίνεται - τότε τὸν πονηρὸν τῇ φιλοκερδίᾳ ὠδίνει τόκον, ἐλπίδα τοῦ δανείσματος ὥσπερ ὁ τῷ ἐλαίῳ κατασόεννύων τὴν φλόγα. Οὐ γὰρ ἐθεράπευσε τῷ δανείῳ τὴν ζημίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπέτεινεν· καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς αὐχμοῖς αὐτομάτως ἀχανθοφοροῦσιν αἱ ἄρουραι, οὕτω καὶ ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν στενοχορουμένων, οἱ τῶν πλεονεκτῶν ὑλομανοῦσι τόχοι. Εἶτα προτείνει τὴν χεῖρα μετὰ τοῦ χρήματος, ὥσπερ ἡ ὁρμιὰ τὸ κεκρυμμένον ἄγχυπρὸς τὸ παρὸν εὐπορίᾳ, καὶ εἴ τι κρυπτὸν ἐν ἀποθέτοις εἶχε, τῇ τοῦ ἀγχίστρου ὀλκῇ συνεξέμεσε. Τοιαῦτα τὰ τῶν τόκων εὐεργετήματα. Κἂν μέν τις πρὸς βίαν ἀφέληταί τινος τὸ ἐφόδιον, ἣ λαθὼν ὑποχλέψῃ, βίαιος καὶ λωποδύτης, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγεται ὁ δὲ τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐμμάρτυρον καὶ τὴν πικρίαν ποιούμενος, καὶ συνθήκαις τὴν παρανομίαν κρατύνων, φιλάνθρωπος καὶ εὐεργέτης, καὶ σωτὴρ, καὶ πάντα τὰ χρηστὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων προσαγορεύεται· καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐξ ὑφαιρέσεως κέρδος, κλέμμα λέγεται, ὁ δὲ διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀνάγκης ἀπογυμνῶν τὸν Χριστὸν, φιλανθρωπίᾳ τὴν πικρίαν ὑποχορίζεται· οὕτω γὰρ τὰς ζημίας τῶν δειλαίων χατονομάζουσι. ε Συνήγαγόν μοι καί γε ἀργύριον καί γε χρυσίον. ᾿Αλλὰ τούτου χάριν ὁ σοφὸς παιδεύων τὸν βίον, ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν ἐξαγορευομένων καὶ ταῦτα χατηριθμήσατο, ἵνα μαθόντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι παρὰ τοῦ τῇ πείρᾳ κατεγνωχότος, ὅτι ἕν τῶν ἐπ᾽ ἀτοπίᾳ κατεγνωσμένων τοῦτό ἐστι, φυλάξωνται πρὸ τῆς πείρας τὴν τοῦ κακοῦ προσδολὴν· καθάπερ ἔστι καὶ τοὺς λῃστρικούς τε καὶ θηριώδεις τόπους ἀπαθῶς διελθεῖν, διὰ τὸ προελθεῖν τοὺς ἐν τούτοις προχινδυνεύσαντας. Βαλῶς δὲ ὁ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος, καλῶς τὸ πάθος τῆς φιλαργυρίας ὁρίζεται, ῥίζαν αὑτὴν πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἀποφηνάμενος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἴ τινι μέρει διεφθορὼς καὶ σηπεδονώδης ἐπιῤῥνῇ χυμὸς, καὶ φλεγμονὴ τῷ τόπῳ ἐγγένηται, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα εἰς ἀπόστασίν τινα καὶ διαφθορὰν τὸ ἐνσχῆψαν ὑγρὸν ἀποῤῥαγῆναι, διαφυγόντος τοῦ ποιοῦ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν᾽· οὕτως οἷς ἐνρυῇ τῆς φιλοχρηματίας ἡ νόσος, εἰς ἀκολασίαν ὡς τὰ πολλὰ τὸ πάθος ἐπέσκηψε. Διὰ τοῦτο προστίθησι τῇ περιουσίᾳ τοῦ χρυσίου τε καὶ ἀργυρίου τὴν ἀκολούθως τῷ προχατασχόντι νοσήματι ἐπακολουθοῦσαν ἀσχημοσύνην. Ἐποίησα γὰρ, φησὶν, ε ἄδοντας καὶ ἀδούσας, τῶν συμποσίων τὰ οἰνοχόους καὶ οἰνοχόας. Ἤρκεσεν ἡ μνήμη τῶν ὀνομάτων στηλιτεῦσαι τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ. ἡ περὶ τὰ χρήματα νόσος προωδοποίησεν. Ὦ τῆς ἀτόπου ταύτης φιλοτεχνίας! ὡς ἁθρόον ἐπιδάλλει τῶν ἡδονῶν τὸ ῥεῦμα, οἷόν τισι χειμάῤῥοις διπλοῖς δι᾿ ἀκοῆς τε καὶ ὄψεως τὰς ψυχὰς ἐπιχλύζον, ἵνα βλέπηται τὸ κακὸν καὶ ἀκούηται! Ἡ δὴ τὴν ἀκοὴν ὄψις τὴν ὄψιν χαταγωνίζεται. Ἐκεῖθεν ὁ θῆλυς φθόγγος διὰ τῆς λελυμένης τῶν ᾧδῶν ἁρμονίας, συνεἰσάγει ἑαυτῷ ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν τὸ πάθος. Ἐντεῦθεν ἡ ὄψις οἷόντι μηχάνημα πολεμικὸν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν καταστρέφεται. Στρατηγὸς δὲ τῆς παρατάξεως ταύτης ὁ οἶνος γίνεται, ὥσπερ τις πονηρὸς τοξότῆς διπλοῖς βέλεσι χατατοξεύων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐπί τε τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ τὴν ὄψιν εὐθύνων τὰς ἀχίδας· βέλος γὰρ γίνεται τῆς μὲν ἀκοῆς, ἡ δή· τῆς δὲ ὄψεως, τὸ φαινόμενον. Οὐ γὰρ ψιλὸν ὄνομα τῶν οἰνοχόων ἐστίν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ ἔργου πάντως ἡ ἐπωνυμία γίνεται. Ὅταν τοίνυν ἐγχέηται μὲν ἀφειδῶς τοῖς συμπόταις ὁ ἄκρατος, ὑπηρετεῖ δὲ τῇ τοιαύτῃ διακονίᾳ νεότης εἰς κάλλος ἐξησχημένη, ἢ παίδων διὰ τοῦ κόσμου θηλυνομένων, ἣ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θήλεως γένους ἀναστρεφομένου τῷ συμποσίῳ, καὶ ταῖς φιλοτησίαις τὸν ἀπρεπῇ λογισμὸν συγχέοντος· εἰς τί ποτε εἰκὸς τελευτῆσαι τὰς τοιαύτας σπουδάς ; Ὁ γὰρ σκοπὸν ἑκάστου τῶν γινομένων ποιούμενος, καὶ παριὼν τῇ περιεργίᾳ τὴν χρείαν, ὅπως μὲν χαταχοσμήσῃ τὰς τὴν ᾧδὴν μουστολὴν, σιωπᾷν χρὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα μᾶλλον, καὶ μὴ ἐμδαθύνειν τῷ λόγῳ τῇ τῶν τοιούτων ὑπογραφῇ, ὡς ἂν μὴ δι᾽ αὐτῆς κατηγορίας, ἐπιξαίνοι τοῖς ἐμπαθεστέροις ἡ μνήμη τὰ τραύματα· διὰ ταῦτα ὁ χρυσὸς, καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων ὁ ἄργυρος, ἵνα τὰ τοιαῦτα παρασκευάσῃ Ἢ τούτου χάριν, τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν πάθος, ὅφις ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς ὀνομάζεται, ᾧ ἡ φύσις ἐστὶν, εἰ ἡ κεφαλὴ πρὸς τὴν ἁρμονίαν τοῦ τοίχου παραδυείη, πάντα τὸν κατόπιν ὁλκὸν σννεισάγεσθαι. Οἷόν τι λέγω ᾿Αναγκαίαν αὑτοῖς ἀνθρώποις ποιεῖ ἡ φύσις τὴν οἴκησιν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χρείας ταύτης, ἣ ἡδονὴ τῇ ἁρμονίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς παραδυεῖσα εἰς ἄμετρόν τινα καλλωπισμοῦ πολυτέλειαν, τὴν χρείαν παρέτρεψεν, καὶ τὴν σπουδὴν μετεποίησεν - εἶτα πρὸς ἀμπελῶνάς τινας, καὶ χολυμδήθρας καὶ παραδείτους καὶ τὰ τῶν Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπιχορυφοῦται τῇ ὑπερηφανίᾳ, καὶ τῷ τύφῳ περιελίσσεται, τὴν κατὰ τῶν ὁμοφύλων ἀρχὴν ἑαυτῇ ὑποζεύξασα. Ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸν τῆς φιλοχρηματίας ὁλκὸν ἐπισύρεται, ᾧ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἕπεται τὸ ἀκόλαστον, τὸ ἔσχατόν τε καὶ οὐραῖον μέρος τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν θηριώσεως. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥσπέρ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ οὐραίου τῆς ῥαχίας τὸν ὄφιν ἀνελχυσθῆναι, φυσικῶς τῆς φολίδος πρὸς τὸ ἔμπαλιν τοῖς ἔφελχομένοις ἀντιδαινούσης· οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν τελευ ταίων ἄρξασθαι τῆς ψυχῆς ἐξοιχίζειν τὴν τῆς ἡδονῦις ἑρπηδόνα, εἰ μή τις τῷ κακῷ τὴν πρώτην εἴσοδον ἀποχλείσειε. Διὸ καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπιτηρεῖν ὃ τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑφηγητὴς ἐγκελεύεται, κεφαλὴν ὀνομάζων τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς κακίας, ἧς μὴ παραδεχθείσης, ἄπρακτόν ἐστι τὸ λειπόμενον. Ὁ γὰρ καθόλου πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν πολεμίως προστεθεὶς, οὐκ ἂν ταῖς μερικαὶς προσδολαῖς τοῦ πάθους ὑπενεχθείη· ὁ δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ πάθους ὑποδεξάμενος, ἅπαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ θηρίον συμπαρεδέξατο. Διὰ τοῦτο πάντα διεξελθὼν ὁ τὰ τοιαῦτα δημοσιεύων πάθη, ἐπὶ κεφαλαίῳ ἀναλαμθάνει τὸν λόγον. Εἰπὼν γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὅτε Ἐμεγάλυνα ποίημά μου· καὶ νῦν ἐπάγει τὴν ἐπὶ μέρους ἔκθεσιν τῶν γεγονότων, ὅτι Ἐμεγαλύνθην - δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ διὰ μικρῶν τινων γέγονεν αὐτῷ τῶν ἐναντίων ἢ γνῶσις· ἀλλ᾽ ὡς εἰς τὸ ἀκρότατον μέγεθος προελθεῖν τὴν πεῖραν, ὡς μηδεμίαν τῶν ὁμοίων μνήμην, ἐν τοῖς πρὸ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένοις τὸ ἴσον ἔχειν. Φησὶ γὰρ, ὅτι ᾿Ἐμεγαλύνθην, ν καὶ προσέθηκε, Παρὰ πάντας τοὺς γενομένους ἔμπροσθέν μου ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ὅτου χάριν προπαιδευθεὶς πάσῃ σοφίᾳ πρὸς τὴν τῶν τοιούτων κατῆλθε πεῖραν, νῦν τὸν σκοπὸν ἐξεχάλυψε. Σοφία γάρ μου, φησὶν, ἐστάθη μοι. Σημαίνει δὲ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, ὅτι Διὰ τῆς σοφίας πᾶσαν ἀπολαυστιχὴν ἐπίνοιαν, καὶ ἔστι μου ἡ διάνοια ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀκροτάτον τῶν ἐν τούτοις εὑρισκομένων. Ἥ τε ὄψις τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ συνήργησε, καὶ ἡ προαίρεσις διὰ τῆς τῶν ὄψεων ἡδονῆς τῶν εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἐπινοουμένων ἀλλά μοι γενέσθαι μερίδα κτήσεως τὴν τῶν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν μετουσίαν - ὅπερ οὐδὲν ἄλλο σημαίνειν μοι φαίνεται, ἣ ὅτι Περιέσχον ἐν ἐμαυτῷ πᾶσαν ἀπολαυστιχὴν ἐπίνοιαν, οἷον ἀπό τινος κτήματος τὴν εὐφροσύνην ἀπὸ τῶν γινομένων Οὐκ ἀπεχώλυσα γὰρ τὴν καρδίαν μου ἀπὸ πάσης εὐφροσύνης καὶ ἡ καρδία μου εὐφράνθη ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ μον καὶ τοῦτο ἐγένετο μερίς μου ἐπὶ παντὸς μόχθου μου· μερίδα τὴν κτῆσιν λέγων. Ἐπεὶ οὖν διεξῆλθε τὴν ἐπὶ μέρους τρυφὴν, ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος ἐπιδραμὼν, καὶ πάντα τῷ λόγῳ διεξελθὼν, δι᾽ ὧν ᾿ ποῖς ἀπολαύουσιν αἱ ἡδοναὶ συνεγείρονται, τὰ τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων κάλλη, τοὺς ἀμπελῶνας, τοὺς κήπους, τὰς κολυμδήθρας, τοὺς παραδείσους, τὴν κατὰ τῶν ὁμοφύλων ἀρχὴν, τὴν τῶν χρημάτων περισσείαν, τὴν ἐν τοῖς συμποσίοις πρὸς τὰς θυμηδίας παρασκευὴν, πάντα, καθὼς ὀνομάζει, τὰ ἐντρυφήματα, ἐν οἷς ἀπησχολήθη αὐτοῦ ἡ σοφία, τὰ τοιαῦτα διερευνωμένη καὶ εἰς ἐπίνοιαν ἄγουσα, ὧν ἀπολελαυχέναι φησὶ, διὰ πάσης αἰσθήσεως, τῶν τ ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ πρὸς αὶ ἡδονὴν εὑρισκόντων, τῆς τε ψυχῆς ἐχούσης πᾶν τὸ κατ᾽ ἐπιθυμίαν ἀχώλντον, τότε τὴν πρώτην ἑρμηνεύει φωνὴν, ἣν ἐν προοιμίοις τοῦ λόγου πεποίηται, μάταια εἶναι τὰ πάντα ἀποφηνάμενος. Φησὶ γὰρ πρὸς ταῦτα βλέπων, περὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς ἀποφήνασθαι, ὅτι πάντα ματαιότης ἐστὶν, ὅσα ἣ τε αἴσθησις βλέπει, καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς εὐφροσύνην ἐπιτη Ἐπέδλεψα γὰρ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ποιήμασί μου, οἷς ἐποίησαν αἱ χεῖρές μου, καὶ ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ μου ᾧ ἔμόχθησα τοῦ ποιεῖν, καὶ ἰδοὺ τὰ πάντα ματαιότης, καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι περισσεία ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. Πᾶσα γὰρ ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων δύναμίς κε καὶ ἐνέργεια, ὄρον ἔχει τὴν ὑφ᾽ ἡλίῳ ζωήν τὸ δὲ ἐπέκεινα διαθῆναι. καὶ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἀγαθῶν ἐν περινοίᾳ γενέσθαι, ἡ αἰσθητικὴ φύσις οὐ δύναται. Ταῦτα οὖν πάντα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα χατασχεψάμενος, παιδεύει τὸν βίον, τὸ πρὸς μηδὲν τῶν ὧδε θαυμαστικῶς διατίθεσθαι, πλοῦτον, φιλοτιμίαν, τὴν κατὰ τῶν ὑποχειρίων ἀρχὴν, θυμηδείας τε καὶ τρυφὰς, καὶ συμπόσια, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τῶν τιμίων εἶναι νενόμισται· ἀλλ᾽ ὁρᾷν ὅτι ἕν τέλος τῶν τοιούτων ἁπάντων ἡ μααιότης ἐστὶν, ἧς περισσεία εἰς τὸ ἐφεξῆς οὐκ εὑρίσκεται. Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ καθ᾽ ὕδατος γράφοντες, ἐν᾿εργοῦσι μὲν διὰ τῆς χειρὸς τὴν γραφὴν, τοὺς τύπους τῶν χαρακτήρων ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ἐνδιαγράφοντες, μένει δὲ τῶν χαραγμάτων οὐδὲν ἐπὶ σχήματος· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ γράφειν σπουδὴ, ἐν μόνῳ τῷ γράφειν ἐστίν· ἕπεται γὰρ ἀεὶ τῇ χειρὶ ἡ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐπιφάνεια, τὸ οὕτως πᾶσα ἡ ἀπολαυστιχὴ σπουδὴ καὶ ἐνέργεια τοῖς γινομένοις ἐμφανίζεται. Παυσαμένης γὰρ τῆς ἐνεργείας, ἐξηλείφθη καὶ ἣ ἀπόλαυσις, καὶ οὐδὲν εἰς τὸ ἐφεξῆς ταμιεύεται, οὐδὲ ὑπελείφθη τι τοῖς ἡδομένοις ἴχνος εὐφροσύνης, ἣ λείψανον παρελθούσης τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἕνερχείας. Τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ σημαίνει ὁ λόγος εἰπὼν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι περισσεία ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα πονοῦσιν, ὧν τὸ τέρμα, ματαιότης ἐστίν· ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἔξω γενοίμεθα, χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν

Eti hēmin ho tēs exomologēseōs topos parachatechei ton logon. Panta gar schedon diexerchetai ho ta heautou diēgoumenos, di᾽ hōn tōn kata ton bion touton praUmatōn hē mataiotēs gnōrizetai, Nyn de kathaper meizonos tinos katēgorias haptetai tōn autǭ peex hōn to kata tēn hyperēphanian letai pathos. Ti gar tosouton eis typhon en tois apērithmēmenois estin, oikos polytelēs, kai plēthos ( ampelōn, kai hē en kēpois hōra kai tōn hydatōn, ē te kata tas cholymdēthras systasis, kai hē en paradeisois dialysis, hoson to anthrōpon onta, despotēn heauton tōn homophylōn oiesthai? Ektēsamēn gar, phēsi, doulous kai paidiskas, kai oikogeneis egegonto moi. n Horąs ton onkon tēs alazoneias; Theǭ antikrys hē toiautē phōnē antepairetai; ta sympanta gar doula einai tēs pantōn hyperkeimenēs exousias, para tēs prophēteia? ēkousamen. Ho oun ktēma heautou to tou Theou ktēma poioumenos, epimerizōn te tǭ genei tēn dynasteian, hōs andrōn to kai gynaikōn kyrion heauton oiesthai, ti allo kai ouchi diadainei tę̄ hyperēphanią tēn physin, allo ti heauton para tous archomenous blepōn ? Ektēsamēn doulous kai paidischa. Douleią katadikazeis ton anO thrōpon, hou eleuthera hē physis kai autexousios, kai antinomotheteis tǭ Theǭ, anatrepōn autou ton epi tę̄ physei nomon. Ton gar epi toutǭ genomenon, eph᾽ hǭ te kyrion einai tēs gēs, kai eis archēn tetagmenon para tou plasantos, touton hypagei: tǭ tēs douleias zygǭ, hōsper antithainōn te kai machomenos tǭ theiǭ prostagmati. Epilelēsai tōn tēs exousias horōn, hoti soi mechri tēs tōn alogōn epistasias hē archē periōristai. ᾿Archetōsan gar, phēsi, peteinōn, kai ichthyōn kai tetrapodōn. Pōs parelthōn tēn hypocheirion soi douleian kat᾽ autēs epairę̄ tēs eleutheras physeōs meta tōn tetrapodōn hē kai tōn apodōn arithmōn to homophylon ? Panta hypetaxas tǭ anthrōpǭ, boą dia tēs prophēteias ho Logos, kai hypo arithmon agei ta hypocheiria tǭ logǭ, ktēnē, kai boas kai prathata. Mē ek tōn ktēnōn soi gegonasin anthrōpoi? Mē hai ai boes soi tēn anthrōpinēn gonēn etechnōsanto? Mia gar douleia tōn anthrōpōn ta aloga. ᾿Exanatellōn gar chorton tois ktēnesin, kai chloēn tę̄ douleią tōn anthrōpōn. Sy de tēn physin douleias kai kyriotētos schisas, autēn heautę̄ douleuein, kai heautēs kyrieuein epoiēsas, e Ektēsamēn gar doulous kai paidiskas. Poias, eipe moi, timēs? Ti heures en tois ousi tēs physeōs tautēs antaxion : Posou chermatos etimēsō E ton logon ? Posois odolois tēn eikona tou Theou apempōlēsas? Eipen ho Theos, Poiēsōmen anthrōpon kat᾽ eikona hēmeteran kai homoiōsin, Ton kath᾽ homoiotēta tou Theou onta, kai pasēs archonta tēs gēs, kai pantōn tōn epi tēs gēs tēn exousian para tou Theou chlērōsamenon, tis ho apempōlōn, eipe, tis ho ōnoumenos? Monou Theou to dynēthēnai touto; mallon de oude autou schedon tou Theou. ᾿Ametamelēta gar autou, phēsi, ta charismata. Ouk an oun ho Theos tēn physin chatadoulōseien, hos ge kai authairetōs hēmas tę̄ hamartią doulōthentas eis eleutherian anekalesato. Ei de ho Theos ou douloi eleutheron, tis ho hypertitheis tou Theou tēn hautou dynasteian ? Pōs de kai prathēsetai ho archōn pasēs tēs gēs kai tōn epigeiōn pantōn? ᾿Anankē gar pasa kai to ktę̄ma tou pōloumenou synapodidosthai. Posou tōn hypo pasan tēn gēn Ei de tauta atimēta, ho hyper tauta, poias axios timēs, eipe moi? Kan ton kosmon, holon eipę̄s, oude houtōs heures tēn pros axian timēn. Oude Hyar holon eipe ton kosmon ho eidōs tēn anthrōpinēn physin achridōs timasthai axion einai tēs psychēs tou anthrōpou antallagma. GAnthrōpos toinyn hotan hōnios hē, ouden heteron hē ho tēs gēs kyrios epi to pōlētērion agetai. Oukoun synapochērychthēsetai autǭ dēladē kai hē hyparchousa ktisis. Hautē de esti gę̄ te kai thalassa kai nēsoi, kai ta en toutois panta, Ti oun katathēsetai ōnoumenos ? Ti de lēpsetai menos, tosoutou ktēmatos hepomenou tou synallagmatos ? alla to brachy bithlidion, kai hē engegrammenē synthēkē, kai hē tōn odolōn aparithmēsis, despotēn ss tēs eikonos tou Theou einai se ēpatēsen. Ō tēs anoias. Ei de apoloito to symtholaion, ei de hypo sētōn diaphthareiē ta grammata, ei de hydatos pothen parempesousa rhanis exaleipseien, pou soi ta tēs douleias enechyra ? Pou soi ta tēs despoteias ephodia ? Ouden gar horō pleon para ton hypocheirion ek tou onomatos soi prosginomenon, plēn tou onomatos. Ti tę̄ sę̄ physei hē exousia prosethēken ? Ou chronon, ou proterēmata’ ek tōn autōn soi hē genesis, homoiotropos hē zōē, kata to ison epikratei ta ts tēs psychēs kai ta tou sōmatos pathē, sou te tou chyrixyontos kai ekeinou tou hypezeugmenou tę̄ kyriotēti odynai kai euthymia:, euphrosynai kai adēmoniai, kai kai hēdonai, thymoi kai phodoi, nosoi kai thanatoi. Mē tis en toutois diaphora pros ton doulon tǭ chyrixyonti? Ou ton auton helkousin aera dia tou asthmatos? Ouk hōsautōs horōsi ton hēlion ? Ouk homoiōs tę̄ tēs trophēs prosthēkę̄ syntērousi tēn physin? Ouk hai autai tōn splanchnōn kataskeuai ? Ou. mia konis hoi dyo meta ton thanaton ? Ouchi hen to kritērion ? koinē basileia, kai geenna koinē? Ho en pasi to ison echōn, en tini to pleon echeis, eipe, hōste anthrōpon onta despotēn anthrōpou heauton oiesthai ? e Kai ektēsamēn, n legeis, doulous kai paidiskas. Hōsper aipolion ti, hē syodosion. Eipōn gar hoti chtēsamen doulous kai paidiskas, prosethēke tēn en tois poimniois kai boucholiois progegenēmenēn euthymian autǭ. e Kai ktēsis n gar, phēsi, e boukoliou kai poimniou egeneto moi pollē, hōs en tę̄ isę̄ taxei toutōn te kakeinōn hypezeugmenōn tę̄ exousią. Eita epi toutois hodǭ proeisin epi ta meizō tōn hamartēmatōn hē exagoreusis; boą gar kath᾽ heautou tēn pantōn tōn kakōn rhizan, hētis estin hē philargyria, Kai phēsin epi lexeōs houtōs; e Synēgagon moi kai ge argyrion kaï ge chrysion. Ti gar elypēse katamemigmenon to chrysion, kakeinois menon tois topois, hois ex archēs enetethē para tou ktisantos ? Ti opheilēn soi pleon peri tous karpous tēs gēs ho dēmiourgēsas epoiēsen? Ou mona sϑi ta akrodrya kai ta spermata pros tēn trophēn apeklērōsen; dia ti ousias tous orous ? Ē deixon soi kai tauta synchechōrēmena para tou Ktisantos, hōste metalleuein te kai anoryssein, kai pyri chatachōneuein to hypokeimenon, kai synagein tauta ha mē eschorpisas; tauta men isōs ouden enklēma tis einai logisētai, to houtō seautǭ synagein ek tōn tēs gēs metallōn ta chrēmata ? all᾽ epeidē proskeitai tǭ logǭ, hoti periousiasmous basileōn kai tōn chōrōn,oucheti pros to aneuthynon ē tou synagagein dianoia pheretai. Hōs gar exon tę̄ basilikę̄ dynasteią ek tōn chōrōn ton periousiasmon tōn chrēmatōn synagein; dēlonoti phorous epidallein, dekatas eisprattesthai, eispherein chrēmata, tous hypocheirious katanankazein, houtōs syneilochenai phēsi to te chrysion kai to argyrion. Plēn houtōs eite heterōs, hēdeōs an mathoimi pleon estai tǭ tas toiautas hylas synagonti. Dedosthō kath᾽ hypothesin, mē kata mnan, ē drachmēn, hē talanton tois philochrēmatousi prosginesthai, all᾽ athroōs autois apochrysōthēnai ta panta, tēn gēn, tēn psammon, ta horē, ta pedia, tas napas, panta hypothōmen pros tautēn kata to athroon metadedlę̄sthai tēn hylēn, ti prous eudaimonian dia toutōn epidōsei ho bios ? EI ekeino en panti blepei ho nyn en oligǭ horą, ti tōn tēs psychēs agathōn, ti tōn kata sōma spoudazomenōn, dia tēs toiautēs periousias genēsetai? ara tis elpis estai dia toutou, to en tousoutǭ zōnta chrysǭ genestha: sophon, anchinoun, theōrētikon, epistēmona, philon Theǭ, sōphrona, katharon, apathē, pantos tou pros kakian kathelkontos amigē to kai aparadekton ? hē touto men ouchi, dynaton de tǭ sōmati, kai eis pollas hetōn hekatontadas tēn zōēn parateinonta, agērō kai anoson kai apēmona, kai panta hosa peri ton en sarki bion spoudazetai ? All᾽ oudeis houtō. mataios, oude tēs physeōs tēs koinēs hōs tauta nommisai tois anthrōpois prosginesthai, eiper eis plēthos aphthonon hē tōn chrēmatōn hylē kat᾽ exousian pasi procheoito. Epei kai nyn estin idein pollous tōn kata tēn toiautēn proechontōn periousian eleeinǭ sōmati zōntas, hois ei parōen hoi therapeuontes, mē aneu autōn hikanous einai pros tēn zōēn. Ei oun hē kath᾽ hypothesin hēmin tou chrysiou periousia protetheisa tǭ logǭ, oute sōmatos, oute psychēs ti kerdos hypedeixen; poly mallon to en oligǭ deiknymenon achrēston eis ōpheleian tōn echontōn elenchetai. Ē ti gar an genoito par᾽ autēs pēs hylēs tǭ echonti, ē mēte geusei, mēte osphrētei, mēte tę̄ akoę̄ energon ginetai, ē kata tēn haphēn homotimōs pros pan to antitypon echei ? mē gar moi tēn tǭ chrysǭ prostithetō tis. Ho gar chrysiǭ ton arton, ē to himation allaxamenos, tou achrēstou to epōpheles diēmeipsato, kai zę̄, trophēn heautǭ ton arton, ou ton chryson poiēsamenos. Ho de tēn hylēn tautēn dia tōn toioutōn ounallagmatōn heautǭ synagagōn, eis ti tōn chrēmatōn apōnato, tis symthoulē dia toutōn, tis didaskalia pragmatōn, poia tou mellontos prorrhēsis? Tis pros tas tou sōmatos odynas paramythian eschen? ērithmēsen, apetheto, sphragidi katesēmēnato, aitētheis ērnēsato, apistētheis kai epōmosen. Houtos ho makarismos, touto tēs spoudēs to peras, hautē hē apolausis, mechri toutou hē eudaimonia, to, hylēn tę̄ epiorkią porisasthai. ᾿All᾽ euchroun, phēsi, tou chrysiou to eidos, Mē kai tou pyros euōn aktinōn tou hēliou phanōteron ? Tis ho kōlyōn se tēs apolauseōs tautēs, hōste soi anankēn einai dia tēs euchroias tou chrysou ta tēs hēdonēs porizein tais opsesin? ᾿Alla sdennytai, phēsi, to pyr, kai ho hēlios dyetai, kai ou diarkei tēs lampēdonos hē charis. Tou de chrysou tis, eipe moi, dia tou skotous parallagē pros ton moliddon ? ᾿All᾽ ouk an, phēsin, ek tou pyros, ē tōn astrōn genoito hēmin derrha kai peridexia, kai porpai, kai zōnai, kai maniachai, stephanoi, kai ta toiauta; ho de chrysos tauta te poiei, kai ei ti allo pros chotmon epitēdeuetai. Ēgage pros to kephalaion tēs mataiotētos spoudēn hē synēgoria tēs hylēs. Auto gar touto pros autous eipoimi an; ᾿Anti tinōn spoudazei ho chrysǭ tēn komēn Ho ē tōn hōtōn hexaptōn ta mata, ē tēn derēn peridallōn tois peritrachēliois chlidōsin, ē en allǭ tini pherōn merei tou sōmatos menos tou sōmatos, ouden autos pros tēn augēn tou chrysiou metamorphoumenos. Ho gar pros ton chrysophorounta blepōn, ton men chryson houtōs horą, hōs ei tychoi kai en tois pratēriois prokeimenos; ton de phorounta hoios te pephyke toiouton blepei. Kan heuerges te kai diaglyphon hē to chrysion, kan tas chloeras mallon aisthēsin tina tōn parakeimenōn hē physis edexato; all᾽ ei te lōdē tis eiē peri tas opseis, eite ti leipoi tōn kata physin, ē ophthalmou echryenpiapai tygrimiiao ię̄ tos, hē pareias eidechthōs en oulę̄ koilantheisēs, menei to aischos en tǭ phainomenǭ, mēden tę̄ augę̄ tou chry siou epischotoumenon; kan epalgēs hōn tǭ sōmati auchoi, oudemian epēgage paramythian tǭ ponounti Ho oun mēte pros kallos, mēte pros euexian sōmatos, mēte pros tēn tōn algēmatōn paramythian pherei ti chrēsimon tois spoudazousin, hyper tinos spoudazetai? kai tis hē diathesis tōn tę̄ kardią prostetēchotōn tę̄ hylę̄, hotan en tǭ syneidoti tēs toiautēs ktēseōs tychōsin ontes, hōs ti pleon echontes heautois epagallontai ?;Arʼ ei tis autous erōtēseien, ei dechontai autois ameiphthēnai pros ekeino tēn physin, kai genesthai touto, ho tę̄ tosautę̄ par᾽ hautōn diathesei tetimētai, helointo an tēn metadoB lēn, hōste ex anthrōpōn pros ton chryson autois metadēnai tēn physin, kai deichthēnai mēketi logikoi te kai dianoētichoi, kai tois aisthētēriois pros tēn zōēn kechrēmenoi, all᾽ ōchroi te kai bareis kai anaudoi, apsychoi te kai anaisthētoi, hoia hē tou chrysou physis estin, ouk an oimai tauta helesthai, oude tous sphodra dia tēs epithymias syntetēchotas tę̄ hylę̄. Ei oun en katarą tois eu phronousin ēdē esti, to en tois idiōmasi tēs apsychou hylēs genesthai, tis alogos peri tēn ktēsin toutōn mania, hōn to telos hē mataiotēs estin, hōs kai phonōn dia touto kai lę̄steias katatolmēsai tous prolelyssēchotas tois chrēmasi ? kai ou touto monon, alla kai tēs ponēras epinoias tōn tokōn, hēn allēn tis lę̄steian kai miaiphonian onomasas, ouk an hamartoi tou deontos. Ē ti gar diapherei kai tǭ phonǭ tou parodeuontos, despotēn heauton tōn ekeinou poiein, hē dia tēs tōn tokōn anankēs ktasthai ta mē prosēkonta? Hō kachēę̄s prosēgorias hi tokos onoma tēs lę̄steias ginetai. Ō pikrōn gamōn ! gēras syzygias, hēn hē physis men ouk egnōrisen, hē de tōn nosos en tois apsychois sen Hō chalepōn chnēmatōn, aph᾽ hōn ho toioutos tokos ekphyetai. Monon en tois ousi to empsychon tę̄ kata to arrhen kai thēly diaphorą diekrithē. Toutois eipen ho plasas theos, Auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe, hōste dia tēs ex allēlōn geneseōs eis plēthos to zōogonoumenon auxesthai. Ho de tou chrysiou tokos ek poiōn gamōn synistatai ? ᾿Ek poias telesphoreitai kyēseōs ? ᾿All oida tēn ōdina tou toioutou tokou para tou Prophētou mathōn, e Idou hōdinen adikian, synelade ponon, kai eteken anomian. Houtos ekeinos estin ho tochoos, hon ōdinēse men hē pleonexia, techtei de hē anomia, kai hē misanthrōpia maieuetai. Ho gar aei kryptōn tēn euporian, kai orkǭ to mē echein pistoumenos, epeidan tina idę̄ anankę̄ katapnigomenon, tote enkymōn tǭ balantiǭ prophainetai - tote ton ponēron tę̄ philokerdią ōdinei tokon, elpida tou daneismatos hōsper ho tǭ elaiǭ katasoennyōn tēn phloga. Ou gar etherapeuse tǭ daneiǭ tēn zēmian, all᾽ epeteinen; kai hōsper en tois auchmois automatōs achanthophorousin hai arourai, houtō kai en tais symphorais tōn stenochoroumenōn, hoi tōn pleonektōn hylomanousi tochoi. Eita proteinei tēn cheira meta tou chrēmatos, hōsper hē hormia to kekrymmenon anchypros to paron euporią, kai ei ti krypton en apothetois eiche, tę̄ tou anchistrou olkę̄ synexemese. Toiauta ta tōn tokōn euergetēmata. Kan men tis pros bian aphelētai tinos to ephodion, hē lathōn hypochlepsę̄, biaios kai lōpodytēs, kai ta toiauta legetai ho de tēn adikian emmartyron kai tēn pikrian poioumenos, kai synthēkais tēn paranomian kratynōn, philanthrōpos kai euergetēs, kai sōtēr, kai panta ta chrēsta tōn onomatōn prosagoreuetai; kai to men ex hyphaireseōs kerdos, klemma legetai, ho de dia tēs toiautēs anankēs apogymnōn ton Christon, philanthrōpią tēn pikrian hypochorizetai; houtō gar tas zēmias tōn deilaiōn chatonomazousi. e Synēgagon moi kai ge argyrion kai ge chrysion. ᾿Alla toutou charin ho sophos paideuōn ton bion, en tǭ katalogǭ tōn exagoreuomenōn kai tauta chatērithmēsato, hina mathontes hoi anthrōpoi para tou tę̄ peirą kategnōchotos, hoti hen tōn ep᾽ atopią kategnōsmenōn touto esti, phylaxōntai pro tēs peiras tēn tou kakou prosdolēn; kathaper esti kai tous lę̄strikous te kai thēriōdeis topous apathōs dielthein, dia to proelthein tous en toutois prochindyneusantas. Balōs de ho theios ᾿Apostolos, kalōs to pathos tēs philargyrias horizetai, rhizan hautēn pantōn tōn kakōn apophēnamenos. Hōsper gar ei tini merei diephthorōs kai sēpedonōdēs epirrhnę̄ chymos, kai phlegmonē tǭ topǭ engenētai, anankē pasa eis apostasin tina kai diaphthoran to enschēpsan hygron aporrhagēnai, diaphygontos tou poiou tēn epiphaneian᾽; houtōs hois enryę̄ tēs philochrēmatias hē nosos, eis akolasian hōs ta polla to pathos epeskēpse. Dia touto prostithēsi tę̄ periousią tou chrysiou te kai argyriou tēn akolouthōs tǭ prochataschonti nosēmati epakolouthousan aschēmosynēn. Epoiēsa gar, phēsin, e adontas kai adousas, tōn symposiōn ta oinochoous kai oinochoas. Ērkesen hē mnēmē tōn onomatōn stēliteusai to pathos, hoper. hē peri ta chrēmata nosos proōdopoiēsen. Ō tēs atopou tautēs philotechnias! hōs hathroon epidallei tōn hēdonōn to rheuma, hoion tisi cheimarrhois diplois di᾿ akoēs te kai opseōs tas psychas epichlyzon, hina blepētai to kakon kai akouētai! Hē dē tēn akoēn opsis tēn opsin chatagōnizetai. Ekeithen ho thēlys phthongos dia tēs lelymenēs tōn hǭdōn harmonias, syneisagei heautǭ epi tēn kardian to pathos. Enteuthen hē opsis hoionti mēchanēma polemikon tois ophthalmois tou tēn psychēn katastrephetai. Stratēgos de tēs parataxeōs tautēs ho oinos ginetai, hōsper tis ponēros toxotēs diplois belesi chatatoxeuōn ton anthrōpon, epi te tēn akoēn kai tēn opsin euthynōn tas achidas; belos gar ginetai tēs men akoēs, hē dē; tēs de opseōs, to phainomenon. Ou gar psilon onoma tōn oinochoōn estin; all᾽ ek tou ergou pantōs hē epōnymia ginetai. Hotan toinyn encheētai men apheidōs tois sympotais ho akratos, hypēretei de tę̄ toiautę̄ diakonią neotēs eis kallos exēschēmenē, ē paidōn dia tou kosmou thēlynomenōn, hē kai autou tou thēleōs genous anastrephomenou tǭ symposiǭ, kai tais philotēsiais ton aprepę̄ logismon syncheontos; eis ti pote eikos teleutēsai tas toiautas spoudas ? Ho gar skopon hekastou tōn ginomenōn poioumenos, kai pariōn tę̄ periergią tēn chreian, hopōs men chatachosmēsę̄ tas tēn hǭdēn moustolēn, siōpąn chrē ta toiauta mallon, kai mē emdathynein tǭ logǭ tę̄ tōn toioutōn hypographę̄, hōs an mē di᾽ autēs katēgorias, epixainoi tois empathesterois hē mnēmē ta traumata; dia tauta ho chrysos, kai hyper toutōn ho argyros, hina ta toiauta paraskeuasę̄ Ē toutou charin, to kata tēn hēdonēn pathos, hophis hypo tēs Graphēs onomazetai, hǭ hē physis estin, ei hē kephalē pros tēn harmonian tou toichou paradyeiē, panta ton katopin holkon snneisagesthai. Hoion ti legō ᾿Anankaian hautois anthrōpois poiei hē physis tēn oikēsin; alla dia tēs chreias tautēs, hē hēdonē tę̄ harmonią tēs psychēs paradyeisa eis ametron tina kallōpismou polyteleian, tēn chreian paretrepsen, kai tēn spoudēn metepoiēsen - eita pros ampelōnas tinas, kai cholymdēthras kai paradeitous kai ta tōn Meta tauta epichoryphoutai tę̄ hyperēphanią, kai tǭ typhǭ perielissetai, tēn kata tōn homophylōn archēn heautę̄ hypozeuxasa. Epi toutois ton tēs philochrēmatias holkon episyretai, hǭ kata anankēn hepetai to akolaston, to eschaton te kai ouraion meros tēs kata tēn hēdonēn thēriōseōs. ᾿All᾽ hōsper ouk estin ek tou ouraiou tēs rhachias ton ophin anelchysthēnai, physikōs tēs pholidos pros to empalin tois ephelchomenois antidainousēs; houtōs ouk estin ek tōn teleu taiōn arxasthai tēs psychēs exoichizein tēn tēs hēdonuis herpēdona, ei mē tis tǭ kakǭ tēn prōtēn eisodon apochleiseie. Dio kai tēn kephalēn autou epitērein ho tēs aretēs hyphēgētēs enkeleuetai, kephalēn onomazōn tēn archēn tēs kakias, hēs mē paradechtheisēs, aprakton esti to leipomenon. Ho gar katholou pros tēn hēdonēn polemiōs prostetheis, ouk an tais merikais prosdolais tou pathous hypenechtheiē; ho de tēn archēn tou pathous hypodexamenos, hapan en heautǭ to thērion symparedexato. Dia touto panta diexelthōn ho ta toiauta dēmosieuōn pathē, epi kephalaiǭ analamthanei ton logon. Eipōn gar ex archēs hote Emegalyna poiēma mou; kai nyn epagei tēn epi merous ekthesin tōn gegonotōn, hoti Emegalynthēn - deiknys hoti ou dia mikrōn tinōn gegonen autǭ tōn enantiōn ē gnōsis; all᾽ hōs eis to akrotaton megethos proelthein tēn peiran, hōs mēdemian tōn homoiōn mnēmēn, en tois pro autou gegenēmenois to ison echein. Phēsi gar, hoti ᾿Emegalynthēn, n kai prosethēke, Para pantas tous genomenous emprosthen mou en Hierousalēm, kai hotou charin propaideutheis pasę̄ sophią pros tēn tōn toioutōn katēlthe peiran, nyn ton skopon exechalypse. Sophia gar mou, phēsin, estathē moi. Sēmainei de dia tōn eirēmenōn, hoti Dia tēs sophias pasan apolaustichēn epinoian, kai esti mou hē dianoia epi tou akrotaton tōn en toutois heuriskomenōn. Hē te opsis tę̄ epithymią synērgēse, kai hē proairesis dia tēs tōn opseōn hēdonēs tōn eis apolausin epinooumenōn alla moi genesthai merida ktēseōs tēn tōn kath᾽ hēdonēn metousian - hoper ouden allo sēmainein moi phainetai, hē hoti Perieschon en emautǭ pasan apolaustichēn epinoian, hoion apo tinos ktēmatos tēn euphrosynēn apo tōn ginomenōn Ouk apechōlysa gar tēn kardian mou apo pasēs euphrosynēs kai hē kardia mou euphranthē en panti mochthǭ mon kai touto egeneto meris mou epi pantos mochthou mou; merida tēn ktēsin legōn. Epei oun diexēlthe tēn epi merous tryphēn, ap᾽ archēs eis telos epidramōn, kai panta tǭ logǭ diexelthōn, di᾽ hōn ᾿ pois apolauousin hai hēdonai synegeirontai, ta tōn oikodomēmatōn kallē, tous ampelōnas, tous kēpous, tas kolymdēthras, tous paradeisous, tēn kata tōn homophylōn archēn, tēn tōn chrēmatōn perisseian, tēn en tois symposiois pros tas thymēdias paraskeuēn, panta, kathōs onomazei, ta entryphēmata, en hois apēscholēthē autou hē sophia, ta toiauta diereunōmenē kai eis epinoian agousa, hōn apolelauchenai phēsi, dia pasēs aisthēseōs, tōn t ophthalmōn ta pros ai hēdonēn heuriskontōn, tēs te psychēs echousēs pan to kat᾽ epithymian achōlnton, tote tēn prōtēn hermēneuei phōnēn, hēn en prooimiois tou logou pepoiētai, mataia einai ta panta apophēnamenos. Phēsi gar pros tauta blepōn, peri tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs apophēnasthai, hoti panta mataiotēs estin, hosa hē te aisthēsis blepei, kai para tōn anthrōpōn eis euphrosynēn epitē Epedlepsa gar en pasi tois poiēmasi mou, hois epoiēsan hai cheires mou, kai en panti mochthǭ mou hǭ emochthēsa tou poiein, kai idou ta panta mataiotēs, kai proairesis pneumatos, kai ouk esti perisseia hypo ton hēlion. Pasa gar hē tōn aisthēseōn dynamis ke kai energeia, oron echei tēn hyph᾽ hēliǭ zōēn to de epekeina diathēnai. kai tōn hyperkeimenōn agathōn en perinoią genesthai, hē aisthētikē physis ou dynatai. Tauta oun panta kai ta toiauta chataschepsamenos, paideuei ton bion, to pros mēden tōn hōde thaumastikōs diatithesthai, plouton, philotimian, tēn kata tōn hypocheiriōn archēn, thymēdeias te kai tryphas, kai symposia, kai ei ti allo tōn timiōn einai nenomistai; all᾽ horąn hoti hen telos tōn toioutōn hapantōn hē maaiotēs estin, hēs perisseia eis to ephexēs ouk heurisketai. Kathaper gar hoi kath᾽ hydatos graphontes, en᾿ergousi men dia tēs cheiros tēn graphēn, tous typous tōn charaktērōn en tǭ hygrǭ endiagraphontes, menei de tōn charagmatōn ouden epi schēmatos; all᾽ hē tou graphein spoudē, en monǭ tǭ graphein estin; hepetai gar aei tę̄ cheiri hē tou hydatos epiphaneia, to houtōs pasa hē apolaustichē spoudē kai energeia tois ginomenois emphanizetai. Pausamenēs gar tēs energeias, exēleiphthē kai hē apolausis, kai ouden eis to ephexēs tamieuetai, oude hypeleiphthē ti tois hēdomenois ichnos euphrosynēs, hē leipsanon parelthousēs tēs kata tēn hēdonēn henercheias. Touto estin ho sēmainei ho logos eipōn, hoti ouk esti perisseia hypo ton hēlion tois ta toiauta ponousin, hōn to terma, mataiotēs estin; hōn kai hēmeis exō genoimetha, chariti tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn

The topic of confession still holds our discourse. For the one who narrates his own deeds goes through almost everything by which the vanity of the affairs of this life is made known. But now he touches, as it were, on a greater accusation of the things he … from which the passion of arrogance … For what is there so conducive to conceit among the things enumerated — a costly house, a multitude of vines, the beauty of gardens and of waters, the collecting of water in pools and its distribution in parks — as for one who is a human being to think himself master of his own kind? “For I acquired,” he says, “male and female slaves, and home-born slaves were mine.” You see the swelling of boastfulness. Such a saying lifts itself up directly against God. For we have heard from prophecy that all things are slaves of the power that is above all. So the one who makes God’s possession his own possession, and apportions power to his own race, so as to think himself master of men and women — what else does he do but overstep nature through arrogance, regarding himself as something other than those he rules? “I acquired male and female slaves.” You condemn to slavery the human being, whose nature is free and self-determining, and you legislate against God, overturning his law for nature. For the one who was made for this very purpose, to be lord of the earth, and was appointed to rule by the one who formed him — this one you bring under the yoke of slavery, as though you were overstepping and fighting against the divine command. You have forgotten the limits of your authority: that your rule is restricted to the governance of the irrational creatures. For it says, “Let them rule over birds and fish and four-footed beasts.” How is it that you pass by the slavery that is subject to you and lift yourself up against the free nature itself, counting your own kind with the four-footed and even the footless creatures? “You subjected all things to man,” the Word cries through prophecy, and it brings under number the things subject to reason: cattle, and oxen, and sheep. Were human beings born to you from your cattle? Did your cows give birth to human offspring? For the irrational creatures are the only slaves of human beings: “making grass spring up for the cattle, and green plants for the service of human beings.” But you, splitting nature into slavery and lordship, have made it be a slave to itself and lord over itself. “For I acquired male and female slaves.” For what price, tell me? What did you find among existing things worth as much as this nature? For how many coins did you value reason? For how many obols did you sell the image of God? God said, “Let us make man according to our image and likeness.” Who, tell me, is the one who sells, who is the one who buys, the one who is in the likeness of God, who rules all the earth, and has received from God as his inheritance authority over everything on the earth? This belongs to God alone; or rather, not even to God himself, almost. For “his gifts,” it says, “are irrevocable.” God, then, would not enslave our nature, he who called us back to freedom when we had been enslaved to sin of our own choosing. But if God does not enslave the free, who is it that sets his own power above God’s? And how will the ruler of all the earth and of all earthly things be sold? For the property of the one sold must necessarily be handed over with him. For how much, [then, would you value] the things under all the earth? But if these things are beyond price, of what price, tell me, is the one above them worth? Even if you name the whole world, not even so have you found a price equal to his worth. For he who knew human nature precisely did not say even that the whole world is worthy to be valued as an exchange for a human soul. So whenever a human being is for sale, nothing else is brought to the market than the lord of the earth. Then surely the creation that belongs to him will be auctioned along with him. And this is land and sea and islands and everything in them. What, then, will the buyer pay? What will the seller receive, when so great a property follows the transaction? But the small document, and the written contract, and the counting out of obols have deceived you into thinking that you are master of the image of God. O the folly! If the contract were lost, if the letters were destroyed by moths, if a drop of water falling on it from somewhere wiped it out, where are your pledges of slavery? Where are your credentials of mastery? For I see nothing more that you get from the name, compared with the one subject to you, except the name. What has this authority added to your nature? Not time, not advantages. Your birth is from the same things, your life of the same manner; the passions of soul and body prevail equally in you who are lord and in him who is yoked under the lordship: pains and cheerfulness, gladness and distress, griefs and pleasures, angers and fears, diseases and deaths. Is there any difference in these between the slave and the one who is lord? Do they not draw in the same air when they breathe? Do they not see the sun in the same way? Do they not equally preserve their nature by taking in food? Is the arrangement of their inward parts not the same? Are not the two one dust after death? Is not the judgment one? A common kingdom, and a common Gehenna? You who are equal in all things, in what, tell me, have you more, that you, a human being, think yourself master of a human being? “And I acquired,” you say, “male and female slaves,” as though they were a herd of goats or of swine. For having said, “I acquired male and female slaves,” he added the cheerfulness he had from flocks and herds: “And I had a great possession of herds and flocks,” as though both the one and the other were yoked under his authority in the same rank.

Then after these things the confession proceeds as by a road to the greater sins. For he cries out against himself the root of all evils, which is love of money. And he says, word for word: “I gathered for myself also silver and also gold.” For what harm did the gold do, mixed in with the earth and remaining in the places where it was placed from the beginning by the Creator? What more did the Maker owe you concerning the fruits of the earth? Did he not allot you the fruits of trees and the seeds alone for food? Why [do you pass] the limits of [need] …? Or show me that these too were granted you by the Creator, so as to mine and dig up and melt down in fire what lies beneath, and to gather the things you did not scatter. Perhaps someone may reckon this no charge at all, to gather money for oneself in this way from the mines of the earth. But since the passage adds “the treasures of kings and of the countries,” the sense of the gathering no longer tends toward the blameless. For as royal power is permitted to gather an abundance of money from the countries — that is, to impose taxes, to exact tithes, to compel subjects to contribute money — so he says he gathered both gold and silver. However that may be, whether so or otherwise, I would gladly learn what more there will be for one who gathers such materials. Let it be granted by hypothesis that it comes to the lovers of money not by the mina or the drachma or the talent, but that all things together are turned to gold for them: the earth, the sand, the mountains, the plains, the glens; let us suppose all are changed at once into this material. What will life gain toward happiness through these things? If he sees everywhere what he now sees in a little, which of the goods of the soul, which of the things pursued for the body, will come about through such abundance? Will there be any hope through this that one who lives in so much gold will become wise, quick-witted, contemplative, knowledgeable, a friend of God, self-controlled, pure, passionless, unmixed with and unreceptive of everything that drags down to vice? Or if not this, will it be possible for the body, stretching life out to many hundreds of years, to be ageless, free from disease and harm, and all that is pursued in the life in the flesh? But no one is so vain, nor so ignorant of our common nature, as to think that these things would come to human beings if the material of money were poured out to all at will in unstinted abundance. For even now one can see many of those who excel in such abundance living in a pitiable body, who, even if their attendants were present, [would not be] able to live without them. If, then, the abundance of gold that our argument set forth by hypothesis has shown no gain either for body or for soul, much more is what is shown in small amount proved useless for the benefit of those who have it. For what would come to the owner from the material itself, which is active neither for taste nor for smell nor for hearing, and to touch is the same as anything resistant? Let no one bring up to me the [value] attached to gold. For the one who exchanged gold for bread or a garment has traded the useless for the useful, and lives by making bread his food, not gold. But the one who has gathered this material for himself through such transactions — what use did he get from the money? What counsel through it, what teaching of affairs, what foretelling of the future? Who had comfort in it for the pains of the body? He counted it, he stored it away, he sealed it with a seal; asked for it, he denied it; disbelieved, he even swore an oath. This is the blessedness, this the end of the zeal, this the enjoyment, this far the happiness: to have procured material by perjury. “But the form of gold,” he says, “is of fine colour.” Is not fire too of fine colour, … brighter than the rays of the sun? Who prevents you from this enjoyment, so that you must procure the pleasures of the eyes through the fine colour of gold? “But the fire is quenched,” he says, “and the sun sets, and the charm of its brightness does not last.” But what difference, tell me, has gold from lead in the dark? “But from fire or the stars,” he says, “we could not have necklaces and bracelets, and brooches, and girdles, and collars, crowns, and such things; whereas gold makes these and anything else contrived for adornment.” The pleading of the material has led the zeal to the summit of vanity. For I would say this very thing to them: for what purpose does he strive who binds gold on his hair or hangs it from the [lobes] of his ears, or puts it round his neck in luxurious necklaces, or wears it on some other part of the body, … of the body, himself in no way transformed toward the gleam of the gold? For one who looks at the wearer of gold sees the gold just as if it happened to be lying in the shops, but sees the wearer such as he is by nature. Even if the gold is well worked and engraved, even if [set with] green [stones] …, nature has received some [benefit] for perception from the things placed beside it? But if there is some disfigurement about the face, or something natural is lacking, or an eye is [missing], or a cheek is hideously hollowed by a scar, the ugliness remains in what is seen, not in the least darkened by the gleam of the gold; and if he happens to be in pain in his body, it brings no comfort to the sufferer. What, then, brings nothing useful to those who strive for it, neither for beauty nor for the good condition of the body nor for comfort in pains — for whose sake is it striven for? And what is the disposition of those who have melted their heart into this material, when they are conscious of having such a possession and exult in themselves as having something more? If someone asked them whether they would accept having their nature changed into that, and becoming that which they honour with so great a disposition, would they choose the change, so that their nature passed over from human beings to gold, and they were shown to be no longer rational and intelligent and using their senses for life, but pale and heavy and voiceless, soulless and senseless, such as the nature of gold is? I do not think they would choose this, not even those who are most melted into the material by desire. If, then, to people of sound mind it is already a curse to come to be in the properties of soulless matter, what is this irrational madness about the possession of things whose end is vanity, so that those who have gone raving mad for money dare even murders and robbery for it? And not only this, but also the wicked device of interest, which one would not be wrong to name another robbery and bloodshed. For what difference is there between making oneself master of a traveller’s goods by murdering him and acquiring what does not belong to one through the compulsion of interest? O evil name! Interest, “offspring,” becomes the name of robbery. O bitter marriages! O … union, which nature did not know, but the disease of the [greedy] … in soulless things! O cruel conceptions, from which such offspring is born! Among existing things only the living has been distinguished by the difference of male and female. To these the God who formed them said, “Increase and multiply,” so that what is given life might increase to a multitude through generation from one another. But the offspring of gold — from what marriages is it constituted? From what pregnancy is it brought to term? But I know the birth-pangs of such offspring, having learned them from the Prophet: “See, he travailed with injustice, he conceived trouble, and he gave birth to lawlessness.” This is that offspring, which greed travails with, lawlessness bears, and hatred of humankind delivers as midwife. For the one who always hides his means, and confirms by oath that he does not have them, when he sees someone choked by necessity, then appears pregnant in his purse; then, through love of gain, he travails with the wicked offspring, … the hope of the loan, like one who quenches the flame with oil. For he did not heal the loss with the loan, but increased it; and as fields bear thorns of their own accord in droughts, so in the misfortunes of those in distress the interest of the greedy grows wild. Then he holds out his hand with the money, like the fishing line [hiding] the hook … to the present plenty, and if he had anything hidden in store, he vomits it out together with the pull of the hook. Such are the benefactions of interest. And if someone takes away another’s provisions by force, or steals them secretly, he is called violent and a robber, and the like; but the one who makes injustice attested by witnesses and bitterness [legal], and strengthens lawlessness with contracts, is called a lover of humankind and a benefactor and a saviour and all the good names. And gain from theft is called a theft; but the one who strips the debtor through such necessity calls his bitterness by the pet name of kindness. For so they name the losses of the wretched.

“I gathered for myself also silver and also gold.” But the wise man who instructs our life counted these too in the list of things confessed for this reason: so that human beings, learning from one who condemned it by experience that this is one of the things condemned as out of place, may guard against the attack of evil before experiencing it; just as one can pass through places infested by robbers and wild beasts unharmed because those who have faced danger in them have gone before. And well does the divine Apostle, well does he define the passion of love of money, declaring it the root of all evils. For just as, if a corrupt and putrid humour flows into some part and inflammation arises in the place, the fluid that has settled there must necessarily break out into an abscess and corruption, its quality escaping to the surface, so with those into whom the disease of love of money has flowed, the passion breaks out for the most part into licentiousness. Therefore he adds to the abundance of gold and silver the unseemliness that follows in sequence from the disease that took hold first. “For I made for myself,” he says, “male and female singers, [the delights of the sons of men,] for the banquets male and female cupbearers.” The mention of the names was enough to post up publicly the passion that the disease concerning money had paved the way for. O this monstrous love of art! How it brings upon the soul the flood of pleasures all at once, flooding souls through hearing and sight as with double torrents, so that evil may be both seen and heard! … Then sight vies with hearing, and hearing with sight. From there the female voice, through the loose harmony of the songs, brings the passion in with it into the heart; from here sight, like some engine of war, through the eyes … overthrows the soul. And the general of this battle line is wine, like some wicked archer shooting the human being with double arrows, directing the points at hearing and at sight; for to hearing the arrow is the song, to sight what appears. For “cupbearers” is not a bare name; the title surely comes from the work. When, then, neat wine is poured out unsparingly for the drinkers, and youth trained to beauty serves in such ministry — either boys made effeminate by their adornment, or the female sex itself moving about the banquet and confounding unseemly reasoning with the loving-cups — in what is it likely that such pursuits will end? For the one who makes each of these things his aim, and passes by need through elaborateness, how he adorns the [singers] …, their dress — it is better to keep silent about such things and not go deeply into them in our discourse by describing them, so that the memory may not, through the very accusation, scratch open the wounds of the more passionate. For these things the gold, and for these the silver, so that it may prepare such things!

Or perhaps for this reason the passion of pleasure is named a serpent by Scripture, whose nature is such that if its head slips into a joint of the wall, it draws all the trailing coil behind it in after. I mean something like this: nature makes a dwelling necessary for human beings; but through this need pleasure, slipping into a joint of the soul, turned need aside into an immoderate extravagance of adornment and transformed its zeal; then to certain vineyards, and pools and parks and the … After these it rises to its peak in arrogance and coils itself in conceit, yoking under itself rule over those of its own kind. After this it drags the coil of love of money, which licentiousness necessarily follows, the last and tail part of the beastliness of pleasure. But just as one cannot pull a serpent out by the tail end of its spine, since its scales by nature resist in the opposite direction those who pull, so one cannot begin from the last parts to expel the creeping thing of pleasure from the soul, unless one shuts out the first entry of evil. Therefore the guide to virtue commands us to watch its head, naming the beginning of vice its head; if this is not admitted, the rest is ineffective. For one who has set himself against pleasure in general as an enemy would not be carried away by the partial attacks of passion; but one who has admitted the beginning of the passion has admitted the whole beast into himself together with it. For this reason the one who publishes such passions, having gone through them all, takes up the account in summary. For having said at the beginning, “I made my work great,” he now adds, after the detailed exposition of what happened, “I was made great,” showing that his knowledge of the opposites did not come about through small things, but that his experience advanced to the very greatest magnitude, so that in no memory of those before him was there anything equal. For he says, “I was made great,” and added, “beyond all who were before me in Jerusalem”; and he has now revealed the aim for whose sake, having been trained beforehand in all wisdom, he went down to the experience of such things. For he says, “And my wisdom stood by me.” He signifies by these words: “Through wisdom [I found out] every device for enjoyment, and my mind is at the very summit of what is found in these things.” Sight cooperated with desire, and free choice, through the pleasure of the eyes, [with] the things devised for enjoyment … but participation in pleasures became for me a portion of possession; which seems to me to signify nothing else than: “I encompassed in myself every device for enjoyment, taking gladness from what happened as from some possession.” “For I did not keep back my heart from any gladness, and my heart was glad in all my toil, and this became my portion from all my toil” — calling his possession a portion. Since, then, he went through the luxury in detail, running from beginning to end, and went through in speech everything by which pleasures are roused in those who enjoy them — the beauties of buildings, the vineyards, the gardens, the pools, the parks, rule over those of his own kind, the abundance of money, the preparation for delights at banquets, all, as he names them, the luxuries in which his wisdom was busied, searching out such things and bringing them to invention, which he says he enjoyed through every sense, the eyes finding what made for pleasure and the soul having everything unhindered as it desired — then he interprets the first saying, which he made in the prologue of his discourse, declaring that all things are vain. For he says, looking at these things, that he declares concerning human life that all is vanity which sense sees and which human beings [contrive] for gladness. “For I looked upon all my works which my hands had done, and on all my toil at which I toiled to do, and see, all is vanity and a choice of spirit, and there is no advantage under the sun.” For all the power and activity of the senses has the life under the sun as its limit; but to pass beyond and come to perceive the goods that lie above, sense-perceiving nature cannot. Having examined, then, all these and such things, he instructs our life not to be disposed with admiration toward anything here — wealth, ambition, rule over subjects, delights and luxuries, banquets, and anything else that is thought valuable — but to see that the one end of all such things is vanity, of which no advantage is found afterward. For just as those who write on water do produce the writing with their hand, tracing the shapes of the letters in the liquid, but nothing of the marks remains in shape — the zeal of writing exists only in the writing, for the surface of the water always follows the hand — so all the zeal and activity for enjoyment appears in what is being done. For when the activity ceases, the enjoyment too is wiped out, and nothing is stored up for afterward, nor is any trace of gladness or remnant left to those who took pleasure once the activity of pleasure has passed. This is what the passage signifies when it says that there is no advantage under the sun for those who toil at such things, whose end is vanity. May we too come to be outside these things, by the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for the ages of [ages. Amen].

Chapter 5

5PG 44

Νῦν ἡμῖν παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου τῇς Ἐκκλησίας χαϑἡγεμόνος, ἣ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλότερα τῶν μαθημάτων γίνεται μυσταγωγία. Προκαθήρας γὰρ τὰς ψυχὰς διὰ τῶν προλαδόντων λόγων, καὶ πάσης ἀποστήσας τῆς κατὰ τὸ μάταιον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐγγινομένης ἐπιθυμίας, οὕτω προσάγει τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸν νοῦν, οἷόν τι φορτίον ἐξ ὥμων τὴν ἀχθηδόνα τῶν ματαίων ἀποΤὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον, ὡς ἐν δόγματι παιδευέσθω ἡ Ἐκκλησία, μαθοῦσα διὰ τῆς παρούσης διδασκαλίας, ὅτι ἀρχὴ τοῦ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίον ἐστὶ τὸ τῆς κακίας ἐκτὸς γενέσθαι, Καὶ γὰρ ὁ μέγας Δαδὶδ εἰσαγωγιχόν τινα πρὸς τὴν καθαρὰν πολιτείαν ὑφήγησιν ἐν ταῖς ψαλμῳδίαις ποιούμενος, οὖκ ἀπὸ τῆς τελειότητος τῶν τῷ μακαρισμῷ θεωρουμένων λόγῳ ἄρχεται. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν ἐν πρώτοις μακαριστὸν εἶναι τὸν ἐν πᾶσι χατευοδούμενον, τὸν ὡμοιωμένον τῷ ξύλῳ, τὸν ἐν ταῖς διεξόδοις τῶν ὑδάτων ἐῤῥιζωμένον, τὸν ἀειθαλῆ ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς διαμένοντα, τὸν ἐν τοῖς καθήκουσι χρόνοις τῶν καρπῶν τοῦ βίου δρεπόμενον· ἀλλ᾽ ἀρχὴν μακαρισμοῦ τὴν ἀπόστασιν τῶν κακῶν ἐποιήσατο, ὡς οὐκ ἐνδεχόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι, πρὶν ἀποχλύσασθαι τῆς χακχίας τὸν ῥύπον. Οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ ὦ πολὺς οὗτο: Ἐκκλησιαστὴς ὑπεξαίρει πρῶτον τῷ λόγῳ τὰ μάταια, ἵνα καθάπερ ἐπὶ σώματος χάμνονπος τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῆς ὑγείας ἐγγίνεται. Διὰ τοῦτο χατἐδραμε τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ματαιότητος εἰπὼν, οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς τοῦ καλοῦ κριτήριον εἶναι τὴν αἴσθησιν, ὁπ᾽ ὄψιν ἤγαγε τὸ ἐν τοῖς σπουδαζομένοις ἀνύπαρκτον, ἐχώριδε τὴν ἐπιθυμητικὴν ἡμῶν διάθεσιν τῆς σωματιχκῖς ἀπολαύσεως, καὶ οὕτως ὑποδειχνύει τὸ ὄντως αἱρετὸν, τὸ ἀληθῶς ἐπιθυμητὸν, οὗ ἡ σπουδὴ, πρᾶγμά ἔστιν ἐνεργόν τε καὶ ἐνυπόστατον, εἰς ἀεὶ παραμένον τοῖς μετιοῦσι, πάσης τῆς κατὰ τὸ μάταιον Ἔδλεψα γὰρ ἐγὼ, ν φησὶ, τοῦ ἰδεῖν σοφίαν. Ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ἀχριδῶς ἴδοιμι τὸ ποθούμενον, εἶδον πρότερον καὶ τὴν περιφορὰν καὶ τὴν ἀφροσύνην. Ἐκ γὰρ τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀντικείμενον παραθέσεως ἀχριδεστέρα γίνεται τῶν σπουδαζομένων ἡ θεωρία, Τὴν δὲ σοφίαν καὶ βουλὴν ὀνομάξει. λέγων, ὅτι Τίς ἄνθρωπος ὅστις ἐκελεύσεται ὀπίσω τς βουλῆς, τὰ ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὕτη : Διδάσκει τοίνυν τίς ἔστιν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία, ὅτι τὸ ἐπαχολουθῇσαι ὄντως σοφίᾳ, ἣν καὶ βουλὴν ὀνομάζει, ποιητικὴν τῶν ἀληθῶς ὄντω· τε καὶ ὑφεστώτων. καὶ μὴ ἐν ματαιότῆτι θεωρουμένων. Τοῦτο τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐστὶ σοφίας τὸ κεφάλαιον: ἡ δὲ ὄντως σοφία καὶ βουλὴ, οὐδὲν ἄλλο, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, ἐστὶ, πλὴν τῆς τοῦ παντὸς προεπινοουμένης σοφίας. Αὕτη δέ ἐστιν, ἐν ἢ τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήπῆς, ὅτι Πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας. Χριστὸς δὲ Θεοῦ δύναμις, καὶ Θεοῦ συφία, ἐν ἧ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ διεχοσμήθη. Ἐ! οὖν τοῦτό ἐστιν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία, τὸ ἂν περινοίᾳ τῶν ἀληθινῶν ἔργων τῆς ὄντως σοφίας τε καὶ βουλῆς γενέσθαι· ἔργον δὲ τῆς βουλῆς ἐκείνης, ἥτοι τῆς σοφίας, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, ἡ ἀφθαρσία ἐστὶν, ἦ τε τῆς ψυχῆς μακαριότης, καὶ ἡ ἀνδρεία, καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ἡ φρόνησις, καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατ᾽ ἀρε, πὴν νοούμενον ὄνομά τε καὶ νόημα, τάχα δι᾿ ἀκολούθου τῇ γνώσει τῶν ἀγαθῶν προσαγόμεθα. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἷδον, φησὶ, ταῦτα, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν ζυγῷ διέχρινα ποῦ μὴ ὄντὸς, τοῦ εὑρεῖν τὴν διαφορὰν τῆς σοφίας καὶ ἧς ἀφροσύνης, οἵα περ ἂν εὑρεθείη φωτὸς ἀντεξεταζομένου πρὸς ζόφον. Καί μοι δοκεῖ προσηκόντως τῷ κατὰ πὸ φῶς ὑποδείγματι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ χρήσασθαι χρῆσιν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ σκότος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει ἀνὑπαρκτον (εἰ γὰρ μὴ εἴη τὸ ἀντιφράσσον τι τὴν ἡλιᾶκὴν ἀκτῖνα, σκότος οὐκ ἔσται), τὸ δὲ φῶς αὐτὸ ἐφ᾽ ἐχυτοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἰδίᾳ οὐσίᾳ κατανοούμενον· δείκνυσι τῷ ὑποδείγματι, ὅτι ἡ κακία καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν οὐκ ὑφίσταται, ἀλλὰ τῇ στερήσει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ παρυφίσταται᾽ ἀγαθὸν ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχει μόνιμόν τε καὶ πάγιον, καὶ οὐδεμιᾷ τινος προηγουμένῃ στερήσει παρυφιστάμενῦν. Τὸ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τῷ ἀγαθῷ νοούμενον κατ᾽ οὐσίαν οὐκ ἔστιν ὃ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδέν ἐστιν ὅλως· στέρησις γὰρ τοῦ ὄντος ἐστὶν ἡ χκαχία, καὶ οὐχὶ ὕπαρξις. Ἴση τοίνυν ἡ διαφορὰ τοῦ φωτὸς πρὸς τὸ σκότος, καὶ τῆς σοφίας πρὸς ἀφροσύνην ἐστίν.·Ἀπὸ μέρους γὰρ ἅπαν τὸ ἀγαθὸν περιλαμθάνει τῆς σοφίας ὀνόματι, καὶ τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ πᾶσαν κακοῦ φύσιν συνερμηνεύει. ᾿Αλλὰ τὲ κέρδος ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ θαυμάσαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν, εἰ μὴ τις καὶ ὁδὸς παρὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου πρὸς τὴν τούτου κτῆσιν ὑποδειχθεέη . Πῶς οὖν ἔστι καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ τοῦ καλοῦ μετουσίᾳ γενέσθαι, ἀκούσωμεν τοῦ διδάσκοντος. Τοῦ σοφοῦ, φησὶν, ε οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ, ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ δ αὐτοῦ. Τί ταῦτα λέγει: ἔστιν ἄρα ζῶον ὅλως ὃ ἔξω ἧς κεφαλῆς ἔχει τὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αἰσθητήρια; κἂν ἕνυδρον εἴπῃς, κἂν χερσαῖον κἂν ἐναέριον;: Ἔν πᾶσι γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ λοιποῦ προθέδληται σώματος, καὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ τῶν ἐχόντων κεφαλὴν ἐγχαθίδρυται. Πῶς οὖν ἐνταῦθα μόνου λέγει τοῦ σοφοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν ; Ἢ τοῦτο πάντως ὑποσημαίνει τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι ἀναλογία τίς ἐστι τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ θεωρουμένων πρὸς τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέρη; Καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς σωματικῆς διαπλάσεως τὸ προέγον τοῦ ὅλου κεφαλὴ ὀνομάζεται, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ ἡγεμονικόν τε καὶ προτεταγμένον ἀντὶ κεφαλῆς νοεῖται καὶ ὄν τρόπον πτέρναν τὴν τοῦ πὸδὸς βάσιν προσαγορεύομεν, οὕτως ἂν εἴη καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς βάσις δι᾽ ἧς ἐφάπτεται τῆς συμφυΐας τοῦ σώματος, ὅθεν τὴν αἰσθητικὴν δύναμίν τε καὶ ἐνέργειαν τῷ ὑπυχειμένῳ ἐνίησιν. Ὅταν τοίνυν ἣ διορατική τε καὶ θεωρητικὴ τῆς ψυχῇς δύναμις πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ τὴν ἀσχολίαν ἔχει, εἰς τὰς πτέρνας αὑτῆς ἡ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν φύσις ἀντιμεθέσταται, δι᾽ ὧν τὰ κάτω βλέπει, τῶν ὑψηλῶν θεαμάτων ἀθέατος μένουσα. Εἰ δὲ γνωρίσασα τῶν ὑποκειμένων πὸ μάταιον, ἀναγάγοι τὰς ὄψεις ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτῆς κεφαλὴν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστὸς, καθὼς διερμηνεύει ὃ Παῦλος, μακαριστὴ ἂν γένοιτο τῆς ὀξυωπίας, ἐχεῖ ἔχουσα τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, ὅπου οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ τοῦ κακοῦ ἐπισχότησις. Παῦλος ὁ μέγας καὶ εἴ τινες ἄλλοι κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον μεγάλοι ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἶχον, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ ζῶντες καὶ κινούμενοι καὶ ὄντες. Ὡς ἂν οὐκ ἔστι τὸν ἐν φωτὶ ὄντα σχότο; ἰδεῖν, οὕτως οὐκ ἔστι τὸν ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχοντα πρός τι τῶν ματαίων ἑνατενίσαι. Ὁ οὖν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχων, κεφαλὴν δὲ τὴν παντὸς ἀρχὴν ἐνοήσαμεν, ἐν πάσῃ ἀρετῇ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχει (Χριστὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ παντελὴς ἀρετὴ), ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ, ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ. Τοῦ οὖν ε σοφοῦ οὗ ὀφθαλμοὶ, ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ· ὁ δὰ ἄφρων, ἐν σκότει πορεύεται. Ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λύχνον προτείνας, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποδάλλων τῇ βάσει τῆς κλίνης, τὸ φέγγος ἑαυτῷ σκότος ἐποίησεν, δημιουργὸς τοῦ ἀνυπάρκτον γενόμενος. Μάτσιον δὲ τὸ ἀνύπαρκτον. Ἶσον οὖν ἐστι κατὰ τὸ σημαινόμένον τῷ ματαίῳ τὸ σκότος. Τοῦ τοίνυν ἄφρονος ἧ ψυχὴ φιλοσώματός τις καὶ σαρχώδης γεγενημένη ἐν τῷ ταῦτα βλέπειν, βλέπει οὐδέν᾽ σκότος γάρ ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ἡ ἐν τούτοις ὀξυωπία. Ὁρᾷς τοὺς δριμεῖς τούτους καὶ εὐστρόφους κατὰ τὸν βίον, οὗς διχανιχοὺς ὀνομάζομεν, ὅπως ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐξευμαρίζουσι, μάρτυσι, συνηγόροις, γραφαῖς, τῇ τῶν δικαστῶν θεραπείᾳ, ὥστε καὶ τὸ κακὸν χατεργάξεσθαε καὶ ἐκδοῦναι τὴν τιμωρίαν ; Τίς οὐ θαυμάζει τὸ ἀγχίγοὺυν τῶν τοιούτων καὶ εὐπερίτρεπτον ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως τυφλοί εἰσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι, εἰ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐξετάζοιντο, τὸν τὰ ἄνω βλέποντα, τὸν τῇ κεφαλῇ πῶν ὄντων ἐγκείμενον, τυφλοΐ εἶσιν ἄντικρυς, οἱ τὴν ἢ, πτέρναν ἑαυτῶν καλλωπίζοντες, τὴν σπαρασσομένην τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τοῦ ὄφεως. Δι᾿ ὧν γὰρ τὰ κάτω βλέπουσι, τὰ δόγματα τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἑαυτοῖς ἐγχαράσσουσιν. Ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπῶν ἀδικίαν, μισεῖ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, καὶ τὸ μακαριζόμενον αὐτῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, πάσης δυσπραγίας ἐλεεινότερον. Πόσοι δὲ πάλιν ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τῶν ἐντῷ ὕψει ἀγώνων ἐμφορούμενοι, καὶ τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν ὄντως ὄντων ἀπασχολάζοντες, τυφλοί τιγες ἐν τοῖς ὑλικοῖς πράγμασιν εἶναι νομίξονται καὶ ἀνόνητοι, οἷον καὶ ὁ Παῦλος εἶναι καυχᾶται, μινρὸν ἑαυτὸν διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι λέγων. Ἡ γὰρ φρόνησις αὑτοῦ καὶ ἡ σοφία πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ὧδε σπουδαζομέγῶν ἡσχολεῖτο. Διὸ λέγει, Ἡμεῖς μωροὶ διὰ τὸν Κριτόνʼ ὡς ἂν εἰ ἔλεγεν· Ἡμεῖς τυφλοὶ τῷ κάτω βίῳ, διὰ τὸ ἄνω βλέπειν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔχειν. Τούτου χάριν ἄστεγος ἦν καὶ ἀτράπεζος, πένης, ἀλήτης. γυμνὸς, λιμῷ καὶ δίψει χατατρυχόμενος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ κάτω τοιοῦτος, ἐν τοῖς ἄνω σκόπησον οἷος ἦν. Ἕως γὰρ τρίτου οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθεὶς, ὅπου ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ τἦν, ἐχεῖ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔσχεν, τοῖς ἀποῤῥήτοις τοῦ παραδείσου μυστηρίοις ἐναγαλλόμενος, καὶ τὰ ἀθέατα βλέπων, καὶ ἐντρυφῶν ἐκείνοις ὅσα ὑπὲρ αἴσθησίν ἐστι καὶ διάνοιαν. Καὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐλεεινὸν αὐτὸν φήθη, δεσμώτην βλέπων, καὶ πληγαῖς αἰχιζόμενον, καὶ βύθιον ἐν ναναγίῳ διὰ πελάγους τοῖς κύμασι μετὰ τῶν δεσμῶν συμφερόμενον ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰ τὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις τοιαῦτα, τοῦ μέντοι ἐν κεφαλῇ διαπάντὸς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχειν οὐκ ἀπετράπη λέγωγ᾽ Τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ; Θλίψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἣ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἣ κίνδυνος, ἣ μάχαιρα; Ὅπερ ἴσόν ἔστι τοῦ λέγεινʼ Τίς μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀπὸ ἣς κεφαλῆς ἐξορύξει, καὶ πρὸς τὸ πατούμενόν τε καὶ γήϊνον μεταστήσει ; Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐγχελεύεπαι τὸ ἶσον ποιεῖν, ἐν τῷ παραγγέλλειν, τὰ ἄνω φρονεῖν, ὅπερ ὅμοιόν ἐστι τοῦ λέγειν, ἐν κεφαλῇ τοὺς ἾΑλλ᾽ εἰ μεμαθήκαμεν πῶς εἰσι τεῷ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ, φύγωμεν τὴν ἀφροσύνην, ἥτις (, σκότος τοῖς ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ πορευομένοις γίνεται. γὰρ ἄφρων, ν φησὶν, ε ἐν σκότει πορεύεται. Αφρων δέ ἐστι, καθὼς ἡ προφητεία φησὶν, ὁ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ λέγων μὴ εἶναι Θεὸν, ὃς διεφθάρη καὶ ἐδδελύχθη ἐπιτηδεύμασιν. δὲ ἀκολουθία τοῦ λόγου θεραπεύει, διὰ τῶν ἐφεξῆς εἰρημένων, τοὺς μιχροψύχως περὶ τὴν ζωὴν ταύτην διακειμένους᾽ οἷς χαλεπόν τι τὸ τοῦ θανάτου νομίζεται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κέρδος οὐδὲν τοῦ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίου τοῖς τὴν ὑψηλοτέραν μετιοῦσι ζωὴν εἶναι πεπίστευται· ὅτι ἀμφοτέροις πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ πέρας ἡ ζωὴ καταλήγει· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀποφυγεῖν τοῦ θανάτου, εἰ μὴ διὰ τῆς ζωῆς. Τὰς οὖν τοιαύτας ἀντιθέσεις ὡς ἐξ ἰδίου προσὠποὺυ ποιούμενος, πάλιν καθάπτεται τῆς ἀτοπίας τῶν προφερόντων ἐκεῖνα, ὡς ἀνεπισχέπτως ἐχόντων τῆς πῶν ὄντων φύσεως, καὶ διδάσκει τὴν διαφορὰν, ἐν τίνι πὸ πλέον ἔχει ἡ ἀρετὴ τῆς κακίας· ὡς οὐχὶ διὰ τῆς ποῦ θανάτου κοινότητος ὁμοτιμίας τινὸς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐλπιζομένης, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῶν εἰς ὕστερον ἀναμενόντων καλῶν ἣ κακῶν τῆς διαφορᾶς εὑρισκομένης, Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις τῆς ἀντιθέσεως οὕτως·Ἔγνων ἐγὼ ὅτι συνάντημα ἕν συναντήσεται τοῖς πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς. Καὶ εἶπα ἐγὼ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, ὡς Συνάντημα ἄφρονος καί γε ἐμοὶ συναντήσεται, Καὶ ἵνα τί ἐσοφισάμην ἐγὼ περισσόν; ἐλάλησα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, διότι ὁ ἄφρων ἐκ περισσεύματος λαλεῖ, ὅτι καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης. Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ μνήμη τοῦ σοφοῦ μετὰ τοῦ ἄφρονος εἰς αἰῶνα· καθ᾽ ὅτι ἤδη αἱ ἡμέραι αἱ ἐρχόμεναι· τὰ πάντα ἐπελήσθη, καὶ πῶς ἀποθανεῖται σοφὸς μετὰ τοῦ ἄφρονος : Οἷς ἐπάγει τὸ μέσους ἄξια νομίσαι τὰ πάντα, περὶ ἃ πρότερον ἐμπαθῶς εἶχε, τὸ μάταιον ὡς ἀγαθὸν ἀσπαζόμενος. Καὶ πάντα μεμισηκέναι φησὶν, ὅσα πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ταύτην βλέπων ἐπόνησε· διότι οὐδὲν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ τῷ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν πάντα ξἐπόνησεν· ὃς τί χρήσεται τοῖς πεπονημένοις προγνῶναι διὰ τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδηλίαν οὐκ οἷός τε. Λέγει δὲ κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως· ε Καὶ ἐμίσησα τὴν ζωὴν, ὅτι πονηρὸν ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὸ πεποιημένον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ὅτι πάντα ματαιότης, καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος. Καὶ ἐμίσησα ἐγὼ σύμπαντα τὸν μόχθον μου, ὃν ἐγὼ μοχθῶ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ὅτι ἀφίω αὐτὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ γενομένῳ μετ᾽ ἐμέ. Καὶ τίς οἶδεν, εἰ σοφὸς ἔσται ἣ ἄφρων, καὶ εἰ ἐξουσιάσεται ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ ᾧ ἐμόχθησα, καὶ ἐσοφισάμην ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον : Καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης. ν Ταῦτα εἰπὼν, ἀλλοτρίως φησὶ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τῇ ψυχῇ διατεθῆναι, τῷ νομίσαι μίαν εἶναι τῷ τε κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βεδιωχότι, καὶ τῷ μηδεμίαν πρὸς τοῦτο πεποιημένῳ σπουδὴν, τὴν μερίδα. Τῷ μὲν γὰο τὸν μόχθον εἶναί φησιν ἐν σοφίᾳ, καὶ γνώσει, καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ ἐν θυμῷ κχαὶ ἐν ἀλγήμασε οἷῖἴς διὰ τὴν περὶ τὸν βίον σπουδὴν προσγινομένοις. Τὸ οὖν εἰς ἴσον ἀλλήλοις ἄγειν τούτους, οὗ ματαιότητος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πονηρίας εἶναί φησιν. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ αὕτη ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Καὶ ἐπέστρεψα ἐγὼ τοῦ ἀποτάξασθαι τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ μου ᾧ ἐμόχθησα ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον· ὅτι Ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτε μόχϑος αὐτοῦ ἐν σοφίᾳ καὶ ἐν γνώσει, καὶ ἐν ἀνδρείᾳ, ( καὶ ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐκ ἐμόχθησεν ἐν αὐτῷ, δώσει αὐτῷ μερίδα αὐτοῦ. Καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης, καὶ πονηρία Ὅτι γίνεται τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῇ προαιρέσει καρδίας αὐτοῦ, ᾧ αὐτὸς μοχθεῖ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον· ὅτι Πᾶσαι αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ἀλγτημάτων, καὶ θυμοῦ περισπασμὸς αὐτοῦ, καί γε ἐν νυκτὶ οὐ κοιμᾶται ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ. Καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης. Πάλιν ἑτέραν ἀνθυποφορὰν τῶν τὸν ἀπολαυστικὸν βίον προτιμότερον κρινόντων τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας ζωῆς, προφέρεται αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ, καὶ ἀνατρέπει τὸ προφερόμενον ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ προσώπῳ διεξιὼν ἑκάτερα, καὶ τὴν λύσιν καὶ τὴν ἀντίθεσιν. Τὸ γὰρ ἀντιτεθέν ἐστι, τὸ μηδὲν φυοὰ Ὁ ἀγαθὸν οἴεσθαι δεῖν ἄλλο, ἣ ὅπερ ἄν τις εἰς ἑαυτὸν χκαταδέξηται. Τοῦτο δέ ἐστι βρῶσις καὶ πόσις. Ἠ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπάντησις, τὸ μὴ ταῦτα εἶναι οἷς ὁ ἄνὍρωπος τρέφεται καὶ εὐφραίνεται, ἀλλὰ σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν. Ὡς τοῦτο μὲν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸ ἐν τούτοις τὴν σπουδὴν ἔχειν· τὸ δὲ διὰ σαρκὸς σπουδαζόμενον, περισπασρὸν ψυχῆς εἶναι καὶ ματαιότητα. Τὰ δὲ ῥήματα τῆς ὑψηλῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον· Οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν ἀνθρώπῳ ὃς φάγεται καὶ πίεται, καὶ δείξει τῇ ψυχῇ αὑτοῦ ἀγαθὸν ἐν μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ. Καί γε τοῦτο εἶδον ἐγὼ, ὅτι ἀπὸ χειρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν, ὅ τί τις φάγεται καὶ πίεται παρὲξ αὐτοῦ· ὅτι ᾿Ανθρώπῳ τῷ ἀγαθῷ, πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, ἔξωχε σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ εὐφροτύνην, καὶ τῷ ἁμαρτάνοντι ἔδωκε περισπασμὸν τοῦ προσθεῖναι καὶ συναγαγεξν, τοῦ δοῦναι τῷ ἀγαθῷ πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὅτι Καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος. Ἡ μὲν οὖν διάνοια τῶν ἐφεξῆς γεγραμμένων, καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον προθεωρία, αὕτη ἐστίν ἣν δι᾽ ὀλίγων νῦν παρεθέμεθα. Καιρὸς δ᾽ ἂν εἴη πάλὶν ἐπαναλαθεῖν τὴν λέξιν, καὶ προσαρμόσαι δι᾽ ἀχριδείας τοῖς ῥητοῖς τὰ νοήματα. Καὶ ἔγνων καί γε ἐγὼ, ὅτι συνἀντημα ἕν συναντήσεται τοῖς πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἶπα ἐγὼ ὡς συνάντημα τοῦ ἄφρονος καί γε ἐμοὶ συναντήσεται, καὶ ἵνα τί ἐσοφισάμην ; Τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἀντίθεσις ἣν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἀντιτίθησι, λέγων ἔστιν ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τοῦτο θανάτου συνάντημα, καὶ οὖκ ἐξαιρεῖται τῆς τοῦ θανάτου μετουσίας ἡ ὀρετὴ τὸν ἐν σοφίᾳ γενόμενον, εἰς μάτην μοι γέγονεν ἡ περὶ τὴν σοφίαν σπουδή. Ἢ δὲ πρὸς τὰ εἰρημένα τοῦ λόγου ἀπάντησις ποία; Ἐγὼ, φησὶ, τοῦτο περισσὸν ἐλάλησα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, ὅτι ἄφρων ἐκ περισσεύματος λαλεῖ. Καὶ ὅτι γε τοῦτο ματαιότης. Ὅτι οὐχ͵ ἔστι μνήμη τοῦ σοφοῦ μετὰ τοῦ ἄφρονος εἰς αἰῶνα, Καταγινώσκει γὰρ ὡς περιττῶς τε καὶ ἀκολούθως τῆς ἀντιθέσεως ταύτης ἐπενεχθείσης, καὶ ἄφρονα ὁνομάζει τὸν λόγον, ὃς οὐχὶ τῶν ἀποθέτων ἐστὶν, οὐδὲ ἕν δοθεν ἐκ τῶν ταμείων τῆς σοφίας προσφέρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τι περίττωμα τῆς διανοίας ἐστὶν, ἀφροῦ δίκην γὰρ ἐκ περισσεύματος λαλεῖ. Τὸ δὲ οὕτω; χρῆσθαι τῷ λόγῳ, μάταιόν τε καὶ εἰς οὐδὲν πλέον ἐστὶ, πρὸς οὐδὲν ἕτερον τοῦ λόγου τὴν σπουδὴν ἔχοντος, ἢ πεῖσαι μὴ τὰ φαινόμενα βλέπειν. Ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων γὰρ ποιεῖται ὁ ἀντιλέγων τὴν μάχὴν καὶ γὰρ ὁ θάνατος τῶν φαινομένων ἐστίν. Τί δήποτε λέγων ; Οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ τοῦ ἐναρέτου τε κὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ βίου. ἡ κρίσις γίνεται, ὡς δέον μόνον τὸν πονηρὸν τεθνάναι τῷ σώματι᾽ τὸν δὲ ἀγαθὸν μένειν τοῦ σωματικοῦ θανάτου ἀπείραστον, οὐκ εἰδὼς ἐν τίνι ἐστὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς τὸ ἀθάνατον, καὶ τίς τῶν ἐν κακίᾳ ζώντων ὁ θάνατος. Σοφοῦ, φησὶν, ἡ μνήμη διαπαντὸς ζῇ, καὶ παντὶ τῷ αἰῶνι συμπαρατείνεται· ἄφρονι ἐναπεσδέσθη καὶ τὸ μνημόσυνον. Περὶ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων φησὶ καὶ Προφήτης, ὅτι ᾿Απώλετο τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν περιφανῶς καὶ εὐδήλως. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ ἤχου προσθήκη ἐνδείκνυται. Οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν, φησὶ, μνήμη τοῦ σοφοῦ μετὰ τοῦ ἄφρονος εἰς αἰῶνα· ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὲν σοφοῦ ἡ ζωὴ διαιωνίζει διὰ τῆς μνήμης· ὃν δὲ ἄφρονα διαδέχεται λήθη. Ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἔρχομέναις ἡμέραις τὰ πάντα τοῦ ἄφρονος ἐν λήθῃ γίνε- ῃ ται· οὕτως ἀεὶ λέγων τῷ ῥῆματι καθ᾽ ὅτι ἤδη αἱ ἡμέραι ἐρχόμεναι, τὰ πάντα Εἰ οὖν ὁ μὲν σοφὸς ζητεῖ σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ ἄφρων τῷ θανάτῳ τῆς λήθης ἐνηφανίσθη, πῶς, φησὶ, λέγεις ὅτι ἀποθανεῖται ὁ σοφὸς μετὰ τοῦ ἄφρονος ; Διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ζωὴν ταύτην ἑσπουδασμένοις αὐτῷ ἀλγύνεται καὶ ἐπαισχύνεται, καὶ μισεῖν λέγει πάντα ὅσα αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ταύτην ἐσπούδασται, ὅμοιον πάσχων ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις φαρμαχωμένου μέλιτος ἀναιδῶς ἐμφορηθεὶς ἐκ λαιμαργίας, εἴτα εἰς χυμὸν αὖτῷ πονηρὸν τῆς λιχνείας λάδοι τοῦ ἀναχεχραμένου φαρμάκου τὴν αἴσθησιν ποῦ συνεχπτυομένου μετὰ τοῦ μέλιτος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῇ μνήμῃ τῆς ἀηδίας μισῶν τὸ μέλι - ὅτι πλησμονὴ διὰ τοῦ φαρμάκου τὴν ἀνατροπὴν κατειργάσατο. Τούτου χάριν, οὐ μέχρι χόρου τῶν πρὸς τρυφὴν σπουδαζομένων ἑαυτὸν ἐμπλήσας ἐν τῷ τῆς ἐξαγορεύσεως ἐμέτῳ, καθάπερ τινὸς δηλητηρίου ποιότητα τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις αἰσχύνην σιχχανθείς τε καὶ βδελυξάμενος, μισεῖν βοᾷ τὴν ζωὴν ἐκείνην λέγων οὑτωσὶ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν, ὅτι ε Καὶ ἐμίσησα τὴν ζωὴν, ὅτι πονηρὸν ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὸ ποίημα τὸ πεποιημένον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλῳ τινὶ, φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμαυτῷ γέγονα πονηρὸς, οἷς ἐποίησα ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. Ἕστηκε γάρ μοι τῶν γενομένων οὐδέν - ἀλλ᾽ οἴησις ἦν πάντα τὰ σπουδαζόμενα, καὶ ὁρμὴ προαιρέσεως. Τὰ γὰρ πάντα ματαιότης, καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος, φησί, Καὶ ἄλλος λέγει μίσους ἀξίαν εἶναι τὴν ὧδε σπουδὴν, ὅτι μὴ ἑαυτῷ τις, ἀλλὰ τῷ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν πονεῖ, ὅπερ ἂν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ κατὰ σπουδὴν ἐνεργήσας τύχοι, νεώρια, λιμένας, τὰς λαμπράς τε καὶ πολυτελεῖς τῶν ἐπάλξεών τε καὶ οἰκοδομημάτων κατασκευὰς, προπύλαιά τε καὶ πύργους, καὶ κάλλη στοῶν, ἀναστήματά τε, τάς τε κατὰ γῆν φιλεργίας, ἄλση παντοδαπὰ, καὶ λειμώνων κάλλη, καὶ ἀμπελῶνας μιμουμένους τὰ πελάγη τοῖς πλάτεσι, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον πονεῖ μὲν ὅσπερ ἂν τύχῃ πονήσας, μετέχει δὲ ὁ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον ἐπιδημῶν τῷ βίῳ. ΓΑδηλον δὲ εἰ μὴ κακίας ὕλην τὴν περιουσίαν ποιήσηται. Οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἐστὶ τὸ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν εἰς τὴν τῶν τοιούτων πεῖραν καθεῖναι τὴν αἴσθησιν. Ὅπερ ἐγὼ, φησὶν, ὑπὸ σοφίας πεποίηκα. Κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν, οἷόν τινα πῶλον, τὴν τῆς φύσεως ὁρμὴν μι χρὸν ἀφεὶς ἐπισχιρτῆῇσαι τοῖς κάτω πάθεσι, πάλιν ἀνεστόμωσα τῇ τοῦ λογισμοῦ ἡνίᾳ, καὶ τῇ τούτου ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπήγαγον. Τίς οἷδε, φησὶν, εἰ κἀκεῖνος ὅστις ποτὲ μεθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐν τούτοις γενόμενος, ἐξσυσιάσει τῆς ἀπολαύσεως, καὶ οὐκ αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον χυριενθήσεται, οἷόν τι ἀνδράποδον τῇ δυναστείᾳ τῆς ἡδονῆς ; Διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἐμίσησα ἐγὼ σύμπαντα τὸν μόχθον μου ὃν ἐγὼ μοχθῶ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον· ὅτι ἀφίω αὐτὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ γενομένῳ κατ᾽ ἐμέ. Καὶ τίς οἶδεν, εἰ σοφὸς ἔσται ἢ ἄφρων, καὶ εἰ ἐξουσιάσεται ἐν παντὶ μέχθῳ᾽ μου ᾧ ἐμόχθησα καὶ ἐσοφισάδὴν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον; Ταύτην γὰρ οἶμαι τοῦ ῥητοῦ τούτου εἶναι τὴν ἔννοιαν, τὸ μὴ πάθει αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ἀπολαυστικὸν βίον χατολισθῆσαι, ἀλλά τινι λόγῳ σοφίας ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν, ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ποιούμενον τὴν μετουσίαγ, καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς δυναστείας ταύτης χαταχρατούμενον. Τίς οὖν οἷδε, φησὶν, εἰ μὴ ἐξουσιασυήσεται ὑπὸ τούτων ὁ μετ᾽ ἐμὲ, ἅπερ οὐ διὰ πάθους ἐγὼ, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ σοφίας ἐμόχθησα; Δηλοῖ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ μόχθοψ ὀνομάσαι τὴν τρυφὴν, ὅτι βεδιασμένως οἷόν τινα δυσχαταγώνιστον ἄθλον τῆς ἡδονῆς τὴν μετουσίαν προσήκατο. Καὶ τοῦτο οὖν, φησὶν, ἐν τοῖς ματαίοις χαταριθμείσθω. Καὶ ἄλλῳ δέ τινι λέγει τῶν ὧδε, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἀποτετάχθαι, καὶ φανεροῖ τῷ λογῳ ὅ βούλεται. Διαδέδληται γὰρ πρὸς τὸν τῆς ὀρθῆς κρίσεως ἁμαρτάνοντα, ὅτι βλέπων ἐναργῆ τῶν ἐναντίων βίων τὴν διαφορὰν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ μὲν περὶ τὴν ἀρεξὴν πονεῖ, καὶ πρὸς οὐδὲν ἀνθρώπινον τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν κατάγει, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος, κατὰ τὸ ἔμπαλιν, πόνον μέν τινα τῶν ἐναρέτων οὐκ ὑπομένει, μόνοις δὲ τοῖς σωμόχθοις ἐγχατατρίδεται. Ὅταν οὖν τις πρὸς τοῦτον φέρει τοῦ καλοῦ τὴν ψῆφον, παρορῶν τὸν ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ προέχοντα, οὐ μόνον ματαίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πονηρὰν τὴν ἄδικον ταύτην ἀποφαίνεται κρίσιν. Λέγει δὲ τοῖς ῥήμασιν οὕτως· Καὶ ἐπέστρεψα, φησὶν, ἐγὼ τοῦ ἀποτάξασθαι τὴν καρδίαν μου πρὸς τῷ ἄλλῳ μόχθῳ, ᾧ ἐμόχθησα ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ ἀπεταξάμην ; Ὅτι ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μόχθης αὐτοῦ ἐν σοφίᾳ καὶ ἐν γνώσει καὶ ἐν ἀνδρείᾳ, καὶ ἄλλος ἄνθρωπος οὖδὲν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις πονήσας, Πῶς οὖν τις ᾿ τὴν μερίδα τῆς προτιμήσεως τῷ τοιούτῳ προσθήσει; Καὶ ἄνθρωπος γὰρ, φησὶν, ᾧ ἐμόχθησεν ἐν αὐτῷ, τουτέστι, τῷ βίον μοχθήσαντι ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ, δώσει αὐτῷ μερίδα αὐτοῦ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἐν ἀγαθοῦ μοίρᾳ τὸν ποιοῦτον βίον ὁρίσεται. ᾿Αλλὰ ματαιότης, φησὶ, τοῦτο καὶ πονηρία μεγάλη. Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν πονηρία μεγάλη, ὅταν γινώσκῃ τὴν ἐγκειμένην τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ περὶ τοὺς μόχθους σπουδὴν καὶ προαίρεσιν ; Τοῦτο γάρ ἔστιν ἐν οἷς φησιν, ὅτι Γινώσκει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ προαιρέσει καρδίας αὐτοῦ, ᾧ αὐτὸς μοχθεῖ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ γινώσκει; Ὅτι πᾶσαι, φησὶν, αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ἀλγημάτων, καὶ θυμοῦ περισπασμὸς αὐτοῦ. Καί γε ἐν νυκτὶ οὐ κοιμᾶται ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ. Τῷ ὄντι γὰρ τοῖς εἰς τὸν πειρασμὸν τοῦτον τὴν ψυχὴν ἀσχολοῦσιν, ἐπαλγὴς μὲν ἡ ζωὴ, οἷόν τισι κέντροις ταῖς τῶν πλειόνων ἐπιθυμίαις τὴν καρδίαν μαστίζουσα· ὠδυνος δὲ ἡ περὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν σπουδὴ, οὐ τοσοῦτον οἷς ἔχει εὐφραινομένη, ὅσον ἀλγυνομένη τοῖς λείπουσιν, οἷς μερίζεται νυκτὶ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ πόνος, καταλλήλως δι᾽ ἑκατέρας αὐτῶν ἐνεργούμενος, τῆς μὲν ἡμέρας δαπανωμένης ἐν μόχθοις· τῆς δὲ νυκτὸς ἀποπεμπούσης τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸν ὕπνον. Αἱ γὰρ τοῦ κέρδους φροντίδες τὸν ὕπνον ἐχχρούουσιν. Ὁ οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα βλέπων, πῶς οὐ καταψηφίζεται τῆς σπουδῆς ταύτης τὴν ματαιότητα ; Διὰ τοῦτο προστίθησι τοῖς προειρημένοις, ὅτι καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης· πάλιν ἄλλης ἀντιθέσεως καθάπτεται· μενον τοῦτό ἐστιν· Εἰ τὸ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ματαίοις ἀριθμεῖς,· ὅπερ ἂν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀναλάδωμεν, οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως καταγνωσθῇ ὡς μάταιον. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἡ βρῶσἰίς τε καὶ ἡ πόσις ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς γίνεται. Οὐ τῶν ἀποδλήτων ἄρα τὸ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ θείαν τις εὐἐργεσίαν τὴν τοιαύτην χάριν ὁρίσαιτο. Αὕτη τῆς ἀντιθέσεως ἡ διάνοια· τὰ δὲ ῥήματα τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον· Οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν, φησὶν, ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ, ἣ ὃ φάγεται καὶ πίεται, καὶ δείξει τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ ἀγαθὸν ἐν μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ. Καί γε τοῦτο εἶδον ἐγὼ, ὅτι ἀπὸ χειρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν, ὅτι τις πίεται πάρεξ αὐτοῦ. Ταῦτα ὁ τῆς λαιμαργίας συνήγορος ἀνθυποφέρει τῷ διδασκάλῳ· ὅτι δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ τῆς σοφίας ὑφηγητὴς τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ φησὶ τῷ ἀγαθῷ οὔ ἀγαθοῦ προσθήκη πάντως καὶ τὴν διαστολὴν ἐντῆς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ χείρονος, διὰ τῆς νῦν μεμαθήκαμεν εδείξατο, ὥστε δῆλον εἶναι τὸ τῇ ἀγαθότητι ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου νοούμενον. Τῷ οὖν ἀνθρώπῳ, οὐ τῷ βοσχήματι, οὐδὲ τῷ τῇ γαστρὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιχεχυφότι, λαιμὸν ἀντὶ λογισμοῦ κεκτημένῳ· ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀγαθῷ τῷ κατ᾽ εἰκόνα μόνου τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ξῶντι· οὐ ταύτην ἐνομοθέτησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν τρυφὴν, περὶ ἣν ἡ κτηνώδης χέχηνε φύσις· ἀλλ᾽ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ, φησὶν, ἀντὶ τροφῆς σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ εὐφροσύνην. Πῶς γάρ τίς τε ἀγαθότῆτος διὰ τῶν τῆς γαστρὸς ἐδωδίμων αὐξήσειεν; Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος. Οὗτος τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Λόγου ὁ λόγος. Οὐ τρέφεται ἄρτῳ ἡ ἀρετὴ, οὐ διὰ κρεῶν ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις εὐεχτεῖ καὶ πιαίνεται. Αλλοις ἐδέσμασιν ὁ ὑψηλὸς βίος τρέφεται καὶ ἀἁδρύνεται, Τροφὴ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἄρτος ἡ σοφία, ὄψον ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ποτὸν ἡ ἀπάθεια, ἦδο νὴ οὐκ ἡ τοῦ σώματος, ὁποία δὴ ἡ περὶ τὸ χαταθύβιον σχέσις· ἀλλ᾽ ἧς ὄνομά τε καὶ ἔργον ἡ εὐφροσύνη ἐστίνʼ διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὠνόμαος τῇ προσηγορίᾳ ταύτῃ τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν γινομένην διάθεσιν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ εὐφρονεῖν, ἡ τοιαύτη παραγίνεται κατάστασις. Χρὴ τοίνυν καὶ ἐνταῦθα μαθεῖν, ἅπερ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ἠκούσαμεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν - ἢ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικχαιοσύνη καὶ ἀπάθεια, καὶ μακαριότης. δὲ τῆς σωματικῆς ἀπολαύσεως ἕνεκεν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σπουδάζεται, ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐστι σπουδὴ καὶ περισπασμὸς ψυχῆς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἄνω πρὸς τὰ κάτω χατασπωμένης, ἧς πᾶν τὸ διάστημα τῆς ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ διαγωγῆς εἰς τὴν περὶ τοῦ προσθεῖναι καὶ συναγαγεῖν σπουδὴν ἀναλίσκεται. Ὁ οὖν τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ κρίνων, ἀγνοεῖ ἐν τῷ ματαίῳ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὁριζόμενος. Ταῦτα εἶπον ἐγὼ, τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ φωνῇ. Ἐπισφραγίσει δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ταύτην ἡ τῶν θείων ῥημάτων παράθεσις. Φησὶ γὰρ, Τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἔδωκε περισπασμὸν τοῦ προσθεῖναι καὶ συναγαγεῖν, τοῦ δοῦναι τῷ ἀγαθῷ πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὅτι καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης καὶ προαίρεσις πνεύματος. Ὅσα τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς παραλλήλου ταύτης συνεξετάσεως ἀναγνώσεως, γένοιτο ἡμῖν βοήθεια πρὸς ἀποφυτὴν μὲν τῶν κατεγνωσμένων, ἐφόδιον δὲ τῶν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον κατορθουμένων.

Nyn hēmin para tou megalou tę̄s Ekklēsias chaϑhēgemonos, hē epi ta hypsēlotera tōn mathēmatōn ginetai mystagōgia. Prokathēras gar tas psychas dia tōn proladontōn logōn, kai pasēs apostēsas tēs kata to mataion tois anthrōpois enginomenēs epithymias, houtō prosagei tę̄ alētheią ton noun, hoion ti phortion ex hōmōn tēn achthēdona tōn mataiōn apoTo de toiouton, hōs en dogmati paideuesthō hē Ekklēsia, mathousa dia tēs parousēs didaskalias, hoti archē tou kat᾽ aretēn bion esti to tēs kakias ektos genesthai, Kai gar ho megas Dadid eisagōgichon tina pros tēn katharan politeian hyphēgēsin en tais psalmǭdiais poioumenos, ouk apo tēs teleiotētos tōn tǭ makarismǭ theōroumenōn logǭ archetai. Ou gar eipen en prōtois makariston einai ton en pasi chateuodoumenon, ton hōmoiōmenon tǭ xylǭ, ton en tais diexodois tōn hydatōn errhizōmenon, ton aeithalē en tois agathois diamenonta, ton en tois kathēkousi chronois tōn karpōn tou biou drepomenon; all᾽ archēn makarismou tēn apostasin tōn kakōn epoiēsato, hōs ouk endechomenon, all᾽ agathon genesthai, prin apochlysasthai tēs chakchias ton rhypon. Houtō toinyn kai ō polys houto: Ekklēsiastēs hypexairei prōton tǭ logǭ ta mataia, hina kathaper epi sōmatos chamnonpos to agathon tēs hygeias enginetai. Dia touto chatedrame tǭ logǭ tēs mataiotētos eipōn, ouk asphales tou kalou kritērion einai tēn aisthēsin, hop᾽ opsin ēgage to en tois spoudazomenois anyparkton, echōride tēn epithymētikēn hēmōn diathesin tēs sōmatichkis apolauseōs, kai houtōs hypodeichnyei to ontōs haireton, to alēthōs epithymēton, hou hē spoudē, pragma estin energon te kai enypostaton, eis aei paramenon tois metiousi, pasēs tēs kata to mataion Edlepsa gar egō, n phēsi, tou idein sophian. Hōs d᾽ an achridōs idoimi to pothoumenon, eidon proteron kai tēn periphoran kai tēn aphrosynēn. Ek gar tēs pros to antikeimenon paratheseōs achridestera ginetai tōn spoudazomenōn hē theōria, Tēn de sophian kai boulēn onomaxei. legōn, hoti Tis anthrōpos hostis ekeleusetai opisō ts boulēs, ta hosa epoiēsen hautē : Didaskei toinyn tis estin hē anthrōpinē sophia, hoti to epacholouthę̄sai ontōs sophią, hēn kai boulēn onomazei, poiētikēn tōn alēthōs ontō; te kai hyphestōtōn. kai mē en mataiotēti theōroumenōn. Touto tēs anthrōpinēs esti sophias to kephalaion: hē de ontōs sophia kai boulē, ouden allo, kata ge ton emon logon, esti, plēn tēs tou pantos proepinooumenēs sophias. Hautē de estin, en ē ta panta epoiēsen ho Theos, kathōs phēsin ho Prophēpēs, hoti Panta en sophią epoiēsas. Christos de Theou dynamis, kai Theou syphia, en hē ta panta egeneto kai diechosmēthē. E! oun touto estin hē anthrōpinē sophia, to an perinoią tōn alēthinōn ergōn tēs ontōs sophias te kai boulēs genesthai; ergon de tēs boulēs ekeinēs, hētoi tēs sophias, kata ge ton emon logon, hē aphtharsia estin, ē te tēs psychēs makariotēs, kai hē andreia, kai hē dikaiosynē, kai hē phronēsis, kai pan to kat᾽ are, pēn nooumenon onoma te kai noēma, tacha di᾿ akolouthou tę̄ gnōsei tōn agathōn prosagometha. Epeidē gar heidon, phēsi, tauta, kai hōsper en zygǭ diechrina pou mē ontos, tou heurein tēn diaphoran tēs sophias kai hēs aphrosynēs, hoia per an heuretheiē phōtos antexetazomenou pros zophon. Kai moi dokei prosēkontōs tǭ kata po phōs hypodeigmati pros tēn tou kalou chrēsasthai chrēsin. Epeidē gar to skotos tę̄ heautou physei anyparkton (ei gar mē eiē to antiphrasson ti tēn hēliakēn aktina, skotos ouk estai), to de phōs auto eph᾽ echytou estin en idią ousią katanooumenon; deiknysi tǭ hypodeigmati, hoti hē kakia kath᾽ heautēn ouk hyphistatai, alla tę̄ sterēsei tou agathou paryphistatai᾽ agathon aei hōsautōs echei monimon te kai pagion, kai oudemią tinos proēgoumenę̄ sterēsei paryphistamenyn. To de ek tou enantiou tǭ agathǭ nooumenon kat᾽ ousian ouk estin ho gar eph᾽ heautou ouk estin, ouden estin holōs; sterēsis gar tou ontos estin hē chkachia, kai ouchi hyparxis. Isē toinyn hē diaphora tou phōtos pros to skotos, kai tēs sophias pros aphrosynēn estin.;Apo merous gar hapan to agathon perilamthanei tēs sophias onomati, kai tę̄ aphrosynę̄ pasan kakou physin synermēneuei. ᾿Alla te kerdos hēmin ek tou thaumasai to agathon, ei mē tis kai hodos para tou didaskalou pros tēn toutou ktēsin hypodeichtheeē . Pōs oun esti kai hēmas en tę̄ tou kalou metousią genesthai, akousōmen tou didaskontos. Tou sophou, phēsin, e hoi ophthalmoi, en tę̄ kephalę̄ d autou. Ti tauta legei: estin ara zōon holōs ho exō hēs kephalēs echei ta tōn ophthalmōn aisthētēria? kan henydron eipę̄s, kan chersaion kan enaerion?: En pasi gar ophthalmos tou loipou prothedlētai sōmatos, kai tę̄ kephalę̄ tōn echontōn kephalēn enchathidrytai. Pōs oun entautha monou legei tou sophou tēn kephalēn ? Ē touto pantōs hyposēmainei tǭ logǭ, hoti analogia tis esti tōn en tę̄ psychę̄ theōroumenōn pros ta tou sōmatos merē? Kai hōsper epi tēs sōmatikēs diaplaseōs to proegon tou holou kephalē onomazetai, houtō kai epi tēs psychēs to hēgemonikon te kai protetagmenon anti kephalēs noeitai kai on tropon pternan tēn tou podos basin prosagoreuomen, houtōs an eiē kai tēs psychēs basis di᾽ hēs ephaptetai tēs symphyïas tou sōmatos, hothen tēn aisthētikēn dynamin te kai energeian tǭ hypycheimenǭ eniēsin. Hotan toinyn hē dioratikē te kai theōrētikē tēs psychę̄s dynamis pros ta aisthēta tēn ascholian echei, eis tas pternas hautēs hē tōn ophthalmōn physis antimethestatai, di᾽ hōn ta katō blepei, tōn hypsēlōn theamatōn atheatos menousa. Ei de gnōrisasa tōn hypokeimenōn po mataion, anagagoi tas opseis epi tēn heautēs kephalēn, hētis estin ho Christos, kathōs diermēneuei ho Paulos, makaristē an genoito tēs oxyōpias, echei echousa tous ophthalmous, hopou ouk estin hē tou kakou epischotēsis. Paulos ho megas kai ei tines alloi kat᾽ ekeinon megaloi en tę̄ kephalę̄ tous ophthalmous eichon, kai pantes hoi en Christǭ zōntes kai kinoumenoi kai ontes. Hōs an ouk esti ton en phōti onta schoto? idein, houtōs ouk esti ton en tǭ Christǭ ton ophthalmon echonta pros ti tōn mataiōn henatenisai. Ho oun en tę̄ kephalę̄ tous ophthalmous echōn, kephalēn de tēn pantos archēn enoēsamen, en pasę̄ aretę̄ tous ophthalmous echei (Christos gar estin hē pantelēs aretē), en alētheią, en dikaiosynę̄, en aphtharsią, en panti agathǭ. Tou oun e sophou hou ophthalmoi, en kephalę̄ autou; ho da aphrōn, en skotei poreuetai. Ho gar mē epi tēn lychnian ton heautou lychnon proteinas, all᾽ hypodallōn tę̄ basei tēs klinēs, to phengos heautǭ skotos epoiēsen, dēmiourgos tou anyparkton genomenos. Matsion de to anyparkton. Ison oun esti kata to sēmainomenon tǭ mataiǭ to skotos. Tou toinyn aphronos hē psychē philosōmatos tis kai sarchōdēs gegenēmenē en tǭ tauta blepein, blepei ouden᾽ skotos gar estin alēthōs hē en toutois oxyōpia. Horąs tous drimeis toutous kai eustrophous kata ton bion, hous dichanichous onomazomen, hopōs heautois tēn adikian exeumarizousi, martysi, synēgorois, graphais, tę̄ tōn dikastōn therapeią, hōste kai to kakon chatergaxesthae kai ekdounai tēn timōrian ? Tis ou thaumazei to anchigouyn tōn toioutōn kai euperitrepton ? ᾿All᾽ homōs typhloi eisin hoi toioutoi, ei pros ekeinon ton ophthalmon exetazointo, ton ta anō bleponta, ton tę̄ kephalę̄ pōn ontōn enkeimenon, typhloï eisin antikrys, hoi tēn ē, pternan heautōn kallōpizontes, tēn sparassomenēn tois odousi tou opheōs. Di᾿ hōn gar ta katō blepousi, ta dogmata tēs hamartias heautois encharassousin. Ho gar agapōn adikian, misei tēn heautou psychēn, kai to makarizomenon autōn en anthrōpois, pasēs dyspragias eleeinoteron. Posoi de palin ek tou enantiou tōn entǭ hypsei agōnōn emphoroumenoi, kai tę̄ theōrią tōn ontōs ontōn apascholazontes, typhloi tiges en tois hylikois pragmasin einai nomixontai kai anonētoi, hoion kai ho Paulos einai kauchatai, minron heauton dia ton Christon einai legōn. Hē gar phronēsis hautou kai hē sophia pros ouden tōn hōde spoudazomegōn hēscholeito. Dio legei, Hēmeis mōroi dia ton Kritonʼ hōs an ei elegen; Hēmeis typhloi tǭ katō biǭ, dia to anō blepein, kai tous ophthalmous en tę̄ kephalę̄ echein. Toutou charin astegos ēn kai atrapezos, penēs, alētēs. gymnos, limǭ kai dipsei chatatrychomenos. ᾿All᾽ ho katō toioutos, en tois anō skopēson hoios ēn. Heōs gar tritou ouranou hypsōtheis, hopou hē kephalē autou tēn, echei tous ophthalmous eschen, tois aporrhētois tou paradeisou mystēriois enagallomenos, kai ta atheata blepōn, kai entryphōn ekeinois hosa hyper aisthēsin esti kai dianoian. Kai tis ouk an eleeinon auton phēthē, desmōtēn blepōn, kai plēgais aichizomenon, kai bythion en nanagiǭ dia pelagous tois kymasi meta tōn desmōn sympheromenon ? ᾿All᾽ homōs ei ta en anthrōpois toiauta, tou mentoi en kephalę̄ diapantos tous ophthalmous echein ouk apetrapē legōg᾽ Tis hēmas chōrisei apo tēs agapēs tou Christou tēs en Christǭ Iēsou? Thlipsis, ē stenochōria, hē diōgmos, ē limos, ē gymnotēs, hē kindynos, hē machaira? Hoper ison esti tou legeinʼ Tis mou tous ophthalmous apo hēs kephalēs exoryxei, kai pros to patoumenon te kai gēïnon metastēsei ? Touto de kai hēmin encheleuepai to ison poiein, en tǭ parangellein, ta anō phronein, hoper homoion esti tou legein, en kephalę̄ tous IAll᾽ ei memathēkamen pōs eisi teǭ sophou hoi ophthalmoi en kephalę̄ autou, phygōmen tēn aphrosynēn, hētis (, skotos tois en tǭ biǭ toutǭ poreuomenois ginetai. gar aphrōn, n phēsin, e en skotei poreuetai. Aphrōn de esti, kathōs hē prophēteia phēsin, ho en tę̄ kardią legōn mē einai Theon, hos diephtharē kai eddelychthē epitēdeumasin. de akolouthia tou logou therapeuei, dia tōn ephexēs eirēmenōn, tous michropsychōs peri tēn zōēn tautēn diakeimenous᾽ hois chalepon ti to tou thanatou nomizetai, kai dia touto kerdos ouden tou kat᾽ aretēn biou tois tēn hypsēloteran metiousi zōēn einai pepisteutai; hoti amphoterois pros to auto peras hē zōē katalēgei; kai ouk estin apophygein tou thanatou, ei mē dia tēs zōēs. Tas oun toiautas antitheseis hōs ex idiou prosōpouy poioumenos, palin kathaptetai tēs atopias tōn propherontōn ekeina, hōs anepischeptōs echontōn tēs pōn ontōn physeōs, kai didaskei tēn diaphoran, en tini po pleon echei hē aretē tēs kakias; hōs ouchi dia tēs pou thanatou koinotētos homotimias tinos en autois elpizomenēs, alla dia tōn eis hysteron anamenontōn kalōn hē kakōn tēs diaphoras heuriskomenēs, Echei de hē lexis tēs antitheseōs houtōs;Egnōn egō hoti synantēma hen synantēsetai tois pasin autois. Kai eipa egō en tę̄ kardią mou, hōs Synantēma aphronos kai ge emoi synantēsetai, Kai hina ti esophisamēn egō perisson? elalēsa en tę̄ kardią mou, dioti ho aphrōn ek perisseumatos lalei, hoti kai ge touto mataiotēs. Hoti ouk estin hē mnēmē tou sophou meta tou aphronos eis aiōna; kath᾽ hoti ēdē hai hēmerai hai erchomenai; ta panta epelēsthē, kai pōs apothaneitai sophos meta tou aphronos : Hois epagei to mesous axia nomisai ta panta, peri ha proteron empathōs eiche, to mataion hōs agathon aspazomenos. Kai panta memisēkenai phēsin, hosa pros tēn zōēn tautēn blepōn eponēse; dioti ouden heautǭ, alla tǭ met᾽ auton panta xeponēsen; hos ti chrēsetai tois peponēmenois prognōnai dia tēn tou mellontos adēlian ouk hoios te. Legei de kata lexin houtōs; e Kai emisēsa tēn zōēn, hoti ponēron ep᾽ eme to pepoiēmenon hypo ton hēlion, hoti panta mataiotēs, kai proairesis pneumatos. Kai emisēsa egō sympanta ton mochthon mou, hon egō mochthō hypo ton hēlion, hoti aphiō auton tǭ anthrōpǭ tǭ genomenǭ met᾽ eme. Kai tis oiden, ei sophos estai hē aphrōn, kai ei exousiasetai en panti mochthǭ hǭ emochthēsa, kai esophisamēn hypo ton hēlion : Kai ge touto mataiotēs. n Tauta eipōn, allotriōs phēsi kai pros touto tę̄ psychę̄ diatethēnai, tǭ nomisai mian einai tǭ te kat᾽ aretēn bediōchoti, kai tǭ mēdemian pros touto pepoiēmenǭ spoudēn, tēn merida. Tǭ men gao ton mochthon einai phēsin en sophią, kai gnōsei, kai andreią tǭ de heterǭ en thymǭ kchai en algēmase hoiiis dia tēn peri ton bion spoudēn prosginomenois. To oun eis ison allēlois agein toutous, hou mataiotētos monon, alla kai ponērias einai phēsin. Echei de kai hautē hē lexis houtōs; Kai epestrepsa egō tou apotaxasthai tę̄ kardią mou, en panti mochthǭ mou hǭ emochthēsa hypo ton hēlion; hoti Estin anthrōpos, hote mochϑos autou en sophią kai en gnōsei, kai en andreią, ( kai anthrōpos hos ouk emochthēsen en autǭ, dōsei autǭ merida autou. Kai ge touto mataiotēs, kai ponēria Hoti ginetai tǭ anthrōpǭ en panti mochthǭ autou kai en tę̄ proairesei kardias autou, hǭ autos mochthei hypo ton hēlion; hoti Pasai hai hēmerai autou algtēmatōn, kai thymou perispasmos autou, kai ge en nykti ou koimatai hē kardia autou. Kai ge touto mataiotēs. Palin heteran anthypophoran tōn ton apolaustikon bion protimoteron krinontōn tēs hypsēloteras zōēs, propheretai autos heautǭ, kai anatrepei to propheromenon en tǭ idiǭ prosōpǭ diexiōn hekatera, kai tēn lysin kai tēn antithesin. To gar antitethen esti, to mēden phyoa Ho agathon oiesthai dein allo, hē hoper an tis eis heauton chkatadexētai. Touto de esti brōsis kai posis. Ē de pros touto apantēsis, to mē tauta einai hois ho anOrōpos trephetai kai euphrainetai, alla sophian kai gnōsin. Hōs touto men agathon einai to en toutois tēn spoudēn echein; to de dia sarkos spoudazomenon, perispasron psychēs einai kai mataiotēta. Ta de rhēmata tēs hypsēlēs didaskalias touton echei ton tropon; Ouk estin agathon anthrōpǭ hos phagetai kai pietai, kai deixei tę̄ psychę̄ hautou agathon en mochthǭ autou. Kai ge touto eidon egō, hoti apo cheiros tou Theou estin, ho ti tis phagetai kai pietai parex autou; hoti ᾿Anthrōpǭ tǭ agathǭ, pro prosōpou autou, exōche sophian kai gnōsin kai euphrotynēn, kai tǭ hamartanonti edōke perispasmon tou prostheinai kai synagagexn, tou dounai tǭ agathǭ pro prosōpou tou Theou; hoti Kai ge touto mataiotēs kai proairesis pneumatos. Hē men oun dianoia tōn ephexēs gegrammenōn, kai hē kata to akolouthon protheōria, hautē estin hēn di᾽ oligōn nyn parethemetha. Kairos d᾽ an eiē palin epanalathein tēn lexin, kai prosarmosai di᾽ achrideias tois rhētois ta noēmata. Kai egnōn kai ge egō, hoti synantēma hen synantēsetai tois pasin autois, kai eipa egō hōs synantēma tou aphronos kai ge emoi synantēsetai, kai hina ti esophisamēn ? Touto de estin hē antithesis hēn autos heautǭ antitithēsi, legōn estin ep᾽ amphoterōn touto thanatou synantēma, kai ouk exaireitai tēs tou thanatou metousias hē oretē ton en sophią genomenon, eis matēn moi gegonen hē peri tēn sophian spoudē. Ē de pros ta eirēmena tou logou apantēsis poia? Egō, phēsi, touto perisson elalēsa en tę̄ kardią mou, hoti aphrōn ek perisseumatos lalei. Kai hoti ge touto mataiotēs. Hoti ouch͵ esti mnēmē tou sophou meta tou aphronos eis aiōna, Kataginōskei gar hōs perittōs te kai akolouthōs tēs antitheseōs tautēs epenechtheisēs, kai aphrona honomazei ton logon, hos ouchi tōn apothetōn estin, oude hen dothen ek tōn tameiōn tēs sophias prospheretai, all᾽ hōsper ti perittōma tēs dianoias estin, aphrou dikēn gar ek perisseumatos lalei. To de houtō? chrēsthai tǭ logǭ, mataion te kai eis ouden pleon esti, pros ouden heteron tou logou tēn spoudēn echontos, ē peisai mē ta phainomena blepein. Ek tōn horōmenōn gar poieitai ho antilegōn tēn machēn kai gar ho thanatos tōn phainomenōn estin. Ti dēpote legōn ? Ouk en toutǭ tou enaretou te ki tou ponērou biou. hē krisis ginetai, hōs deon monon ton ponēron tethnanai tǭ sōmati᾽ ton de agathon menein tou sōmatikou thanatou apeiraston, ouk eidōs en tini esti tēs aretēs to athanaton, kai tis tōn en kakią zōntōn ho thanatos. Sophou, phēsin, hē mnēmē diapantos zę̄, kai panti tǭ aiōni symparateinetai; aphroni enapesdesthē kai to mnēmosynon. Peri gar tōn toioutōn phēsi kai Prophētēs, hoti ᾿Apōleto to mnēmosynon autōn periphanōs kai eudēlōs. Touto gar hē ēchou prosthēkē endeiknytai. Ouk estin oun, phēsi, mnēmē tou sophou meta tou aphronos eis aiōna; alla tou men sophou hē zōē diaiōnizei dia tēs mnēmēs; hon de aphrona diadechetai lēthē. En gar tais erchomenais hēmerais ta panta tou aphronos en lēthę̄ gine- ę̄ tai; houtōs aei legōn tǭ rhēmati kath᾽ hoti ēdē hai hēmerai erchomenai, ta panta Ei oun ho men sophos zētei sophian, ho de aphrōn tǭ thanatǭ tēs lēthēs enēphanisthē, pōs, phēsi, legeis hoti apothaneitai ho sophos meta tou aphronos ? Dia touto tois kata tēn zōēn tautēn hespoudasmenois autǭ algynetai kai epaischynetai, kai misein legei panta hosa autǭ pros tēn zōēn tautēn espoudastai, homoion paschōn hōsper an ei tis pharmachōmenou melitos anaidōs emphorētheis ek laimargias, eita eis chymon autǭ ponēron tēs lichneias ladoi tou anachechramenou pharmakou tēn aisthēsin pou synechptyomenou meta tou melitos kai dia touto tę̄ mnēmę̄ tēs aēdias misōn to meli - hoti plēsmonē dia tou pharmakou tēn anatropēn kateirgasato. Toutou charin, ou mechri chorou tōn pros tryphēn spoudazomenōn heauton emplēsas en tǭ tēs exagoreuseōs emetǭ, kathaper tinos dēlētēriou poiotēta tēn epi tois pepragmenois aischynēn sichchantheis te kai bdelyxamenos, misein boą tēn zōēn ekeinēn legōn houtōsi kata tēn lexin, hoti e Kai emisēsa tēn zōēn, hoti ponēron ep᾽ eme to poiēma to pepoiēmenon hypo ton hēlion. Ou gar allǭ tini, phēsin, all᾽ emautǭ gegona ponēros, hois epoiēsa hypo ton hēlion. Hestēke gar moi tōn genomenōn ouden - all᾽ oiēsis ēn panta ta spoudazomena, kai hormē proaireseōs. Ta gar panta mataiotēs, kai proairesis pneumatos, phēsi, Kai allos legei misous axian einai tēn hōde spoudēn, hoti mē heautǭ tis, alla tǭ meth᾽ heauton ponei, hoper an en tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ kata spoudēn energēsas tychoi, neōria, limenas, tas lampras te kai polyteleis tōn epalxeōn te kai oikodomēmatōn kataskeuas, propylaia te kai pyrgous, kai kallē stoōn, anastēmata te, tas te kata gēn philergias, alsē pantodapa, kai leimōnōn kallē, kai ampelōnas mimoumenous ta pelagē tois platesi, kai ei ti allo toiouton ponei men hosper an tychę̄ ponēsas, metechei de ho met’ ekeinon epidēmōn tǭ biǭ. GAdēlon de ei mē kakias hylēn tēn periousian poiēsētai. Ou gar pantōn esti to gnōseōs heneken eis tēn tōn toioutōn peiran katheinai tēn aisthēsin. Hoper egō, phēsin, hypo sophias pepoiēka. Kat᾽ exousian, hoion tina pōlon, tēn tēs physeōs hormēn mi chron apheis epischirtēę̄sai tois katō pathesi, palin anestomōsa tę̄ tou logismou hēnią, kai tę̄ toutou exousią hypēgagon. Tis hoide, phēsin, ei kakeinos hostis pote meth᾽ hēmas en toutois genomenos, exsysiasei tēs apolauseōs, kai ouk autois mallon chyrienthēsetai, hoion ti andrapodon tę̄ dynasteią tēs hēdonēs ? Dia touto, phēsin, emisēsa egō sympanta ton mochthon mou hon egō mochthō hypo ton hēlion; hoti aphiō auton tǭ anthrōpǭ tǭ genomenǭ kat᾽ eme. Kai tis oiden, ei sophos estai ē aphrōn, kai ei exousiasetai en panti mechthǭ᾽ mou hǭ emochthēsa kai esophisadēn hypo ton hēlion? Tautēn gar oimai tou rhētou toutou einai tēn ennoian, to mē pathei auton pros ton apolaustikon bion chatolisthēsai, alla tini logǭ sophias epi touto elthein, en exousią poioumenon tēn metousiag, kai ouk auton hypo tēs dynasteias tautēs chatachratoumenon. Tis oun hoide, phēsin, ei mē exousiasyēsetai hypo toutōn ho met᾽ eme, haper ou dia pathous egō, alla hypo sophias emochthēsa? Dēloi gar dia tou mochthops onomasai tēn tryphēn, hoti bediasmenōs hoion tina dyschatagōniston athlon tēs hēdonēs tēn metousian prosēkato. Kai touto oun, phēsin, en tois mataiois chatarithmeisthō. Kai allǭ de tini legei tōn hōde, tēn heautou psychēn apotetachthai, kai phaneroi tǭ logǭ ho bouletai. Diadedlētai gar pros ton tēs orthēs kriseōs hamartanonta, hoti blepōn enargē tōn enantiōn biōn tēn diaphoran, ex hōn ho men peri tēn arexēn ponei, kai pros ouden anthrōpinon tēn epithymian katagei, ho de heteros, kata to empalin, ponon men tina tōn enaretōn ouk hypomenei, monois de tois sōmochthois enchatatridetai. Hotan oun tis pros touton pherei tou kalou tēn psēphon, parorōn ton en tę̄ sophią proechonta, ou monon mataian, alla kai ponēran tēn adikon tautēn apophainetai krisin. Legei de tois rhēmasin houtōs; Kai epestrepsa, phēsin, egō tou apotaxasthai tēn kardian mou pros tǭ allǭ mochthǭ, hǭ emochthēsa hypo ton hēlion. Ti oun estin ho apetaxamēn ? Hoti estin anthrōpos, hoti mochthēs autou en sophią kai en gnōsei kai en andreią, kai allos anthrōpos ouden en tois toioutois ponēsas, Pōs oun tis ᾿ tēn merida tēs protimēseōs tǭ toioutǭ prosthēsei? Kai anthrōpos gar, phēsin, hǭ emochthēsen en autǭ, toutesti, tǭ bion mochthēsanti en tǭ agathǭ, dōsei autǭ merida autou, anti tou, en agathou moirą ton poiouton bion horisetai. ᾿Alla mataiotēs, phēsi, touto kai ponēria megalē. Pōs gar ouk estin ponēria megalē, hotan ginōskę̄ tēn enkeimenēn tǭ anthrōpǭ peri tous mochthous spoudēn kai proairesin ? Touto gar estin en hois phēsin, hoti Ginōskei tǭ anthrōpǭ, en panti mochthǭ autou, kai en tę̄ proairesei kardias autou, hǭ autos mochthei hypo ton hēlion. Ti oun estin ho ginōskei? Hoti pasai, phēsin, hai hēmerai autou algēmatōn, kai thymou perispasmos autou. Kai ge en nykti ou koimatai hē kardia autou. Tǭ onti gar tois eis ton peirasmon touton tēn psychēn ascholousin, epalgēs men hē zōē, hoion tisi kentrois tais tōn pleionōn epithymiais tēn kardian mastizousa; ōdynos de hē peri tēn pleonexian spoudē, ou tosouton hois echei euphrainomenē, hoson algynomenē tois leipousin, hois merizetai nykti kai hēmerą ho ponos, katallēlōs di᾽ hekateras autōn energoumenos, tēs men hēmeras dapanōmenēs en mochthois; tēs de nyktos apopempousēs tōn ommatōn ton hypnon. Hai gar tou kerdous phrontides ton hypnon echchrouousin. Ho oun pros tauta blepōn, pōs ou katapsēphizetai tēs spoudēs tautēs tēn mataiotēta ? Dia touto prostithēsi tois proeirēmenois, hoti kai ge touto mataiotēs; palin allēs antitheseōs kathaptetai; menon touto estin; Ei to exō hēmōn en tois mataiois arithmeis,; hoper an eis heautous analadōmen, ouk an eikotōs katagnōsthę̄ hōs mataion. ᾿Alla mēn hē brōsiis te kai hē posis en hēmin autois ginetai. Ou tōn apodlētōn ara to toiouton estin, alla theian tis euergesian tēn toiautēn charin horisaito. Hautē tēs antitheseōs hē dianoia; ta de rhēmata touton echei ton tropon; Ouk estin agathon, phēsin, en anthrōpǭ, hē ho phagetai kai pietai, kai deixei tę̄ psychę̄ autou agathon en mochthǭ autou. Kai ge touto eidon egō, hoti apo cheiros tou Theou estin, hoti tis pietai parex autou. Tauta ho tēs laimargias synēgoros anthypopherei tǭ didaskalǭ; hoti de pros tauta ho tēs sophias hyphēgētēs tǭ anthrōpǭ phēsi tǭ agathǭ ou agathou prosthēkē pantōs kai tēn diastolēn entēs tou kalou kai cheironos, dia tēs nyn memathēkamen edeixato, hōste dēlon einai to tę̄ agathotēti ek tou enantiou nooumenon. Tǭ oun anthrōpǭ, ou tǭ boschēmati, oude tǭ tę̄ gastri heautou epichechyphoti, laimon anti logismou kektēmenǭ; alla tǭ agathǭ tǭ kat᾽ eikona monou tou agathou xōnti; ou tautēn enomothetēsen ho Theos tēn tryphēn, peri hēn hē ktēnōdēs chechēne physis; all᾽ edōken autǭ, phēsin, anti trophēs sophian kai gnōsin kai euphrosynēn. Pōs gar tis te agathotētos dia tōn tēs gastros edōdimōn auxēseien? Ouk ep᾽ artǭ monǭ zēsetai ho anthrōpos. Houtos tou alēthinou Logou ho logos. Ou trephetai artǭ hē aretē, ou dia kreōn hē tēs psychēs dynamis euechtei kai piainetai. Allois edesmasin ho hypsēlos bios trephetai kai haadrynetai, Trophē tou agathou hē sōphrosynē, artos hē sophia, opson hē dikaiosynē, poton hē apatheia, ēdo nē ouk hē tou sōmatos, hopoia dē hē peri to chatathybion schesis; all᾽ hēs onoma te kai ergon hē euphrosynē estinʼ dia touto gar kai ōnomaos tę̄ prosēgorią tautę̄ tēn en tę̄ psychę̄ pros to kalon ginomenēn diathesin, hoti ek tou euphronein, hē toiautē paraginetai katastasis. Chrē toinyn kai entautha mathein, haper kai para tou ᾿Apostolou ēkousamen, hoti ouk estin - ē basileia tou Theou brōsis kai posis, alla dikchaiosynē kai apatheia, kai makariotēs. de tēs sōmatikēs apolauseōs heneken para tōn anthrōpōn spoudazetai, hamartōlōn esti spoudē kai perispasmos psychēs, apo tōn anō pros ta katō chataspōmenēs, hēs pan to diastēma tēs en tǭ biǭ toutǭ diagōgēs eis tēn peri tou prostheinai kai synagagein spoudēn analisketai. Ho oun touto agathon en tǭ prosōpǭ tou Theou krinōn, agnoei en tǭ mataiǭ to agathon horizomenos. Tauta eipon egō, tę̄ emautou phōnę̄. Episphragisei de tēn dianoian tautēn hē tōn theiōn rhēmatōn parathesis. Phēsi gar, Tǭ hamartōlǭ edōke perispasmon tou prostheinai kai synagagein, tou dounai tǭ agathǭ pro prosōpou tou Theou. Hoti kai ge touto mataiotēs kai proairesis pneumatos. Hosa toinyn ek tēs parallēlou tautēs synexetaseōs anagnōseōs, genoito hēmin boētheia pros apophytēn men tōn kategnōsmenōn, ephodion de tōn pros to kreitton katorthoumenōn.

Now from the great leader of the church comes our initiation into the loftier lessons. For having first cleansed our souls through the preceding words, and having removed every desire for what is vain that arises in human beings, he thus brings the mind to the truth, [having lifted] off the weight of vain things like a load from the shoulders. Let the church be instructed in this as a doctrine, having learned through the present teaching that the beginning of the virtuous life is to come to be outside vice. For the great David too, when he gives in the Psalms an introductory guidance toward the pure way of life, does not begin his account from the perfection of the things contemplated in blessedness. For he did not say first that blessed is the one who prospers in all things, who is like the tree, who is rooted beside the channels of the waters, who remains evergreen in good things, who gathers the fruits of life at the proper times; rather, he made the departure from evils the beginning of blessedness, since it is not possible to become good before washing off the filth of vice. So too, then, this great Ecclesiast first removes vain things by his discourse, so that, as with a sick body, [once the cause of the disease is removed] the good of health comes in. For this reason he ran through the account of vanity, saying that sense-perception is not a safe criterion of the beautiful; he brought into view the non-existence in what is pursued; he separated our desiring disposition from bodily enjoyment; and so he points out what is truly to be chosen, what is truly desirable, the pursuit of which is something active and substantial, remaining for ever with those who pursue it, [free] of all vanity.

“For I looked,” he says, “to see wisdom.” So that I might see exactly what was longed for, I first saw both distraction and folly. For contemplation of the things pursued becomes more exact by comparison with the opposite. And he names wisdom also “counsel,” saying, “Who is the man who will follow after counsel, in all that it has done?” He teaches, then, what human wisdom is: that it is to follow the true Wisdom, which he also names “counsel,” the maker of the things that truly are and subsist and are not contemplated in vanity. This is the sum of human wisdom; but the true Wisdom and Counsel is nothing else, in my view at least, than the Wisdom conceived before the universe. This is the one in whom God made all things, as the Prophet says: “You made all things in wisdom.” And Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God, in whom all things came to be and were set in order. If, then, human wisdom is this, to come to understand the true works of the true Wisdom and Counsel — and the work of that Counsel or Wisdom, in my view, is incorruptibility, the blessedness of the soul, courage, righteousness, prudence, and every name and notion understood in terms of virtue — then perhaps by consistent sequence we are brought to the knowledge of the good things. “For since I saw these things,” he says, “and judged as in a balance [between what is and] what is not, so as to find the difference between wisdom and folly, such as would be found when light is examined against darkness.” And it seems to me that he fittingly used the example of light for the use of the good. For since darkness by its own nature is non-existent (for if there were not something blocking the sun’s ray, there would be no darkness), while light is something in itself, understood in its own being, he shows by the example that vice does not subsist of itself, but has a parasitic existence through the privation of the good; [whereas the] good always remains the same, abiding and fixed, and does not have a parasitic existence through any prior privation of anything. What is understood as the opposite of the good does not exist in essence; for what does not exist of itself is nothing at all; for vice is the privation of what is, and not an existence. The difference of light from darkness, then, is equal to that of wisdom from folly. For by a part he embraces the whole good under the name of wisdom, and with folly he interprets the whole nature of evil. But what gain is it to us to admire the good, unless some road to its possession is also shown by the teacher? Let us hear, then, from the one who teaches how we too can come to share in the beautiful. “The wise man’s eyes,” he says, “are in his head.” What does he mean by this? Is there any living creature at all that has its organs of sight outside its head, whether you mean one in the water, on land or in the air? For in all the eye is set in front of the rest of the body and seated in the head of those that have a head. How then does he speak here of the head of the wise man alone? Surely he hints by this that there is a certain analogy between the things contemplated in the soul and the parts of the body. And just as in the formation of the body the part that is foremost of the whole is named the head, so too in the soul the ruling and foremost part is understood as the head; and as we call the base of the foot the heel, so the base of the soul would be that by which it touches its union with the body, from which it sends the power and activity of perception into what lies beneath. When, then, the discerning and contemplative power of the soul is busied with the objects of sense, the nature of its eyes is moved to its heels, through which it sees what is below, remaining without sight of the lofty spectacles. But if, having recognized the vanity of what lies below, it should lift its eyes up to its own head, which is Christ, as Paul interprets, it would be blessed in its keenness of sight, having its eyes there where there is no darkening of evil. Paul the great, and any others great like him, had their eyes in the head, and so do all who live and move and have their being in Christ. As one who is in light cannot see darkness, so one who has his eye in Christ cannot gaze at anything vain. So the one who has his eyes in the head — and we understood the head as the beginning of all — has his eyes in every virtue (for Christ is the complete virtue): in truth, in righteousness, in incorruptibility, in every good. “The wise man’s eyes, then, are in his head; but the fool walks in darkness.” For the one who has not put his own lamp on the lampstand, but puts it under the base of the bed, has made the light darkness for himself, becoming the maker of the non-existent. And the non-existent is vain; darkness, then, is equal in meaning to the vain. The soul of the fool, then, having become body-loving and fleshly, in seeing these things sees nothing; for keen sight in these things is truly darkness. Do you see these sharp and nimble people in life, whom we call skilled in the law courts, how they make injustice easy for themselves — by witnesses, advocates, documents, courting of the judges — so as both to accomplish evil and to escape punishment? Who does not admire the shrewdness and versatility of such people? But nevertheless such people are blind, if they are examined against that eye which sees what is above, which is set in the head of all things; those who adorn their own heel, which is torn by the serpent’s teeth, are plainly blind. For by the things through which they see what is below they engrave the doctrines of sin on themselves. For he who loves injustice hates his own soul, and what is called blessed in them among human beings is more pitiable than any misfortune. And how many again, on the contrary, who are filled with the contests on high and are at leisure for the contemplation of what truly is, are thought to be blind and useless in material affairs, as Paul too boasts of being, saying that he is a fool for Christ’s sake. For his prudence and wisdom were busied with none of the things pursued here. Therefore he says, “We are fools for Christ’s sake”; as if he said, “We are blind to the life below, because we see what is above and have our eyes in the head.” For this reason he was without shelter and without a table, poor, a wanderer, naked, worn down by hunger and thirst. But consider what the one who was such below was like in the things above. For lifted up to the third heaven, where his head was, he had his eyes there, exulting in the unspeakable mysteries of paradise, seeing what is not seen, and delighting in all that is beyond sense and thought. And who would not have thought him pitiable, seeing him a prisoner, tormented with blows, in a shipwreck in the deep, carried along in his chains by the waves across the sea? Yet although his affairs among human beings were such, he was not turned away from always having his eyes in the head, saying: “Who will separate us from the love of Christ, which is in Christ Jesus? Affliction, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?” — which is equal to saying, “Who will dig out my eyes from the head and move them to what is trodden underfoot and earthly?” And we too are commanded to do the same, in the instruction to set our minds on things above, which is like saying [to have our eyes] in the head. But if we have learned how the wise man’s eyes are in his head, let us flee folly, which becomes darkness for those who walk in this life. “For the fool,” he says, “walks in darkness.” And the fool, as the prophecy says, is the one who says in his heart that there is no God, who has become corrupt and abominable in his practices.

The sequence of the discourse, through what is said next, heals those who are small-minded in their attitude to this life, to whom death is thought something hard, and who for this reason believe that there is no gain in the virtuous life for those who pursue the loftier life, since for both the life ends in the same end, and there is no escape from death except through life. Making such objections as though in his own person, he again takes hold of the absurdity of those who put them forward, as having given no thought to the nature of what is, and he teaches the difference, in what virtue has the advantage over vice: that no equal honour is hoped for in them because death is common, but the difference is found through the good or evil things that await afterward. The wording of the objection is this: “I knew that one event will befall them all. And I said in my heart, As the event of the fool, so it will befall me too; and why then have I become exceedingly wise? I spoke in my heart, for the fool speaks out of abundance, that this too is vanity. For there is no memory of the wise man with the fool for ever, since already the days that are coming — all things were forgotten; and how will the wise man die with the fool?” To these he adds that he thought all things worthy of hatred about which he had earlier been passionately disposed, embracing the vain as good. And he says he hated all that he toiled at with a view to this life, because he toiled at nothing for himself, but at all for the one after him, who he cannot know beforehand, because of the uncertainty of the future, how he will use what has been toiled for. He says, word for word: “And I hated life, because the work done under the sun was evil to me, for all is vanity and a choice of spirit. And I hated all my toil at which I toil under the sun, because I leave it to the man who comes after me. And who knows whether he will be wise or a fool, and whether he will have power over all my toil at which I toiled and in which I became wise under the sun? This too is vanity.” Having said this, he says that he was also disposed with estrangement in his soul toward this: toward thinking that the portion is one for the one who has lived virtuously and for the one who has made no effort toward it. For he says that the toil of the one is in wisdom and knowledge and courage, and of the other in anger and pains, which come through his zeal about life. To bring these to equality with one another, he says, is not only vanity but also wickedness. And this wording is as follows: “And I turned to renounce in my heart all my toil at which I toiled under the sun; for there is a man whose toil is in wisdom and in knowledge and in courage, and a man who did not toil in it will be given his portion. This too is vanity and great wickedness. For what comes to the man in all his toil and in the choice of his heart, at which he toils under the sun? For all his days are of pains, and of anger is his distraction; even at night his heart does not sleep. This too is vanity.” Again he brings forward against himself another objection of those who judge the life of enjoyment preferable to the loftier life, and he overturns what is put forward, going through both in his own person, the solution and the objection. For the objection is that one should think nothing good except what one takes into oneself; and this is eating and drinking. The answer to it is that the things by which the human being is nourished and gladdened are not these, but wisdom and knowledge; so that to have zeal for these is good, but what is pursued through the flesh is a distraction of the soul and vanity. The words of the lofty teaching run thus: “There is nothing good for a man who will eat and drink and show his soul good in his toil. And this too I saw, that it is from the hand of God, what one will eat and drink apart from him. For to the man who is good before him he has given wisdom and knowledge and gladness, and to the one who sins he gave a distraction, to add and to gather, to give to the one who is good before the face of God. … This too is vanity and a choice of spirit.” The sense of what is written next, then, and the preliminary contemplation following the sequence, is this which we have now set out briefly. It would be time to take up the wording again and to fit the thoughts precisely to the words.

“And I knew, I too, that one event will befall them all, and I said, As the event of the fool, so it will befall me too, and why then did I become wise?” This is the objection that he puts to himself, saying: “If this event of death befalls both, and virtue does not exempt the one who has come to be in wisdom from sharing in death, my zeal for wisdom has come to be in vain.” And what is the passage’s answer to what was said? “I,” he says, “spoke this superfluously in my heart, for the fool speaks out of abundance. And this too is vanity: for there is no memory of the wise man with the fool for ever.” For he condemns this objection as having been brought in superfluously and inconsistently, and names folly the argument which brings forward nothing from the stores, nothing from the treasuries of wisdom, but is like an excrement of the mind; for like foam it speaks out of overflow. To use speech in this way is vain and to no further purpose, since the argument has zeal for nothing else than to persuade us not to look at what appears. For the objector makes his battle from what is seen; for death is among the things that appear. What, then, does he say? The judgment of the virtuous and the wicked life does not consist in this, as though only the wicked had to die in body while the good remained without experience of bodily death; [the objector] does not know in what the immortality of virtue consists, and what death is for those who live in vice. “Of the wise man,” he says, “the memory lives for ever, and extends through all the age; for the fool even the remembrance is extinguished.” For the Prophet too says of such people, “Their remembrance perished with a noise,” that is, conspicuously and manifestly; for this is what the addition of “noise” indicates. “There is no memory, then,” he says, “of the wise man with the fool for ever”; but the life of the wise man lasts through the ages by memory, whereas forgetfulness succeeds the fool. For in the days that are coming all that belongs to the fool comes to be in forgetfulness; so always saying, in the phrase “since already the days that are coming, all things [were forgotten]” … If, then, the wise man seeks wisdom, and the fool has vanished in the death of forgetfulness, how, he says, do you say that the wise man will die with the fool?

For this reason he is pained and ashamed at what he pursued for this life, and says that he hates all he pursued for this life, suffering much as if someone, having shamelessly gorged himself on drugged honey out of gluttony, should then perceive, as a bad humour [arose] in him from his greed, the drug mixed in, spitting it out together with the honey, and on this account should hate the honey by the memory of his disgust, because the fullness, through the drug, brought about the upheaval. For this reason, having filled himself, though not to satiety, with what is pursued for luxury, in the vomiting of confession, loathing and abhorring the shame at what he had done as if it were the quality of some poison, he cries out that he hates that life, saying thus, word for word: “And I hated life, because the work done under the sun was evil to me.” For I became evil, he says, not to anyone else, but to myself, by what I did under the sun. For nothing of what came to be has stood fast for me; all the things pursued were a fancy and an impulse of choice. “For all is vanity and a choice of spirit,” he says. And he says another thing: that zeal here deserves hatred because one toils not for oneself but for the one after him, whatever one happens to have worked at with zeal in this life — dockyards, harbours, the splendid and costly constructions of battlements and buildings, gateways and towers, the beauties of colonnades, monuments, and the works of love on the land, groves of every kind, the beauties of meadows, vineyards rivalling the seas in their breadth, and anything else of this kind. Whoever happens to have toiled at them toils, but the one who comes into life after him shares in them. And it is unclear whether he will not make the abundance a material for vice. For it is not for all to let their perception down into the experience of such things for the sake of knowledge. “This I,” he says, “did by wisdom. With authority, letting the impulse of nature, like a colt, leap a little after the passions below, I curbed it again with the rein of reason and brought it under its authority. Who knows,” he says, “whether that man too, whoever after us comes to be among these things, will have authority over the enjoyment, and will not rather be mastered by them, like some captive slave, under the power of pleasure?” Therefore, he says, “I hated all my toil at which I toil under the sun, because I leave it to the man who comes after me. And who knows whether he will be wise or a fool, and whether he will have power over all my toil at which I toiled and became wise under the sun?” For I think this is the meaning of this saying: that he did not slip into the life of enjoyment through passion, but came to it by a certain reasoning of wisdom, making his participation in it with authority, and not being himself mastered by this power. “Who, then, knows,” he says, “whether the one after me will not be mastered by these things, at which I toiled not through passion but by wisdom?” For by naming luxury “toil” he shows that he accepted participation in pleasure under constraint, like some contest hard to win. “And let this too,” he says, “be counted among the vain things.” And he says that his soul renounced something else of the things here, and makes clear by his words what he means. For he is set against the one who fails in right judgment, because, seeing clearly the difference between the opposite lives — of which the one toils at virtue and brings down its desire to nothing human, while the other, conversely, endures none of the toil of the virtuous, but is worn out only in bodily toils — when someone gives the vote for the beautiful to the latter, overlooking the one who excels in wisdom, he declares this unjust judgment not only vain but also wicked. He says in these words: “And I turned,” he says, “to renounce my heart in regard to the other toil at which I toiled under the sun.” What, then, is it that I renounced? “That there is a man whose toil is in wisdom and in knowledge and in courage,” and another man who has toiled at nothing in such things. How then will someone add the portion of preference to such a one? “And a man,” he says, “who toiled in it” — that is, in the good — “will be given his portion,” instead of “will define such a life as belonging to the lot of the good.” “But this,” he says, “is vanity and great wickedness.” For how is it not great wickedness, when he knows the zeal and choice that lies in the human being about toils? For this is what he says: “He knows for the man, in all his toil and in the choice of his heart, at which he himself toils under the sun.” What, then, does he know? “That all his days,” he says, “are of pains, and of anger is his distraction; even at night his heart does not sleep.” For in truth for those who busy their souls with this temptation life is painful, lashing the heart as with goads by the desires for more; and zeal for greed is painful, not so much gladdened by what it has as pained by what it lacks; their labour is divided between night and day, working correspondingly through each of them, the day being spent in toils, and the night sending sleep away from the eyes. For the cares of gain knock sleep away. Then how does one who looks at these things not condemn the vanity of this zeal? Therefore he adds to what has been said, “This too is vanity.” Again he takes hold of another objection; … is this: “If you count what is outside us among the vain things, what we take into ourselves would not reasonably be condemned as vain. But eating and drinking take place in ourselves. Such a thing, then, is not among the things to be rejected, but one would define such a grace as a divine benefaction.” This is the sense of the objection; and the words run thus: “There is nothing good,” he says, “in a man, except what he will eat and drink, and show his soul good in his toil. And this too I saw, that it is from the hand of God, that one will drink apart from him.” These things the advocate of gluttony objects to the teacher. But that the guide of wisdom says to this, “to the man who is good” — the addition of “good” surely showed the distinction of the beautiful and the worse, through what we have now learned, so that what is understood as the opposite of goodness is clear. To the man, then — not to the beast, nor to one bent down over his belly, possessing a gullet instead of reason, but to the good man who lives according to the image of the only Good — God did not legislate this luxury after which the cattle-like nature gapes; but he gave him, it says, instead of food, wisdom and knowledge and gladness. For how could anyone increase in goodness through the foods of the belly? “Man shall not live by bread alone.” This is the word of the true Word. Virtue is not nourished by bread; the power of the soul does not thrive and grow fat on meats. The lofty life is nourished and grows strong on other foods. The food of the good man is self-control, his bread is wisdom, his relish righteousness, his drink freedom from passion, his pleasure not that of the body, such as the disposition toward what one desires, but that whose name and work is gladness; for this reason too he named with this title the disposition that arises in the soul toward the beautiful, because such a state comes from right-mindedness. We must learn here too, then, what we have also heard from the Apostle: that the kingdom of God is not eating and drinking, but righteousness and freedom from passion and blessedness. [What] is pursued by human beings for the sake of bodily enjoyment is the zeal of sinners and a distraction of the soul, dragged down from the things above to the things below, whose whole span of life in this world is spent in zeal to add and to gather. So the one who judges this good before the face of God does not know that he is defining the good in what is vain. These things I have said in my own voice; but the setting out of the divine words will put the seal on this sense. For it says: “To the sinner he gave a distraction, to add and to gather, to give to the one who is good before the face of God. For this too is vanity and a choice of spirit.” As much as … from this side-by-side examination of the reading, may it become for us a help toward fleeing what has been condemned, and a provision for what is achieved toward the better …

Chapter 6

6PG 44

Τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁ χρόνος, καὶ καιρὸς τῷ παντὶ πράγματι ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν· αὕτη τῶν προκειμένων ἡμῖν λογίων εἰς θεωρίαν ἀρχή. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὁ πόνος ἧς καὶ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ πόνου κέρδος, τοῦ πόνου ἄξιον. Τάχα γὰρ ὁ σκοπὸς τῶν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοῖς τοῦ βιόλίου θεωρηθέντων ἡμῖν, ἐν τούτῳ μάλιστὰ φανεροῦται τῷ μέρει, ὡς προϊὼν ἐπιδείξει διὰ τῆς ἀκολουθίας ὁ λόγος. Κατεγνώσθη τὰ πάντα ἐν τοῖς προλαθδοῦσι λόγοις ὡς μάταια, ὅσα κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ ψυχικῷ κέρδει σπουδάζεται. Ὑπεδείχθη γὰρ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, πρὸς ὃ χρὴ διὰ τῶν τῇ κεφαλῇ ἐγκειμένων νοημάτων βλέπειν· τοῖς δὲ τὴν τὴν σοφίαν τρυφή. Λείπει τὸ γνῶναι πῶς ἄν τις κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βιώσει, καθάπερ τινὰ τέχνην καὶ ἔφοδον πρὸς τὴν τοῦ βίου κατόρθωσιν διὰ τοῦ λόγου λαθών. Ταῦτα οὖν ἐστιν ἃ ἐπαγγέλλεται ἡμῖν ἐν προοιμίοις ἡ προκειμένη τῶν λόγων ἐξέτασις, ἐν οἷς ἀποφαίνεται ὅτι τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁ χρόνος καὶ καιρὸς τῷ παντὶ πράγματι ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. ΕἸ γάρ τις τῷ βάθε: τῆς διαπεριειλημμένην τοῖς ῥήμασι, θεωρητικήν τε καὶ συμβουλευτιχὴν τῶν συμφερόντων. Καὶ ὡς ἂν γένοιτό τις ἡμῖν δι᾽ ὀλίγων ἔφοδος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ῥητοῦ θεωρίαν, οὑτωσὶ τὸν λόγον διαληψόμεθα - Τῶν ὄντων, τὸ μέν ἐστιν ὑλικόν τε καὶ αἰσθητόν· τὸ δὲ νοητόν τῷ καὶ ἄῦλον. Τούτων τὸ μὲν ἀσώματον ὑπέρχειται τῆς αἰσθητῆς καταλήψεως, ἧ τότε γνωσόμεθα, ὅταν τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀποδυσώμεθα. Τῆς δὲ ὑλικῆς φύσεως ἡ αἴσθησις τὴν ἀντίληψιν ἔχουσα, διαδῆναι τὸ οὑρανιχὸν σῶμα, καὶ εἰς τὰ ἐπέκεινα τῶν φαινομένων διαδῦναι φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει. Οὗ χάριν τὰ περὶ τῶν γηΐνων καὶ ἐπουρανίων ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν διαλέγεται, ὅπως ἂν ἀπταίστως ἐν τούτῳ διαδιῶμεν. Ὑλικὸς οὗτος ὁ βίος, διὰ σαρκὸς ἢ ζωή. Ἐπισχοτεῖται δέ πως ὑπὸ τῶν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἐμφαινομένων ἡ τοῦ καλοῦ θεωρία. Ἐπιστήμης οὖν τινος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσιν ἐπιδεόμεθα, ἵνα καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν κατασκευασμάτων κανών τις ἢ ἐπιστάθμη διευθύνῃ πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον. Τοῦτο οὖν ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου προδείχννται, δι᾽ οὗ πρὸς τὸ δέον ἡ ζωὴ κατευθύνεται. Δύο γὰρ εἶναί φησι τοῦ καλοῦ κριτήρια παρὰ πὸν βίον, ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐντῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ σπουδαζομένων, τὸ σύμμετρον καὶ τὸ εὔκαιρον. Καὶ τοῦτο δογματίζει νῦν λέγων Τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁ χρόγος, καὶ καιρὸς τῷ παντὶ πράγματι. Νοητέον δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ χρόνου τὸ μέτρον, διότι παντὶ τῶν γινομένων συμπαρατείνεται χρόνος. Ταῦτα τοίνυν τοῦ καλοῦ τὰ κριτήρια, εἰ μὴ καθόλου πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀρετῆς κατόρθωσιν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει, οὔπω διισχυρίζομᾶι, ἕως ἂν ὁ λόγος προϊὼν ἐπιδείξῃ. Ὅτ: μέντοι τὸ πλεῖον τῆς τεταγμένης ζωῆς τῇ τοιαύτῃ κατορθοῦται παρατηρήσει, παντὸς ἂν εἴη κατανοῆσαι. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ μέτρον ἐστὶ τῇ μεσότὴτι τῶν παραθεωρουμένων μετρούμενον; Οὐ γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο ἀρετὴ ἡ ἐλλιπὴς τοῦ καθήκοντος μέτρου, ὑπερπίπτουσα, οἷον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας, ἧς τὸ μὲν ἐλλεῖπον, δειλία, τὸ δὲ ὑπερδάλλον, θράσος γίνεται. Οὗ χάριν καί τινες τῆς ἔξω σοφίας, κλέπται τάχα τῶν ἡμετέρων γενόμενοι, διελόμενοι τὴν σημαινομένην ἐν τῷ ῥητῷ τούτῳ διάνοιαν, ὁ μὲν τὸ μηδὲν ἐλλείπειν, σεν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸ μέτρον ἄριστον ἀπεφήνατο, ὃ δὲ ἢ μηδὲν ἄγαν ἐνομοθέτησεν. Δείκνυται δὲ δι᾽ ἐκατέρων, ὅτι καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐφικέσθαι τοῦ ἐπιζητουμένου κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν μέτρου, τῶν κατεγνωσμένων ἐστὶ, καὶ τὴν συμμετρίαν ἀπόδλητον. ᾿Αλλὰ καί περὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν εὐκάιρίαν μέρους ὁ αὐτὸς ἂν ἡμῖν ἀποδοθήσεται λόγος· ὅτι οὔτε τὸ προλαμδάνον τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, οὔτε τὸ ἐφυστερίξον ἐν ἀγαθοῦ κρίνεται μοίρᾳ. ΤἸέ ὥνησε τὸν γεωπόνωον ἐμπιστεύσαντα τὴν τῶν ἀσταχύων τομὴν, πρὶν ἀδρυνθῆναι καθ᾽ ὥραν τὰ λήϊα, ἢ ὑπερθέμενον τὴν περὶ τὸν ἄμητον σπουδὴν, ἕως οὗ περιῤῥυῇ τῇ καλάμῃ τὰ σπέρματα; Ἐν οὐθετέρῳ γὰρ ἐνεργὸς ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθᾷ γίνεται ἡ σπουδὴ, καθ᾽ ἑτέρου τοῦ καιροῦ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἐν τῇ ἀχαιρίᾳ τῆς τομῆς ἀπολλύοντα. ἐπὶ μέρους εἴρηται, καὶ ἐν παντὶ δυνατὸν ἐστι χαταγοῆσαι. Οἶδε γὰρ τὸ ἴσον καὶ ἡ ναυτιλία, εἴτε τις τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, εἴτε τις τὰ τῆς ἰατρικῇς λέγοι, παρ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς βλάδην ὑπερόολή τε καὶ ἔλλειψις τοῦ τῇ θεραπείᾳ καθήκοντος καιροῦ καὶ μέτρου ; ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν. ἐάσαι χρὴ, διὰ τοῦ ἐφεξῆς λόγον, ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ φωναῖς σαφέστερον φανερουμένου τοῦ ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὗ χάριν ταῦτα ἡμῖν προτεθεώρηται ; Ὅτι οὔτε τὸ ἄμετρον ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, οὔτε τὸ ἄκαιρον· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καλόν τε καὶ αἱρετὸν, ὃ δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων. ἔχει τὸ τέλειον. Εἰ γὰρ μόνον τὸ ἕν ἐν αὐτῷ σπουδὲ τὸ λειπόμενον, ἀνόνητον ἔσται. καὶ τὸ κατορθωθὲν ἐν τῷ λείποντι. Οὐκοῦν καθάπερ. δύο ποσὶν ἐνεργούντων ἡμῶν τὴν κίνησιν, εἴ τι συμθαίη περὶ τὸν ἕτερον, ἄχρηστός ἐστι καὶ ὁ ἀπαθὴς πρὸς τὸν δρόμον, διὰ τὴν τοῦ συνεργοῦντος ἀσθένειαν· οὕτως εἰ λείποι τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μέτρον, ἢ τῷ μέτρῳ ἡ εὐκαιρία, τῷ λείποντι πάντως: καὶ τὸ παρὸν συνηχρείωται. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἡ συμμετρία, καὶ ἐν τῷ μέτρῳ ἡ εὐκαιρία τὸ χρήσιμον ἔχει. Χρόνος οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ μέτρου ἡμῖν νενόηται, διότι παντὸς τοῦ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μέτρου ὁ χρόνος μέτρον ἐστίν. Τὰ γὰρ ὦ γινόμενα ἐν χρόνῳ γίνεται πάντως, καὶ τῇ παρατάσει ἑκάστου τῶν γινομένων καὶ τὸ διάστημα τοῦ χρόνου συμπαρατείνεται, ὀλίγον ἐν τῷ ἐλάττονι, καὶ. ἐν τῷ πλείονι πλεῖον χρόνου. Μέτρον κυήσεως, μέτρὸν τῆς τῶν ἀσταχύων αὐξήσεως, μέτρον τῆς τῶν καρπῶν τελειώσεως, μέτρον ναυτιλίας, μέτρον πορεία;, μέτρον τῆς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἡλικίας, βρέφους, παιδίου, μειρακίου, παιδὸς, ἐφήδου, ἀνδρὸς, μεσήλιχος, τελείου, παρήλιχος, πρεσθύτου, γέροντος. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν οὐκ ἕν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ χρόνου μέτρον τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐστίν· οὐδὲ γάρ ἔστι δυνατὸν γενέσθαι πάντα ἀλλήλοις ἰσόμετρα διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποκειμένων διαφοράν· κοινὸν δὲ, καθὼς εἴρηται, πάντων μετρουμένων τρον ὁ χρόνος ἐστὶν, ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιέχων τὰ πάντα· τούτου χάριν οὐχὶ μέτρον εἶπε τοῖς πᾶσι, διὰ τὸ πολλὴν εἶναι τῶν μετρουμένων τὴν περὶ τὸ πλεῖόν τε καὶ ἔλαττον ἰσότητα ἀλλὰ χρόνον εἶπε τοῖς πᾶσε τὸ γενικὸν μέτρον, ᾧ πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον παραμετρεῖται. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος τὸ μὲν προἀσθενεῖ τὸ δὲ μήπω καθεστηκὸς ἄριστον δὲ τὸ μέσον τῶν δύο, ὅπερ ἂν τὰς ἑκατέρων ἀηδίας ἐχφεύγῃ ᾿ ἐν ᾧ δείκνυται, τῆς μὲν νεότητος κεχωρισμένη τῆς ἀταξίας ἡ δύναμις, τοῦ δὲ γήρως διεζευγμένη τῆς ἀδρανίας ἡ φρόνησις ὥστε εἶναι δύναμιν συγχεχραμένην φρονήσει, ἐπίσης φεύγουσαν τὴν τε τοῦ γήρως ἀδρανίαν, καὶ τὸ θρασὺ τῆς νεότητος οὕτως ὁ χρόνον ὁρίζων τοῖς πᾶσι καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον χωρίζει τῷ λόγῳ τὴν ἐξ ἀμετρίας κακίαν, τό τε ἀτιμάζων καὶ τὸ ἐλλεῖπον νος. ᾿Αλλὰ καιρὸς ἂν εἴη καὶ αὐτὴν ἡμῖν δι᾽ ἀκολούθου προστεθῆναι τῶν θεοπνεύστων λόγων τὴν θεωρίαν. Καιρὸς, φησὶ, τοῦ τεκεῖν, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν. Καλῶς ἐν πρώτοις τὴν ἀναγκαίαν ταύτην συζυὙίαν τῷ λόγῳ συνέζευξε, αυνάπτων τῇ γενέσει τὸν θάνατον. Ἕπεται γὰρ κατ᾽ ἀνάγκην τῷ τόκῳ ὁ θάνατος, καὶ πᾶσα γένεσις εἰς φθορὰν διαλύεται· ἵνα διὰ τοῦ συνημμένως δειχθῆναι τὸν θάνατόν τε καὶ τὴν γένεσιν, οἱονεὶ κέντρῳ τινὶ τῇ τοῦ θανάτου μνήμῃ τοὺς ἐμδαθύνοντας τῆς κατὰ σάρκα ζωῆς διυπνίσῃ, καὶ πρὸς τὴν φροντίδα τῶν μελλόντων διαναστήσῃ. Ταῦτα φιλοσοφεῖ κατὰ τὸ λεχηθὸς ἐν ταῖς πρώταις τῶν βιθλίων ἐπιγραφαῖς καὶ ὁ φίλος τῷ Θεῷ Μωῦσῆς εὐθὺς τῇ Γενέσει συμπαραγράψας τὴν·Ἐξοδον· ὡς τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας τοῖς ἐπιγεγραμμένοις, καὶ δι᾽ αὑτῆς τῆς τῶν βιόλίων τάξεως τὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς παιδευθῆναι. Οὔτε γὰρ ἔστι γένεσιν ἀκούσαντα μὴ·Εξοδον εὐθὺς ἐννοῆσαι. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα νενοηκὼς ὁ μέγας Ἐκκλησιαστὴς ἐπιδείκνυται, τῇ γενέσει σύστοιχον ἀποδείξας τὸν θάνατον. Καιρὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ τεκεῖν, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν. Ἦλθεν ὁ καιρὺς, φησὶ, καὶ ἐτέχθην· ἥξει ὁ καιρὸς, καὶ τεθνήξομαι. Εἰ πρὸς τοῦτο πάντες ἐδλέπομεν, οὐκ ἂν τὴν σύντομον πορείαν καταλιπόντες, κύκλῳ μετὰ τῶν ἀσεδῶν περιήειμεν, τὴν περιοδιχὴν τοῦ βίου πλάνην πλανώμενοι, ἐν δυναστείαις καὶ νείαις καὶ πλούτοις, δι᾽ ὧν ταῖς πολυοδίαις τοῦ βίου τούτου ἐναμηχανοῦντες, οὐκέτι τοῦ ζωῆς ταύτης τὴν ἔξοδον ἐξευρίσχομεν, δι᾽ ὧν δοκοῦμὲν σπουδάζειν, διὰ τούτων ἑαυτοῖς τὰ σημεῖα τῆς ἀπλανοῦς ὁδοιπορίας συγχέοντες. Ὡς μακάριοί γε, φησὶ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκεῖνοι, οἱ τὰς περιοδιχὰς τῆς ζωῆς ἀπάτας καταλιπόντες, ἐπὶ τὴν σύντομον τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁδὸν ἑαυτοὺς ἄγουσιν Αὕτη δέ ἐστι τὸ πρὸς μηδὲν τῶν τῇδε τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπιστρέφειν, ἀλλὰ συντετάσθαι τῇ σπουδῇ πρὸς τὸ διὰ πίστεως ἐν ἐλπίσι προκείμενον. Πάλιν δὲ τὸ ῥηθὲν ἐξετάσωμεν. Καιρὸς, φησὶ, τοῦ τεκεῖν, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν. Εἴθε κἀμοὶ γένοιτο ἐν καιρῷ τε ὁ τόκος, καὶ ὁ εὔκαιρος Οὐ γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τὴν ἀκούσιον ταύτην ὠδῖνα, καὶ τὸν αὐτόματον θάνατον παρὰ τοῦ Ἐχνῦν ὡς ἐν ἀρετῆς κατορθώσει σθαι. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ θελήματι τῆς γυναικὸς ἡ ὠδίς· οὔτε ἐν τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν τελευτώντων ὁ θάνατος. Ὃ δὲ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν, οὔτε ἀρετὴν ἄν τις, οὔτε κακίαν ὁρίσαιτο· οὐκοῦν νοῆσαι προσήκει τὸν τόκον τὸν εὔκαιρον, καὶ τὸν ἐν καιρῷ γινόμενον θάνατον. Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τόκος ὥριμος καὶ οὐκ ἀμδλωθρίδης εἶναι, ὅταν, καθώς φησιν Ἡσαΐας, ἐκ τοῦ θείου τις φόδου χυοφορήσας διὰ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὠδίνων τὴν ἰδίαν σωτηρίαν γεννήσῃ. ʼΕαυτῶν γὰρ τρόπον φινὰ πατέρες γινόμεθα, ὅταν διὰ τῆς ἀγαθῆς προαιρέσεως αὑτοὺς πλάσωμέν τε καὶ γεννήσωμεν, καὶ εἰς φῶς προαγάγωμεν. Τοῦτο δὲ ποιοῦμεν, διὰ τοῦ δέξασθαι ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸν Θεὸν, τέκνα Θεοῦ, καὶ τέκνα δυνάμεως, καὶ υἱοὶ ὙΨίστου γενόμενοι. Καὶ πάλιν ἡμῖν, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ε ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μορφή. Δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι. φησὶν, ἄρτιον τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον. ΓΑρτιος δὲ πάντως ἐκεῖνός ἔστιν, ᾧ. τελείως ὁ τῆς φύσεως συμπεπλήρωται λόγος. Οὐκοῦν εἰ μέν τις δι᾿ ἀρετῆς τέκνον Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησε, λαθὼν ἐξουσίαν τῆς εὐγενείας ταύτης, ἔγνω οὗτος τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀγαθῆς ὠδῖνᾷς, καὶ χαίρει, κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, εἰκότως, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον. Ὃ δὲ γενόμενο; τέκνον ὀργῆς, καὶ υἱὸς ἀπωλείας, καὶ σκότου; ἔκγονος, γέννημα ἐχίδνης, ἔκγονον κακὸν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα δι᾽ ὧν ὁ ποντρὸς διαδάλλεται τόκος, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν ζωογονοῦντα καιρόν· εἷς γὰρ καιρὸς τίκτων εἰς ζωὴν, καὶ οὐ πολλοί. Οὗ ὁ. διαμαρτὼν ἐν τῇ ἀκαιρίᾳ τοῦ τόκου, τῇ ἀπωλεί ἑαυτὸν ὥδινε, καὶ τῷ θανάτῳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐμαιεύσατο. Εἰ δὲ φανερόν ἐστι πῶς ἐν καιρῷ τιχτόμεθα, δῆλον πᾶσι πῶς ἐν καιρῷ ἀποθνήσκομεν, οἷον πᾶς τῷ ἁγίῳ. Παύλῳ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θανάτου εὔκαιρος ἦν. Βοᾷ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις λόγοις, ἔνορχον τρόπον τινὰ ποιού μένος, ἐν οἷς φησιν, ὅτι ε Καθ᾿ ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκω, νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν· καὶ τὸ, Ἕνεκα σοῦ θανατούμεθα πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. Καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν. Πάντως δὲ οὐκ ἄδηλον πῶς ἀποθνήσκει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ὁ Παῦλος, ὁ μηδέποτε τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ζῶν, ὁ ἀεὶ τὰ μέλη τῆς σαρκὸς νεκρῶν, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιφέρων, ὁ πάντοτε Χριστῷ συ-. σταυρούμενος, ὁ μηδέποτε ἑαυτῷ ζῶν, ἀλλὰ ζῶντα ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν Χριστόν· οὗτο; ἂν εἴη κατά γς τὴν ἡμετέραν κρίσιν ὁ εὔκαιρος θάνατος, ὁ τῆς ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς γενόμενος πρόξενος. Ἐγὼ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀποκτενῶ καὶ ξῇν ποιήσω· ὡς πεπεῖαθαι ἀληθῶς Θεοῦ δῶρον εἶναι τὸ νεκρωθῆναι τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, καὶ ζωοποιηθῆναι τῷ πνεύματι. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι, ζωοποιεῖν ἐπαγγέλλεται ἡ θεία φωνή· ὅμοιον δὲ τοῖς. εἰρημένοις καὶ τὸ ἑπόμενον· ἰθηρυβ Ὁ Καιρὸς, φησὶ, τοῦ φυτεῦσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἐχτῖλας τὸ πεφυτευμένον. θἶδα μὲν τίς ἡμῶν ὁ γεωργὸς, καὶ ἡμεῖς τίνος γεώργιον. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ Χριστοῦ, τὸ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ δούλου τοῦ Χριστοῦ μεμαθήκαμεν Παύλου. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ Κύριός φησιν, ὅτι Πατήρ μὸν γεωργός ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ ᾿Απόστολος πρὸς ἡμᾶς λέγει· ὅτι Θεοῦ γεώργιόν ἐστε. Ὁ οὖν μέγας γεωργὸς τὰ ἀγαθὰ φυτεύειν ἐπίσταται μόνον. Ἐφύτευσε γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς, ν τὰ δὲ ἐναντία τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἀποτῶλει. Πᾶσα. γὰρ φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐτε καὶ ἀπιστία, καὶ ἢ πρὸς τὰ. γινόμενα παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου θαυματα ἀγνωμοσύνη, ταῦτα τὰ φυτά ἔστι τὰ ἐκτιλλόμενα. Χρὴ γὰρ ἐπικρατῆσαι τὸ χήρυτῆς σωτηρίας. Χρὴ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. ν Χρὴ πᾶσαν γλῶσσαν ἐξομολογήσασθαι ὅτι Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ταῦτα γενέσθαι χρὴ πάντως, ἡ νῦν ἐπικρατοῦσά τινων ἀπιστία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Πατρὸς φυτείας, ἀλλὰ τοῦ παρασπεέροντος νια, ἣ τοῦ παραφυτεύοντος τῷ Δεσποτικῷ ἀμπελῶνι τὴν Σοδομιχὴν κληματίδα, Ὅπερ οὖν ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ παρὰ τῆς Δεσποτικῆς φωνῆς ἐπαιδεύθημεν᾽ τοῦτο νῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰνίγματι τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ ἐδιδάχθημεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς καιρός ἐστι τό τε σωτήριον τῆς πίστεως φυτὸν παραδέξασθαι, τὸ αὐτὸ τῆς ἀπιστίας ἀποτῶλαι ζιζάνιον. Ὃ δὲ ἐπὶ μέρους περὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν κατορθώματος εἴρηται, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ πάδης ἀρετῆς ἀκολούθως ἄν τις νοήσειε. Καιρὸς τοῦ φυτεῦσαι, τὴν σωφροσύνην καὶ ἐκτῖλαι τὸ τῆς ἀχοῥασίας φυτόν. Οὕτω καὶ δικαιοσύνης φυτευθείσης, ἀκοῤῥιζοῦται τὸ ἄδικον βλάστημα, καὶ τὸ τῆς ταπει νοφροσύνης φυτὸν, τὸν τῦφον ἀνέτρεψε, ἢ τε ἀγάπη βλαστήσασα τὸ ποντιρὸν τοῦ μίσους δένδρον ἐξήρανεν· ὥσπερ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου δένδρον, μίσους δηλαδὴ, ἡ ἀδικία πληθυνομένη τὴν ἀγάπην χατέψυξε, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἵνα μὴ τὰ καθ᾽ ἔκαστον λέγοντες διατρίδωμεν, ὁμοίως νοοῦντες, οὐ σφσλησόμεθα. Πάλιν ὁ ἐφεξῆς λόγος σύμφωνος τοῖς Καιρὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, ε τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι, καιρὸς τοῦ Τοῦτο δὲ σαφῶς ἐν τῷ προφητικῷ γεύεται, ὃ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ φησιν, ὅτι ε Ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ καὶ ζῇν ποιήσω. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἀποκτείνωμεν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ἔχθραν, οὐκ ἰασόμεθα τὴν ἀγαπητιχὴν διάθεσιν τὴν ἐν ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ μίσους νοσήσασαν. Οὕτω καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐπὶ κακῷ καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ζῇ· λέγω δὴ τὴν κακὴν τῶν παθημάτων παράταξιν, καὶ τὸν ἐμφύλιον τοῦτον πόλεμον, τὸν καθ᾽ ἡμῶν διὰ τῶν ἧδονῶν στρατευόμενον, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίξοντα ἡμᾶς τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καιρός ἐστι τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι. Ὁ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων φόνος, ἴασις γίνεται τυῦ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐξασθενήσαντος. Φασὶν οἱ ἱατροὶ τὰς ἕξλμινθας, καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ τοιαῦτα θηρία ἔσωθεν ἐκ χαχοχυμίας ζωογονεῖσθαι τοῖς σπλάγχνοις, ὧν ἡ ζωὴ νόσος τῷ σώματι γίνεται εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνα διά τινος φαρμακοποσίας ἀναιρεθείη, πάλιν εἰς ὑγείαν ὁ κάμνων ἀναῤ- Ὦ ρτἰβείπε ᾿λναλογεῖ τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῦ σύματος πάθη πρὸς τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀῤῥωστήματα· ὅταν ὁ θυμὸς ἔνδοθεν ἐχμύζων,, ἢ διὰ τῆς μνησιχκαχίας τῆς ψυχῆς ὃν τόνον καὶ τοὺς λογισμοὺς ἐχνευρίξων, ἣ τὸ τοῦ φθόνου θηρίον, ἢ εἴ τι ἄλλο τοσοῦτον κακὸν ἡ κακὴ δίαιτα ζωογονέσει· ὁ αἰσθόμενος ὅτι θηρίον τρέφει ἔνδοθεν ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ, εὐκαίρως χρήσεται τῷ ἀναιρετιχῷ τῶν παθῶν φαρμάκῳ. Τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου διδασκαλία, ὥστε ἐκείνω φονοχτονηθέντων ἐπιγενέσθαι τῷ πεποιηκότι τὴν ἴασιν. Καιρὸς τοῦ χαθελεῖν,·καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀνοιχοδομῇ, Ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῷ προφήτῃ Ἱερεμίᾳ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ῥηθεῖσιν ἔστι μαθεῖν, ᾧ δέδοται θεόθεν ἡ δύναμις, εἰς τὸ πρότερον καθαίρειν, καὶ ἐκριζοῦν, καὶ Τ᾿ κατασκάπτειν, καὶ τότε ἀνορθοῦν, καὶ ἀνοικοδομεῖν καὶ καταφυτεύειν. Χρὴ γὰρ πρότερον ἐν ἡμῖν ἔρει πωθῆναι τὰ τῆς κακίας ἀνοιχοδομήματα,, καὶ τότε καιρόν τε καὶ εὐρυχωρίαν εὑρεῖν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ χατασχενὴν, τοῦ ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς οἰκοδομουμένου, οὗ ἡ ὕλη ἀρετὴ γίνεται. Εἴ τις γὰρ ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον τοῦτον χρυσίον ἣ ἀργύριον, λίθους τιμίους, ταῦτα ἣ ἀρετὴ ὀνομάζεται· ξύλα δὲ καὶ χόρτος καὶ χα)άμη, ἡ τῆς κακίας ἔρμηνεύεται φύσις, ἣτις εἰς οὐδὲν ἄλλο, ἣ εἰς πυρὸς δαπάνην παρασκευάζεται. Ὅταν οὖν ἐκ χόρτου καὶ κατὰ οἰκοδομήματα ἧ, τουτέστιν, ἐξ ἀδικίας τε καὶ ὑπερηφανίας, καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς τοῦ βίου κακίας, πρότερον ταῦτα εἰς ἀφανισμὸν ἀγαγεῖν ὁ λόγος διακελεύεται;· εἶθ᾽ οὕτω τὸ χρυσίον τῆς ἀρετῆς ὕλην τῆς χκατασχευῆς τοῦ πνευματικοῦ οἴκου ποιήσασθαι. Οὐ γάρ ἔστι συμφυῆναι τῇ καλάμῃ τὸν ἄργυρον, ἣ τῷ χόρτῳ χρυσίον προσλιπανθῆναι, ἣ τὸν μαργαρίτην τῷ ξύλῳ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ μέλλει τοῦτο εἶναι, χρὴ πάντως ἀφανισθῆναι τὸ ἕτερον. Τίς γὰρ κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος ; Οὐκοῦν χαθαιρεθήσεται πρότερον τὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ τότε χατασχευασθήσεται τὰ φωτεινὰ τοῦ βίου οἰκοδομήματα. Καιρὸς τοῦ κλαῦσαι. καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ γελάσαι. Σαφηνίζεται ὁ λόγος οὗτος τῇ εὐαγγελικῇ φωνῇ τῇ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου γεγενημένῃ, ἢ φησιν, ὅτι Μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παραχληθή. σονται. ) ΝΝῦν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ κλαῦσαι καιρός· τοῦ γελάσαι δι᾽ ἐλπίδος ἀπόκειται· ἡ γὰρ παροῦσα κατήφεια τῆς ἐλπιζομένης εὐφροσύνης μήτηρ γενὴήσεται. Τίς δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἐν θρήνοις καὶ σχυθρωπότητι πάντα τὸν βίον ἑαυτοῦ δαπανήσειεν, εἴπερ αἴσθησιν λάθοι αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ γνοίη καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἅ τε εἶχεν, ἅ τε ἀπώλεσεν, καὶ ἐν οἷς ἦν τὸ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς ἡ φύσις, καὶ ἐν τίσιν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐστίν ; Τότε θάνατος οὐκ ἦν, νόσος ἀπῆν, τὸ ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σὸν, τὰ πονηρὰ ταῦτα ῥήματα, τῆς ζωῆς πρῶτον ἐξώριστο. Ὡς γὰρ κοινὸς ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ κοινὸς, καὶ πρὸ πάντων τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ χάρις κοινὴ, εὐλογία κοινή· οὕτως ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ μετουσία κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν προέκειτο, καὶ ἡ νόσος τῆς πλεονεξίας οὐκ ἐγνωρίζετο, καὶ τὸ πρὸς τὸ ἐλαττοῦσθαι μῖσος κατὰ τῶν ὑπερεχόντων οὐκ ἦν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅλως τὸ ὑπερέχον ἦν· καὶ μυρία ἐπὶ τούτοις ἄλλα, ἃ οὐδ᾽ ἂν παραστῆσαί τις δυνηθείη ῦ τῷ λόγῳ, πάμπληθες τῶν εἰρημένων κατὰ τὸ μεγαλεῖον προέχοντα. Λέγω δὴ τὴν πρὸς ἀγγέλους ὁμοτιμίαν, τὴν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ παῤῥησίαν, τὴν τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων ἀγαθῶν θεωρίαν, τὸ τῷ ἀφράστῳ κάλλει τῆς μακαρίας φύσειυς καὶ ἡμᾶς ὡραΐξεσθαι, δεικνύντας ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν θείαν εἰκόνα τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποστίλὄουσαν. Τὰ δὲ ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνων, οἷα ὁ πονηρὸς τῶν παθημάτων ἑσμὸς, ἡ κακὴ τῶν λυπηρῶν σφηχία. τις πρῶτον εἴπῃ τῶν τοῦ βίου κακῶν ; Πάντα ὁμοτίμως ἔχει πρὸς ἄλληλα, πάντα προτερευει ταῖς τῶν χκαχῶν ἐξοχαῖς, πάντα τῶν ἴσων θρήνων ἀφορμὴ γίνεται. Τί μᾶλλον γάρ τις θρηνήσει τῆς ἀθλιότητος; Πόθεν πλέον τὴν φύσιν ἀπολοφύρηται, τὸ ὠκύμορον τῆς ζωῆς, τὸ ἐπίπονον, τὸ ἀπὸ δακρύων ἄρχεσθαι καὶ καταλήγειν εἰς δάχρνον, τὴν ἐλεεινὴν νηπιότητα, τὴν τὸ πολύμοχθον τῶν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ καθεστηκότων, τοῦ γάμου τὸ φορτικὸν, τῆς ἀγαμίας τὸ ἔρημον, τῆς ἀπαιδίας τὸ ἄῤῥιζον, τοῦ πλούτου τὸ ἐπίφθονον, τῆς ενίας τὸ ἐπώδυνον· καὶ σιωπῶ τὰς πολυτρόπους τῶν νοσημάτων διαφορὰς, τὰς λώδας, τοὺς ἀχρωτητὰς σήψεις, τὰς τῶν αἰσθητηρίων πηρώσεις, τὰς ἐκ δαιμόνων παραφορὰς, πάντα ὅσα ἡ φύσις ἐν ἑαυτῇ περιέχει, ἃ τῇ δυνάμε: ἕκαστος ἀνθρώπίον ἐστὶν ἔχων ἐν τῇ φύσει τὰ πάθη. Τὴν δὲ τῶν ἐρώτων μανίαν, καὶ τὸν δυσώδη βόρθορον, εἰς ὄν χαταστρέφεται ἡ τοιαύτη λύσσα, παρίημι, καὶ τὴν συνεζευγμένην τῇ τροφῇ διὰ τῆς ἀποποιήσεως ἀηδίαν οὐ λέγω, ὡς ἂν μὴ δόξαιμι διὰ πάντων στηλιτεύειν τῷ λόγῳ τὸν βίον, χοπροποιόν τινα τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν͵ ἀποδεικνύων. Πάντα ἀφεὶς ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἐκεῖνο μάλιστά φημι δακρύων ἄξιον εἶναι τοῖς αἰσθανομένοις, τὸ εἰδέναι πάντας ὅτʼ τῆς σχιοειδοῦς ταύτης ζωῆς παραδρχμούσης, μένει ἡμᾶς τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως, καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους. Ὃ οὖν ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα λογιζόμενος, ἄρ᾽ οὐκ Οὐκοῦν καιρὸς ἂν εἴη νῦν ταῦτα τῷ λογισμῷ λαμθάνειν. Ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ σχυθρωπῶς πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν ἔχειν ζωὴν, τὸ μηδὲν πλημμελεῖν ἐν ταύτῃ κατὰ τὸ ἐπαγγελθεῖσα τῆς εὐφροσύνης χάρις δι᾽ ἐλπίδος ἡμὲν ἀποχείσεται᾽· ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, καθώς φησιν ἃ ᾿Απόστολος. Τὸ δὲ ἐπαγόμενον, οἷον ἐπανάληψις οὔ προειρημένου ἐστίν. Εἰπὼν γὰρ τοῦ δαχρύου καὶ τοῦ γέλωτος τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, ἐπήγαγε· ε Καιρὸς τοῦ κόψασθαι, καιρὸς τοῦ ὀρχήσασθαι, ὅπερ οὐδὲν ἄλλο, ἣ ἐπίτασις ἑκατέρου τῶν μνημονευθέντων ἐστίν. Ὁ γὰρ εαὐπαθής τε καὶ ἐνδιάθετος θρῆνος, κοπετὸς ὑπὸ τῆς Ὧσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ ὄρχησις σημαίνει τὴν τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐπίτασιν, καθὼς ἐν τῷ Ἑὐαγγελίῳ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐμάθομεν, ἐν οἷς φησιν, λήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε· ἐθρηνήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε. Οὕτω φησὶν ἡ ἱστορία, κοπετὸν μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ μεταστάσει τοῦ Μωσέως ἐπὶ τοῖς Ἰσραηλίταις γενέσθαι, ὀρχήσασθαι δὲ τὸν Δαδὶδ τῆς χιδω τοῦ προπομπεύοντα, ὅτε αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων μὴ ἐν τῷ συνήθει δεικνύμενον σχήματι. Ὑποφθέγγεσθαι γὰρ αὐτόν φησι τῶν ἐναρμονίων μελῶν ἐν τῷ μουσικῷ ὀργάνῳ ἀνακρουόμενον· νεῖσθαι δὲ πρὸς τὸν ῥυθμὸν τῷ ποδὶ, καὶ τῇ ἐν ῥυθμῷ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος τὴν ἕνδον δημοσιεύειν διάθεσιν. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν διπλοῦς μὲν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ ψυχῆς λέγω καὶ σώματος, διπλῇ δὲ καὶ ἡ ζωὴ, καταλλήλως ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν ἐν ἡ μῖν ἐνεργουμένων, καλὸν ἂν εἴη τῇ σωματικῇ ζωῇ κοπτομένους· πολλαὶ καὶ τῶν θρήνων κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον αἱ ἀφορμαὶ, τῇ ψυχῇ παρασκευάζειν τὴν ἐναρμόνιον ὄρχησιν. Ὅσον γὰρ πλέον χαταστυγνάζεται διὰ κατηφείας ὁ βίος, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον αἱ τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἀφορμαὶ τῇ ψυχῇ συναθροΐζονκαι. Στυγνὸν ἣ ἐγκράτεια· κατηφὲς ἡ ταπείνωσις· θρῆνος τὸ ζημιοῦσθαι· πένθους ὑπόθεσις τὸ μὴ ἴσον πρὸς τοὺς κρατοῦντας ἔχειν· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν, ὑψωθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἐναθλῶν τῇ πενίᾳ στεφανωθήσεται, καὶ ὁ τοῖς ἔλκεσι βρύων καὶ διὰ πάντων θρήνου ἄξιον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον ἐπιδεικνύμενος, τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Πατριάρχου ἐναναπαύσεται. Ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἡμεῖς γενοίμεθα τῷ ἐλέει τοῦ σώζοντος ἡμᾶς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.

Tois pasin ho chronos, kai kairos tǭ panti pragmati hypo ton ouranon; hautē tōn prokeimenōn hēmin logiōn eis theōrian archē. Esti de kai ho ponos hēs kai to ek tou ponou kerdos, tou ponou axion. Tacha gar ho skopos tōn en tois prōtois tou bioliou theōrēthentōn hēmin, en toutǭ malista phaneroutai tǭ merei, hōs proïōn epideixei dia tēs akolouthias ho logos. Kategnōsthē ta panta en tois prolathdousi logois hōs mataia, hosa kata ton anthrōpon ep᾽ oudeni psychikǭ kerdei spoudazetai. Hypedeichthē gar to agathon, pros ho chrē dia tōn tę̄ kephalę̄ enkeimenōn noēmatōn blepein; tois de tēn tēn sophian tryphē. Leipei to gnōnai pōs an tis kat᾽ aretēn biōsei, kathaper tina technēn kai ephodon pros tēn tou biou katorthōsin dia tou logou lathōn. Tauta oun estin ha epangelletai hēmin en prooimiois hē prokeimenē tōn logōn exetasis, en hois apophainetai hoti tois pasin ho chronos kai kairos tǭ panti pragmati hypo ton ouranon. EI gar tis tǭ bathe: tēs diaperieilēmmenēn tois rhēmasi, theōrētikēn te kai symbouleutichēn tōn sympherontōn. Kai hōs an genoito tis hēmin di᾽ oligōn ephodos pros tēn tou rhētou theōrian, houtōsi ton logon dialēpsometha - Tōn ontōn, to men estin hylikon te kai aisthēton; to de noēton tǭ kai aulon. Toutōn to men asōmaton hypercheitai tēs aisthētēs katalēpseōs, hē tote gnōsometha, hotan tas aisthēseis apodysōmetha. Tēs de hylikēs physeōs hē aisthēsis tēn antilēpsin echousa, diadēnai to houranichon sōma, kai eis ta epekeina tōn phainomenōn diadynai physin ouk echei. Hou charin ta peri tōn gēïnōn kai epouraniōn ho logos hēmin dialegetai, hopōs an aptaistōs en toutǭ diadiōmen. Hylikos houtos ho bios, dia sarkos ē zōē. Epischoteitai de pōs hypo tōn kat᾿ aisthēsin emphainomenōn hē tou kalou theōria. Epistēmēs oun tinos pros tēn tou kalou krisin epideometha, hina kathaper epi tōn kataskeuasmatōn kanōn tis ē epistathmē dieuthynę̄ pan to ginomenon. Touto oun hēmin hypo tou logou prodeichnntai, di᾽ hou pros to deon hē zōē kateuthynetai. Dyo gar einai phēsi tou kalou kritēria para pon bion, eph᾽ hekastǭ tōn entę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ spoudazomenōn, to symmetron kai to eukairon. Kai touto dogmatizei nyn legōn Tois pasin ho chrogos, kai kairos tǭ panti pragmati. Noēteon de anti tou chronou to metron, dioti panti tōn ginomenōn symparateinetai chronos. Tauta toinyn tou kalou ta kritēria, ei mē katholou pros pasan aretēs katorthōsin epitēdeiōs echei, oupō diischyrizomai, heōs an ho logos proïōn epideixę̄. Hot: mentoi to pleion tēs tetagmenēs zōēs tę̄ toiautę̄ katorthoutai paratērēsei, pantos an eiē katanoēsai. Tis gar ouk oiden hoti kai hē aretē metron esti tę̄ mesotēti tōn paratheōroumenōn metroumenon? Ou gar an genoito aretē hē ellipēs tou kathēkontos metrou, hyperpiptousa, hoion epi tēs andreias, hēs to men elleipon, deilia, to de hyperdallon, thrasos ginetai. Hou charin kai tines tēs exō sophias, kleptai tacha tōn hēmeterōn genomenoi, dielomenoi tēn sēmainomenēn en tǭ rhētǭ toutǭ dianoian, ho men to mēden elleipein, sen; ho men gar to metron ariston apephēnato, ho de ē mēden agan enomothetēsen. Deiknytai de di᾽ ekaterōn, hoti kai to mē ephikesthai tou epizētoumenou kat᾽ aretēn metrou, tōn kategnōsmenōn esti, kai tēn symmetrian apodlēton. ᾿Alla kai peri tou kata tēn eukairian merous ho autos an hēmin apodothēsetai logos; hoti oute to prolamdanon tēn eukairian, oute to ephysterixon en agathou krinetai moirą. TIe hōnēse ton geōponōon empisteusanta tēn tōn astachyōn tomēn, prin adrynthēnai kath᾽ hōran ta lēïa, ē hyperthemenon tēn peri ton amēton spoudēn, heōs hou perirrhyę̄ tę̄ kalamę̄ ta spermata? En outheterǭ gar energos ep᾽ agathą ginetai hē spoudē, kath᾽ heterou tou kairou tēn ōpheleian en tę̄ achairią tēs tomēs apollyonta. epi merous eirētai, kai en panti dynaton esti chatagoēsai. Oide gar to ison kai hē nautilia, eite tis tēn eukairian, eite tis ta tēs iatrikę̄s legoi, par᾽ hoson esti kai eis bladēn hyperoolē te kai elleipsis tou tę̄ therapeią kathēkontos kairou kai metrou ? ᾿Alla tauta men. easai chrē, dia tou ephexēs logon, en autais tais tou Ekklēsiastou phōnais saphesteron phaneroumenou tou ᾿All᾽ hou charin tauta hēmin protetheōrētai ? Hoti oute to ametron agathon estin, oute to akairon; all᾽ ekeino kalon te kai haireton, ho di᾽ amphoterōn. echei to teleion. Ei gar monon to hen en autǭ spoude to leipomenon, anonēton estai. kai to katorthōthen en tǭ leiponti. Oukoun kathaper. dyo posin energountōn hēmōn tēn kinēsin, ei ti symthaiē peri ton heteron, achrēstos esti kai ho apathēs pros ton dromon, dia tēn tou synergountos astheneian; houtōs ei leipoi tǭ kairǭ to metron, ē tǭ metrǭ hē eukairia, tǭ leiponti pantōs: kai to paron synēchreiōtai. ᾿Alla kai en tǭ kairǭ hē symmetria, kai en tǭ metrǭ hē eukairia to chrēsimon echei. Chronos oun anti tou metrou hēmin nenoētai, dioti pantos tou kath᾽ hekaston metrou ho chronos metron estin. Ta gar ō ginomena en chronǭ ginetai pantōs, kai tę̄ paratasei hekastou tōn ginomenōn kai to diastēma tou chronou symparateinetai, oligon en tǭ elattoni, kai. en tǭ pleioni pleion chronou. Metron kyēseōs, metron tēs tōn astachyōn auxēseōs, metron tēs tōn karpōn teleiōseōs, metron nautilias, metron poreia?, metron tēs kath᾽ hekaston hēlikias, brephous, paidiou, meirakiou, paidos, ephēdou, andros, mesēlichos, teleiou, parēlichos, presthytou, gerontos. Epeidē toinyn ouk hen to ek tou chronou metron tois pasin estin; oude gar esti dynaton genesthai panta allēlois isometra dia tēn tōn hypokeimenōn diaphoran; koinon de, kathōs eirētai, pantōn metroumenōn tron ho chronos estin, en heautǭ periechōn ta panta; toutou charin ouchi metron eipe tois pasi, dia to pollēn einai tōn metroumenōn tēn peri to pleion te kai elatton isotēta alla chronon eipe tois pase to genikon metron, hǭ pan to ginomenon parametreitai. Hōsper gar epi tēs anthrōpotētos to men proasthenei to de mēpō kathestēkos ariston de to meson tōn dyo, hoper an tas hekaterōn aēdias echpheugę̄ ᾿ en hǭ deiknytai, tēs men neotētos kechōrismenē tēs ataxias hē dynamis, tou de gērōs diezeugmenē tēs adranias hē phronēsis hōste einai dynamin synchechramenēn phronēsei, episēs pheugousan tēn te tou gērōs adranian, kai to thrasy tēs neotētos houtōs ho chronon horizōn tois pasi kath᾽ hekateron chōrizei tǭ logǭ tēn ex ametrias kakian, to te atimazōn kai to elleipon nos. ᾿Alla kairos an eiē kai autēn hēmin di᾽ akolouthou prostethēnai tōn theopneustōn logōn tēn theōrian. Kairos, phēsi, tou tekein, kai kairos tou apothanein. Kalōs en prōtois tēn anankaian tautēn syzyUian tǭ logǭ synezeuxe, aunaptōn tę̄ genesei ton thanaton. Hepetai gar kat᾽ anankēn tǭ tokǭ ho thanatos, kai pasa genesis eis phthoran dialyetai; hina dia tou synēmmenōs deichthēnai ton thanaton te kai tēn genesin, hoionei kentrǭ tini tę̄ tou thanatou mnēmę̄ tous emdathynontas tēs kata sarka zōēs diypnisę̄, kai pros tēn phrontida tōn mellontōn dianastēsę̄. Tauta philosophei kata to lechēthos en tais prōtais tōn bithliōn epigraphais kai ho philos tǭ Theǭ Mōysēs euthys tę̄ Genesei symparagrapsas tēn;Exodon; hōs tous entynchanontas tois epigegrammenois, kai di᾽ hautēs tēs tōn bioliōn taxeōs ta kath᾽ heautous paideuthēnai. Oute gar esti genesin akousanta mē;Exodon euthys ennoēsai. Ho dē kai entautha nenoēkōs ho megas Ekklēsiastēs epideiknytai, tę̄ genesei systoichon apodeixas ton thanaton. Kairos gar, phēsi, tou tekein, kai kairos tou apothanein. Ēlthen ho kairys, phēsi, kai etechthēn; hēxei ho kairos, kai tethnēxomai. Ei pros touto pantes edlepomen, ouk an tēn syntomon poreian katalipontes, kyklǭ meta tōn asedōn periēeimen, tēn periodichēn tou biou planēn planōmenoi, en dynasteiais kai neiais kai ploutois, di᾽ hōn tais polyodiais tou biou toutou enamēchanountes, ouketi tou zōēs tautēs tēn exodon exeurischomen, di᾽ hōn dokoumen spoudazein, dia toutōn heautois ta sēmeia tēs aplanous hodoiporias syncheontes. Hōs makarioi ge, phēsi, tōn anthrōpōn ekeinoi, hoi tas periodichas tēs zōēs apatas katalipontes, epi tēn syntomon tēs aretēs hodon heautous agousin Hautē de esti to pros mēden tōn tę̄de tēn psychēn epistrephein, alla syntetasthai tę̄ spoudę̄ pros to dia pisteōs en elpisi prokeimenon. Palin de to rhēthen exetasōmen. Kairos, phēsi, tou tekein, kai kairos tou apothanein. Eithe kamoi genoito en kairǭ te ho tokos, kai ho eukairos Ou gar an tis eipoi tēn akousion tautēn ōdina, kai ton automaton thanaton para tou Echnyn hōs en aretēs katorthōsei sthai. Oute gar epi tǭ thelēmati tēs gynaikos hē ōdis; oute en tę̄ proairesei tōn teleutōntōn ho thanatos. Ho de eph᾽ hēmin ouk estin, oute aretēn an tis, oute kakian horisaito; oukoun noēsai prosēkei ton tokon ton eukairon, kai ton en kairǭ ginomenon thanaton. Emoi dokei tokos hōrimos kai ouk amdlōthridēs einai, hotan, kathōs phēsin Hēsaïas, ek tou theiou tis phodou chyophorēsas dia tōn tēs psychēs ōdinōn tēn idian sōtērian gennēsę̄. ʼEautōn gar tropon phina pateres ginometha, hotan dia tēs agathēs proaireseōs hautous plasōmen te kai gennēsōmen, kai eis phōs proagagōmen. Touto de poioumen, dia tou dexasthai en heautois ton Theon, tekna Theou, kai tekna dynameōs, kai huioi HyPsistou genomenoi. Kai palin hēmin, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, e hē tou Christou morphē. Dei gar einai. phēsin, artion ton tou Theou anthrōpon. GArtios de pantōs ekeinos estin, hǭ. teleiōs ho tēs physeōs sympeplērōtai logos. Oukoun ei men tis di᾿ aretēs teknon Theou heauton epoiēse, lathōn exousian tēs eugeneias tautēs, egnō houtos ton kairon tēs agathēs ōdinąs, kai chairei, kata to Euangelion, eikotōs, hoti egennēthē anthrōpos eis ton kosmon. Ho de genomeno? teknon orgēs, kai huios apōleias, kai skotou? ekgonos, gennēma echidnēs, ekgonon kakon, kai ta alla panta di᾽ hōn ho pontros diadalletai tokos, ouk egnō ton zōogonounta kairon; heis gar kairos tiktōn eis zōēn, kai ou polloi. Hou ho. diamartōn en tę̄ akairią tou tokou, tę̄ apōlei heauton hōdine, kai tǭ thanatǭ tēn psychēn emaieusato. Ei de phaneron esti pōs en kairǭ tichtometha, dēlon pasi pōs en kairǭ apothnēskomen, hoion pas tǭ hagiǭ. Paulǭ kairos tou agathou thanatou eukairos ēn. Boą gar en tois idiois logois, enorchon tropon tina poiou menos, en hois phēsin, hoti e Kath᾿ hēmeran apothnēskō, nē tēn hymeteran kauchēsin; kai to, Heneka sou thanatoumetha pasan hēmeran. Kai autoi en heautois to apokrima tou thanatou eschēkamen. Pantōs de ouk adēlon pōs apothnēskei kath᾽ hēmeran ho Paulos, ho mēdepote tę̄ hamartią zōn, ho aei ta melē tēs sarkos nekrōn, kai tēn nekrōsin tou sōmatos tou Christou en heautǭ peripherōn, ho pantote Christǭ sy-. stauroumenos, ho mēdepote heautǭ zōn, alla zōnta echōn en heautǭ ton Christon; houto? an eiē kata gs tēn hēmeteran krisin ho eukairos thanatos, ho tēs alēthous zōēs genomenos proxenos. Egō gar, phēsin, apoktenō kai xę̄n poiēsō; hōs pepeiathai alēthōs Theou dōron einai to nekrōthēnai tę̄ hamartią, kai zōopoiēthēnai tǭ pneumati. Dia gar tou apokteinai, zōopoiein epangelletai hē theia phōnē; homoion de tois. eirēmenois kai to hepomenon; ithēryb Ho Kairos, phēsi, tou phyteusai, kai kairos tou echtilas to pephyteumenon. thida men tis hēmōn ho geōrgos, kai hēmeis tinos geōrgion. To men gar para Christou, to de para tou doulou tou Christou memathēkamen Paulou. Ho men gar Kyrios phēsin, hoti Patēr mon geōrgos estin; ho de ᾿Apostolos pros hēmas legei; hoti Theou geōrgion este. Ho oun megas geōrgos ta agatha phyteuein epistatai monon. Ephyteuse gar ho Theos paradeison en Edem kata anatolas, n ta de enantia tois agathois apotōlei. Pasa. gar phyteia hēn ouk ephyteusen ho Patēr mou ho oute kai apistia, kai ē pros ta. ginomena para tou Kyriou thaumata agnōmosynē, tauta ta phyta esti ta ektillomena. Chrē gar epikratēsai to chērytēs sōtērias. Chrē kērychthēnai to Euangelion en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ. n Chrē pasan glōssan exomologēsasthai hoti Kyrios Iēsous Christos eis doxan Theou Patros. Epei oun tauta genesthai chrē pantōs, hē nyn epikratousa tinōn apistia ouk estin ek tēs tou Patros phyteias, alla tou paraspeerontos nia, hē tou paraphyteuontos tǭ Despotikǭ ampelōni tēn Sodomichēn klēmatida, Hoper oun en tǭ Euangeliǭ para tēs Despotikēs phōnēs epaideuthēmen᾽ touto nyn kai en tǭ ainigmati tou Ekklēsiastou edidachthēmen, hoti autos kairos esti to te sōtērion tēs pisteōs phyton paradexasthai, to auto tēs apistias apotōlai zizanion. Ho de epi merous peri tou kata tēn pistin katorthōmatos eirētai, touto kai epi padēs aretēs akolouthōs an tis noēseie. Kairos tou phyteusai, tēn sōphrosynēn kai ektilai to tēs achorhasias phyton. Houtō kai dikaiosynēs phyteutheisēs, akorrhizoutai to adikon blastēma, kai to tēs tapei nophrosynēs phyton, ton typhon anetrepse, ē te agapē blastēsasa to pontiron tou misous dendron exēranen; hōsper kai ek tou enantiou dendron, misous dēladē, hē adikia plēthynomenē tēn agapēn chatepsyxe, kai ta alla panta kata ton auton tropon, hina mē ta kath᾽ ekaston legontes diatridōmen, homoiōs noountes, ou sphslēsometha. Palin ho ephexēs logos symphōnos tois Kairos gar, phēsi, e tou apokteinai, kairos tou Touto de saphōs en tǭ prophētikǭ geuetai, ho ek prosōpou tou Theou phēsin, hoti e Egō apoktenō kai zę̄n poiēsō. Ean gar mē apokteinōmen en heautois tēn echthran, ouk iasometha tēn agapētichēn diathesin tēn en hēmin dia tou misous nosēsasan. Houtō kai ta loipa panta hosa epi kakǭ kath᾽ hēmōn zę̄; legō dē tēn kakēn tōn pathēmatōn parataxin, kai ton emphylion touton polemon, ton kath᾽ hēmōn dia tōn hēdonōn strateuomenon, kai aichmalōtixonta hēmas tǭ nomǭ tēs hamartias, kairos esti tou apokteinai. Ho gar tōn toioutōn phonos, iasis ginetai tyy dia tēs hamartias exasthenēsantos. Phasin hoi hiatroi tas hexlminthas, kai alla tina toiauta thēria esōthen ek chachochymias zōogoneisthai tois splanchnois, hōn hē zōē nosos tǭ sōmati ginetai ei de ekeina dia tinos pharmakoposias anairetheiē, palin eis hygeian ho kamnōn anar- Ō rtibeipe ᾿lnalogei ta toiauta tou symatos pathē pros ta tēs psychēs arrhōstēmata; hotan ho thymos endothen echmyzōn,, ē dia tēs mnēsichkachias tēs psychēs hon tonon kai tous logismous echneurixōn, hē to tou phthonou thērion, ē ei ti allo tosouton kakon hē kakē diaita zōogonesei; ho aisthomenos hoti thērion trephei endothen hē psychē autou, eukairōs chrēsetai tǭ anairetichǭ tōn pathōn pharmakǭ. Touto de estin hē ek tou Euangeliou didaskalia, hōste ekeinō phonochtonēthentōn epigenesthai tǭ pepoiēkoti tēn iasin. Kairos tou chathelein,;kai kairos tou anoichodomę̄, Tauta kai en tois tǭ prophētę̄ Hieremią para tou Theou rhētheisin esti mathein, hǭ dedotai theothen hē dynamis, eis to proteron kathairein, kai ekrizoun, kai T᾿ kataskaptein, kai tote anorthoun, kai anoikodomein kai kataphyteuein. Chrē gar proteron en hēmin erei pōthēnai ta tēs kakias anoichodomēmata,, kai tote kairon te kai eurychōrian heurein pros tēn tou naou tou Theou chataschenēn, tou en tais psychais oikodomoumenou, hou hē hylē aretē ginetai. Ei tis gar epoikodomei epi ton themelion touton chrysion hē argyrion, lithous timious, tauta hē aretē onomazetai; xyla de kai chortos kai cha)amē, hē tēs kakias ermēneuetai physis, hētis eis ouden allo, hē eis pyros dapanēn paraskeuazetai. Hotan oun ek chortou kai kata oikodomēmata hē, toutestin, ex adikias te kai hyperēphanias, kai tēs loipēs tou biou kakias, proteron tauta eis aphanismon agagein ho logos diakeleuetai?; eith᾽ houtō to chrysion tēs aretēs hylēn tēs chkatascheuēs tou pneumatikou oikou poiēsasthai. Ou gar esti symphyēnai tę̄ kalamę̄ ton argyron, hē tǭ chortǭ chrysion proslipanthēnai, hē ton margaritēn tǭ xylǭ. ᾿All᾽ ei mellei touto einai, chrē pantōs aphanisthēnai to heteron. Tis gar koinōnia phōti pros skotos ? Oukoun chathairethēsetai proteron ta tou skotous, kai tote chatascheuasthēsetai ta phōteina tou biou oikodomēmata. Kairos tou klausai. kai kairos tou gelasai. Saphēnizetai ho logos houtos tę̄ euangelikę̄ phōnę̄ tę̄ ek prosōpou tou Kyriou gegenēmenę̄, ē phēsin, hoti Makarioi hoi penthountes, hoti autoi parachlēthē. sontai. ) NNyn oun estin ho tou klausai kairos; tou gelasai di᾽ elpidos apokeitai; hē gar parousa katēpheia tēs elpizomenēs euphrosynēs mētēr genēēsetai. Tis de ouk an en thrēnois kai schythrōpotēti panta ton bion heautou dapanēseien, eiper aisthēsin lathoi autos heautou, kai gnoiē kath᾽ heauton ha te eichen, ha te apōlesen, kai en hois ēn to kat᾽ archas hē physis, kai en tisin epi tou parontos estin ? Tote thanatos ouk ēn, nosos apēn, to emon kai to son, ta ponēra tauta rhēmata, tēs zōēs prōton exōristo. Hōs gar koinos ho hēlios, kai ho aēr koinos, kai pro pantōn tou Theou hē charis koinē, eulogia koinē; houtōs en isǭ kai pantos agathou metousia kat᾽ exousian proekeito, kai hē nosos tēs pleonexias ouk egnōrizeto, kai to pros to elattousthai misos kata tōn hyperechontōn ouk ēn. Oude gar holōs to hyperechon ēn; kai myria epi toutois alla, ha oud᾽ an parastēsai tis dynētheiē y tǭ logǭ, pamplēthes tōn eirēmenōn kata to megaleion proechonta. Legō dē tēn pros angelous homotimian, tēn epi Theou parrhēsian, tēn tōn hyperkosmiōn agathōn theōrian, to tǭ aphrastǭ kallei tēs makarias physeiys kai hēmas hōraïxesthai, deiknyntas en heautois tēn theian eikona tę̄ hōrą tēs psychēs apostiloousan. Ta de ant᾽ ekeinōn, hoia ho ponēros tōn pathēmatōn hesmos, hē kakē tōn lypērōn sphēchia. tis prōton eipę̄ tōn tou biou kakōn ? Panta homotimōs echei pros allēla, panta protereuei tais tōn chkachōn exochais, panta tōn isōn thrēnōn aphormē ginetai. Ti mallon gar tis thrēnēsei tēs athliotētos? Pothen pleon tēn physin apolophyrētai, to ōkymoron tēs zōēs, to epiponon, to apo dakryōn archesthai kai katalēgein eis dachrnon, tēn eleeinēn nēpiotēta, tēn to polymochthon tōn tę̄ hēlikią kathestēkotōn, tou gamou to phortikon, tēs agamias to erēmon, tēs apaidias to arrhizon, tou ploutou to epiphthonon, tēs enias to epōdynon; kai siōpō tas polytropous tōn nosēmatōn diaphoras, tas lōdas, tous achrōtētas sēpseis, tas tōn aisthētēriōn pērōseis, tas ek daimonōn paraphoras, panta hosa hē physis en heautę̄ periechei, ha tę̄ dyname: hekastos anthrōpion estin echōn en tę̄ physei ta pathē. Tēn de tōn erōtōn manian, kai ton dysōdē borthoron, eis on chatastrephetai hē toiautē lyssa, pariēmi, kai tēn synezeugmenēn tę̄ trophę̄ dia tēs apopoiēseōs aēdian ou legō, hōs an mē doxaimi dia pantōn stēliteuein tǭ logǭ ton bion, chopropoion tina tēn physin hēmōn͵ apodeiknyōn. Panta apheis tauta kai ta toiauta, ekeino malista phēmi dakryōn axion einai tois aisthanomenois, to eidenai pantas hotʼ tēs schioeidous tautēs zōēs paradrchmousēs, menei hēmas tis ekdochē kriseōs, kai pyros zēlos esthiein mellontos tous hypenantious. Ho oun tauta kai ta toiauta logizomenos, ar᾽ ouk Oukoun kairos an eiē nyn tauta tǭ logismǭ lamthanein. Ek gar tou schythrōpōs pros tēn parousan echein zōēn, to mēden plēmmelein en tautę̄ kata to epangeltheisa tēs euphrosynēs charis di᾽ elpidos hēmen apocheisetai᾽; hē de elpis ou kataischynei, kathōs phēsin ha ᾿Apostolos. To de epagomenon, hoion epanalēpsis ou proeirēmenou estin. Eipōn gar tou dachryou kai tou gelōtos tēn eukairian, epēgage; e Kairos tou kopsasthai, kairos tou orchēsasthai, hoper ouden allo, hē epitasis hekaterou tōn mnēmoneuthentōn estin. Ho gar eaupathēs te kai endiathetos thrēnos, kopetos hypo tēs Hōsautōs de kai hē orchēsis sēmainei tēn tēs euphrosynēs epitasin, kathōs en tǭ Heuangeliǭ to toiouton emathomen, en hois phēsin, lēsamen hymin, kai ouk ōrchēsasthe; ethrēnēsamen hymin, kai ouk ekopsasthe. Houtō phēsin hē historia, kopeton men epi tę̄ metastasei tou Mōseōs epi tois Israēlitais genesthai, orchēsasthai de ton Dadid tēs chidō tou propompeuonta, hote autēn ek tōn allophylōn mē en tǭ synēthei deiknymenon schēmati. Hypophthengesthai gar auton phēsi tōn enarmoniōn melōn en tǭ mousikǭ organǭ anakrouomenon; neisthai de pros ton rhythmon tǭ podi, kai tę̄ en rhythmǭ kinēsei tou sōmatos tēn hendon dēmosieuein diathesin. Epeidē toinyn diplous men ho anthrōpos, ek psychēs legō kai sōmatos, diplę̄ de kai hē zōē, katallēlōs en hekaterǭ tōn en hē min energoumenōn, kalon an eiē tę̄ sōmatikę̄ zōę̄ koptomenous; pollai kai tōn thrēnōn kata ton bion touton hai aphormai, tę̄ psychę̄ paraskeuazein tēn enarmonion orchēsin. Hoson gar pleon chatastygnazetai dia katēpheias ho bios, tosoutǭ mallon hai tēs euphrosynēs aphormai tę̄ psychę̄ synathroïzonkai. Stygnon hē enkrateia; katēphes hē tapeinōsis; thrēnos to zēmiousthai; penthous hypothesis to mē ison pros tous kratountas echein; all᾽ ho tapeinōn heauton, hypsōthēsetai, kai ho enathlōn tę̄ penią stephanōthēsetai, kai ho tois elkesi bryōn kai dia pantōn thrēnou axion ton heautou bion epideiknymenos, tǭ kolpǭ tou Patriarchou enanapausetai. En hǭ kai hēmeis genoimetha tǭ eleei tou sōzontos hēmas Iēsou Christou hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn.

“For all things there is a time, and a season for every matter under heaven”: this is the beginning of the oracles set before us for contemplation. The labour too is …, and the gain from the labour is worth the labour. For perhaps the aim of what we contemplated in the first parts of the book is made manifest above all in this part, as the discourse, proceeding, will show through the sequence. In the preceding discourses all things were condemned as vain that are pursued among human beings for no gain to the soul. For the good was pointed out, toward which one must look through the thoughts set in the head; and for those [who have] wisdom … luxury. It remains to learn how one may live according to virtue, receiving through the discourse, as it were, an art and method for setting life right. These, then, are the things which the present examination of the words promises us in its prologue, in which it declares that “for all things there is a time, and a season for every matter under heaven.” For if anyone [looks] into the depth of [the sense] … enclosed in the words, both contemplative and giving counsel about what is beneficial. And so that we may have a brief approach to the contemplation of the saying, we shall take up the discourse thus. Of existing things, one kind is material and perceptible by sense, the other intelligible and immaterial. Of these the incorporeal lies above sense-apprehension; we shall know it then, when we put off the senses. But sense-perception, which grasps the material nature, has no nature to pass beyond the heavenly body and penetrate to what lies beyond the things that appear. For this reason the discourse speaks to us about earthly and heavenly things, so that we may pass through this life without stumbling. This life is material, our living through flesh; and the contemplation of the beautiful is somehow darkened by what appears to the senses. We need, then, some knowledge for the judgment of the beautiful, so that, as with constructions, a rule or plumb line may straighten everything that is made. This, then, is shown us beforehand by the discourse, by which life is straightened toward what it ought to be. For he says that there are two criteria of the beautiful in life, in each of the things pursued in this life: due measure and right timing. And he lays this down as doctrine now, saying, “For all things there is a time, and a season for every matter.” “Time” must be understood as standing for measure, because time extends alongside everything that comes to be. Whether, then, these criteria of the beautiful are suited universally for every achievement of virtue, I do not yet assert, until the discourse, proceeding, shows it. But that the greater part of an ordered life is set right by such observance, anyone could perceive. For who does not know that virtue too is a measure, measured by the mean of the things considered beside it? For what falls short of the due measure, or exceeds it, could not be virtue; as with courage, whose deficiency is cowardice and whose excess becomes rashness. For this reason some of the outside wisdom, perhaps having become thieves of what is ours, divided between them the sense signified in this saying: one [laid down] that nothing should fall short, …; for one declared that measure is best, and the other legislated “nothing too much.” And it is shown by both that failing to reach the measure sought in virtue is among the things condemned, and that [going beyond] due proportion is to be rejected. But the same account will be given us also about the part concerning right timing: that neither what anticipates the right moment nor what lags behind it is judged to belong to the lot of the good. What did it profit the farmer who [undertook] the cutting of the ears before the crops had ripened in their season, or who put off his effort at the harvest until the seeds had flowed off the stalk? For in neither case does the effort become effective for good, since in the untimeliness of the cutting he loses the benefit, on either side, of the right moment. What has been said in a part can be perceived in everything too. For seafaring too knows the same, whether one speaks of the right moment …; or if one speaks of medicine, how much harm comes from excess and deficiency of the time and measure proper to treatment? But these things must be left, since in what follows the … becomes clearer in the very words of the Ecclesiast.

But for what reason have we contemplated these things beforehand? Because neither the measureless is good nor the untimely; but that is beautiful and to be chosen which has its perfection through both. For if only the one is in it, [and] what is lacking [is neglected] in the effort, even what has been achieved will be profitless because of what is lacking. So, just as when we make our motion with two feet, if something happens to one, even the unhurt one is useless for running because of the weakness of its partner, so if measure is lacking to timing, or timing to measure, what is present too has surely been made useless by what is lacking. But proportion within timing, and timing within measure, have usefulness. “Time,” then, has been understood by us as standing for measure, because time is the measure of every measure of each thing. For the things that come to be surely come to be in time, and the extent of time stretches together with the extension of each thing that comes to be: little time in the lesser, and more in the greater. A measure of pregnancy, a measure of the growth of the ears, a measure of the ripening of fruits, a measure of a voyage, a measure of a journey, a measure of each age: of the infant, the little child, the stripling, the boy, the youth, the man, the middle-aged, the mature, the one past his prime, the elder, the old man. Since, then, the measure that comes from time is not one for all — for it is not possible for all things to be equal in measure to one another because of the difference of the subjects — but time, as has been said, is the common measure of all that is measured, containing all things in itself, for this reason he did not say “a measure for all,” because there is much inequality of more and less among the things measured, but he said “a time for all,” the generic measure by which everything that comes to be is measured. For just as in humanity one part is [already] weakening, another is not yet settled, and the best is the mean of the two, which escapes the unpleasant features of both — in which is shown strength separated from the disorder of youth, and prudence separated from the feebleness of old age, so that there is strength blended with prudence, equally avoiding both the feebleness of old age and the rashness of youth — so the one who assigns “a time to all” separates by his discourse the vice that comes from measurelessness on each side, both the excessive and the deficient … But it would be time, following the sequence, to add the contemplation of the God-inspired words themselves.

“A season,” he says, “to give birth, and a season to die.” Well has he yoked together in his discourse at the very first this necessary pair, joining death to birth. For death follows of necessity upon childbirth, and every coming-to-be is dissolved into corruption; so that by showing death and birth joined together he may rouse, as with a goad, by the memory of death, those who are sunk deep in the life according to the flesh, and stir them to care for the things to come. This Moses too, the friend of God, teaches, as has been said, in the first titles of his books, setting Exodus at once beside Genesis, so that those who read the titles may be instructed in what concerns themselves by the very order of the books. For one cannot hear “genesis” without at once thinking of “exodus.” The great Ecclesiast, having understood this here too, shows it, by setting death as the counterpart of birth. “For there is a season,” he says, “to give birth, and a season to die.” The season came, he says, and I was born; the season will come, and I shall die. If we all looked to this, we would not abandon the short road and go round in a circle with the ungodly, wandering the circuitous wandering of life, in powers and … and riches; through which, entangled in the many roads of this life, we no longer find the exit from this life, confounding for ourselves, through the very things we seem to pursue, the signs of the road that does not wander. How blessed, he says, are those among human beings who, leaving the circuitous deceits of life, lead themselves to the short road of virtue. And this is to turn the soul toward nothing of the things here, but to be strained with zeal toward what is set before us in hopes through faith.

Let us examine the saying again. “A season,” he says, “to give birth, and a season to die.” Would that for me too the birth might be in season, and the death well-timed! For one could not say that this involuntary travail and the spontaneous death are being set before us now by the Ecclesiast as an achievement of virtue. For neither is travail at the will of the woman, nor is death in the free choice of those who die. And what is not in our power one could define neither as virtue nor as vice. So we must understand the well-timed birth, and the death that comes about in season. To me a birth seems to be ripe and not an abortion when, as Isaiah says, one who has conceived from the fear of God gives birth to one’s own salvation through the travail of the soul. For we become in a certain manner fathers of ourselves, when through good free choice we form and beget ourselves and bring ourselves forth into the light. And this we do by receiving God into ourselves, becoming children of God, children of power, and sons of the Most High; and again, as the Apostle says, [when] the form of Christ [is formed in] us. “For the man of God,” it says, “must be complete.” And complete is surely that one in whom the account of nature has been perfectly fulfilled. So if someone through virtue has made himself a child of God, having received authority for this noble birth, he has known the season of the good travail, and rejoices, according to the Gospel, with reason, “that a man has been born into the world.” But the one who has become a child of wrath, and a son of perdition, and offspring of darkness, a brood of vipers, an evil offspring, and all the other names by which the wicked birth is reproached, has not known the life-giving season. For one season gives birth into life, and not many. Whoever misses it, in the untimeliness of the birth, travailed with himself for perdition and delivered his soul to death. And if it is plain how we are born in season, it is clear to all how we die in season. Thus for the holy Paul every season was a timely season for the good death. For he cries in his own words, making a kind of oath, where he says, “I die every day, by my boasting in you,” and, “For your sake we are being put to death all the day long,” and, “We ourselves had the sentence of death in ourselves.” And it is surely not unclear how Paul dies every day: he who never lives to sin, who always puts to death the members of the flesh, and carries about in himself the dying of the body of Christ, who is always crucified with Christ, who never lives for himself but has Christ living in him. This would be, in our judgment at least, the well-timed death, the one that brings about true life. “For I will kill,” he says, “and I will make alive”; so that we may be persuaded that it is truly a gift of God to be put to death to sin and made alive by the Spirit. For by killing, the divine voice promises to make alive. And what follows is like what has been said.

“A season,” he says, “to plant, and a season to pluck up what has been planted.” I know who our farmer is, and whose field we are. The one we have learned from Christ, the other from Paul, the servant of Christ. For the Lord says, “My Father is the farmer,” and the Apostle says to us, “You are God’s field.” The great farmer, then, knows how to plant only good things — “For God planted a paradise in Eden toward the east” — but he plucks up what is opposed to the good. For “every plant which my Father … did not plant [will be rooted up]” … and unbelief, and ingratitude toward the wonders done by the Lord: these are the plants that are being plucked up … For the proclamation of salvation must prevail. “The Gospel must be proclaimed in the whole world.” “Every tongue must confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” Since, then, these things must surely come about, the unbelief that now prevails among some is not from the Father’s planting, but from the one who sows [weeds] alongside, or who plants beside the Master’s vineyard the vine-shoot of Sodom. What, then, we were taught in the Gospel by the voice of the Master, this we have now been taught also in the riddle of the Ecclesiast: that the same season is for receiving the saving plant of faith and for plucking up the weed of unbelief. And what has been said in part about the achievement in faith, one would understand consistently of every virtue too. A season to plant self-control, and to pluck up the plant of licentiousness. So too, when righteousness has been planted, the shoot of injustice is uprooted; and the plant of humility overturned conceit, and love, sprouting, withered the wicked tree of hatred; just as, from the opposite side, the tree of hatred — that is, iniquity multiplied — made love grow cold; and all the other things in the same way. So that we may not spend time telling each one, if we understand them similarly, we shall not go wrong.

Again the following saying agrees with the [preceding]. “For there is a season,” he says, “to kill, a season to [heal].” This is clearly [shown] in the prophetic word, which says in the person of God: “I will kill and I will make alive.” For if we do not kill enmity in ourselves, we shall not heal the loving disposition in us that has become sick through hatred. So too with all the other things that live against us for evil — I mean the wicked battle line of the passions, and this civil war that campaigns against us through pleasures and takes us captive by the law of sin: there is a season to kill them. For the slaughter of such things becomes the healing of what has been weakened by sin. Physicians say that worms, and certain other such creatures, are brought to life within the bowels from bad humours, whose life becomes disease to the body; but if those are destroyed by some drug …, the sick person returns to health again. Such passions of the body correspond to the illnesses of the soul: when anger sucks it dry from within, or unnerves the vigour and reasonings of the soul through resentment, or the beast of envy, or any other such evil that a bad way of life brings to life. The one who perceives that his soul feeds a beast within will use in good season the drug that destroys the passions. And this is the teaching of the Gospel, so that when those have been slain, healing may come to the one who has done it.

“A season to pull down, and a season to build up.” These things can be learned from what was said by God to the prophet Jeremiah, to whom power was given from God first to pull down, and to root out, and to dig away, and then to set up again, and to build up, and to plant. For first the buildings of vice in us must be thrown down, and then a season and room may be found for the construction of the temple of God, which is built in souls, whose material becomes virtue. For “if anyone builds on this foundation gold or silver, precious stones,” these are named virtue; but “wood and hay and straw” interpret the nature of vice, which is prepared for nothing else than for consumption by fire. When, then, the buildings are of hay and straw — that is, of injustice and arrogance and the rest of the vice of life — the word commands us first to bring these to destruction, and then to make the gold of virtue the material for the construction of the spiritual house. For silver cannot grow together with straw, nor gold be stuck onto hay, nor the pearl onto wood. But if the one is to be, the other must surely be destroyed. “For what fellowship has light with darkness?” So the things of darkness will be pulled down first, and then the bright buildings of life will be constructed.

“A season to weep, and a season to laugh.” This saying is made clear by the voice of the Gospel spoken in the person of the Lord, which says, “Blessed are those who mourn, for they shall be comforted.” Now, then, is the season to weep; the season to laugh is laid up through hope; for the present dejection will become the mother of the gladness hoped for. And who would not spend all his life in lamentations and gloom, if he came to perceive himself, and knew within himself what he had and what he lost, and in what state nature was at the beginning and in what it is at present? Then there was no death, disease was absent; “mine” and “yours,” these wicked words, were banished from life. For as the sun was common, and the air common, and before all things God’s grace common, the blessing common, so the participation in every good was set before all on equal terms, at their disposal; the disease of greed was not known, and hatred of those who excel, arising from being worse off, did not exist. For there was no excelling at all. And countless other things besides, which one could not even set forth in speech, far surpassing in greatness what has been said: I mean equality of honour with the angels, freedom of speech before God, the contemplation of supramundane goods, our being made beautiful too with the unspeakable beauty of the blessed nature, showing in ourselves the divine image shining with the beauty of the soul. And instead of those things — such as the wicked swarm of passions, the evil wasps’ nest of sorrows — … which of the evils of life would one name first? All are of equal rank with one another, all take first place in the eminence of evils, all become occasions for equal lamentation. For what would one lament more in our wretchedness? From what would one bewail nature more — the short span of life, its toil, its beginning with tears and its ending in tears, pitiable infancy, … the many toils of those settled in age, the burden of marriage, the loneliness of the unmarried, the rootlessness of childlessness, the envy that wealth draws, the pain of poverty? And I am silent about the manifold differences of diseases, the disfigurements, the incurable rottings, the maimings of the senses, the derangements caused by demons, all that nature contains in itself, which each human being has in potential, having the passions in his nature. The madness of passionate loves, and the foul-smelling mire into which such frenzy ends, I pass over; and I do not speak of the disgust joined to nourishment through excretion, so as not to seem to post up life entirely in my discourse, showing our nature to be a maker of dung. Leaving all these and such things aside, I say that this above all is worthy of tears for those who perceive it: to know that, when this shadowy life has run past, there awaits us a certain expectation of judgment, and a zeal of fire that will consume the adversaries. Does not the one who reckons these and such things … ? It would therefore be the season now to take these things into one’s reasoning. For from being gloomy toward the present life [comes] committing no fault in it; [and so] the grace of gladness that has been promised will be laid up for us through hope; and hope does not put to shame, as the Apostle says.

What is added is like a repetition of what was said before. For having spoken of the right season for tears and for laughter, he added, “A season to beat the breast, a season to dance,” which is nothing else than the intensification of each of the things mentioned. For the deeply felt and heartfelt lament is called “beating the breast” by [Scripture], and likewise dancing signifies the intensification of gladness, as we learned such a thing in the Gospel, where it says, “We piped to you, and you did not dance; we lamented to you, and you did not beat your breasts.” So the history says that there was beating of breasts among the Israelites at the departure of Moses, and that David danced as he led the procession of the ark, when he [brought] it back from the foreigners, … not appearing in his accustomed bearing. For it says that he sang along with harmonious melodies, striking up on the musical instrument, and moved to the rhythm with his foot, and by the rhythmic motion of his body made public his inner disposition. Since, then, the human being is twofold — of soul, I mean, and body — and life too is twofold, correspondingly in each of the things active in us, it would be good, while beating our breasts for the bodily life — for the occasions for lament in this life are many — to prepare for the soul the harmonious dance. For the more life is darkened by dejection, the more the occasions of gladness are gathered for the soul. Self-control is sombre; humility is downcast; to suffer loss is lamentation; not to be equal to those in power is a cause of grief. But he who humbles himself will be exalted, and he who contends with poverty will be crowned, and he who teems with sores and shows his life to be worthy of lament in all respects will rest in the bosom of the Patriarch. In which may we too come to be, by the mercy of Jesus Christ who saves us, to whom be the glory and the might for the ages of ages.

Chapter 7

7PG 44

Καιρὸς τοῦ βαλεῖν λίθους, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ συναγαγεῖν λίθους. Ἠύξησεν ἤδη δι᾽ ὧν ἔδειξε τὴν τῶν ἀκουόντων ἰσχὺν ὁ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς δυνάμεως ταξίαρχος, ὥστε καὶ βαλεῖν δύνασθαι τοὺς ἀντιτεταμένους, καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ βαλεῖν παρασκευὰς συμπορίἋ γὰρ προεπαιδεύθημεν, δι’ ὧν πᾶσιν ἔφαρμόζειν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ χρόνου μέτρον, καὶ τὴν ἐν παντὶ εὐκαιρίαν ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ καλοῦ κριτήριον μεμαθήκαμεν, εἰς ταύτην ἡμᾶς ἄγει τὴν δύναμιν, ὥστε νοηθῆναί τινα ἡμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς βραχίονα, καὶ κατὰ σκοποῦ πέμπειν τοὺς ἀναιρετιχοὺς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ λίθους, καὶ πάλιν ἀνακαλεῖσθαι τούτους εἰς οἷον ἂν τὸν πολέμιον βάλωμεν εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν χαταχοντίζειν τὸν ἀντικείμενον. Οἱ μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὸ γράμμα βλέποντες μόνον, καὶ τῇ προχείρῳ παριστάμενοι διανοίᾳ τῶν εἰρημένων, τὸν Μωσέως νόμον ἴσως παροῦσι ῥητοῖς ἐφαρμόσουσιν, ἐφ᾽ ὃν προστάσσει ὁ νόμος βάλλειν λίθους, εἴ τι παρανομοῦντες εὑρίσκοιντο, οἷα δὴ καὶ δι αὐτῆς μεμαθήκαμεν τῆς ἱστορίας, ἐπί τε τῶν εἰς καὶ τοῦ τὰ ἱερὰ φότος, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων πλημμελημάτων οἷς τὴν διὰ τῶν λίθων τιμωρίαν ὁ νόμος ἐπέταξεν. Ἐγὼ δὲ εἰ καὶ τὸ συναγαγεῖν λίθους εὔκαιρον ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς ἐποιεῖτο, περὶ οὗ νόμος οὐδεὶς ἐγκελεύεται, οὔτε τῆς ἱστορίας πρᾶξιν ὑφηγεῖται τὸ ὅμοιον, συνεθέμην ἂν τοῖς διὰ τοῦ νόμου τὸ ῥητὸν ἑρμηνεύουσιν, ὡς τότε ὄντος καιροῦ βαλεῖν λίθους, ὅταν τις ἣ παραΝυνὶ δὲ ἡ προσθήκη τοῦ δεῖν πάλιν συναγαγεῖν τοὺς λίθους, ὅπερ οὐδενὶ νόμῳ διώρισται, εἰς ἄλλην ἡμᾶς ἄγει διάνοιαν· μάθωμεν ὁποῖον τοῦτο γένος λίθων ἐστὶν, ὃ μετὰ τὴν βολὴν πάλιν κτῆμα τοῦ προϊεμένου Ἐπειδὰν γὰρ βάλωμεν κατὰ καιρὸν τοὺς λίθους, πάλιν συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ διδασκόμεθα. Ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ μηδὲ τὸν νόμον οὕτως ὑψηλῶς κατὰ τὴν πρόχειρον ἔννοιαν ἐχλαμδάνειν. Τί γὰρ θεοπρεπὲς καὶ μέγα τῇ ψιλῇ διανοίᾳ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐμφαίνεται ; Εἰ φρυγανιζόμενός τις ἑάλω κατὰ τὸ σάδδατον, διὰ τοῦτο καταλευσθῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἕδει, μηδεμιᾶς ἀδικίας ἐν τῷ πλημμελήματι φαινομένης ; Τί γὰρ ἡδίκει τινὰ χάρφη κατὰ τὸ συμδὰν διεῤῥιμμένα κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς χρείαν Οὐ γὰρ τὸ ἀλλότριον ἀφαιρεῖσθαι κατηγορεῖται, ὥστε δοκεῖν εὐλόγως τὴν ἀδικίαν κολάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ κοινῇ πᾶσι προκείμενον αὐτῷ αἵτιον γίνεται τῆς τῶν λίθων βολῆς. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐν Σαδ᾿θάτῳ τοῦτο ἐποίησε, διὰ τοῦτο ὡς κακουργῶν κατακρίνεται. Τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι τῶν γινομένων ἕκαστον τῇ ἰδίᾳ κρίνεται φύσει, εἴτε κακὸν, εἴτε μὴ τοιοῦτόν ἔστιν; Ὁ δὲ χρόνος καθ᾽ ὅν ἐνεργεῖται πρᾶξις, ἕξωθεν τῆς τοῦ γινομένου φύσεως θεωρεῖται. Τί γὰρ κοινὸν ἔχει τὸ χρονικὸν διάστημα, πρὸς τὸ ἐκ προαἱρέσεως ἡμετέρας ἀποτελούμενον ; Ἐὰν ἔρηταί τις ἡμᾶς, τί ἡμέρα ἐστὶ, τὸ ὑπὲρ γῆς εἶναι τὸν ἥλιον πάντως ἀποκρινούμεθα, καὶ μέτρον αὐτῆς ὄρθρον καὶ ἑσπέραν ποιούμεθα. Ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος λόγος τῆς ἡμέρας, οὐ μιᾷ τινι μόνῃ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἑδδοματιχὴν περίοδον ἀναχυχλουμένων ἐφαρμοσθήσεται· ἀλλὰ καὶ πρώτης καὶ δευτέρας καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἐδδόμης, ὁ αὐτός ἐστι λόγος, καὶ οὐδὲν ἡ τοῦ Σαδδάτου ἡμέρα κατὰ τὰς λοιπὰς κατὰ τὸ εἶναι ἡμέρα παρήλλακται. Ἐὰν δέ τις τὴν τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος ἐξετάσῃ διάνοιαν, τὸ μὴ δεῖν τι κατὰ τοῦ πέλας ποιεῖν, πάντως ἐροῦμεν, οἷον· μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, καὶ τὰ λοιπά! ὧν γενικός ἐστι νόμος, τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιέχων, καὶ ὅπερ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαπῆσαι τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτόν· ταῦτα καὶ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν ἐπίσης χαττο καὶ παρανομούμενα, ἣ καλὰ πάντως ἐστὶν, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου νοούμενα. Οὐκ ἂν δέ τις ὃ σήμερον κακὸν ἐκρίθη γενόμενον, εἴτε φόνος εἴη τὸ πλημμέλημα, εἴτε τι ἄλλο τῶν ἀπειρημένων, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τῇ ἐφεξῆς καλὸν εἶναι νομίσειεν. Εἰ οὖν τὸ κακὸν ἀεὶ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧπερ ἂν χρόνῳ τύχῃ τολμώμενον, καὶ τὸ ἀνεύθυνον, οὐδὲ ἂν γένοιτο παρὰ τὸν χρόνον ὑπεύθυνον. Εἰ τοίνυν τὸ πρὸ τοῦ Σαδδάτου φρυγανίζεσθαι καὶ πυρὰν ἄἅπτειν, ἔξω ἀδικίας ἐστὶ καὶ κολάσεως· παὶ πῶς τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ πλημμέλημα γίνεται ; ᾿Αλλʼ οἶδα τὸ Σάδδατον τῆς ἀναπαύσεως, οἶδα τὸν τῆς ἀπραξίας νόμον, ὃς οὐχὶ πεδήσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον τῆς φνσιχῆῇῆς ἐνεργείας, ἄπρακτον εἶναι διακελεύεται. Εἰ γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἀδύνατα κελεύει, ἀπρακτεῖν προστάσσων ἡμῖν, οἷς καὶ δίχα τῶν λοιπῶν ἔργων, αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς ζωῆς εἶδος ἔργον ἐστίν - ὀφθαλμῶν μὲν ἡ ὄψις, ἀκοῆς δὲ ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ἐ)έργεια, μυκτήρων δὲ ἢ ὄσφρησις, στόματος ἡ τοῦ ἀέρος ὀλκὴ, γλώσσης ὁ λόγος, ὁδοῦσιν ἡ τροφῆς ὑπτρεσία, σπλάγχνων ἣ πέψις, ποσὶν ἡ κίνησις, χερσὶν ἐκεῖνα πρὸς ἃ πέφυκεν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖν ταῦτα τὰ μέλη. Πῶς οὖν ἔστι δυνατὸν χυρωθῆναι τὸν τῆς ἀπραξίας νόμον οὐ παραδεχομένοις τὴν ἀργίαν τῆς φύσεως ; Πῶς πείσω τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν μὴ ὁρᾷν ἐν Σαξδάτῳ, φύσις ἐστὶ τὸ πάντως τι βλέπειν : Πῶς τὴν ἀκουστικὴν ἐπίσχω ἐνέργειαν ; Πῶς πεισθῇ μοι ἢ ὄσφρησις πὴν ἀντιληπτικὴν αἴσθησιν τῶν ἀτμῶν ἀποθέσθαι κατὰ τὸ Σάδδατον ; Πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἐνεργήσει τὰ σπλάγχνα τὴν ἰδίαν ἐνέργειαν, τῷ νόμῳ δουλεύοντα, ὥστε ἄπεπτὸν τὴν τροφὴν ἐμμεῖναι τῷ σώματι, ἵνα ἀργὴν δείξῃ τὴν φύειν κατὰ τὸ Σάδόατον ; Εἰ δὴ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν οὐ δύναται δέξασθαι τὸν τῆς ἀρΥἱας νόμον (οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅλως ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ἔσται τὰ μὴ ἐνεργοῦντα), οὐκ ἔστι πάντως τὸ μὴ παρανομηθῆναι Σάββατον, κἂν ἀκίνητος ἡ χεὶρ ἢ ὁ ποῦ; ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σχήματός τε καὶ τόπου μένῃ. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐχὶ μέρει τινὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅλῳ κεῖται τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ νόμος, οὐ μᾶλλον ἀπραχτοῦντες δι᾽ ἑνὸς τῶν μελῶν νόμον φυλάξομεν, εἰ τοῖς λοιποῖς αἰσθητηρίοις κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργοῦντες, τὸ προσταχθὲν παραλύσωμεν. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν θεόθεν ὀνόμος· οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν παρὰ Θεοῦ προσταττομένων τοιοῦτον οἱονεὶ παρὰ φύσιν εἶναι, ἣ ἔξω τοῦ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν δείκνυσθαι λόγου. Ἡ δὲ ἄλογος ἀργία, ἀρετὴ οὐκ ἔστιν. Ζητεῖν ἄρα προσήκει τί βούλεται τὸ παράγγελμα τῆς Φημΐ τοίνυν ἐγὼ πάσης νομοθεσίας τῆς θεόθεν γεγενημένης ἕνα σκοπὸν εἶναι, τὸ καθαρεύειν τῷ τῆς κακίας ἔργῳ τοὺς δειξαμένους τὸν νόμον, καὶ πᾶς νόμος ὁ τὰ ἀπειρημένα κωλύων σαδθδατίζειν ἀπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν ἔργων διακελεύεται. Τοῦτο αἱ πλάκες, τοῦτο ἢ Λευϊτικὴ παρατήρησις, τοῦτο ἡ ἐν τῷ μίῳ ἀκρίδεια, τὸ ἀργοὺς ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀπράκτους ἐκείνων εἶναι, ὧν τὸ ἔργον κακία ἐστίν, Εἰ μὲν οὖν οὕτω τις ἐχλαμθάνει τὸν νόμον, ἀργὸν ἐν κακίᾳ εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κἀγὼ συντίθημι τὸν σοφὸν Ἐκκλησιαστὴν ᾿κατὰ τοῦ ξύλα ἑαυτοῦ συνάγοντος, καιρὸν ὁρίζειν εἰς τὸ βάλλειν λίθους, δι᾽ ὄν κωλύεται ἡ συλλογὴ τῶν τῆς κακίας φρυγάνων, τῶν εἰς πυρὸς ὕλην συναγομένων. Εἰ δὲ φιλότης παραμένει τῷ γράμματι, οὐκ οἷδα ὅπως τὸ θεοπρεπὲς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λογίσαιτο. Οὐκοῦν νοητέον τοὺς λίθους τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ κατὰ τοῦ τοιούτου βαλλόμενοι, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἀφίκοιτο ἡ περὶ τὸν ( Φρυγανισμὸν σπουδή. ΕἸ δὲ τὰ ξύλα δι᾽ ὧν τὸ πῦρ ἐκκαυθήσεται τῷ συνειλοχότι, πάντως δὲ οὐκ ἄδηλα ταῦτα, τῷ καὶ ὁπωσοῦν μυστικὸν ἐπαγαγόντι λόγον· ἣ γὰρ καλῶς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ξύλα, καλάμην καὶ χόρτον κἣν πονηρὰν οἰκοδομὴν ὀνομάζει, διότι τὰ τοιαῦτα οἰκοδομήματα ἐν τῷ τῆς κρίσεως καιρῷ πῦρ γίνεται, καὶ τὸ ἄχυρον, φησὶν ἡ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου φωνὴ, πυρὶ ἑτοιμάζεται, καὶ τὴν ἄκαρπον χλημακἰδα, μόνῳ εὔθετον τῷ πυρὶ ἀπεφήνατο· δῆλον ἄν εἴη, ὅτι ξύλα ἐστὶν εἰς πυρὸς παρασκευὴν συναγόμενα, τὰ μάταια τοῦ βίου ἐπιτηδεύματα, κα. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐν καιρῷ τοῖς λίθοις βαλλόμενος, ὄνπερ τὸν εἰς τὰ κακὰ ῥέποντα λογισμόν τις νοήσας, οὐκ ἀμάρτοι τοῦ δέοντος. Χρὴ δὲ πάντως νοεῖν ὅτι οἱ ἀναιρετιχοὶ τῆς κακίας λογισμοὶ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λίθοι οἱ εὐστόχως ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ σφενδονούμενοι, οὖς ἀεὶ καὶ πέμπεσθαι χρὴ, καὶ συνάγεσθαι· πέμπεσθαι μὲν εἰς καθαίρεσιν τοῦ κατὰ τῆς ἡμετέρα; ζωῆς ὑψουμένου - συνάγεσθαι δὲ, εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ πλήρη εἶναι τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς κόλπον τῶν τοιούτων παρασκευῶν, ὥστε πρόχειρον εἶναι κατὰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τὴν βολὴν, εἴποτε ἄλλως τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐπιδουλὴν ἐννοή σειεν. Πόθεν οὖν συναγάγωμεν λίθους οἷς τὸν ἐχθρὸν χαταχώσωνμμεν; Ἤκουσα τῆς προφητείας εἰπούσης. Λίθοι ἅγιοι κυλίονται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ν Οὗτοι δ᾽ ἂν εἶεν ἀπὸ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς εἰς ἡμᾶς κατιόντε: λόγοι, οὖς χρὴ συναγαγεῖν ἐν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς κόλπῳ, ἵν᾽ ἐν καιρῷ κατὰ τῶν λυπούντων χρησώμεθα, ὧν ἡ βολὴ οὕτω κχαλὴ, καὶ ἀναιρεῖ τὸν πολέμιον, καὶ τῆς τοῦ βάλλοντος χειρὸς οὐ χωρίζεται. Ὃ γὰρ τῷ λίθῳ τῆς σωφροσύνης χαταδάλλων τὸν ἀκόλαστον λογισμὸν, τὸν διὰ τῶν ἡδονῶν τὰς τοῦ πυρὸς ὕλας φρυγανιζόμενον, χκἀχεῖνον τῇ βολῇ κατηγωνίσατο, καὶ διὰ χειρὸς ἀεὶ φέρει τὸ ὅτλον. Οὕτω καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη λίθος κατὰ τῆς ἀδικίας γίνεται, κἀκείνην ἀναιρεῖ, καὶ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ προσεμένου φυλάττεται. Κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον πάντα πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον νοούμενα, ἀναιρετικὰ τῶν χειρόνων γίνεται, καὶ τοῦ κατορθοῦντος πὴν ἀρετὴν οὐ χωρίζεται. Κατά τε τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον, οὕτως χρὴ ἐν καιρῷ βαλεῖν τοὺς λίθους, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ συναγαγεῖν λίθους, ὡς καὶ ἀεὶ πέμπειν τὰς ἀγαθὰς βολὰς ἐπὶ τὸ καταλύειν τὰ χείρονα, καὶ μηδέποτε ἡμᾶς ἐπιλείπειν τῶν τοιούτων ὅπλων τὴν ἀφθονίαν. Ἡ. δὲ ἐφεξῆς κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐγκειμένη ῥῆσις, περιλήψεώς τινος καιρὸν καὶ ἀχαιρίαν Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως Καιρὸς τοῦ περιλαδεῖν, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ μαχρυνθῆναι ἀπὸ περιλήψεως. Ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως γένοιτο ἡμῖν καταφανῇ τὰ νοήματα, μὴ τῆς λέξεως πρότερον διὰ τῆς Γραφῆς νοηθείσης· ὥστε γενέσθαι δῆλον ἡμῖν, ἐπὶ τίνος οἷδεν ὁ θεόπνευστος λόγος τῇ φωνῇ κεχρῆσθαι. Ὅ μὲν οὖν ὁ μέγας Δαδ)δὸ διὰ ψαλμῶν διεσήμανε, καὶ βοᾷ λέγων· Κυχλώσατε Σιὼν, καὶ περιλάθετε αὑτήν· αὐτὸς δὲ οὗτος ὁ Σολομῶν, ὅτε τὴν ἐνδιάθετον ἐποίει συζυγίαν τοῦ ἐρωτικῶς πρὸς τὴν σοφίαν διατεθέντος, τά πε ἄλλα φησὶ, δι᾽ ὧν γίνεται ἡμῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν συνάφεια, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπάγει· Τίμησον αὑτὴν, ἵνα σε ς περιλάδῃ. ν ΕἸ οὖν Δαδ) δ τὴν Σιὼν ἡμᾶς παρακελεύεται περιλαμδάνειν· Σολομὼν δὲ τοὺς τετιμηκότας τὴν σοφίαν παρ᾽ αὐτῆς εἶπε περιλαμθάνεσθαι, τάχα ἧς προσηκούσης ἐννοίας οὐκ ἁμαρτάνομεν, μαθόντες τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὗ εὔκαιρός ἐστιν ἡ περίληψις. Τὸ γὰρ Σιὼν ὄρος ἐστὶ τῆς: Ἱεροσολύμων ἄκρας ὑπερφαινόμενον. Ὁ οὖν ταύτην σε περιλαμδάνειν προτρεπόμενος, τῇ ὑψηλῇ πολιτείᾳ συμφνῇ εἶναι παραχελεύεκαι ὥστε εἰς αὐτὴν φθάσαι τῶν ἀρετῶν τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἣν τῷ ὀνόματι Σιὼν παραδηλοῖ δι᾽ αἰνίγματος, Ὃ δὲ τῆς σοφίας ἐσσυνοιχίζων, τὴν παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις ἐπομένην περίληψίν σοι εὐαγγελίζεται. Οὐκοῦν καιρός ἐστι Σιὼν περιλαμδάνειν, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας περιλαμδάνεσθαι, τοῦ μὲν ὀνόματος Σιὼν τὸ ὑψηλὸν ἧς πολιτείας ἐνδεικνυμένου, τῆς δὲ σοφίας πᾶσαν Ὁ ἀπὸ μέρους τὴν ἀρετὴν δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς σημαινούσης. ΕἸ τοίνυν ἐγνώκαμεν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων τὸ τῆς περιλήψεως εὕκαιρον, διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐδιδάχθημεν, τίνων ὃ χωρισμὸς τῆς συμφυῖας ἐστὶ λυσιτελέστερος. ερὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ μαχρυνθῆναι ἀπὸ περιλήψεως. Ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν οἰκειωθεὶς, τῆς πρὸς τὴν κακίαν σχέσεως ἡλλοτρίωται. ε Τίς γὰρ κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος, ἣ Χριστῷ πρὸὺς Βελίαλ; Ἢ πῶ: δυνατόν ἐστι δυσὶ κυρίοις ἐναντίοις δουλεύοντα, εὔνουν ἀμφοτέροις γενέσθαι; Ἡ γὰρ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀγάπη, μῖσος τοῦ ἑτέρου ἐποίησεν. Ὅταν οὖν ἣ ἀγαπητικὴ διάθεσις περιποιῇ τὸ καλὸν, τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ εὔκαιρον, ἠκολούθησεν ὄντως ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀντικείμενον ἀλλοτρίωσεις. Εἰ ἀληθῶς τὴν σωφροσύνην ἠγάπησας, ἐμίσησας ἂν τὸ ἀντικείμενον. Εἰ πρὸς τὴν καθαρότητα βλέπεις ἐρωτικῶς, ἐδδελύξω δῆλον ὅτι τὴν τοῦ βορδόρου πάντως τῆς τοῦ πονηροῦ προσχολλήσεως. Εἰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πλούτου περιδολὴν ἄγοι τις τὸ τῆς περιλήψεως ση μαινόμενον, δείκνυσι καὶ οὗτος ὁ λόγος ποῖον πλοῦτον ἀγαθόν ἐστι περιδάλλεσθαι, καὶ ποίων κτημάτων περιδολὴν ἀποπέμπεσθαι. Οἶδα θησαυρὸν σπουδαζόμενον, τὸν κεκρυμμένον ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, οὐκὲ τὸν πᾶσι φαινόμενον. Οἶδα πάλιν πλοῦτον ἀτιμαζόμενον, οὐ τὸν ἐλπιζόμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὀφθαλμοῖς προφαινόμενον. Διδάσκει τοῦτο ἡ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου φωνὴ λέγουσα· Μὴ σκοπούντων ἡμῶν τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα· τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα· τὰ ὃὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα, αἱώνια. ν Εἰ ταῦτα γενοήχαμεν, καὶ τὸν ἐφεξῆς λόγον διὰ τούτων νεε Καιρὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, ε τοῦ ζητῆσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀπολέσαι. Ὁ γὰρ νοἦσας διὰ τῶν ἐξετασϑέντων, τίνων προσήκει μακρύνειν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς περιλήψεως καὶ τίσι συνάπτεσθαι· γνῴη ἂν, τί τε προσήκει ζητεῖν, καὶ τίνων ἡ ἀπώλεια κέρδος ἐστίν. ε Καιρὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ ζητῆσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀπολέσαι. Τί τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὅ με ζητῆσαι χρὴ, ὥστε ἐπιτυχεῖν τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦ καθήκοντος ; ἀλλὰ τί μὲν ζητεῖσθαι δέον ἡ προφητεία δείκνυσι, λέγουσα· Ζητήσατε τὸν Κύριον, καὶ χραταιώθητε· καὶ πάλιν· ε Ζητήσατε τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ἐν τῷ εὑρίσκειν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλέσασθε, καὶ εὐφρανθήτω καρδία ζητούντων τὸν Κύριον. Ἔγνων τοίνυν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ὅπερ ζητῆσαι χρή· οὗ ἡ εὕρεσίς ἐστιν αὐτὸ τὸ ἀεὶ ζητεῖν. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο τὶ ἔστι τὸ ζητεῖν, καὶ ἄλλο τὸ εδρίσχειν - ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ ἐκζητῆσαι κέρδος, αὐτὸ τὸ ζητῆσαξ ἐστι. Βούλει καὶ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν μαθεῖν, τίς καιρὸς τοῦ ζητεῖν τὸν Κύριον ; συντόμος λέγω, Ὁ βίος ὅλος, Ἐπὶ τούτου γὰρ μόνον ἧς καιρὸς τῆς σπουδῆς ἐστιν ἦ σπουδὴ πᾶσα. Οὐ γὰρ ἀποτεταγμένῳ τινὶ καιρῷ καὶ χρόνῳ ἀφωρισμένῳ τὸ ζητεῖν τὸν Κύριον, ἀγαθόν ἔστιν· ἀλλὰ τὸ μήτε ὅλως διαλείπειν ἀεὶ ζητοῦντα, τοῦτό ἔστιν ἀληθὴς εὐκαιρία. υἱ γὰρ ε ὀφθαλμοί μου, ν φησὶ, ε διαπαντὸς πρὸς τὸν Κύριον. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ἐπιμβελῶς ἐρευνᾷ ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς τὸ ζητούμενον, οὐδεμίαν ἄνεσιν ἑαυτῷ διδοὺς, οὐδέ τι διάλειμμα τῆς τοῦ ζητουμένου κατανοήσεως ; Τῇ γὰρ τοῦ διαπαντὸς προσθέσει, τὸ διηνεκές τε καὶ ἀδιάλειπτον τῆς σπουδῆς ἐνεδείξατο. Ὡσαύτως δὲ νοήσωμεν καὶ τὸν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι καιρὸν, κέρδος εἶναι κρίνοντες, τὸ ἀπολέσαι ἐκεῖνο, οὗ ἡ ὕπαρξις, ζημία τῷ ἔχοντι γίνεται. Κακὸν κτῆμα ἡ φιλαργυρία᾽ οὐκοῦν ἀπολέσωμεν. Πονηρὸν ἀπόθετον ἡ μνησικακία· οὐκοῦν προώμεθα. Ὀλέθριον κτῆμα ἡ ἀκόλαστος ἐπιθυμία· τούτου μάλιστα πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ποωχεύσωμεν, ἵνα διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης πτωχείας, τὴν βασιλείαν χερδήσωμεν. Μακάριοι γὰρ οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, δηλαδὴ οἱ τοῦ τοιούτου πλούτου πενόμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα τοῦ διαδόλου κειμήλια. Μακαριώτερον μὲν, τὸ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχήν τενα κτήσασθαι, ἵνα καθόλου ἀκτήμονες τῶν μολυνόντων γενώμεθα. Καλὸν δὲ οὐκ ἧττον τῷ προληφθέντι τῇ πονηρᾷ χτίσε: τὸ ἀπολέσαι τὰ τοιαῦτα κτήματα, καὶ εἰς ἀφανισμὸν ἀγαγεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μηδὲ ὅλως ποτὲ ἔχειν τῶν τοιούτων μετηυσίαν, κρεῖττον ἣ κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνὴν φύσιν ἐστὶ, τὸ δὲ λαθόντα ἐξαφανίσαι, τούτου καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δύναμις τὴν ἰσχὺν ἔχει. Διὸ τὸ μηδὲν ἐσχηκέναι τῶν τοῦ ἀντικειμένου κτημάτων μόνου τοῦ Κυρίου ἐστὶ, τοῦ μετασχόντος ἡμῖν τῶν αὐτῶν παθημάτων χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. Ἔρχεται γὰρ, ν φησὶν, ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ εὑφίσκει τῶν ἰδίεον οὐδέν. Τὸ δὲ δι᾿ ἐπιμελοῦς μεταμελείας ἑαυτὸν ἐχχαθῆραι,, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων πῶν δι᾽ ἀρετῆς ἑαυτοὺς λαμπρυνόντων ἔστιν ἰδεῖν. ᾿Απώλεσεν ὁ Παῦλος τὸ πονηρὸν κτῆμα τῆς ἀπιστίας, διὰ τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς προφητείας τὴν χάριν· πλήρης τοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐγένετο, ὃν ἐζήτησεν. ᾿Απώλεσεν Ἡσαΐας ἐν τῷ καθαρσίῳ τοῦ θείου ἄνθρακος πᾶν ῥυπαρὸν, καὶ ῥήῇμα, καὶ νόημα· διὰ τοῦτο ἐπληρώθη τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. ᾿Απόλλυσι πᾶς ἐν τῇ μεταλήψει τοῦ κρείττονος πᾶν τὸ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον νοούμενον. Οὕτως ὁ σώφρων τὴν ἀκολασίαν ἀπόλλυσι, τὴν ἀδικίαν ὁ δέχαιος, τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ὁ μέτριος, ὁ εὔνους τὸν φθόνον, ὁ ἀγαπητικὸς τὴν ἀπἐχθειαν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τυφλὸς εὗρεν ὃ μὴ εἶχεν, ἐκ τοῦ ἀπολέσα: ὃ εἶχε· τῆς γὰρ τυφλότητος ἀφαιρεθείσης, ἡ τοῦ φωτὸς ἀντεισῆλθεν αὐγή· καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λεπροῦ, τοῦ πάθους ἀφανισθέντος, ἡ τῆς ὑγείας ἐπανέρχεται χάρις· καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκ θανάτου ἀνισταμένων ἡ νεκρότης τῇ παρουσίᾳ τῆς ζωῆς ὑπἐχώρησεν· οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς προκειμένης ἡμῖν φιλοσοφίας οὐκ ἔστι τι τῶν ὑψηλῶν κτήσασθαι, μὴ τὴν περὶ τὰ γὴϊνά τε καὶ ταπεινὰ σπουδὴν ἀπολέσαντας. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ ταῦτα εὑρίσκειν, ἀπόλλυται ἡμῖν τὰ προιμότερα· καὶ τὸ ἔμπαλιν, ἡ τούτων ἀπώλεια, τῆς πῶν τιμέων εὑρέσεως πρόξενος γενήσεται. Ταῦτα παρὰ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου φωνῆς μεμαθήκαμεν· ρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν, καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ ἔνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν. Τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ὕλην ασπουδαζομένοις τὴν ψυχὴν εὑρεθῆναι αἴτιον γένεται τοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἀληθινοῖς ἀγαθοῖς αὐτὴν μὴ εὑρεθῆναι· καὶ τὸ ἔμπαλιν, ἢ τούτῶν στέρησις καὶ ἀπώλεια, τῶν ἐλπιζομένων ὕπαρξις γίνεται. ε Τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος ἐὰν τὸν κότμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ ; - Καιρὸς, ν φησὶ, ε τοῦ ζητῆσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀπολέσαι. Εἰ τοίνυν ἔγνωμεν τί ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον κέρδος, ὃ διὰ τοῦ ἀπολέσαι τὰ κακῶς κτηθέντα εὑρίσκεται, τὸ μὲν ζητήσωμεν, τὸ δὲ ἀπολέσωμεν· τὰ καλὰ ζητήσωμεν, τὰ κακὰ ἀπολόσωμεν. Καλῶς δὲ καὶ προσφυῶς τοῖς πρρεξητασμένοις καὶ ἡ ἀκολουθία τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐπάγεται. Φησὶ γάρ᾽ Καιρὸς τοῦ φυλάξαι καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ ἐχθαλεῖν. Τί φυλάξαι; Δηλονότι τὸ εὑρεθὲν ἡμῖν ἀπώλεια λυσιτελεῖν ἐνομίσθη. Ἐγένετό σοι νόημα δεξιὸν, εἰσῆλθεν ἐπιθυμία τοῦ ἱδεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, ἐδίψησεν ἡ ψυχή σου πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν τὸν ἰσχυρὸν, τὸν ζῶντα, πόθος ἐγένετό σοι τοῦ ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ Κυρίου γενέσθαι· αὐλαὶ δ᾽ ἂν εἶεν τοῦ Κυρίου, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, αἱ ἀρεταὶ, αἷς συναυλίξεται ὁ λόγος, καὶ πᾶς ὁ τῷ λόγῳ ἑπόμενος. Ταῦτα φύλαξον, ὡς μὴ διαῤῥυῆναξ σοι τὸν πλοῦτον τῶν καθαρῶν τῆς διανοίας κτημάτων. Παρεισδύεταί τις λογισμὸς ἐναντίος, οἷόν τις λαθραῖος κλέπτης ἀφανισμὸν τῶν καθαρῶν νοημάτων ποιούμενος, ἐχόλητέος οὗτος καὶ ἀποπεμπτέος τῆς διανοίας. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἐκεῖνον ἀπώσασθαι, δι᾽ ἀσφαλείας ἡμῖν ὁ τῶν ἀγαθῶν θησαυρὸς φυλαχθήσεται. Εὶ δὲ μὴ ἐχδληθείη ὁ λυμαινόμενος, κέρδος οὐδὲν ἔσται τῆς κτήσεως, ἐν τῇ τῶν τοιχωρύχων ἐπιἘπειδὴ οὖν ἐδιδάχθημεν τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ ζητεῖν, πᾶς δὲ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρσίχει, ὅπως ἂν τὸ εὑρεθὲν ἀχριδῇ τινα τῷ θησαυρῷ τὴν φρουρὰν ἐπιστήσωμεν. Πάσῃ φυλακῇ, φησὶ, τήρει σὴν καρδίαν, μετὰ τὸ εὑρεῖν τῷ φυλάξαι τὴν εὑρεθεῖσαν χάριν· οἷον εὗρεν ὃ προσελθὼν τῇ πίστει τὴν διὰ τοῦ λουτροῦ καθαρότητα. ᾿Αλλὰ μείζων ὁ πόνος ἐν τῷ φυλάξαι ὃ ἔλαθεν, ἣ ἐν τῷ εὑρεῖν ὃ οὐκ εἶχεν. Ὥσπερ οὖν εἴπομεν μὴ χρόνῳ τινὶ τὴν τοῦ ζητεῖν εὐκαιρίαν περιορίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὸν βίον ἕνα καιρὸν εἶναι τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἐκείνης ζητήσεως· οὕτω καὶ τὸν τῆς φυλακῆς καιρὸν πάσῃ τῇ ζωῇ μετρεῖσθαι ἀποφαινόμεθα· τὴν αὐτὴν φωνὴν τῆς προφητείας καὶ νῦν παραθέμενοι, τὴν λέγουσαν· ( οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διαπαντὸς πρὸς τὸν Κύριον· ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐχοπάδσει ἐκ παγίδος τοὺς πόδας μου. Ἐν τούτῳ γάρ ἔστι τὸ ἄσυλον τὴν ἀγαθὴν κτῆσιν ἡμῖν φυλάττεσθαι, ἐν τῷ τὸν Θεὸν φύλακα τῶν ἡμετέρων ποιήσασθαι. Ὅταν γὰρ οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου ὧσι διαπαντὸς πρὸς τὸν Κύριον, τότε ἄπρακτοι γένωνται τοῦ ἀντικειμένου αἱ παγίδες, δι᾽ ὧν ἐκεῖνος τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τιμίων τὴν ἐπιδουλὴν τεχνάζεται. Μὴ δώῃς, φησὶν, ε εἰς σάλον τὸν πόδα σου, καὶ οὐ νυστάξει ὁ φυλάσσων. Οὐκοῦν ἀκόλουθος ἡ παροῦτα ῥῆσις τῷ προάγοντι λόγῳ. Ἐκεῖνος ἐκέλευσε ζητεῖν ἵνα εὕρωμὲν, οὗτος φυλάσσειν συμθουλεύει, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολέσωμεν. Ὁ δὲ τοῦ φυλάττειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ τρόπος ἐστὶν ἐν ἐκδάλλειν. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου νοούμενα· ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς πολεμουμένης πόλεως ἀσφαλεστέρα γίνεται ἡ φρουρὰ τῶν προδοτῶν ἐχδληθέντων· ἕως δ᾽ ἂν ἐντὸς ὦσι, μᾶλλον ἐπιδουλεύουσι τῶν φανερῶν ἐχθρῶν οἱ λανθάνοντες. Καιρὸς γὰρ, φησὶν, τοῦ φυλάσσειν, καὶ Ἢ δὲ ἐφεξῆς ἀκολουθία τοῦ λόγον εἰς μείζονά τινα τὴν περὶ τῶν νοητῶν φιλοσοφίαν τὴν ψυχὴν ἄγει. Δείκνυσι γὰρ ὅτι συνεχές ἐστι τὸ πᾶν ἑαυτῷ καὶ οὐκ ἔχει τινὰ λύσιν ἡ ἁρμονία τῶν νοητῶν, ἀλλά τίς ἐστι σύμπνοια τῶν ὄντων πρὸς ἄλληλα. Καὶ οὐκ ᾿ ἀπέσχισται τὸ πᾶν τῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν συναφείας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ εἶναι μένει τὰ πάντα τῇ τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμες Τὸ δὲ ὄντως ὄν, ἣ αὐτὸ ἀγαθότης ἐστὶν, ἣ εἴ τε ὑπὲρ τοὐτότις ἐπινοεῖ σημαντικὸν τῆς ἀφθάρτου φύσεως ὄνομα. Πῶς δ᾽ ἄν τις εὕροι ἐκείνου ὕνομα ὅπερ ὑπὲρ ὄνομά φησιν εἶναι ἡ θεία τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλον φωνή; πλὴν ὅτιπερ ἂν εὑρεθῇ ὄνομα ἑρμηνευτικὸν τῆς ἀνεκφωνήτου δυνάμεώς τε καὶ φύσεως, ἀγαθόν ἐστι πάντως τὸ σημαινόμενον. Τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἧτοι ὑπὲρ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, αὐτό τε ὡς ἁληθῶς ἔστι, καὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτὸ τοῖς οὖσι δέδωκέ τε καὶ δίδωσι τὴν τε τοῦ γενέσθαι δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ εἶναι διαμονήν. Πᾶν δὲ τὸ ἔξω αὐτοῦ θεωρούμενον, ἀνυπαρξία ἐστί. Τὸ γὰρ ἕξω τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῷ εἶναι οὐκ ἔστιν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἀντιθεωρεῖται τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἡ κακίαʼ Θεὸς δὲ ἡ παντελὴς ἀρετή· ἔξω ἄρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ κακία, ἧς ἡ φύσις, οὐκ ἐν τῷ αὐτὴν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἐν πῷ ἀγαθὸν μὴ εἶναι χαταλαμθάνεται. Τὸ γὰρ ἕξω τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ νοήματος ὄνομα, τὴν κακίαν ἐθέμεθα: οὕτως ἀντιθεωρεῖται τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἡ κακία, ὡς ἀντιδιαιρεῖται τὸ μὴ ὃν τῷ ὄντι. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τῷ αὐτεξουσίῳ τῆς ὁρμῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἀπεῤῥύημεν· ὥσπερ οἱ ἐν φωτὶ μὴ ὄντες σκότος λέγονται βλέπειν· ἐν γὰρ τῷ μηδὲν βλέπειν ἐστὶ τὸ σκότος βλέπειν τότε ἡ ἀνύπαρκτος τῆς κακίας φύσις, ἐν τοῖς ἀποῤῥνεῖσι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ οὐσιώθη, ἥτις ἕως τότε ἐστὶν, ἕως ἂν ἡμεῖς ἔξω τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μεν. Εἰ δὲ πάλιν ἡμῶν ἡ αὐτεξούσιος τοῦ θελήματος κίνησις ἀποῤῥαγείη τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀνύπαρκτον σχέσεως, καὶ συμφυείη τῷ ὄντι· ἐκεῖνο μὲν τὸ ἐν ἐμοὶ μηκέτι εἶναι ἔχουσα, οὐδὲ τὸ ἐν ἐμοὶ ὅλως ἕξει. Κακὸν γὰρ ἕξω προαιρέσεως ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ κείμενον οὐκ ἔστιν. Ἐγὼ δὲ τῷ ἀληθῶς ὄντ: ἐμαυτὸν τε καὶ πρησράψας, ἐν τῷ ὄντι μένω, ὃ ἀεί τε ἦν καὶ εἰς ἀεὶ ἔσται, καὶ νῦν ἔστι. Ταῦτά μοι δοκεῖ τὰ νοήματα ὁ τοῦ ῥῆξαι καιρὸς, καὶ ὁ τοῦ ῥάψαι καιρὸς ὑποτίθεσθαι, ἵν᾽ ἀποῤῥαγέντες ἐκείνου ἀγαθὴ ἡ προσχόλλησις. ε Ἐμοὶ γὰρ, φησὶ, ε τὸ προσχολλᾶσθαι τῷ Θεῷ ἀγαθόν ἐστι, τίθεσθαι ἐν τῷ Κυρίῳ τὴν ἐλπίδα μου. Εἴποι δ᾽ ἄν τις καὶ πρὸς ἄλλα πολλὰ τὴν βουλὴν χρησίμως ἔχων, οἷον,ε ᾿Εξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν. Ταῦτα κελεύει ὁ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ παρανόμῳ μίξει χατεγγψωσμένον, τοῦ κοινοῦ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πληρώματος ἀποῤῥαγῆναι κελεύων, ε Ὡς ἂν μὴ μικρὰ, φησὶ, εξζύμη τῆς τοῦ κατεγνωσμένου κακίας, ὅλον τὸ φύραμα τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς εὐχῆς ἀχρειώσειεν. Τὸν δὲ γέντα διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, πάλιν προσάπτει διὰ τῆς ἢ μὴ τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ κατα ποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος. Οὕτως οἷδεν εὐκαίρως τε ἀποῤῥῆξαι σπιλωθὲν μέρος τοῦ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας χιτῶνος· καὶ πάλιν εὐκαίρως προσράψαι, ὅταν διὰ τῆς μετανοίας ἐχπλυθῇ τοῦ μολύσματος. Καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἕν τε τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις τῶν διηγημάτων, καὶ ἐν τῷ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς βίῳ, ὅσα ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις οἶκονομικῶς ἐπιτελεῖται. Οἴδατε γὰρ τίνων ἀποῤῥηγνύμδθα, καὶ τίσιν ἀεὶ προσραπτόμεθα. Τῆς γὰρ αἱρέμάθα’ τότε ἄῤῥηκτον βλέποντες τὸν τῆς Ἐκχχλησίας χιτῶνα, ὅταν ἀποῤῥαγῇ τῆς πρὸς τὴν αἵρεσιν χοινωεἴτε κατὰ τὴν προεξετασθεῖσαν ἡμῖν θεωρίαν φιλοσοφεῖ περὶ τῶν ὄντων ὁ λόγος, εἴτε τὰ τοιαῦτα διὰ τῆς συμδουλῆς ταύτης παιδεύει, κατὰ πάντα τὸ ἐπωφελές τε καὶ χρήσιμον περιέχει ἡ ῥῇσις, ἐν καιρῷ τε ἀποῤῥηγνῦσα ὧν πονηρὰ ἡ συνάφεια, καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν πάλιν συνάπτονφα Ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸς τὰ ἐφεξῆς τοῦ λόγου προέλθωμεν, δι᾽ οὗ μοι δοκεῖ μᾶλλον ὁ κατὰ τὴν ὑψηλοτέραν φιλοσοφίαν θεωρηθεὶς λόγος οἰκειώσεως πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἔχειν. Προτέτακται γὰρ ὁ τοῦ σιγᾷν καιρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τὴν σιγὴν ἔδωκε τὸν τοῦ λέγειν καιρόν. Πότε οὖν, καὶ περὶ τίνων τὸ σιγᾷν ἔστιν ἄμεινον ; εἴποι τις τῶν πρὸς τὸ ἦθος βλεπόντων πολλαχῇ τὴν σιωπὴν εὐσχημονεστέραν εἶναι τοῦ λόγου, οἷον καθὼς διακρίνει τῆς σιωπῆς τε καὶ τοῦ λόγου τὴν εὐκαιρίαν ἁ Παῦλος, ποτὲ μὲν νομοθετῶν τὸ σιγᾷν, ποτὲ δὲ ἐπιτρέπων τὸ λέγειν· Πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στάματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω. ν Οὗτος σιωπῆς ὁ νόμος ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀχούουτιν, οὗτος τοῦ λέγειν καιρός᾽ Αἱ γυναῖκες ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν· Ο πάλιν ἔδωκε τῇ σιγῇ τὸν καιρόν. Εἰ δέ τι μανθάνειν θέλουσιν ὧν ἀγνοοῦσιν, ἐν οἴκῳ τοὺς ἰδίους ἄνδρας ἑπερωτάτωσαν· πάλιν ἐπέδειξε τοῦ λόγου τὴν εὐκαιρίαν. Μὴ ψεύδεσϑε εἰς ἀλλήλους· καὶ αὔτη σιωπῆς εὐκαιρία ε Λαλείτω ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον αὑτοῦ· πάλιν ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ λόγου. Καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἔστιν εἰπεῖν καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀρχαιοτέρας Γραφῇς· Ἐν τῷ συστῆναι τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐναντίον μου, ἐχωφώθην, καὶ ἐταπεινώθην, καὶ ἐσίγησα ἐξ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ ὡσεὶ κωφὸς οὐκ ἤκουον, καὶ ὡσεὶ ἄλαλος οὐκ ἀνοίγων τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ. ΓΑφωνος γίνεται ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἀντίδοσιν τοῦ κακοῦ μένων ἀκίνητος· ἐν οἷς δὲ προσἥκει τῷ λόγῳ χρήσασθαι, ἀνοίγει ἐν παραδολαῖς στόμα, φθέγγεται προδλήματα, πληροῖ τὸ στόμα Ὁ αἰνέσεως, κάλαμον ποιεῖ τὴν γλῶσσαν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί χρὴ μυρίων ὄντων ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ τῶν ὑποδειγμάτων, λεπτουργεῖν ἐν τοῖς ὁμολογουμένοις τὸν λόγον ; μοι πρὸ τούτων ἐπὶ νοῦν ἦλθεν, ὡς συμφωνούσης τῆς περὶ τοῦ σιγᾷν καὶ λαλεῖν εὐκαιρίας τῇ ἀποδοθείσῃ περὶ τοῦ ῥήγματος καὶ τῆς ῥαφῆς θεωρίᾳ, τοῦτο βούλομαι πάλιν ἐπαναλαδὼν, δι᾽ ὀλίγων εἰπεῖν. Ἐχεῖ τε γὰρ τὴν χκαχῶς τῷ ἐναντίῳ προσφνεῖσαν ψυχὴν ἀποῤῥήξας ὁ λόγος εἰς ἕνωσιν ἤγαγε τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος διὰ τῆς προσχολλήσεως, ὅπερ ὑπὲρ λόγον ἐστὶν, ἃ ὁ προλαδὼν ἀπέδωκε λόγος. Ἐνταῦθά τε διὰ τοῦτό μοι δοχεξ τὸ σιγᾷν προτετάχθαι· τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι διότε τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ἐκεῖνο νόημά τε καὶ ὄνομα, ὃ ἢ τοῦ κακοῖ ἀποῤῥαγεῖσα ψυχὴ καὶ ζητεῖ διαπαντὸς, καὶ ἐνραφῆναι εὑρεθέντι ἐφίεται, τοῦτο πάσης ἑρμηνευτικῆς φωνῆς ἔστιν ὑψηλότερον. Ὅπερ ὁ φιλονεικῶν ὑπὸ τὴν τοῦ λόγου σημασίαν χαθέλχειν, λανθάνει πλημμελῶν εἰς τὸ Θεῖον. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπὲρ πᾶν εἶναι πεπιστευμένον, καὶ ὑπὲρ λόγον πάντως ἐστίν, Ὁ δὲ λόγῳ διαλαμθάνειν ἐπιχειρῶν τὸ ἀόριστον, οὐκέτι δίδωσι τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν εἶναι ἐκεῖνο ᾧ ἀντεξάγει, τὸν ἴδιον λόγον το:οὔπόν τι καὶ τοσοῦτον εἶναι οἰόμενος, οἷον καὶ ὅσον εἰπεῖν ὁ λόγος ἐχώρησεν, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐν τῷ πεπεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ γνῶσιν εἶναι τὸ Θεῖον, ἐν τούτῳ ἡ θεοπρεπὴς περὶ τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος φυλάσσεται ἕννοια· διότι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῇ κτίσει ὃν, πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς ἐκ φύσεως βλέπει. Καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἐξ ἑαντοῦ γενόμενον ἐν πᾧ εἶναι μένει. Οὐ πὺρ ἐν ὕδατι, οὐκ ἐν πυρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, οὐκ ἐν τῷ βυθῷ τὸ χερσαῖον, οὐκ ἐν τῇ χέρσῳ τὸ ἔνυδρον, οὐκ ἐν ἀέρι τὸ ἔγγειον, οὐκ ἐν γῇ πάλιν ὃ ἐναέριον· ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἔκαστον μένον ὅροις ἧς φύσεως, ἕως τότε ἔστιν, ἕως ἂν τῶν ἰδίων ὅρων ἐντὸς μένῃ. Εἰ δὲ ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ γένοιτο, ἐκτὸς καὶ τοῦ εἶναι γενήσεται· καὶ ὥσπερ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἡ δύνᾶμις, ταῖς κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείαις παραμένουσα, μεταδῆναι πρὸς τὴν παρακειμένην οὐ δύναται. Οὔτε γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς τὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐνεργεῖται, οὔτε ἀκοὴ γεύεται, οὔτε ἁφὴ διαλέγεται, οὔτε ἡ γλῶσσα τὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἣ τὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐνεργεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕκαστος ὄρον ἔχει τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως, τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἐνέργειαν· οὕτω καὶ πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις ἔξω ἑαυτῆς γενέσθαι ξιὰ τῆς χκαταλη πτιχῆς θεωρίας οὐ δύναται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ μένει ἀεὶ, καὶ ὅπερ ἂν ἴδῃ, ἑαυτὴν βλέπει, κἂν οἰηθείη τι ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὴν βλέπειν, τὸ ἐκτὸς ἑαυτῆς φύσιν ἰδεῖν οὐκ ἔχει· οἷον τὴν διαστηματιχὴν ἔννοιαν ἐν τῇ τῶν ὄντων θεωρίᾳ παρελθεῖν βιάζεται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παρέρχεται. Παντὶ γὰρ τῷ εὑρισκομένῳ νοήματι συνθεωρεῖ πάντως τὸ συγχαταλαμδανόμεγον τῇ ὑποστάσει τοῦ νοουμένου διάστημα· τὸ δὲ διάστημα οὐδὲν ἄλλο, ἣ κτίσις ἐστίν. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ὃ ζητεῖν τε κἀὶ φυλάσσειν ἐμάθομεν, ἄνω ὃν τῆς κτίσεως, ἄνω ἑατὶ καταλήψεως. Ἡ γὰρ ἡμετέρα διάνοια τῇ διαστηματιχῇ παρατάσει ἐνδιοδεύουσα, κῶς ἂν χαταλάδῃ τὴν ἀδιάστατον φύσιν διὰ τοῦ χρόνον ἀνάλυσιν ἀεὶ διερευνωμένη ὰ τῶν εὑρισκομένων πρεσδύτερα ; Καὶ τὰ μὲν γινωσκόμενα πάντα, διὰ τῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης παρέδραμε, τὴν δὲ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἔννοιαν παραδραμεῖν, οὐδεμίαν μηχανὴν ἐξευρίσχει, ὅπω; ἂν ἕξω ἑαυτὴν στήσεις, καὶ ὑπερθείη τοῦ προθεωρουμένου τῶν ὄντων καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ αἱῶνοφ᾽ ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐπί τινος εὑρεθεὶς ἀκρωρείας. Ὁ Ὑποχείσθω δὲ πέτρα τις εἶναι λεία καὶ ἀπότομος, κάτωθεν ἐν ἐρυθρῷ τῷ σχήματι, εἰς ἄπειρον μῆκος χατατεινομένη, καὶ ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ τὸ ὗψος τὴν ἄκραν ἐκείνην ἀνέχουσα,, τὴν ἐν τῇ προδολῇ τῆς ὀφρύος εἷς τι βάθος ἀχανὲς χαταπέπτουσαν᾽ ὅπερ οὖν εἰκὸς παθεῖν τὸν ἄκρῳ τῷ ποδὶ τῆς ἐπινευούσης τῷ βάθει ῥαχίας ἐπιψαύοντα, καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἔτι οὔτε τῷ ποδὶ βάσιν, οὔτε τῇ [χειρὶ ἀντίχλη ἐξευρίσκοντα. Τοῦτό μοι καὶ ἧ Ψυχὴ παρελθοῦσα τὸ ἐν τοῖς διαστηματικοῖς βάσιμον, ἐν τῇ ζητήσει τῆς προαιωνίου τε καὶ ἀδιαστάτου Δύσεως πάσχει, οὐκ ἔχουσα ὃ περιδράξηται, πον, οὐ χρόνον, οὐ μέτρον, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν, οὐ δέχεται τῆς διανοίας ἡμῶν ςἣν ἐπίδασιν᾽ ἀλλὰ πανταχόθεν τῶν ὀχίθιιβα Ιοπρίιυ ἀΐη θην, εἰ αὶ γιᾷ τε καὶ ἀμηχανεῖ, καὶ πάλιν πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς ἐπιστρέφεται, ἀγαπῶσα τοσοῦτον μόνον γνῶναι περὶ τοῦ ὑπερχειμένου, ὅσον πεισθῆναι, ὅτι ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὴν τῶν γινωσκομένων φύσιν ἐστί. Διὰ τοῦτο ὅταν ἔλθῃ εἰς τὰ ὑπὲρ λόγον ὁ λόγος, γίνεται τότε καιρὸς τοῦ σιγᾷν, καὶ τῆς ἀφράστου ἐκείνης δυνάμεως ἀνεἐρμήνευτον ἐν τῷ ἀποῤῥήτῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἔχει τὸ θαῦμα, εἰδότα ὅτι καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ οὐ τὸν Θεὸν ἐλάλουν, λέγοντες· ε Τίς λαλήσει τὰς δυναστείας τοῦ Κυρίου ; καὶ, Διηγήσομαι πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου· καὶ, Γενεὰ ἐπαινέσει τὰ ἔργα σου. Αὐτὰ λαλοῦσι καὶ περὶ τούτων διεξέρχονται, καὶ τὴν τῶν γεγονότων ἐξαγόρευσιν τῇ φωνῇ ἐπιτρέπουσιν ὅταν δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑπερεστῶτος πάσης ἐννοίας ὁ λόγος, σιωπὴν ἄντικρυς, δι’ ὧν λέγουσι, νομοθετοῦσι. Λέγουσι γὰρ ὅτι τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας, τῆς δόξης, τῆς ἁγιουσύγης αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔστι πέρας. Ὧ τοῦ θαύματος ! πῶς ἐφοδήθη τῇ τοῦ θείου θαύματος δόξῃ προσεγγίσαι ὁ λόγος, ὥβατε οὐδὲ τῶν ἔξωθέν τινος θεωρουμένων τὸ θαῦμα κατέλαθεν; Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν ὅτι τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Θεοῦ πέρας οὐκ ἔστι, τολμηρὸν κρίνων ὅλως τὸ εἰς ἔννοιαν τοῦτο λαθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπιθεωρουμένην τῇ δόξῃ μεγαλοπρέπειαν θαυμάζει τῷ λόγῳ. Πάλιν δὲ οὐδὲ αὐτῆς τῆς δόξης τὴν οὐσίαν ἰδεῖν ἠδυνήθη· ἀλλὰ τῇς ἀγιωσύνης αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν ἐξἐπλάγη κατανοήσας. Πόσον τοίνυν ἀπέσχε τοῦ τὴν φύσιν, ἥτις ἐστὶ, περιεργάσασθαι, ὅς γε τὸ ἔσχατον τῶν προφαινομένων θαυμάσαι οὐκ ἴσχυσεν; Οὔτε γὰρ τὴν ἁγιωσύνην αὐτοῦ ἐθαύμασεν, - οὔτε τὴν δόο ξαν τῆς ἁγιωσύνης, ἀλλὰ τὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν μόνην τῆς δόξης τῆς ἁγιωσύνης θαυμάσαι προθέμενος, καὶ περὶ τὸ ταύτης θαῦμα ἡτόνησεν. Οὐ γὰρ διέλαθε τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ θαυμαζομένου τὸ πέρας. Διό φησι᾿ Τῆς δόξης, τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας, τῆς ἁγιωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν πέρας. Οὐκοῦν ἐν τοῖς περὶ Θεοῦ λόγοις, ὅταν μὲν περὶ τῆς οὐσίας ἡ ζήτησις ἦν, καιρὸς τοῦ σιγᾷν· ὅταν δὲ περί τινος ἀγαθῆς ἐνεργείας, ἧς ἡ γνῶσις καὶ μέχρις ἡμῶν καταδαίνει, τότε λαλεῖν τὰς δυναστείας, ἐξαγγέλλειν τὰ θαύματα, διηγεῖσθαι τὰ ἔργα, μέχρις τούτου κεχρῆσθαι τῷ λόγῳ. Ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ἐπέκεινα μὴ ἐφιέναι τῇ κτίσει τοὺς ἰδίους ὄρους ἐχθαίνειν, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπᾷν εἰ ἑαυτὴν εἰδῇ. Εἰ οὔπω γὰρ ἔγνω, κατά γε τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον, ἑαυτὴν ἡ κτίσις, οὐδὲ χατέλαθδεν οἵα τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ οὐσία, τοῦ σώματος δϑί ἢ ἡ φύσις, πόθεν τὰ ὄντα, πόθεν ἐξ ἀλλήλων γενέσεις, πῶς τὸ μὴ ὃν οὐσιοῦται, πῶς τὸ ὃν εἰς τὸ μὴ ὃν ἀναλύεται, τίς ἡ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων κατὰ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον εὐαρμοστία· εἰ ἑαυτὴν ἡ·χτίσις οὐκ οἷδε, τὰ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὴν πῶς διηγήσεται ; Οὐκοῦν καιρὸς τοῦ καῦτα σιγᾷν· κρείττων γὰρ ἐν τούτοις ἡ σιωπή. Καιρὸς δὲ τοῦ λαλεῖν, δι᾽ ὧν ὁ βίος ἡμῶν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπιδίδωσιν, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Kairos tou balein lithous, kai kairos tou synagagein lithous. Ēuxēsen ēdē di᾽ hōn edeixe tēn tōn akouontōn ischyn ho tēs ekklēsiastikēs dynameōs taxiarchos, hōste kai balein dynasthai tous antitetamenous, kai tas eis to balein paraskeuas symporiA gar proepaideuthēmen, di’ hōn pasin epharmozein to ek tou chronou metron, kai tēn en panti eukairian poieisthai tou kalou kritērion memathēkamen, eis tautēn hēmas agei tēn dynamin, hōste noēthēnai tina hēmōn tēs psychēs brachiona, kai kata skopou pempein tous anairetichous tou echthrou lithous, kai palin anakaleisthai toutous eis hoion an ton polemion balōmen eis to aei dia tōn autōn chatachontizein ton antikeimenon. Hoi men oun pros to gramma blepontes monon, kai tę̄ procheirǭ paristamenoi dianoią tōn eirēmenōn, ton Mōseōs nomon isōs parousi rhētois epharmosousin, eph᾽ hon prostassei ho nomos ballein lithous, ei ti paranomountes heuriskointo, hoia dē kai di autēs memathēkamen tēs historias, epi te tōn eis kai tou ta hiera photos, kai epi tōn allōn plēmmelēmatōn hois tēn dia tōn lithōn timōrian ho nomos epetaxen. Egō de ei kai to synagagein lithous eukairon ho Ekklēsiastēs epoieito, peri hou nomos oudeis enkeleuetai, oute tēs historias praxin hyphēgeitai to homoion, synethemēn an tois dia tou nomou to rhēton hermēneuousin, hōs tote ontos kairou balein lithous, hotan tis hē paraNyni de hē prosthēkē tou dein palin synagagein tous lithous, hoper oudeni nomǭ diōristai, eis allēn hēmas agei dianoian; mathōmen hopoion touto genos lithōn estin, ho meta tēn bolēn palin ktēma tou proïemenou Epeidan gar balōmen kata kairon tous lithous, palin synagagein autous en kairǭ didaskometha. Emoi men oun dokei mēde ton nomon houtōs hypsēlōs kata tēn procheiron ennoian echlamdanein. Ti gar theoprepes kai mega tę̄ psilę̄ dianoią tōn gegrammenōn emphainetai ? Ei phryganizomenos tis healō kata to saddaton, dia touto kataleusthēnai ton anthrōpon hedei, mēdemias adikias en tǭ plēmmelēmati phainomenēs ? Ti gar hēdikei tina charphē kata to symdan dierrhimmena kata tēn erēmon pros tēn tou pyros chreian Ou gar to allotrion aphaireisthai katēgoreitai, hōste dokein eulogōs tēn adikian kolazesthai, alla to koinę̄ pasi prokeimenon autǭ haition ginetai tēs tōn lithōn bolēs. ᾿All᾽ hoti en Sad᾿thatǭ touto epoiēse, dia touto hōs kakourgōn katakrinetai. Tis ouk oiden, hoti tōn ginomenōn hekaston tę̄ idią krinetai physei, eite kakon, eite mē toiouton estin? Ho de chronos kath᾽ hon energeitai praxis, hexōthen tēs tou ginomenou physeōs theōreitai. Ti gar koinon echei to chronikon diastēma, pros to ek proaireseōs hēmeteras apoteloumenon ? Ean erētai tis hēmas, ti hēmera esti, to hyper gēs einai ton hēlion pantōs apokrinoumetha, kai metron autēs orthron kai hesperan poioumetha. Ho de toioutos logos tēs hēmeras, ou mią tini monę̄ tōn kata tēn heddomatichēn periodon anachychloumenōn epharmosthēsetai; alla kai prōtēs kai deuteras kai mechri tēs eddomēs, ho autos esti logos, kai ouden hē tou Saddatou hēmera kata tas loipas kata to einai hēmera parēllaktai. Ean de tis tēn tou hamartēmatos exetasę̄ dianoian, to mē dein ti kata tou pelas poiein, pantōs eroumen, hoion; moicheuseis, ou phoneuseis, ou klepseis, kai ta loipa! hōn genikos esti nomos, ta kath᾽ hekaston en heautǭ periechōn, kai hoper hē tou agapēsai ton plēsion hōs heauton; tauta kai kata pasan hēmeran episēs chatto kai paranomoumena, hē kala pantōs estin, ē ek tou enantiou nooumena. Ouk an de tis ho sēmeron kakon ekrithē genomenon, eite phonos eiē to plēmmelēma, eite ti allo tōn apeirēmenōn, to auto touto tę̄ ephexēs kalon einai nomiseien. Ei oun to kakon aei toiouton estin, en hǭper an chronǭ tychę̄ tolmōmenon, kai to aneuthynon, oude an genoito para ton chronon hypeuthynon. Ei toinyn to pro tou Saddatou phryganizesthai kai pyran haaptein, exō adikias esti kai kolaseōs; pai pōs to auto touto epiousę̄ hēmerą plēmmelēma ginetai ? ᾿Allʼ oida to Saddaton tēs anapauseōs, oida ton tēs apraxias nomon, hos ouchi pedēsas ton anthrōpon tēs phnsichēę̄ēs energeias, aprakton einai diakeleuetai. Ei gar an kai adynata keleuei, apraktein prostassōn hēmin, hois kai dicha tōn loipōn ergōn, auto to tēs zōēs eidos ergon estin - ophthalmōn men hē opsis, akoēs de hē kata physin e)ergeia, myktērōn de ē osphrēsis, stomatos hē tou aeros olkē, glōssēs ho logos, hodousin hē trophēs hyptresia, splanchnōn hē pepsis, posin hē kinēsis, chersin ekeina pros ha pephyken hēmin energein tauta ta melē. Pōs oun esti dynaton chyrōthēnai ton tēs apraxias nomon ou paradechomenois tēn argian tēs physeōs ? Pōs peisō ton ophthalmon mē horąn en Saxdatǭ, physis esti to pantōs ti blepein : Pōs tēn akoustikēn epischō energeian ? Pōs peisthę̄ moi ē osphrēsis pēn antilēptikēn aisthēsin tōn atmōn apothesthai kata to Saddaton ? Pōs de ouk energēsei ta splanchna tēn idian energeian, tǭ nomǭ douleuonta, hōste apepton tēn trophēn emmeinai tǭ sōmati, hina argēn deixę̄ tēn phyein kata to Sadoaton ? Ei dē ta loipa tou sōmatos hēmōn ou dynatai dexasthai ton tēs arUias nomon (oude gar holōs en tę̄ zōę̄ estai ta mē energounta), ouk esti pantōs to mē paranomēthēnai Sabbaton, kan akinētos hē cheir ē ho pou? epi tou autou schēmatos te kai topou menę̄. Epei oun ouchi merei tini, all᾽ holǭ keitai tǭ anthrōpǭ nomos, ou mallon aprachtountes di᾽ henos tōn melōn nomon phylaxomen, ei tois loipois aisthētēriois kata physin energountes, to prostachthen paralysōmen. ᾿Alla mēn theothen onomos; ouden de tōn para Theou prostattomenōn toiouton hoionei para physin einai, hē exō tou kat᾽ aretēn deiknysthai logou. Hē de alogos argia, aretē ouk estin. Zētein ara prosēkei ti bouletai to parangelma tēs Phēmï toinyn egō pasēs nomothesias tēs theothen gegenēmenēs hena skopon einai, to kathareuein tǭ tēs kakias ergǭ tous deixamenous ton nomon, kai pas nomos ho ta apeirēmena kōlyōn sadthdatizein apo tōn ponērōn ergōn diakeleuetai. Touto hai plakes, touto ē Leuïtikē paratērēsis, touto hē en tǭ miǭ akrideia, to argous hēmas kai apraktous ekeinōn einai, hōn to ergon kakia estin, Ei men oun houtō tis echlamthanei ton nomon, argon en kakią einai ton anthrōpon, kagō syntithēmi ton sophon Ekklēsiastēn ᾿kata tou xyla heautou synagontos, kairon horizein eis to ballein lithous, di᾽ on kōlyetai hē syllogē tōn tēs kakias phryganōn, tōn eis pyros hylēn synagomenōn. Ei de philotēs paramenei tǭ grammati, ouk hoida hopōs to theoprepes en tǭ nomǭ logisaito. Oukoun noēteon tous lithous tines eisin hoi kata tou toioutou ballomenoi, hina mē eis telos aphikoito hē peri ton ( Phryganismon spoudē. EI de ta xyla di᾽ hōn to pyr ekkauthēsetai tǭ syneilochoti, pantōs de ouk adēla tauta, tǭ kai hopōsoun mystikon epagagonti logon; hē gar kalōs ho ᾿Apostolos xyla, kalamēn kai chorton kēn ponēran oikodomēn onomazei, dioti ta toiauta oikodomēmata en tǭ tēs kriseōs kairǭ pyr ginetai, kai to achyron, phēsin hē tou Euangeliou phōnē, pyri hetoimazetai, kai tēn akarpon chlēmakida, monǭ eutheton tǭ pyri apephēnato; dēlon an eiē, hoti xyla estin eis pyros paraskeuēn synagomena, ta mataia tou biou epitēdeumata, ka. houtos estin ho en kairǭ tois lithois ballomenos, onper ton eis ta kaka rheponta logismon tis noēsas, ouk amartoi tou deontos. Chrē de pantōs noein hoti hoi anairetichoi tēs kakias logismoi, houtoi eisin hoi lithoi hoi eustochōs hypo tou Ekklēsiastou sphendonoumenoi, ous aei kai pempesthai chrē, kai synagesthai; pempesthai men eis kathairesin tou kata tēs hēmetera? zōēs hypsoumenou - synagesthai de, eis to aei plērē einai ton tēs psychēs kolpon tōn toioutōn paraskeuōn, hōste procheiron einai kata tou echthrou tēn bolēn, eipote allōs tēn kath᾽ hēmōn epidoulēn ennoē seien. Pothen oun synagagōmen lithous hois ton echthron chatachōsōnmmen? Ēkousa tēs prophēteias eipousēs. Lithoi hagioi kyliontai epi tēs gēs. n Houtoi d᾽ an eien apo tēs theopneustou Graphēs eis hēmas kationte: logoi, ous chrē synagagein en tǭ tēs psychēs kolpǭ, hin᾽ en kairǭ kata tōn lypountōn chrēsōmetha, hōn hē bolē houtō kchalē, kai anairei ton polemion, kai tēs tou ballontos cheiros ou chōrizetai. Ho gar tǭ lithǭ tēs sōphrosynēs chatadallōn ton akolaston logismon, ton dia tōn hēdonōn tas tou pyros hylas phryganizomenon, chkacheinon tę̄ bolę̄ katēgōnisato, kai dia cheiros aei pherei to hotlon. Houtō kai hē dikaiosynē lithos kata tēs adikias ginetai, kakeinēn anairei, kai en tǭ kolpǭ tou prosemenou phylattetai. Kata ton auton tropon panta pros to kreitton nooumena, anairetika tōn cheironōn ginetai, kai tou katorthountos pēn aretēn ou chōrizetai. Kata te ton hēmeteron logon, houtōs chrē en kairǭ balein tous lithous, kai en kairǭ synagagein lithous, hōs kai aei pempein tas agathas bolas epi to katalyein ta cheirona, kai mēdepote hēmas epileipein tōn toioutōn hoplōn tēn aphthonian. Hē. de ephexēs kata to akolouthon enkeimenē rhēsis, perilēpseōs tinos kairon kai achairian Echei de hē lexis houtōs Kairos tou periladein, kai kairos tou machrynthēnai apo perilēpseōs. Tauta de ouk an allōs genoito hēmin kataphanę̄ ta noēmata, mē tēs lexeōs proteron dia tēs Graphēs noētheisēs; hōste genesthai dēlon hēmin, epi tinos hoiden ho theopneustos logos tę̄ phōnę̄ kechrēsthai. Ho men oun ho megas Dad)do dia psalmōn diesēmane, kai boą legōn; Kychlōsate Siōn, kai perilathete hautēn; autos de houtos ho Solomōn, hote tēn endiatheton epoiei syzygian tou erōtikōs pros tēn sophian diatethentos, ta pe alla phēsi, di᾽ hōn ginetai hēmin pros tēn aretēn synapheia, kai touto epagei; Timēson hautēn, hina se s periladę̄. n EI oun Dad) d tēn Siōn hēmas parakeleuetai perilamdanein; Solomōn de tous tetimēkotas tēn sophian par᾽ autēs eipe perilamthanesthai, tacha hēs prosēkousēs ennoias ouk hamartanomen, mathontes to pragma, hou eukairos estin hē perilēpsis. To gar Siōn oros esti tēs: Hierosolymōn akras hyperphainomenon. Ho oun tautēn se perilamdanein protrepomenos, tę̄ hypsēlę̄ politeią symphnę̄ einai paracheleuekai hōste eis autēn phthasai tōn aretōn tēn akropolin, hēn tǭ onomati Siōn paradēloi di᾽ ainigmatos, Ho de tēs sophias essynoichizōn, tēn par᾽ ekeinois epomenēn perilēpsin soi euangelizetai. Oukoun kairos esti Siōn perilamdanein, kai hypo tēs sophias perilamdanesthai, tou men onomatos Siōn to hypsēlon hēs politeias endeiknymenou, tēs de sophias pasan Ho apo merous tēn aretēn di᾽ heautēs sēmainousēs. EI toinyn egnōkamen dia tōn eirēmenōn to tēs perilēpseōs heukairon, dia tōn autōn edidachthēmen, tinōn ho chōrismos tēs symphuias esti lysitelesteros. eros gar, phēsi, tou machrynthēnai apo perilēpseōs. Ho pros tēn aretēn oikeiōtheis, tēs pros tēn kakian scheseōs hēllotriōtai. e Tis gar koinōnia phōti pros skotos, hē Christǭ prous Belial? Ē pō: dynaton esti dysi kyriois enantiois douleuonta, eunoun amphoterois genesthai? Hē gar tou henos agapē, misos tou heterou epoiēsen. Hotan oun hē agapētikē diathesis peripoię̄ to kalon, touto de esti to eukairon, ēkolouthēsen ontōs hē pros to antikeimenon allotriōseis. Ei alēthōs tēn sōphrosynēn ēgapēsas, emisēsas an to antikeimenon. Ei pros tēn katharotēta blepeis erōtikōs, eddelyxō dēlon hoti tēn tou bordorou pantōs tēs tou ponērou proschollēseōs. Ei de kai pros tēn tou ploutou peridolēn agoi tis to tēs perilēpseōs sē mainomenon, deiknysi kai houtos ho logos poion plouton agathon esti peridallesthai, kai poiōn ktēmatōn peridolēn apopempesthai. Oida thēsauron spoudazomenon, ton kekrymmenon en tǭ agrǭ, ouke ton pasi phainomenon. Oida palin plouton atimazomenon, ou ton elpizomenon, alla ton ophthalmois prophainomenon. Didaskei touto hē tou ᾿Apostolou phōnē legousa; Mē skopountōn hēmōn ta blepomena, alla ta mē blepomena; ta gar blepomena proskaira; ta hoe mē blepomena, haiōnia. n Ei tauta genoēchamen, kai ton ephexēs logon dia toutōn nee Kairos gar, phēsi, e tou zētēsai, kai kairos tou apolesai. Ho gar noēsas dia tōn exetasϑentōn, tinōn prosēkei makrynein heauton apo tēs perilēpseōs kai tisi synaptesthai; gnǭē an, ti te prosēkei zētein, kai tinōn hē apōleia kerdos estin. e Kairos gar, phēsi, tou zētēsai, kai kairos tou apolesai. Ti toinyn estin ho me zētēsai chrē, hōste epitychein tou kairou tou kathēkontos ? alla ti men zēteisthai deon hē prophēteia deiknysi, legousa; Zētēsate ton Kyrion, kai chrataiōthēte; kai palin; e Zētēsate ton Kyrion, kai en tǭ heuriskein auton epikalesasthe, kai euphranthētō kardia zētountōn ton Kyrion. Egnōn toinyn dia tōn eirēmenōn hoper zētēsai chrē; hou hē heuresis estin auto to aei zētein. Ou gar allo ti esti to zētein, kai allo to edrischein - alla to tou ekzētēsai kerdos, auto to zētēsax esti. Boulei kai tēn eukairian mathein, tis kairos tou zētein ton Kyrion ? syntomos legō, Ho bios holos, Epi toutou gar monon hēs kairos tēs spoudēs estin ē spoudē pasa. Ou gar apotetagmenǭ tini kairǭ kai chronǭ aphōrismenǭ to zētein ton Kyrion, agathon estin; alla to mēte holōs dialeipein aei zētounta, touto estin alēthēs eukairia. hui gar e ophthalmoi mou, n phēsi, e diapantos pros ton Kyrion. Horąs pōs epimbelōs ereuną ho ophthalmos to zētoumenon, oudemian anesin heautǭ didous, oude ti dialeimma tēs tou zētoumenou katanoēseōs ? Tę̄ gar tou diapantos prosthesei, to diēnekes te kai adialeipton tēs spoudēs enedeixato. Hōsautōs de noēsōmen kai ton tou apolesai kairon, kerdos einai krinontes, to apolesai ekeino, hou hē hyparxis, zēmia tǭ echonti ginetai. Kakon ktēma hē philargyria᾽ oukoun apolesōmen. Ponēron apotheton hē mnēsikakia; oukoun proōmetha. Olethrion ktēma hē akolastos epithymia; toutou malista pro tōn allōn poōcheusōmen, hina dia tēs toiautēs ptōcheias, tēn basileian cherdēsōmen. Makarioi gar hoi ptōchoi tǭ pneumati, dēladē hoi tou toioutou ploutou penomenoi, kai ta alla panta tou diadolou keimēlia. Makariōteron men, to mēde tēn archēn tena ktēsasthai, hina katholou aktēmones tōn molynontōn genōmetha. Kalon de ouk hētton tǭ prolēphthenti tę̄ ponērą chtise: to apolesai ta toiauta ktēmata, kai eis aphanismon agagein. ᾿Alla to mēde holōs pote echein tōn toioutōn metēusian, kreitton hē kata tēn anthrōpinēn physin esti, to de lathonta exaphanisai, toutou kai hē tōn anthrōpōn dynamis tēn ischyn echei. Dio to mēden eschēkenai tōn tou antikeimenou ktēmatōn monou tou Kyriou esti, tou metaschontos hēmin tōn autōn pathēmatōn chōris hamartias. Erchetai gar, n phēsin, ho archōn tou kosmou toutou, kai en emoi heuphiskei tōn idieon ouden. To de di᾿ epimelous metameleias heauton echchathērai,, touto kai ep᾿ anthrōpōn pōn di᾽ aretēs heautous lamprynontōn estin idein. ᾿Apōlesen ho Paulos to ponēron ktēma tēs apistias, dia tou energountos en autǭ tēs prophēteias tēn charin; plērēs tou thēsaurou egeneto, hon ezētēsen. ᾿Apōlesen Hēsaïas en tǭ katharsiǭ tou theiou anthrakos pan rhyparon, kai rhēę̄ma, kai noēma; dia touto eplērōthē tou hagiou Pneumatos. ᾿Apollysi pas en tę̄ metalēpsei tou kreittonos pan to pros to enantion nooumenon. Houtōs ho sōphrōn tēn akolasian apollysi, tēn adikian ho dechaios, tēn hyperēphanian ho metrios, ho eunous ton phthonon, ho agapētikos tēn apechtheian. Hōsper gar ho en tǭ Euangeliǭ typhlos heuren ho mē eichen, ek tou apolesa: ho eiche; tēs gar typhlotētos aphairetheisēs, hē tou phōtos anteisēlthen augē; kai epi tou leprou, tou pathous aphanisthentos, hē tēs hygeias epanerchetai charis; kai epi tōn ek thanatou anistamenōn hē nekrotēs tę̄ parousią tēs zōēs hypechōrēsen; houtōs kai epi tēs prokeimenēs hēmin philosophias ouk esti ti tōn hypsēlōn ktēsasthai, mē tēn peri ta gēïna te kai tapeina spoudēn apolesantas. En gar tǭ tauta heuriskein, apollytai hēmin ta proimotera; kai to empalin, hē toutōn apōleia, tēs pōn timeōn heureseōs proxenos genēsetai. Tauta para tēs tou Kyriou phōnēs memathēkamen; rōn tēn psychēn hautou apolesei autēn, kai ho apolesas tēn psychēn hautou eneken emou, heurēsei autēn. To gar en tois kata tēn hylēn aspoudazomenois tēn psychēn heurethēnai aition genetai tou en tois alēthinois agathois autēn mē heurethēnai; kai to empalin, ē toutōn sterēsis kai apōleia, tōn elpizomenōn hyparxis ginetai. e Ti gar ōpheleitai anthrōpos ean ton kotmon holon kerdēsę̄, tēn de psychēn autou zēmiōthę̄ ? - Kairos, n phēsi, e tou zētēsai, kai kairos tou apolesai. Ei toinyn egnōmen ti esti to zētoumenon kerdos, ho dia tou apolesai ta kakōs ktēthenta heurisketai, to men zētēsōmen, to de apolesōmen; ta kala zētēsōmen, ta kaka apolosōmen. Kalōs de kai prosphyōs tois prrexētasmenois kai hē akolouthia tōn gegrammenōn epagetai. Phēsi gar᾽ Kairos tou phylaxai kai kairos tou echthalein. Ti phylaxai? Dēlonoti to heurethen hēmin apōleia lysitelein enomisthē. Egeneto soi noēma dexion, eisēlthen epithymia tou hidein ton Theon, edipsēsen hē psychē sou pros ton Theon ton ischyron, ton zōnta, pothos egeneto soi tou en tais aulais tou Kyriou genesthai; aulai d᾽ an eien tou Kyriou, kata ge ton emon logon, hai aretai, hais synaulixetai ho logos, kai pas ho tǭ logǭ hepomenos. Tauta phylaxon, hōs mē diarrhyēnax soi ton plouton tōn katharōn tēs dianoias ktēmatōn. Pareisdyetai tis logismos enantios, hoion tis lathraios kleptēs aphanismon tōn katharōn noēmatōn poioumenos, echolēteos houtos kai apopempteos tēs dianoias. En gar tǭ ekeinon apōsasthai, di᾽ asphaleias hēmin ho tōn agathōn thēsauros phylachthēsetai. Ei de mē echdlētheiē ho lymainomenos, kerdos ouden estai tēs ktēseōs, en tę̄ tōn toichōrychōn epiEpeidē oun edidachthēmen ton kairon tou zētein, pas de ho zētōn heursichei, hopōs an to heurethen achridę̄ tina tǭ thēsaurǭ tēn phrouran epistēsōmen. Pasę̄ phylakę̄, phēsi, tērei sēn kardian, meta to heurein tǭ phylaxai tēn heuretheisan charin; hoion heuren ho proselthōn tę̄ pistei tēn dia tou loutrou katharotēta. ᾿Alla meizōn ho ponos en tǭ phylaxai ho elathen, hē en tǭ heurein ho ouk eichen. Hōsper oun eipomen mē chronǭ tini tēn tou zētein eukairian periorizesthai, alla panta ton bion hena kairon einai tēs agathēs ekeinēs zētēseōs; houtō kai ton tēs phylakēs kairon pasę̄ tę̄ zōę̄ metreisthai apophainometha; tēn autēn phōnēn tēs prophēteias kai nyn parathemenoi, tēn legousan; ( hoi ophthalmoi mou diapantos pros ton Kyrion; hoti autos echopadsei ek pagidos tous podas mou. En toutǭ gar esti to asylon tēn agathēn ktēsin hēmin phylattesthai, en tǭ ton Theon phylaka tōn hēmeterōn poiēsasthai. Hotan gar hoi ophthalmoi mou hōsi diapantos pros ton Kyrion, tote apraktoi genōntai tou antikeimenou hai pagides, di᾽ hōn ekeinos tōn en tę̄ psychę̄ timiōn tēn epidoulēn technazetai. Mē dōę̄s, phēsin, e eis salon ton poda sou, kai ou nystaxei ho phylassōn. Oukoun akolouthos hē parouta rhēsis tǭ proagonti logǭ. Ekeinos ekeleuse zētein hina heurōmen, houtos phylassein symthouleuei, hina mē apolesōmen. Ho de tou phylattein ta agatha tropos estin en ekdallein. ta ek tou enantiou nooumena; hōsper epi tēs polemoumenēs poleōs asphalestera ginetai hē phroura tōn prodotōn echdlēthentōn; heōs d᾽ an entos ōsi, mallon epidouleuousi tōn phanerōn echthrōn hoi lanthanontes. Kairos gar, phēsin, tou phylassein, kai Ē de ephexēs akolouthia tou logon eis meizona tina tēn peri tōn noētōn philosophian tēn psychēn agei. Deiknysi gar hoti syneches esti to pan heautǭ kai ouk echei tina lysin hē harmonia tōn noētōn, alla tis esti sympnoia tōn ontōn pros allēla. Kai ouk ᾿ apeschistai to pan tēs pros heauton synapheias, all᾽ en tǭ einai menei ta panta tę̄ tou ontos dynames To de ontōs on, hē auto agathotēs estin, hē ei te hyper toutotis epinoei sēmantikon tēs aphthartou physeōs onoma. Pōs d᾽ an tis heuroi ekeinou hynoma hoper hyper onoma phēsin einai hē theia tou ᾿Apostolon phōnē? plēn hotiper an heurethę̄ onoma hermēneutikon tēs anekphōnētou dynameōs te kai physeōs, agathon esti pantōs to sēmainomenon. Touto toinyn to agathon hētoi hyper to agathon, auto te hōs halēthōs esti, kai di᾽ heauto tois ousi dedōke te kai didōsi tēn te tou genesthai dynamin kai tēn en tǭ einai diamonēn. Pan de to exō autou theōroumenon, anyparxia esti. To gar hexō tou ontos en tǭ einai ouk estin. Epei oun antitheōreitai tę̄ agapę̄ hē kakiaʼ Theos de hē pantelēs aretē; exō ara tou Theou hē kakia, hēs hē physis, ouk en tǭ autēn einai, alla en pǭ agathon mē einai chatalamthanetai. To gar hexō tou agathou noēmatos onoma, tēn kakian ethemetha: houtōs antitheōreitai tǭ agathǭ hē kakia, hōs antidiaireitai to mē hon tǭ onti. Epei oun tǭ autexousiǭ tēs hormēs tou agathou aperrhyēmen; hōsper hoi en phōti mē ontes skotos legontai blepein; en gar tǭ mēden blepein esti to skotos blepein tote hē anyparktos tēs kakias physis, en tois aporrhneisi tou agathou ousiōthē, hētis heōs tote estin, heōs an hēmeis exō tou agathou men. Ei de palin hēmōn hē autexousios tou thelēmatos kinēsis aporrhageiē tēs pros to anyparkton scheseōs, kai symphyeiē tǭ onti; ekeino men to en emoi mēketi einai echousa, oude to en emoi holōs hexei. Kakon gar hexō proaireseōs eph᾽ heautou keimenon ouk estin. Egō de tǭ alēthōs ont: emauton te kai prēsrapsas, en tǭ onti menō, ho aei te ēn kai eis aei estai, kai nyn esti. Tauta moi dokei ta noēmata ho tou rhēxai kairos, kai ho tou rhapsai kairos hypotithesthai, hin᾽ aporrhagentes ekeinou agathē hē proschollēsis. e Emoi gar, phēsi, e to proschollasthai tǭ Theǭ agathon esti, tithesthai en tǭ Kyriǭ tēn elpida mou. Eipoi d᾽ an tis kai pros alla polla tēn boulēn chrēsimōs echōn, hoion,e ᾿Exarate ton ponēron ex hymōn autōn. Tauta keleuei ho theios ᾿Apostolos ton epi tę̄ paranomǭ mixei chatengpsōsmenon, tou koinou tēs Ekklēsias plērōmatos aporrhagēnai keleuōn, e Hōs an mē mikra, phēsi, exzymē tēs tou kategnōsmenou kakias, holon to phyrama tēs ekklēsiastikēs euchēs achreiōseien. Ton de genta dia tēs hamartias, palin prosaptei dia tēs ē mē tę̄ perissoterą lypę̄ kata pothę̄ ho toioutos. Houtōs hoiden eukairōs te aporrhēxai spilōthen meros tou tēs Ekklēsias chitōnos; kai palin eukairōs prosrapsai, hotan dia tēs metanoias echplythę̄ tou molysmatos. Kai polla toiauta estin idein, hen te tois archaioterois tōn diēgēmatōn, kai en tǭ kath᾽ hēmas biǭ, hosa en tais Ekklēsiais oikonomikōs epiteleitai. Oidate gar tinōn aporrhēgnymdtha, kai tisin aei prosraptometha. Tēs gar hairematha’ tote arrhēkton blepontes ton tēs Ekchchlēsias chitōna, hotan aporrhagę̄ tēs pros tēn hairesin choinōeite kata tēn proexetastheisan hēmin theōrian philosophei peri tōn ontōn ho logos, eite ta toiauta dia tēs symdoulēs tautēs paideuei, kata panta to epōpheles te kai chrēsimon periechei hē rhę̄sis, en kairǭ te aporrhēgnysa hōn ponēra hē synapheia, kai kata kairon palin synaptonpha Hēmeis de pros ta ephexēs tou logou proelthōmen, di᾽ hou moi dokei mallon ho kata tēn hypsēloteran philosophian theōrētheis logos oikeiōseōs pros to rhēton echein. Protetaktai gar ho tou sigąn kairos, kai meta tēn sigēn edōke ton tou legein kairon. Pote oun, kai peri tinōn to sigąn estin ameinon ? eipoi tis tōn pros to ēthos blepontōn pollachę̄ tēn siōpēn euschēmonesteran einai tou logou, hoion kathōs diakrinei tēs siōpēs te kai tou logou tēn eukairian ha Paulos, pote men nomothetōn to sigąn, pote de epitrepōn to legein; Pas logos sapros ek tou stamatos hymōn mē ekporeuesthō. n Houtos siōpēs ho nomos all᾽ ei tis agathos pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs, hina dǭ charin tois achououtin, houtos tou legein kairos᾽ Hai gynaikes en tais ekklēsiais sigatōsan; O palin edōke tę̄ sigę̄ ton kairon. Ei de ti manthanein thelousin hōn agnoousin, en oikǭ tous idious andras heperōtatōsan; palin epedeixe tou logou tēn eukairian. Mē pseudesϑe eis allēlous; kai autē siōpēs eukairia e Laleitō alētheian hekastos meta tou plēsion hautou; palin hē exousia tou logou. Kai polla toiauta estin eipein kai ek tēs archaioteras Graphę̄s; En tǭ systēnai ton hamartōlon enantion mou, echōphōthēn, kai etapeinōthēn, kai esigēsa ex agathōn, kai hōsei kōphos ouk ēkouon, kai hōsei alalos ouk anoigōn to stoma autou. GAphōnos ginetai ho pros tēn antidosin tou kakou menōn akinētos; en hois de prosēkei tǭ logǭ chrēsasthai, anoigei en paradolais stoma, phthengetai prodlēmata, plēroi to stoma Ho aineseōs, kalamon poiei tēn glōssan. ᾿Alla ti chrē myriōn ontōn en tę̄ Graphę̄ tōn hypodeigmatōn, leptourgein en tois homologoumenois ton logon ? moi pro toutōn epi noun ēlthen, hōs symphōnousēs tēs peri tou sigąn kai lalein eukairias tę̄ apodotheisę̄ peri tou rhēgmatos kai tēs rhaphēs theōrią, touto boulomai palin epanaladōn, di᾽ oligōn eipein. Echei te gar tēn chkachōs tǭ enantiǭ prosphneisan psychēn aporrhēxas ho logos eis henōsin ēgage tou ontōs ontos dia tēs proschollēseōs, hoper hyper logon estin, ha ho proladōn apedōke logos. Entautha te dia touto moi dochex to sigąn protetachthai; tout᾽ esti diote to hyper pan ekeino noēma te kai onoma, ho ē tou kakoi aporrhageisa psychē kai zētei diapantos, kai enraphēnai heurethenti ephietai, touto pasēs hermēneutikēs phōnēs estin hypsēloteron. Hoper ho philoneikōn hypo tēn tou logou sēmasian chathelchein, lanthanei plēmmelōn eis to Theion. To gar hyper pan einai pepisteumenon, kai hyper logon pantōs estin, Ho de logǭ dialamthanein epicheirōn to aoriston, ouketi didōsi to hyper pan einai ekeino hǭ antexagei, ton idion logon to:oupon ti kai tosouton einai oiomenos, hoion kai hoson eipein ho logos echōrēsen, ouk eidōs hoti en tǭ pepeisthai hyper gnōsin einai to Theion, en toutǭ hē theoprepēs peri tou ontōs ontos phylassetai hennoia; dioti pan to en tę̄ ktisei hon, pros to syngenes ek physeōs blepei. Kai ouden tōn ontōn ex heantou genomenon en pǭ einai menei. Ou pyr en hydati, ouk en pyri to hydōr, ouk en tǭ bythǭ to chersaion, ouk en tę̄ chersǭ to enydron, ouk en aeri to engeion, ouk en gę̄ palin ho enaerion; all᾽ en tois idiois ekaston menon horois hēs physeōs, heōs tote estin, heōs an tōn idiōn horōn entos menę̄. Ei de exō heautou genoito, ektos kai tou einai genēsetai; kai hōsper tōn aisthētēriōn hē dynamis, tais kata physin energeiais paramenousa, metadēnai pros tēn parakeimenēn ou dynatai. Oute gar ophthalmos ta tēs akoēs energeitai, oute akoē geuetai, oute haphē dialegetai, oute hē glōssa ta tēs opseōs hē ta tēs akoēs energei, all᾽ hekastos oron echei tēs idias dynameōs, tēn kata physin energeian; houtō kai pasa hē ktisis exō heautēs genesthai xia tēs chkatalē ptichēs theōrias ou dynatai, all᾽ en autę̄ menei aei, kai hoper an idę̄, heautēn blepei, kan oiētheiē ti hyper heautēn blepein, to ektos heautēs physin idein ouk echei; hoion tēn diastēmatichēn ennoian en tę̄ tōn ontōn theōrią parelthein biazetai, all᾽ ou parerchetai. Panti gar tǭ heuriskomenǭ noēmati syntheōrei pantōs to synchatalamdanomegon tę̄ hypostasei tou nooumenou diastēma; to de diastēma ouden allo, hē ktisis estin. Ekeino de to agathon, ho zētein te kai phylassein emathomen, anō hon tēs ktiseōs, anō heati katalēpseōs. Hē gar hēmetera dianoia tę̄ diastēmatichę̄ paratasei endiodeuousa, kōs an chataladę̄ tēn adiastaton physin dia tou chronon analysin aei diereunōmenē a tōn heuriskomenōn presdytera ? Kai ta men ginōskomena panta, dia tēs polypragmosynēs paredrame, tēn de tou aiōnos ennoian paradramein, oudemian mēchanēn exeurischei, hopō? an hexō heautēn stēseis, kai hypertheiē tou protheōroumenou tōn ontōn kai autou tou haiōnoph᾽ allʼ hōsper epi tinos heuretheis akrōreias. Ho Hypocheisthō de petra tis einai leia kai apotomos, katōthen en erythrǭ tǭ schēmati, eis apeiron mēkos chatateinomenē, kai anōthen epi to hypsos tēn akran ekeinēn anechousa,, tēn en tę̄ prodolę̄ tēs ophryos heis ti bathos achanes chatapeptousan᾽ hoper oun eikos pathein ton akrǭ tǭ podi tēs epineuousēs tǭ bathei rhachias epipsauonta, kai oudemian eti oute tǭ podi basin, oute tę̄ [cheiri antichlē exeuriskonta. Touto moi kai hē Psychē parelthousa to en tois diastēmatikois basimon, en tę̄ zētēsei tēs proaiōniou te kai adiastatou Dyseōs paschei, ouk echousa ho peridraxētai, pon, ou chronon, ou metron, ouk allo ti toiouton ouden, ou dechetai tēs dianoias hēmōn sēn epidasin᾽ alla pantachothen tōn ochithiiba Iopriiy aïē thēn, ei ai gią te kai amēchanei, kai palin pros to syngenes epistrephetai, agapōsa tosouton monon gnōnai peri tou hypercheimenou, hoson peisthēnai, hoti allo ti para tēn tōn ginōskomenōn physin esti. Dia touto hotan elthę̄ eis ta hyper logon ho logos, ginetai tote kairos tou sigąn, kai tēs aphrastou ekeinēs dynameōs aneermēneuton en tǭ aporrhētǭ tēs syneidēseōs echei to thauma, eidota hoti kai hoi megaloi ta erga tou Theou kai ou ton Theon elaloun, legontes; e Tis lalēsei tas dynasteias tou Kyriou ? kai, Diēgēsomai panta ta erga sou; kai, Genea epainesei ta erga sou. Auta lalousi kai peri toutōn diexerchontai, kai tēn tōn gegonotōn exagoreusin tę̄ phōnę̄ epitrepousin hotan de peri autou tou hyperestōtos pasēs ennoias ho logos, siōpēn antikrys, di’ hōn legousi, nomothetousi. Legousi gar hoti tēs megaloprepeias, tēs doxēs, tēs hagiousygēs autou, ouk esti peras. Hō tou thaumatos ! pōs ephodēthē tę̄ tou theiou thaumatos doxę̄ prosengisai ho logos, hōbate oude tōn exōthen tinos theōroumenōn to thauma katelathen? Ou gar eipen hoti tēs ousias tou Theou peras ouk esti, tolmēron krinōn holōs to eis ennoian touto lathein, alla tēn epitheōroumenēn tę̄ doxę̄ megaloprepeian thaumazei tǭ logǭ. Palin de oude autēs tēs doxēs tēn ousian idein ēdynēthē; alla tę̄s agiōsynēs autou tēn doxan exeplagē katanoēsas. Poson toinyn apesche tou tēn physin, hētis esti, periergasasthai, hos ge to eschaton tōn prophainomenōn thaumasai ouk ischysen? Oute gar tēn hagiōsynēn autou ethaumasen, - oute tēn doo xan tēs hagiōsynēs, alla tēn megaloprepeian monēn tēs doxēs tēs hagiōsynēs thaumasai prothemenos, kai peri to tautēs thauma hētonēsen. Ou gar dielathe tę̄ dianoią tou thaumazomenou to peras. Dio phēsi᾿ Tēs doxēs, tēs megaloprepeias, tēs hagiōsynēs autou ouk estin peras. Oukoun en tois peri Theou logois, hotan men peri tēs ousias hē zētēsis ēn, kairos tou sigąn; hotan de peri tinos agathēs energeias, hēs hē gnōsis kai mechris hēmōn katadainei, tote lalein tas dynasteias, exangellein ta thaumata, diēgeisthai ta erga, mechris toutou kechrēsthai tǭ logǭ. En de tois hyper epekeina mē ephienai tę̄ ktisei tous idious orous echthainein, allʼ agapąn ei heautēn eidę̄. Ei oupō gar egnō, kata ge ton hēmeteron logon, heautēn hē ktisis, oude chatelathden hoia tēs psychēs hē ousia, tou sōmatos dϑi ē hē physis, pothen ta onta, pothen ex allēlōn geneseis, pōs to mē hon ousioutai, pōs to hon eis to mē hon analyetai, tis hē ek tōn enantiōn kata ton kosmon touton euarmostia; ei heautēn hē;chtisis ouk hoide, ta hyper heautēn pōs diēgēsetai ? Oukoun kairos tou kauta sigąn; kreittōn gar en toutois hē siōpē. Kairos de tou lalein, di᾽ hōn ho bios hēmōn pros aretēn epididōsin, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

“A season to throw stones, and a season to gather stones.” The commander of the church’s forces has already increased the strength of his hearers by what he has shown, so that they can both strike their opponents and supply the means for striking. For what we were taught beforehand — by which we have learned to fit the measure of time to all things and to make right timing in everything the criterion of the beautiful — leads us to this power: that a certain arm of our soul may be understood, which sends at the target the stones that destroy the enemy, and calls them back again, so that whatever enemy we strike, we may always strike down the adversary with the same stones. Those, then, who look only to the letter and stand by the ready sense of what is said will perhaps fit Moses’ law to the present words, under which the law orders stones to be thrown at those found breaking the law, as we have learned from the history itself in the case of those [guilty] of … and of the one [who stole] the sacred things, and in the other faults for which the law prescribed punishment by stones. But I — if the Ecclesiast had made only the throwing of stones timely, and not also gathering stones, about which no law commands anything, nor does the history narrate a similar act — would have agreed with those who interpret the saying through the law, as though the season to throw stones were when someone [broke the law]. But now the addition that the stones must be gathered again, which is laid down by no law, leads us to another sense. Let us learn what kind of stones these are, which after the throw become again the property of the one who threw them. For when we have thrown the stones in season, we are taught to gather them again in season. To me, indeed, it seems that one should not take even the law in so lowly a way, according to its ready meaning. For what befitting God and great appears in the bare sense of what is written? If someone was caught gathering sticks on the Sabbath, ought the man for this reason to have been stoned, when no injustice appeared in the fault? For what wrong did a man do by [gathering] dry twigs scattered by chance in the desert for the use of fire? For he is not accused of taking what belonged to another, so that the injustice might seem reasonably punished; rather, what lay before all in common became for him the cause of the stoning. But because he did this on the Sabbath, he is for this reason condemned as a wrongdoer. Who does not know that each thing that is done is judged by its own nature, whether it is evil or not? And the time in which an action is performed is considered outside the nature of what is done. For what has the interval of time in common with what is accomplished by our free choice? If someone asks us what a day is, we shall surely answer that it is the sun’s being above the earth, and make its measure dawn and evening. But such an account of the day will not be fitted to some one alone of the days that come round in the weekly cycle; the account is the same for the first and second and up to the seventh, and the day of the Sabbath does not differ at all from the others in being a day. But if one examines the meaning of sin — that one must do nothing against one’s neighbour — we shall surely say, for example: “You shall [not] commit adultery, you shall not murder, you shall not steal,” and the rest, of which the general law, containing each in itself, is also that of loving one’s neighbour as oneself. These, kept and broken equally on every day, are surely either good or understood as the opposite. No one would think that what was judged evil when done today, whether the fault were murder or anything else forbidden, would be good on the following day. If, then, evil is always such, at whatever time it happens to be dared, so too what is blameless would not become blameworthy because of the time. If, then, gathering sticks and lighting a fire before the Sabbath is outside injustice and punishment, how does this very same thing become a fault on the following day? But I know the Sabbath of rest; I know the law of inactivity, which does not command a human being to be inactive by fettering him from natural activity. For it would command impossible things in ordering us to be inactive, for whom, apart from other works, the very form of life is a work: of the eyes, sight; of the hearing, its natural activity; of the nostrils, smell; of the mouth, the drawing in of air; of the tongue, speech; of the teeth, the service of food; of the inward parts, digestion; of the feet, movement; of the hands, … those things which these members are by nature made to do for us. How then can the law of inactivity be ratified for those whose nature does not admit idleness? How shall I persuade the eye not to see on the Sabbath, when it is its nature to see something in any case? How shall I hold back the activity of hearing? How will my sense of smell be persuaded to lay aside its perception of vapours on the Sabbath? And how will the inward parts not perform their own activity, serving the law, so that food remains undigested in the body, in order to show nature idle on the Sabbath? If, then, the rest of our body cannot accept the law of idleness (for what is not active will not be in life at all), [the observance] of the Sabbath is surely not [kept] … even if the hand or the foot remains motionless in the same posture and place. Since, then, the law is laid not on some part but on the whole human being, we shall not keep the law better by being inactive in one of the members, if, while our other senses are active according to nature, we break what was commanded. But the law is from God; and nothing commanded by God is of such a kind as to be, as it were, against nature, or to be shown outside the account of virtue. And irrational idleness is not virtue. We must seek, then, what the command of the [Sabbath] means. I say, then, that every legislation given by God has one aim: that those who have received the law should be pure of the work of vice; and every law that forbids what is prohibited commands us to keep Sabbath from wicked works. This is the aim of the tablets, of the Levitical observance, of the precision in [the] …: that we should be idle and inactive in those things whose work is vice. If, then, one takes the law in this way, that the human being is to be idle in vice, I too agree that the wise Ecclesiast sets a season for throwing stones at one who gathers wood for himself — by which the collecting of the twigs of vice, gathered as fuel for fire, is prevented. But if one persists in love of the letter, I do not know how he would reckon what befits God in the law. So we must understand what the stones are that are thrown at such a one, so that the zeal for gathering sticks may not reach its end. If the wood is that by which the fire will be kindled for the one who gathered it — and surely these things are not unclear to one who brings to bear any mystical account at all; for well does the Apostle name the wicked building “wood, straw and hay,” because such buildings become fire in the season of judgment, and “the chaff,” says the voice of the Gospel, “is prepared for fire,” and it declared the fruitless branch fit only for fire — it would be clear that the wood gathered in preparation for fire is the vain pursuits of life, and this is the one who is struck with stones in season, whom one would not be wrong to understand as the reasoning that inclines to evil. And we must surely understand that the reasonings that destroy vice are the stones slung with good aim by the Ecclesiast, which must always both be sent and be gathered: sent to pull down what is lifted up against our life, and gathered so that the bosom of the soul may always be full of such supplies, so that the throw against the enemy may be at hand, if ever he should otherwise conceive a plot against us. From where, then, shall we gather stones with which to bury the enemy? I heard the prophecy saying, “Holy stones roll upon the earth.” These would be the words coming down to us from the God-inspired Scripture, which we must gather in the bosom of the soul, so as to use them in season against those who trouble us; whose throw is so good that it both destroys the enemy and does not leave the hand of the thrower. For the one who strikes down with the stone of self-control the licentious reasoning, which gathers through pleasures the fuel of fire, has both defeated it with the throw and always carries the weapon in his hand. So too righteousness becomes a stone against injustice, destroys it, and is kept in the bosom of the one who threw it. In the same way, all things understood in the better sense become destructive of the worse and are not separated from the one who achieves virtue. And according to our account, one must throw the stones in season and gather stones in season in this way: always sending the good throws to destroy what is worse, and never letting the abundance of such weapons fail us.

The next saying in sequence [sets out] the season and the unseasonableness of a certain embracing. The wording is this: “A season to embrace, and a season to be far from embracing.” These thoughts could not become plain to us otherwise unless the word were first understood from Scripture, so that it may become clear to us of what the God-inspired word is accustomed to use this expression. The great David indicated it through the Psalms, and cries, saying, “Encircle Zion, and embrace her”; and this same Solomon, when he made the inward union of the one lovingly disposed toward wisdom, says among other things by which our union with virtue comes about, and adds this: “Honour her, that she may embrace you.” If, then, David exhorts us to embrace Zion, and Solomon said that those who have honoured wisdom are embraced by her, perhaps we shall not miss the fitting sense, if we learn the thing whose embrace is timely. For Zion is a mountain rising above the citadel of Jerusalem. So the one who urges you to embrace her exhorts you to grow together with the lofty way of life, so as to reach the very acropolis of the virtues, which he indicates by the riddle of the name Zion. And the one who makes you dwell with wisdom proclaims to you the good news of the embrace that follows from her. So there is a season to embrace Zion and to be embraced by wisdom, the name Zion indicating the loftiness of the way of life, and wisdom signifying by a part the whole of virtue. If, then, we have learned through what has been said the timeliness of the embrace, we have been taught through the same things of which the separation from union is more profitable. “For there is a season,” he says, “to be far from embracing.” One who has become familiar with virtue has been estranged from his relation to vice. “For what fellowship has light with darkness, or Christ with Beliar?” Or how is it possible for one who serves two opposed masters to be well disposed to both? For love of the one has produced hatred of the other. When, then, the loving disposition acquires the beautiful — and this is what is timely — estrangement from the opposite has truly followed. If you truly loved self-control, you would have hated its opposite. If you look lovingly toward purity, you have clearly abhorred the mire of the evil one’s embrace. And if someone should take the meaning of “embracing” to refer to the embrace of wealth, this saying too shows what kind of wealth it is good to embrace, and the embrace of what kinds of possessions to send away. I know a treasure that is striven for: the one hidden in the field, not the one that appears to all. I know, again, a wealth that is dishonoured: not the one hoped for, but the one that appears before the eyes. The voice of the Apostle teaches this, saying, “Since we look not to the things that are seen but to the things that are not seen; for the things that are seen are temporary, but the things that are not seen are eternal.” If we have understood these things, let us also [understand] the following saying through them.

“For there is a season,” he says, “to seek, and a season to lose.” For one who has understood through what has been examined from what one should keep oneself far from embracing, and to what one should be joined, would know both what one should seek and of what things the loss is gain. “For there is a season,” he says, “to seek, and a season to lose.” What, then, is it that I must seek, so as to attain the due season? Prophecy shows what must be sought, saying, “Seek the Lord and be strengthened,” and again, “Seek the Lord, and call on him when you find him,” and “Let the heart of those who seek the Lord be glad.” I have learned, then, through what has been said what one must seek: that of which the finding is the very act of always seeking. For seeking is not one thing and finding another; but the gain of seeking out is the very seeking. Do you want to learn the right time too, what the season is for seeking the Lord? I say briefly: the whole of life. For in this case alone every effort is the season for effort. For it is not good to seek the Lord at some appointed season and limited time; but never to leave off at all, always seeking: this is the true right time. “For my eyes,” it says, “are continually toward the Lord.” Do you see how carefully the eye searches out what is sought, giving itself no relaxation nor any interval in the contemplation of what is sought? For by adding “continually” it showed the unceasing and uninterrupted character of the effort. In the same way let us understand also the season to lose, judging it gain to lose that whose possession becomes a loss to its owner. Love of money is an evil possession: then let us lose it. Resentment is a wicked thing stored up: then let us throw it away. Licentious desire is a destructive possession: let us become poor in this above all, so that through such poverty we may gain the kingdom. “For blessed are the poor in spirit,” that is, those who lack such wealth and all the other treasures of the devil. More blessed, indeed, is never to have acquired any at all, so that we may be entirely without possession of what defiles. But it is no less good for one who has been taken by the wicked acquisition to lose such possessions and bring them to destruction. But never to have any share at all in such things is beyond human nature; whereas to destroy them once received — for this the power of human beings too has strength. Therefore to have had none of the adversary’s possessions belongs to the Lord alone, who shared the same sufferings with us without sin. “For the ruler of this world comes,” he says, “and finds nothing of his own in me.” But to cleanse oneself through careful repentance can be seen also in the case of human beings who make themselves bright through virtue. Paul lost the wicked possession of unbelief, through the grace of prophecy working in him; he became full of the treasure he sought. Isaiah lost, in the cleansing of the divine coal, all filth of word and thought; for this reason he was filled with the Holy Spirit. Everyone, in partaking of the better, loses all that is understood as its opposite. So the self-controlled loses licentiousness, the righteous injustice, the modest arrogance, the well-disposed envy, the loving enmity. For just as the blind man in the Gospel found what he did not have by losing what he had — for when the blindness was taken away, the gleam of light came in instead — and in the case of the leper, when the disease vanished, the grace of health returned, and in the case of those who rose from death, deadness withdrew at the presence of life, so too in the philosophy set before us one cannot acquire any of the lofty things without having lost the zeal for what is earthly and lowly. For in finding these, the more valuable things are lost to us; and conversely the loss of these will bring about the finding of the valuable. This we have learned from the voice of the Lord: “[He who loves] his soul will lose it, and he who loses his soul for my sake will find it.” For the soul’s being found among the things pursued in matter becomes the cause of its not being found among the true goods; and conversely the deprivation and loss of these becomes the possession of what is hoped for. “For what is a man profited if he gains the whole world but suffers the loss of his soul?” “A season,” he says, “to seek, and a season to lose.” If, then, we have learned what the gain sought is, which is found by losing what was evilly acquired, let us seek the one and lose the other: let us seek the good things, let us lose the evil.

Well and fittingly to what has been examined the sequence of what is written is added. For it says, “A season to keep, and a season to cast out.” To keep what? Clearly what we have found, [whose] loss was thought profitable … A right thought has come to you; there has entered a desire to see God; your soul has thirsted for God, the mighty, the living; a longing has come to you to be in the courts of the Lord — and the courts of the Lord, in my view at least, would be the virtues, in which the Word dwells, and everyone who follows the Word. Keep these, so that the wealth of the pure possessions of your mind may not flow away from you. Some contrary reasoning slips in, like a secret thief, bringing about the disappearance of the pure thoughts: it must be cast out and sent away from the mind. For in driving it off, the treasure of good things will be kept safe for us. But if the destroyer is not cast out, there will be no gain from the possession, in the plotting of the burglars. Since, then, we have been taught the season to seek, and everyone who seeks finds, let us set an exact guard on the treasure for what has been found. “With all watchfulness,” it says, “keep your heart” — after finding, keeping the grace that has been found; as the one who came in faith found the purity that comes through the washing. But the labour is greater in keeping what one has received than in finding what one did not have. As, then, we said that the right time for seeking is not limited to some period, but that the whole of life is one season for that good seeking, so we declare that the season for keeping too is measured by the whole of life, setting out now too the same voice of prophecy, which says, “My eyes are continually toward the Lord, for he will pluck my feet out of the snare.” For in this lies the inviolable keeping of our good possession for us: in making God the keeper of what is ours. For when my eyes are continually toward the Lord, then the snares of the adversary become ineffective, by which he contrives his plot against the precious things in the soul. “Do not give your foot to be moved,” it says, “and he who keeps you will not slumber.” So the present saying is consistent with the preceding one. That one commanded us to seek so that we may find; this one counsels us to keep, so that we may not lose. And the manner of keeping the good things is in casting out what is understood as their opposite; just as in a city at war the guard becomes safer when the traitors have been cast out, but as long as they are inside, the hidden ones plot more than the open enemies. “For there is a season,” he says, “to keep, and [a season to cast out].”

The next sequence of the discourse leads the soul to a greater philosophy concerning intelligible things. For it shows that the universe is continuous with itself and the harmony of intelligible things has no break, but there is a certain concord of beings with one another; and the universe is not split off from its connection with itself, but all things remain in being by the power of what is. And what truly is, is either goodness itself, or whatever name signifying the incorruptible nature one conceives beyond this. For how could anyone find a name for that which the divine voice of the Apostle says is above every name? Except that whatever name is found to interpret the unutterable power and nature, what is signified is surely good. This good, then, or what is beyond the good, both is itself in very truth, and through itself has given and gives to the things that are both the power to come to be and continuance in being. But everything contemplated outside it is non-existence. For what is outside being is not in being. Since, then, vice is contemplated as opposite to love, and God is complete virtue, vice is then outside God; and its nature is grasped not in its being, but in its not being good. For we have given the name “vice” to what is outside the notion of the good; thus vice is contemplated as opposite to the good as non-being is divided against being. Since, then, by the self-determination of our impulse we flowed away from the good — just as those not in light are said to see darkness, for seeing darkness consists in seeing nothing — then the non-existent nature of vice received substance in those who flowed away from the good; and it exists as long as we are outside the good. But if again the self-determining motion of our will should be torn away from its relation to the non-existent and grow together with what is, that which no longer has being in me will not have being in me at all. For evil lying by itself outside free choice does not exist. But I, having sewn myself on to what truly is, remain in what is, which always was and always will be and now is. These seem to me to be the thoughts which the season to tear and the season to sew suggest: so that, torn away from that, … [to what] … the cleaving is good. “For it is good for me,” it says, “to cleave to God, to put my hope in the Lord.” And one might usefully apply the counsel to many other things too, such as: “Drive out the wicked one from among yourselves.” These things the divine Apostle commands concerning the one condemned for the lawless union, commanding that he be torn away from the common fullness of the church, “so that,” he says, “a little leaven” of the condemned man’s vice “may not make useless the whole lump” of the church’s prayer. But the one [torn away] through sin he sews on again through [love], “lest such a one be swallowed up by excessive sorrow.” So he knows how in season to tear away a stained part from the tunic of the church, and again in season to sew it on, when through repentance it has been washed of its defilement. And many such things can be seen, both in the more ancient narratives and in our own life, all that is carried out with discernment in the churches. For you know from whom we tear ourselves away, and to whom we are always sewn on. For [from the fellowship] of heresy [we tear ourselves] …, then seeing the tunic of the church untorn, when it is torn away from fellowship with heresy. Whether, then, the passage philosophizes about beings according to the contemplation we examined earlier, or teaches such things through this counsel, the saying contains in every respect what is beneficial and useful, tearing away in season those whose union is wicked, and joining again in season.

Let us proceed to what comes next in the discourse, to which the account contemplated according to the loftier philosophy seems to me to have a closer affinity with the text. For the season to be silent is put first, and after the silence he gave the season to speak. When, then, and about what is it better to be silent? One who looks to character might say that in many cases silence is more seemly than speech, as Paul distinguishes the right time for silence and for speech, sometimes legislating silence and sometimes permitting speech: “Let no rotten word come out of your mouth” — this is the law of silence; “but if there is any good word for the building up of faith, that it may give grace to those who hear” — this is the season to speak. “Let the women be silent in the churches” — again he gave the season to silence. “But if they wish to learn anything they do not know, let them ask their own husbands at home” — again he showed the right time for speech. “Do not lie to one another” — this too is a right time for silence. “Let each one speak truth with his neighbour” — again the authority of speech. And many such things can be said from the older Scripture as well: “When the sinner stood against me, I was deaf and humbled and kept silent from good things,” and “like one deaf I did not hear, and like one mute not opening his mouth.” One who remains unmoved toward repaying evil becomes voiceless; but where it is fitting to use speech, he opens his mouth in parables, utters problems, fills his mouth with praise, makes his tongue a pen. But why, when there are countless examples in Scripture, should one refine the discourse in what is agreed? What came to my mind before these, as the right time for silence and speech agrees with the contemplation given about tearing and sewing, this I wish to take up again and say briefly. For there the word, having torn away the soul evilly grown on to the opposite, led it into union with what truly is through cleaving — which is beyond word, as the preceding discourse explained. And here, for this reason, silence seems to me to have been put first: that is, because that which is above every thought and name, which the soul torn away from evil both seeks continually and longs to be sewn on to once found, is higher than every interpreting voice. Whoever contends to drag it down under the meaning of [a word] unwittingly offends against the Divine. For what is believed to be above all is surely also above word. And one who tries to grasp the boundless by word no longer allows that to be above all against which he sets it, thinking that his own word is something of such a kind and so great as the word could contain in speaking, not knowing that in being persuaded that the Divine is beyond knowledge, in this the God-befitting notion of what truly is is kept; because everything that is in creation looks by nature to what is akin to it. And none of the things that exist, having come to be outside itself, remains in being. Fire is not in water, nor water in fire, nor the land creature in the deep, nor the water creature on dry land, nor the earthly creature in the air, nor again the airy creature in the earth; but each, remaining within its own limits of nature, exists as long as it remains within its own limits. But if it should come outside itself, it will also come outside being. And just as the power of the senses, remaining in its natural activities, cannot pass over to the neighbouring one — for neither does the eye perform the functions of hearing, nor does hearing taste, nor touch speak, nor the tongue do the work of sight or of hearing, but each has as the limit of its own power its natural activity — so the whole creation cannot come outside itself through comprehending contemplation, but always remains in itself; and whatever it sees, it sees itself; and even if it should think it sees something beyond itself, it has no nature to see what is outside itself. For example, it forces itself to pass beyond the notion of extension in the contemplation of beings, but it does not pass beyond. For along with every thought that is found it surely contemplates the extension that is grasped together with the subsistence of what is thought; and extension is nothing else than creation. But that good which we have learned both to seek and to keep, being above creation, is above comprehension. For how would our mind, travelling through extended stretching, grasp the unextended nature, by the analysis of time always searching out what is older than the things it finds? It has run past all that is known through its busy inquiry; but it finds no device to run past the notion of the age, how it might set itself outside itself and go beyond what is contemplated before all beings and the age itself. But as though one found oneself on some mountain ridge … Let it be supposed that there is a smooth and sheer rock, reddish in appearance below, stretching down to an infinite length, and from above holding up to the height that summit which, in the projection of its brow, falls sheer to some immense depth: what one standing there would likely feel, touching with the tip of his foot the ridge that overhangs the depth, and finding no footing any longer for the foot nor hold for the hand — this, it seems to me, the soul too feels when it has passed beyond what can be walked on in extended things, in the search for the nature that is before the ages and without extension, having nothing to grasp: no place, no time, no measure, nothing else of this kind; it does not admit the stepping-on of our mind; but, [slipping] on every side …, it grows dizzy and is at a loss, and turns back again to what is akin to it, content to know only so much about what lies above, as to be persuaded that it is something other than the nature of what is known. For this reason, when the word comes to what is beyond word, then it becomes the season to be silent, and to hold uninterpreted, in the secret of conscience, the wonder at that unutterable power, knowing that the great ones too spoke of the works of God and not of God, saying, “Who will speak the mighty acts of the Lord?” and “I will recount all your works,” and “Generation will praise your works.” These they speak of and go through, and entrust to the voice the declaration of what has come to be; but when the word is about him who is above every notion, through what they say they legislate silence outright. For they say that of his magnificence, his glory, his holiness there is no limit. O the wonder! How the word feared to draw near to the glory of the divine wonder, so that it did not even grasp the wonder of one of the things contemplated outside him! For it did not say that there is no limit to the essence of God, judging it altogether daring to bring this into thought; but it marvels in word at the magnificence contemplated upon the glory. And again it could not see the essence even of the glory itself; but it was struck with amazement when it perceived the glory of his holiness. How far, then, he kept from inquiring into the nature, what it is, he who could not marvel at the last of the things that appear! For he did not marvel at his holiness, nor at the glory of the holiness; but having proposed to marvel only at the magnificence of the glory of the holiness, he failed even at the wonder of this. For the limit of what was marvelled at did not come within his mind. Therefore he says, “Of his glory, of his magnificence, of his holiness there is no limit.” So in discourse about God, when the inquiry is about the essence, it is the season to be silent; but when it is about some good activity, the knowledge of which comes down even to us, then it is the season to speak of the mighty acts, to proclaim the wonders, to recount the works, and to use the word up to this point. But in what lies beyond, not to permit creation to go beyond its own limits, but to be content if it knows itself. For if, in our view at least, creation has not yet known itself, nor grasped what the essence of the soul is, what the nature of the body, whence the things that exist come, whence births from one another, how what is not receives substance, how what is is dissolved into what is not, what the harmony from opposites in this world is — if creation does not know itself, how will it recount the things above itself? So there is a season to be silent about these things; for silence is better in them. And there is a season to speak of the things through which our life advances toward virtue, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory and the might for the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 8

8PG 44

Καιρὸς τοῦ φιλῆσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ μισῆσαι. Τίς ἄρα οὕτως ἕσται τὴν ἀκοὴν κεκαθαρμένος, ὥστε καθαρῶς δέξασθαι τὸν περὶ τοῦ φιλῆσαι λόγον, μηδὲν τῆς ῥυπαρᾶς φιλία; ἑαυτῷ ; Τάχα καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα ὦτα χρήζει τῶν δακτύλων Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα διὰ τῆς θείας ἑπαφῆῇς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Λόγον, ἐλευθερωθῇ παντὸς ῥύπου, τοῦ τὴν ἀκοὴν ἐμφράσσοντος, ἣ ἀχουστιχὴ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν δύναμις· ὥστε καὶ συνιέναι τὴν ἐπαινετὴν φιλίαν, καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ παραδέξασθαι, τίς ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ φιλῆσαι, καὶ τίς ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ μισῆσαι. Οὐκ οἶμαι τοῦτον ἄλλον εἶναι καιρὸν πλὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος, Ἡ γὰρ ἀφ᾽ ξχατέρου τούτων ὠφέλεια, κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν κρίσιν, ἡ εὐκαιρία τῆς χρήσεως ἀμφοτέρων ἐστίν· ὡς εἴγε ἕξω τοῦ λυσιτελοῦντος γίνοιτο, ἔξω ἂν εἴη καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ γινόμενον· πρότερον δὲ μὲν, οἶμαι, χρὴ γοῆσαι τῶν δύο τούτων ῥημάτων τὸ σημαινόμενον, ποῦ φιλῆσαι λέγω καὶ τοῦ μισῆσαι, ἵν᾽ οὕτως καὶ τὴν εὔκαιρον αὐτῶν χρῆσιν τῷ λόγῳ κατανοήσωμεν. Φίλτρυν ἐστὶν ἡ ἐνδιάθετος περὶ τὸ καταθύμιον σχέσις δι᾽ ἡδονῆς καὶ προσπαθείας ἐνεργουμένη ᾿ μῖσος δὲ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀηδὲς ἀλλοτρίωσις καὶ ἡ τοῦ λυποῦντος ἀποστροφή. Ἔστι δὲ τούτων ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν διαθέσεων καὶ λυσιτελῶς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐναντίων χρήσασθαι, καὶ ὥσπερ πᾶ; ὁ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίος ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχει. Ὅπου γὰρ ἂν τῇ ἀγάπῃ ῥέψωμεν, ἐκεῖνο ταῖς ψυχαῖς οἰχειούμεθα, καὶ πρὸς ὅπερ ἂν μισητιχῶς διατεθῶμεν, τούτου ἀλλοτριούμεθα. Εἴτε γὰρ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν, εἴτε πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς γένηται σχέσις, καταχιρνᾶταί πως τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ ἀγαπώμενον. ς Ὃ τι δ’ ἂν εἴη καὶ ὅπερ ἂν παρεμπέσῃ διὰ μέσου τὸ υἷσος, τούτου τὸν χωρισμὸν κατειργάσατο, εἴτε τοῦ καλοῦ, εἴτε τοῦ χείρονος. Οὐκοῦν ἐπισκεπτέον ἂν εἴη, τί μὲν ἀγαπητὸν, τί δὲ μισητόν ἐστι τῇ φύσει, ὡς ἂν ἐν καιρῷ τῇ τοιαύτῃ τῆς ψυχῆς διαθέσει χρησάμενοι, τῶν τε κακῶν ἀλλότριοι διὰ τοῦ μίσους γενοίμεθα καὶ τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀγαθῶν συγχραθείημεν. Καὶ εἴθε τοῦτο πρὸ πάντων ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαιδεύετο φύσις, εἰς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ λέγω, καὶ μὴ τοιούπον διάκρισιν ! Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἔσχεν πάροδον κατὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν τὰ πάθη, εἰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸ καλὸν ἐγνωρίσαμεν. Νυνὶ δὲ τὴν ἄλογον αἴσθησιν τοῦ καλοῦ κριτήριον παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ποιούμενοι, συντρεφόμεθα κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς ἐγγινομένῃ περὶ τῶν ὄντων κρίσει, καὶ τούτου χάριν δυσαποσπάστως ἔχομεν τῶν τῇ αἰσθήσει νομισθέντων εἶναι καλῶν, ἑαυτοῖς τὴν περὶ ταῦτα σχέσιν τῇ συντροφίᾳ ποιήσαντες. Καλὸν φαίνεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὃ ὀφθαλμοῖς τινα ἡδονὴν διὰ τῆς εὐχροίας ἐντίθησιν, εἴτε ἐν τῇ ἀψύχῳ ὕλῃ, εἴτε ἐν τοῖς ἐμψύχοις θεάμασι. Καλὸν τῇ ἀκοῇ τὸ μελῴδημα· καὶ ἐν τοῖς χυμοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὀσμοῖς καλὸν ὁρίζεται, τὸ μὲν ἡ γεῦσις, τὸ δὲ ἡ ὄσφρησις. Τὸ δὲ πάντων βαρύτατόν τε καὶ ἀλογώ τατόν ἐστιν ἡ ἁφὴ, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ ἀκόλαστος ἡδονὴ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ καλοῦ ψήφῳ προτερεύει τῇ φύσει. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν αἱ αἰσθήσεις ἡμῖν εὐθὺς γινομένοις συναποτίχτονται, καὶ ταύτα[ις] παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ζωὴν συστρεφόμεθα· πολλὴ δέ ἐστι τῇ αἰσθητικῇ δυνάμει πρὸς τὴν ἄλογον ζωὴν ἡ οἰκείωσις· πάντα γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ὁρᾶται· ὁ δὲ νοῦς ἐμποδίζεταί πως πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐνέργειαν ὑπὸ τῆς νηπιότητος μὴ χωρούμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐχθλίδεται τρόπον τινὰ τῇ ἐπιχρατήσει τῆς ἀλογωτέρας αἰσθήσεως, διὰ τοῦτο πεπλανημένη χρῆσις, ἀρχὴ καὶ ὑπόθεσις τοῦ κατὰ κακίαν γίνεται βίου. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ διπλῇ, τίς ἐστιν ἡμῖν ἢ φύσις, τῷ νοητῷ τε καὶ αἰσθητῷ συγχεχραμένη, διπλῇ κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ἡμῖν καὶ ἡ ζωὴ, ἑκατέρων ἐν ἡμῖν ταλλήλως ἐγγινομένη, σωματικῶς μὲν τῷ αἰσθητῷ μέρει, τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ ἀσωμάτως. Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸ καλόν τε καὶ μὴ τοιοῦτον, οὐ τὸ αὐτό ἐστιν ἑκατέρῳ τῷ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν εἴδει, ἀλλὰ νοητὸν μὲν, τῷ νοητῷ· τῷ δὲ αἰσθητῷ τε καὶ σωματικῷ μέρει τοιοῦτον οἷον ἡ αἴσθησις βούλεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡ μὲν αἴσθησις ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει συμφύεται, ὁ δὲ νοῦς ἀναμένει τὴν εἰς τὸ σύμμετρον τῆς ἡλικίας ἀναδρομὴν, ὥστε δυνηθῆναι κατ᾽ ὀλίγον ἐμφανῆναι τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ, τούτου χάριν δυναστεύεται ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ὁ νοῦς ὁ κατὰ μικρὸν ἐγγινόμενος, καὶ κατὰ κράτος ἀεὶ τῷ πρὸς τὸ ὑπακούειν αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνο καλὸν ἣ φαῦλον κρίνων, ὅπερ ἂν ἣ προέληται ἀποδάλῃ ἡ αἴσθησις. Διὰ τοῦτο χαλεπή τε καὶ δυσχατόρθωτος ἡμῖν ἡ τοῦ ἀληθῶς ἀγαθοῦ κατανόησις γίνεται· ὅτι προειλήμμεθα τοῖς αἰσθητιχοῖς χριἐν τῷ εὐφραίνοντί τε καὶ ἥδοντι τὸ καλὸν ὁριζόμενοι. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι πρὸς τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ κάλλη βλέπειν, ὀμίχλης τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ἀέρα διαλαδούσης᾽ οὕτως οὐδὲ ὁ τῆς Ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸς πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν καθορᾷ, οἷον ἀχλύϊ τινὶ πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀναλαδόμενος. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡ μὲν αἵσθησις πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν βλέπει, ὁ δὲ νοῦς διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁρᾷν ἐμποδίξεται, αὕτη γίνεται ἡ τῆς κακίας ἀρχὴ, διότι τὴν ἄλογον περὶ τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσιν καὶ ὁ νοῦς ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως δυναστευθεὶς ἐπεψήφισς, κἂν εἴπῃ ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν τῇ εὐχροίᾳ τοῦ φαινομένου τὸ καλὸν εἶναι, συνεπιῤῥέπει τούτῳ καὶ ἡ διάνοια. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν δὲ ὡσαύτως, τὸ εὐφραῖνον τὴν αἴσθησιν τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ ψῆφον ἠνέγκατο. Εἰ δέ πως οἷόν τε ἣν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡμῖν τὴν ἀληθῆ περὶ τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσιν ἐγγίνεσθαι, τοῦ νοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμάζοντος, οὐκ ἂν τῇ ἀλόγῳ αἰσθήσει δεδουλωμένοι κτηνώδεις γινόμενοι Ὡς ἂν οὖν ἡ τοιαύτη σύγχυσις ἐν ἡμῖν διαχριθείη, καὶ τὸ τῇ φύσει ἀγαπητὸν, καὶ τὰ ἑτέρως ἔχοντα πάλιν, ἀπλανῶς ἐπιγνωσθείη, ταῦτά φησι νῦν ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι ε Καιρὸς τοῦ φιλῆσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ μισῆσαι. κ Δι᾽ ὧν διακρίνει τὴν τῶν πραὙμάτων φύσιν, δεικνὺς τί τὸ συμφερόντως φιλούμένον, καὶ τί τὸ μισούμενον. Λέγει γὰρ ἡ νεότης τοῖς τῆς ἡλικίας πάθεσι ζέουσα, καιρὸν εἶναι αὐτῇ τοῦ φιλεῖν ταῦτα ἃ τῇ νεότητι φίλα ἐστίν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀντιδοᾷ ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς τῇ νεότητι, ἄλλον τῆς καθαρᾶς φιλίας καιρὸν ὁριζόμενος. Μηδὲ γὰρ εἶναι τοῦτο φιλίαν, τὴν διημαρτημένην τῆς ψυχῆς περὶ τὰ ἄτοπα σχέσιν.·Ὥσπερ γὰρ εὐοδουμένης ἐν ὑγιείᾳ τῆς φύσεως, ἐν καιρῷ προσγίνεται τὸ δίψος τῷ σώματι· οἷς δὲ τὸ δῆγμα τῆς διψάδος ἐχίδνης τὴν τοιαύτην διάθεσιν ἐνεποίησεν, οὐκ ἄν τις εἴποι κατὰ καιρὸν ἐνδργεῖσθαι τὴν δίψαν· οὐ γὰρ φυσικὴ ὄρεξις ἐπὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ πάθος ἡ δίψα γίνεται· οὕτω καὶ τὸ ῥυπαρὸν ἧς νεότητος φίλτρον, οὐ φίλτρον, ἀλλὰ νόσος ἐστὶ διαχαεῖ τε καὶ γνώμη τῷ τῆς ἡλικίας δήγματι ἐγγινομένη. Οὐ πᾶσα τοίνυν φιλία τὸ εὔκαιρον ἔχει, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ περὶ τὸ μόνον ἀγαπητὸν γινομένη. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι σαφῇ περὶ τούτων γνῶσιν λαθεῖν, μὴ οὑτωσὶ διελόμενον ἐν τῇ θεωρίᾳ τὸν λόγον· τῶν ἀγαθῶν τοίνυν, ὅσα πδρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σπουδάζεται, τὰ μὲν ὄντως τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, οἷα καὶ ὀνομάζεται ψευδώνυμον τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔχει. Ὅσα γὰρ οὐχὶ πρόσκαιρον δίδωσι τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν, οὐδὲ τά τινι δοκοῦντα καλὰ ἑτέροις ἄχρηστα γίνεται, ἀλλὰ πάντε καὶ διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐν πᾶσίν ἐστιν ἀγαθὰ, οἷς ἂν ἐγγένηται, ταῦτα ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστιν ἀγαθὰ, ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντα, καὶ τὴν τοῦ χείρονος ἐπίμιξιν προσδεχόμενα.·Ἄπερ τοῖς ἀχριδῶς ἐξετάζουσι περὶ μόνην τὴν θείαν τε καὶ ἀΐδιον θεωρεῖται φύσιν. Τὰ δὲ ἄλλα πάντα ὅσα τῇ αἰσθήσει καλά ἐστι, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἴησιν ἀπάτης καλὰ φαινόμενα, οὔτε ἔστι φύσει, οὔτε ὑφέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ῥοώδους καὶ παροδιχῇς ὄντα φύσεως, δι᾽ ἀπάτης τινὸς καὶ ματαίας προλήψεως, ὡς κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ὄντα τοῖς ἀπαιδεύτοις νομίζεται. Εἰ οὖν τῶν ἀστάτων περιεχόμενοι τῶν ἀεὶ ἐστώτων οὐκ ἐπορέγονται, ἔοικε γὰρ τοίνυν οἷον ἐπί τινος σκοπιᾶς ὑψηλῆς ἑστὼ: ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς ἐμΘοᾷν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει δʼ᾽ ὧν λέγει· ε Καιρὸς τοῦ φιλῆσαι, καὶ καιρὸς τοῦ μισῆσαι, ὅτι ἄλλα ἐστὶ τὰ ὄντως ἀγαθὰ, ἃ καὶ αὐτά ἐστι καλὰ, καὶ τοὺς μετἔχοντας τοιούτους ποιεῖ. Οἷον γὰρ ἂν ἣ τῇ φύσει τὸ μετεχόμενον, πρὸς ἢ τοῦτο ἀνάγκη κχαὶ τὸ μετέχον συμμετατίθεσθαι· οἷον εὔπνουν γίνεται τὸ στόμα τοῦ λαθόντος τῶν εὐπνοούντων ἀρωμάτων διὰ τοῦ στόματος, καὶ δυσῶδες πάλιν τοῦ σχόροδον ἐντρώγοντος, ἢ τινος ἄλλου τῶν δυσωδεστέρων. Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ δυσὠδης μὲν πᾶς ῥύπος τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἡ ἀρετὴ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν εὐωδία, ἡ δὲ ἀγαπητικὴ σχέσις τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγαπώμενον ἀνάκρασιν φυσικῶς χατεργάζεταε ’ ὅπερ ἂν οὖν διὰ τῆς φιλίας ἐρώμεθα, ἐκεῖνο γινόμεθα, ἢ εὐωδία Χριστοῦ ἣ δυσωδία. Ὁ γὰρ τὸ καλὸν ἀγαπήσας, καλὸς καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται͵ τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ γινομένου πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τὸν δεξάμενον μεταποιούσης. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐδώδιμον ἡμῖν ἑαυτὸν προτίθησιν ὁ ἀεὶ ὧν, ἵνα ἀναλαθόντες αὑτὸν ἐν αὑτοῖς, ἐκεῖνο γενώμεθα ὅπερ ἐκεῖνός ἐστι. Φησὶ γὰρ, ὅτι Ἡ σάρξ μον ἀληθῶς ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθῶς ἐστι πόσις. Ὃ οὖν ταύτην ἀγαπῶν τὴν σάρκα, οὐκ ἔστι φίλος τῆς ἰδίας σαρκὸς, καὶ ὁ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ αἶμα διατεθεὶς, τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ αἵματος χαθαρεύσει. Ἢ γὰρ τοῦ Λόγου σὰρξ, καὶ τὸ τῇ σαρκὶ ταύτῃ ἐγκείμενον αἶμα, οὐ μίαν τινὰ χάριν ἔχει· ἀλλ᾽ ἡδύ τε γίνεται τοῖς γευομένοις, καὶ ὁρεκτὸν τοῖς ἐπιθυμοῦσι, καὶ τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν ἐράσμιον. Εἰ δέ τις τρέψειε πρὸς τὰ μὴ ὑφεστῶτα τὸ φίλτρον, οἷα τῇ φύσει ταῦτά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη, πᾶσα τοιοῦτον γενέσθαι καὶ τὸν ἐν ἐκείνοις γενόμενον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ μέν τοι ἀληθές ἔστι, ᾿ πὸ δὲ μάταιον, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ἀντιπαραθέσεως τὴν τῶν ἀληθῶς ὄντων φύσιν νοήσωμεν. Οὕτω γὰρ ποιοῦσι πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι, τοὺς ἀποσφαλέντας τῆς εὐθείας ὁδοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς πεπλανημένης ὁδοιποροῦνταδ, πρὸς τὴν ὁδὸν ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐξετράπησαν ἐπανάγοντες, ἐμδοῶντες πόῤῥωθεν, ὅτι Φύγε τὴν ὁδὸν ἐν ἧ πορεύῃ. Λῃσταὶ γὰρ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν καὶ λωποδύται, καὶ φονέων ἐνέδραι, ἢ ἵνα ἅμα μὲν ὁ ὁδίτης τὸν κίνδυνον ἐκτραπῇ τῆς ὀλεθρίας ὁδοῦ - ἡ δὲ ἀναχώρησις ἐκείνης, ὁδηγία τῆς σωζούσης γίνεται. Οὕτω; καὶ ὁ μέγας Ἐκκλησιαστὴς, ἄνωθεν ἑδόα τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει τῇ ἐν ἀδάτῳ πλανωμένῃ καὶ οὐκ ὁδῷ, καθώς φηϑιν ὁ Προφήτης, ταῦτα ἄντικρυς δι᾽ ὧν φθέγγεται λέγων’ Τί πλανᾶσθε διὰ τοῦ βίου, ὦ ἄνθρωτοι; Τί ἀγαπᾶτε τὰ μάταια, καὶ σει τούτοις, ὧν ἐστιν οὐδεμία ὑπόστασις ;·Αλλη ἐστὶν ὁδὸς ἀπλανῆς τε καὶ σωτήριος· ἐκείνην φιλήσατε, ἐν ἐκείνῃ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης ὁδοιπορήσατε, ἧς τὸ ὄνομα, ἀλήθειά ἔστι καὶ ζωὴ, καὶ ἀφθαρσία, καὶ φῶς, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα - αὕτη δὲ ἡ ὁδὸς δι᾽ ἧς νῦν τρέχετε, μίσους καὶ ἀποστροφῆς ἀξία· ἀφεγγὴς Τάρ ἐστι καὶ σκότει διειλημμένη, εἰς χρημνοὺς δὲ ἄγει, καὶ βάραθρα, καὶ θηριώδεις τόπους, καὶ λῃστῶν ἐνέδρας. Ὁ τοίνυν εἰπὼν, Καιρὸς τοῦ φιλῆσαι, τὸ φιλητὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ ἀγαπητὸν ἐνεδείξατο· καὶ ὁ τῷ μίσει τὸν καιρὰν προγράψας. ὧν χρὴ τὴν ἀποστροφὴν ἔχειν ἐδίδαξεν. Οὐκοῦν μαθόντες τὸ ἀγαπητὸν τῇ φύσει, τούτου διὰ , χῆς ἀγάπης περιεχώμεθα, μηδαμοῦ παρατραπέντες ὑπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸ καλὸν ἀκρισίας, ἐν τούτοις τὸ φίλτρον δαπανήσαντες, ἐν οἷς ἀπαγορεύει καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαθιὸ, λέγων· Υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἕως πότε βαρυκάρδιοι; ἵνα τί ἀγαπᾶτε ματαιότητα, καὶ ζητεῖτε ψεῦδος ; νʼ;Ἕν γὰρ μόνον ἀγαπητὸν τῇ φύσει, τὸ ἀληθῶς ὃν, περὶ οὗ φησι καὶ ἡ Δεκαλόγου νομοθεσία, ὅτι ᾿Αγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου. Καὶ ἕν πάλιν μισητὸν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ὁ τῆς κακίας εὑρετὴς, ὁ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν πολέμιος· περὶ οὗ φησιν ὁ νόμος, ὅτι Μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν δου. Ἦ γὰρ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀγάπη, ἰσχὺς τοῦ ἀγαπῶντος γίνεται· ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν διάθεσις, ὄλεθρον φέρει τῷ κακὸν ἀγαγάρ φησιν ἡ προφητεία· σε, Κύριε, ἡ ἰσχύς μου· Κύριος στερέωμά μον, καὶ , καταφυγή μου, καὶ ῥύστης μου. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἐναντίου φησὶν, Ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἀδικίαν, μισεῖ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, Ἐπιδρέξει ἐπὶ ἁμαρτωλοὺς παγίδα. Καιρὸς οὖν τοῦ πρὸς Θεὸν φίτρου ἡ ζωὴ πᾶσα, καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀντικειμένου ἀλλοτριώσεως ὁ βίος ὅλος. Ὁ δὲ μικρόν τι τῆς ζωῆς ἕξω τοῦ φιλεῖν τὸν Θεὸν γενόμενος, ἔξω γίνεται πάντως οὗ τῆς ἀγάπης κεχώρισται. Τὸν δὲ ἔξω τοῦ Θεοῦ γενόμενον, ἔξω εἶναι τοῦ φωτὸς ἀνάγκη· διότι φῶς ὁ Θεός· ἕξω δὲ καὶ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῆς ἀφθαρσίας, καὶ παντὸς τοῦ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον θεωρουμένου νοήματός τε καὶ πράγματος· ἅπερ πάντα ὁ Θεός ἐστιν. Ὁ γὰρ ἐν τούτοις μὴ ὧν, ἐν τοῖς ἐναντίοις πάντως ἐστίν. Οὐκοῦν ἐκδέχεται τὸν τοιοῦτον σκότος καὶ δισφθορὰ, καὶ πανωλεθρία καὶ θάνατος. Ταῦτα ἐν βραχείᾳ φωνῇ ὁ τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ λόγος διελὼν, ἐπιδείκνυσι τῇ εὐκαίρῳ φιλίᾳ, καὶ τῷ κατὰ καιρὸν ἐνεργουμένῳ μίσει, τὴν ἑκατέρου τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον νοουμένων φύσιν ἀποκαλύψας. Καιρὸς, φησὶν, τοῦ φιλῆσαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ καιρὸς πάλιν τοῦ μισῆσαι τὸ ἐναντίον. Λέγει δὲ, ὅτι Σὺ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πρὸς τὸ καλὸν οἵον βλέπειν τὸν λόγον. Ἡ γὰρ ἐνηλλαγμένη τε καὶ πεπλανημένη πρὸς ἑκάτερον τούτων τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν διάθεσις, ῥίζα καὶ ἀρχὴ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐστίν. εΟὐδεὶς γὰρ ε δύναται, φησὶν, ε δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν· ἣ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἔτερον ἀγαπήσει. Ἐδίδαξεν ἡ ἀντιδιαστολὴ, τίς ὁ κακῶς κυριεύων, οὗ χρὴ διὰ τοῦ μίσους ἀλλοτριοῦσθαι, καὶ τίς ὁ ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ τοῦ ἀρχομένου κρατῶν, ᾧ προσήκει δι᾿ ἀγάπης συνάπτεσθαι. Εἰ δέ τις τοῦ μισητοῦ μὲν ἀντέχοιτο, τοῦ δὲ ἀγαπητοῦ καταφρονοίη, οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπαλλάσσων τῆς φιλίας καὶ τοῦ μέσους τὴν εὐκχαιρίαν ἰδίῳ κακῷ. Ὁ γὰρ καταφρονῶν πράγματος, χκαταφθαρήσεται ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὁ δὲ ἀντεχόμενος τῆς ἀπωλείας, περιποιήσεται τοῦτο ἑαυτῷ οὗ ἀντείχετο. Διαστείλας τοίνυν τῷ λόγῳ τὰ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τε καὶ κακίαν νοούμενα, ἐπιγνώσει τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, τοῦ πῶς χρὴ πρὸς ἑκάτερον τούτων ἔχειν. Ἐγκράτεια καὶ ἡδονὴ, σωφροσύνη καὶ ἀκολασία, μετριότης καὶ τῦφος, εὔνοια καὶ κακόνοια, καὶ πάντα τὰ·ἐξ ἐναντίου νοούμενα, φανερῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ ὑποδείκνυταί σοι ὅπως τῇ ψυχῇ περὶ ταῦτα εὖ διατιθέμενος, λυσιτελῶς βουλεύσῃ. Καιρὸς οὖν τοῦ φιλῆσαι τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, καὶ τοῦ μισῆσαι τὴν ἡδονὴν, ἵνα μὴ γένῃ φιλήδονος, μᾶλλον δὲ φιλόθεος, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ὡσαύτως, τὸ φιλόνεικον, τὸ φιλοχερδές τε καὶ ξον, γχαὶ πάντα τῇ ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ δέοντα τῆς φιλίας χρήσει, τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν σχέσεως ἀφορίζοντα· οἷον ἐκ παρόδου δόγμα ἐμάθομεν, ὅτι πᾶσα τῆς ψυχῆς χίγησις ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ παρὰ τοῦ δημιουργήσαντος τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν κατεσκευάσθη· ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δὴ ἡμαρτημένη τῶν ποιούτων κινημάτων χρῆσις τὰς εἰς κακίαν ἐγέννησεν ἀφορμάς· καλόν τι οὖσα ἡ αὐτεξούσιος δύναμις ἡμῶν, ὅταν πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἐνεργῆται, κακῶν ἔσχατον γίνεται. Καὶ τὸ ἔμπαλιν, ὄργανον ἀρετῆς ἐστιν ἡ ἀπεδι ἰπϑέτιι- ὡστιχὴ τῶν ἀηδῶν δύναμις, ἧ ὄνομα τὸ μῖσός ἐστιν, ὅταν κατὰ τοῦ ἐναντίου ὁπλίξηται. ᾿Αλλὰ ἁμαρτίας τότε γίνεται ὅπλον, ὅταν πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀντιταχτιχῶς ἔχει. Οὐκοῦν πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν κατεσκευασμένων καλὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπόδλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμθδανόμενον ἡ δὲ ἀχάριστος τούτων χρῆσις πάθος τὸ κτίσμα ἐποίησε, δι᾽ οὗ ἐχθαίνει πρὸς Θεὸν οἰχειότης, ἀντεισελθόντα δὲ τὰ ἐναντία, εἰς τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τόπον ἀντικαθίστανται - ὥστε τοῖς τοιούτοις θεοποιεῖσθαι τὰ πάθη. Οὕτως οὖν τοῖς λαιμαργοῦσι γίνεται θεὸς ἡ κοιλία. Οὕτως εἰδωλοποιοῦσιν ἑαυτοῖς οἱ πλεονέκται τὴν νόσον. Οὕτως οἱ δι᾽ ἁπάττς σχητισθέντες ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς, θεὸν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν κενοδοξίαν ἐποίησαν. Καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι, ᾧπερ ἄν τις τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λογισμὸν ὑποζεύξας, δοῦλον ποιήσῃ καὶ ὑποχείριον, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ πάθει ἐθεοποίησεν· οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο παθὼν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τὸ κακὸν φχειώσατο. Εἰ οὖν ἐνοήσαμεν τῆς τε φιλίας καὶ τοῦ μίσους τὴν εὖκαιρίαν, τὸ μὲν ἀγαπήσωμεν, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ πιο πη υδου θαυ Καιρὸς γὰρ. φησὶ, πολέμου, καὶ καιρὸς εἰρῆντς. Ὁρᾷς τῶν ἀντικειμένων παθῶν τὴν παράταξιν, τὸν νόμον τῆς σαρκὸς, τὸν ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Πρόσχες τῇ ποικίλῃ τῆς μάχης διασκευῇ, πῶς μυριότοπός ἐστι κατὰ τῆς σῆς πόλεως ἧ τοῦ ἀντικειμένου στρατηγία· κατασκόπους πέμπει, προδότας ὑποποιεῖται, ταῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἕνεδρα συνίστησι, συμμάχους προσεταιρίζεται, καὶ τοὺς συστάδην συμπλεχομένους, καὶ τὴν ἐππιχὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα κατὰ σοῦ ἐχστρα τεύεται. Πάντως δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων διάνοιαν, τίς ὁ προδότης, τίς ὁ κατάσκοπος, τίνες οἱ δνεδρευταὶ, τίνες οἱ σφενδονῖται. τίνες οἱ τοξόται, καὶ ἀγχέμαχοι, καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἴλη. Πάντα οὖν βλέποντας χρὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς χαθοπλίζεσθαι, καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους παρακαλεῖν, καὶ φίλοχρινεῖν ἐν τοῖς ὑποχειρίοις, μή τις τὰ τῶν πολεμίων φρονεῖ, προδλέπειν τε τὰς παροδίους ἐνέδρας, καὶ τυρεοῖς τὰς βολὰς ἀσφαλίζεσθαι, πρός τε τοὺς συστάδην ἡμῖν συμπλεχομένους ἄνωθεν, καὶ ἀποταφρεύειν τοῖς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἱππόταις τὴν πάροδον. Ἥρμοζε δέ τισι καὶ προσόοσθείη τοῖς μηχανήμασι. Πάντω; δὲ οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἑρμηνευόμεθα, πῶς ὁ ἐχθρὸς τῆς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν πόλεως, τῆς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ συνἢ διὰ κατασκόπων ἀποπειρᾶται ἡμῶν ἧς δυνάμεως, καί τινας ἔχει τοὺς ἐξ ἡμῶν αὖὧν προδότας γινομόνους τὴς ἡμετέρας δυνάμεως. Ὡς δ᾽ ἂν φανερώτερον τὸ νόημα ἐκχαλυφθείη, τοιοῦτόν ἔστιν ἡ πρώτη τοῦ πειρασμοῦ προσθολὴ, ὅθεν τὰ πάθη τὴν ἀρχὴν λαμδάνει. Οὗτος τῆς ἡμετέρας δυνάμεως κατάσκοπος γίνεται· οἷον, ἐνέπεσε τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ θέαμα τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνακαινίσαι δυνάμενον. Διὰ οὖν τούτου χατασχοπεῖ τὴν ἐν σοὶ δύναμιν ὁ πολέμιος, εἴτε σχυρά τις καὶ εὐπαράσχευός ἔστιν, εἴτε ἄτονος καὶ εὐάλωτος. Εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ὥχλασας τῷ σχήματι, οὐδέ σοι πρὸς τὸ φανὲν διελύθη τῆς διανοίας ὁ πόνος, ἀλι᾽ ἀπαθῶς παρέπεμψας τὴν συντυχίαν, εὑθὺς ἐπτόησας τὸν κατάσκοπον, οἷον ὁπλιτῶν τινα φάλαγγα τοῖς δόρασι φρίσσουσαν, τὴν τῶν λογισμῶν λέγω παρασκευὴν τῷ κατασχόπῳ δείξας. Εἰ δὲ μαλαχθείη δι᾽ ἡδονῆς πρὸς τὴν θέαν ἡ αἴσθησις, καὶ τὸ τοῦ χαρακτῆρος εἴδωλον ἐντὸς τῆς διανοίας διὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν εἰσδύῃ, τότε χαταπολεμεῖται μὲν ὁ στρατηγὺς τῶν ἔνδον ὁ νοῦς, ὡς οὐδὲν ἀνδρῶδες ἣ νεανικὸν ἔχων, ἀλλὰ βλαχώδης τις καὶ ἔκλυτος ὧν, καὶ πλῆθος προδοτῶν ἐκ τοῦ δήμου τῶν λογισμῶν περὶ τὸν κατάσκοπον συγκροτεῖται. Οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ προδόται, περὶ ὧν φησιν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Οὐ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκειακοὶ αὐτοῦ· οἱ τῆς καρδίας ἔχπορΞξυόμενο:, καὶ χοινοῦντες τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα σαφῶς ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου μαθεῖν. Τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τούτου, οὐκέτι ἄν σοι γένηται δυσχερὲς, δι᾽ ἀκολούθου τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῆς πολεμικῆς ἐκείνης διασχενῆς κατανοῆσαι τῆς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς προλοχεύοντος, οἷς περιπίπτουσιν οὗ ἀπροόπτως κατὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου ὁδὸν πορευόμενοι. Οἱ γὰρ ἐν σχήματι φιλίας καὶ εὐνοίας πρὸς τὸν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὄλεθρον χαθέλχοντες τὸν πειθόμενον, οὗτοί εἶσιν οἱ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐνεδρεύοντες, οἱ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐπαινέται, οἱ πρὸς τὰ θέατρα χειραγωγοῦντες, οἱ τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν εὐκολίαν ἀποδεικνύοντες, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν ποιοῦσι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὁμοίων μίμησιν ἐκκαλούμενοι, ἀδελφοὺς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ φίλους ἐπ᾽ ὀλέθρῳ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων γχατονομάζοντες. Περὶ ὧν γέγραπται, ὅτι Πᾶς ἀδελφὸς πτέρνῃ πτερνιεἴ· καὶ πᾶς φίλος δόλῳ πορεύσεται. ν Εἰ δὲ γενοήχαμεν τὰς ἐνέδρας, σαφὲς ἂν εἴη καὶ τὸ τῶν διερευνήσασθαι. Οἱ γὰρ ὑδρισταί τε καὶ θυμώδεις καὶ λοίδοροι τῷ προκατάρχειν τῶν ὕδρεων, ἀντὶ βελῶν ἣ λίθων, τοὺς παροξυντιχοὺς λόγους καὶ σφενδονοῦντες, καὶ ἀχοντίζοντες, μέσην τιτρώσχουσι τὴν καρδίαν τῶν ἀθωραχίστως καὶ ἀφυλάκτως διοδευόντων. Τὸ δὲ τοῦ τύφου καὶ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας πάθος, εἰς τὸ γαυρίαμα τῶν ἵππων μετενεγχόντες οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοιεν. Ἵπποι γάρ εἰσί τινες ἀτεχνῶς ὑψαυχενισταὶ καὶ ὑψηλοχάρηνοι, τοῖς ὑπερὄγχοις τοῦ τύφου ῥήμασιν οἷόν τισιν ὁπλαῖς χοίλαις τοὺς μετρίους καταχραδαίνοντες. Περὶ ὧν φησιν ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι Μὴ ἐλθέτω μοι ποῦς ὑπερηφανίας. ν Τὰ δὲ μηχανήματα δι᾽ ὧν λύεται ἁρμονία τοῦ τεέχους, καλῶς ἄν τις τὴν φιλοχρηματίαν κατανοήσειεν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἐστὶ βαρὺ καὶ δυσάντητον ἐν τῇ τῶν πολεμίων παρασκευῇ, ὡς τὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας μηχάνημα. Κἂν ὅτι μάλιστα τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετὰς διὰ τῆς συνθέσεως ταῖς ψυχαῖς σιν, οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων πολλάκις εἰσδύεται τὸ μηχάνημα. Ἔστι γὰρ ἰδεῖν καὶ διὰ σωτὴν φιλοχρηματίαν εἰσπίπτουσαν, καὶ πίστεως, καὶ μυστηρίων ἀχριδείας, ἐγκρατείας τε καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνης, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων πάντων ἐντὸς γινομένην τὴν βαρεῖαν ταύτην καὶ ἄμαχον τοῦ κακοῦ προσβολήν. Ὅθεν τινὲς ἐγκρατεῖς τε καὶ σώφρονες, καὶ περὶ τὴν πίστιν διάπυροι, καὶ χατεσταλμένοι τὸν τρόπον, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἠθῶν μετριάξοντες, πρὸς ταύτην μόνον ἀντισχεῖν τὴν νόσον ἀδυνατοῦσιν. Εἰ οὖν νενόηται ἡμῖν τῶν πολεμίων τὸ στῖφος, καιρὸς ἂν εἴη τοῦ πολεμεῖν. Οὐκ ἂν δέ τις θαῤῥήσειε τὴν ἐναντίαν παράταξιν τροπώσασθαι, μὴ τῆς πανοπλίας τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου δραξάμενος. Πάντως δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ τὸν τρόπον τῆς θείας ἐκείνης ὁπλίσεως, δι᾽ ἧς ἄτρωτὸν ποιεῖ τοῖς ἐναντίοις βέλεσι τὸν πρὸς τὴν φάλαγγα τῶν πολεμίων ἱστάμενον. Διελὼν γὰρ εἰς εἴδη τὰς ἀρετὰς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ἴδιον ὅπλον ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν καιρίων ἔχσστον ἀρετῆς εἶδος πεποίηται. Τῇ πίστει γὰρ τὴν δικαιοσύνην συμπλέξας καὶ συνυφάνας, διὰ τούτων χατασχενάζει τῷ ὁπλίτῃ τὸν θώρακα, καλῶς καὶ ἀσφαλῶς δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων θωραχίξων τὸν στρατιώτην. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, ἕτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου διεζευγμένον, ἀσφαλὲς ὅπλον ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τῷ μεταχειριζομένῳ γενέσθαι. Οὔτε γὰρ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἱκανὴ περισώσασθα!ι· οὐδ᾽ αὖ πάλιν ἡ τοῦ βίου δικαιοσύνη ἀσφαλής ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν, διεζευγμένης τῆς πίστεως. Διὰ ποῦτο καθάπερ ὕλας τινὰς τῷ ὅπλῳ τούτῳ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην συμπλέξας, τὸ περικάρδιον τοῦ Ἐν γὰρ τῷ θώρακι, ἡ καρδία νοεῖται. Τὴν δὲ κεφαλὴν τοῦ ἀριστέως τῇ ἐλπίδι χατασφαλίζεται, σημαίνων ὅτι προσήκε: τῷ καλῷ στρατιώτῃ, τὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν ὑψηλῶν, οἷόν τινα λοφέαν ( εἰς τὸ ἄνω ἔχειν. Ὁ δὲ θυρεὸς τὸ σχεπασπτήριον ὅπλον, ἡ ἀῤῥαγὴς πίστις ἐστὶν, ἧς ἡ τῶν ἀχίδων ἀκμὴ διαδυῆναι οὐ δύναται. ᾿Αχίδας δὲ πάντως παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων ἐχτοξευομένας, τὰς ποικίλας προσθολὰς τῶν παθημάτων νοήσωμεν. Σωτήριον δὲ ὅπλον ὃ τὴν δεξιὰν ὁπλίζει τῶν κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀρι:στενόντων, τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμά ἔστι, φοδερὸν μὲν τὸ ὑπεναντίον, τὸ δὲ μεταχειριζόμενον σωτήριον. Πᾶσα δὲ ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ διδασκαλία, τοῖς ποσὶ ποιεῖ τὴν ἀοφάλειαν, ὡς μηδὲν τοῦ σώματος εὑρεθῆναι γυμνὸν καὶ πρὸς πληγὴν ἐπιτήδειον. Εἰ οὖν μεμαθήκαμεν οἷς πολεμεῖν χρὴ, καὶ οὕτως τῆς μάχης ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι, μαθεῖν προσήκει καὶ τὸ ιν ἕτερον μέρος, οἷς ἔνσπονδον εἶναι καὶ εἰρηνικὸν ὁ λόγος διαμαρτύρεται. Τίς οὖν ὁ ἀγαθὸς στρατηγὸς, ᾧ διὰ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐμαυτὸν οἰχειώσω ; Τίς δὲ ὁ τοῦ ποιούτου στρατοῦ βασιλεύς ; Ἢ δῆλόν ἐστιν, ἄμφω παρὰ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς ἀκηκόαμεν, ὅτι στρατὸς οὐράνιος, ἡ παράταξις τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐστίν; ε Ἐγένετὸ γὰρ, ν φησὶ, πλῆθος οὐρανίου στρατιᾶς αἰνούντων τὸν Θεόν. Καὶ ὁ Δανιὴλ μυρίας μυριάδας παρεττώτων ὁρᾷ, καὶ χιλιάδων χιλιάδας ἐν τοῖς λειτουργοῦσι βλέπει. Καὶ ὁ Προφήτης τὸ τοιοῦτον μαρτυρῶν, Κύριον στρατιῶν, καὶ Κύριον δυνάμεων τὸν τοῦ παντὸς ὀνομάζετα: Κύριον. Καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ναυὴ ὁ δυνατός φησιν ἐν πολέμῳ ε Ἐγὼ, φησὶν, γος εἶμι τῆς δυνάμεως. Ἐλ δὲ ἐνοήσαμεν τίς ἐστιν ἢ ἀγαθὴ συμμαχία, καὶ τίς ὁ τῶν συμμάχων τούτων ἡγούμενος, σπονδὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν ποιησώμεθα, προσδράμωμεν αὐτοῦ τῇ δυναστείᾳ, φίλοι γενώμεθα τῷ τοσαύτην δύναμιν κεκτημένῳ. Τίς δὲ ὁ τρόπος τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκειώσεως, διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ὁ τῆς φιλίας ταύτης συναγωγεὺς, ὁ μέγας ᾿Απόστολος, ἐν οἷς φησι· ε Δικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Καὶ πάλιν· Ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ πρεσδεύομεν, ὡς τοῦ Θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος δι’ ἡμῶν, δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ - Καταλλάγητε τῷ θεῷ. Ἕως γὰρ ἦμεν τέκνα φύσει ὀργὴῇς ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα, τοῖς τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ ὙΨίστου ἀποθέμενοι τὴν ἀσέθειαν καὶ τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας, ἐν τῷ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεδῶς ζῇν. Διὰ τῆς εἰρήνης ταύτης τῇ ἀληθινῇ εἰρήνῃ συναφθησόμεθα. Οὕτως γάρ φησι περὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὅτι Αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν. Οὗτος ὁ λόγος πάντων τῶν κατὰ καιρὸν γινομένων τὸ πέρας ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον. Πάντα γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ ποιεῖν ἐδιδάχθημεν, ἵνα τοῦτο ἑαυτοῖς κατορθώσωμεν, τὸ εἰρήνην ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ πολεμίως προστεθῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀντίπαλον. Πάντως δὲ κἂν τὰς ἀρετὰς εἴπῃ. τὸν εἰρήνης στρατὸν πρὸς ἃς χρὴ φιλικῶς ἔχειν ἡμᾶς, οὐκ ἔξω τῆς ἀποδοθείσης διανοίας ἕξει τὸν λόγον· διότι πᾶν ἀρετῆς ὄνομά τε καὶ νόημα, εἰς τὸν Κύριον τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀναφέρεται. Καὶ τί ἄν τις ἐν τοῖς το:ούτοις τὸν λόγον μηχύνῃ, ἐχανῶν ὄντων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐκκαλύψαι τὴν ἐγκειμένην τοῖς ῥητοῖς διάνοιαν ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ διὰ τούτων, ... τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ προπαιδευθέντος ἐν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς τούτοις μαθήμασι, πάλιν ἀνάγει πρὸς ὑψηλὴν τινα κατάστασιν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ ἑπομένου τῷ λόγῳ, καί φησι Τίς περισσεία τοῦ ποιοῦντος ἐν οἷς αὐτὸς μοχθεῖ; Ὅπερ ἴσόν ἐστι τῷ εἰπεῖν· Τί ἐκ τῶν μόχθων τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πάντων, ἐξ ὧν οὐδέν ἐστι πλέον ; πόνοις, ἐμπορεύεται, ζημιοῦται, κερδαίνει, δικάζεται, μάχεται, ἡττηθεὶς ἀπῆλθε, τὴν νικῶσαν φέρεται ψῆφον, ταλανίζεται, μακαρίζετα!ι, μένει ἐφἑστιος, ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις πλανᾶται· πάντα ὅσα ὁρώμενα κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐν ποικίλοις ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, ἄλλα ἐν ἄλλοις. Τί φέρει πλέον τῷ διὰ τῶν τοισύτων τὸν ἴδιον δαπανῶντι βίον ἡ περὶ ταῦτα σπουδή; Οὐκ ὁμοῦ τε τὸ ζῇν ἐπαύσατο, καὶ λήθῃ ἐπεχαλύφθη πάντα· καὶ μονωθεὶς τῶν σπουδαζομένων γυμνὸς οἴχεται, ἐπαγόμενος μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τῶν τῇδε πραγμάτων οὐδὲν, πλὴν τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασι μόνης συνειδήσεως ; παρ᾽ ἧς τρόπον τινὰ αὕτη μετὰ τοῦτο γίνεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἡ φωνὴ, τὸν διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἀσχολιῶν συμπλανηθέντα τῷ βίῳ, ὅτι Τίς περισσεία γέγονέ σοι τῶν πολλῶν ἐκείνων πόνων ἐν οἷς ἐμόχθησας; Ποῦ αἱ λαμπραὶ οἰκίαι ; Ποῦ τὰ χατωρυγμένα βαλάντια ; Ποῦ αἱ χαλκαῖ εἰκόνες, καὶ αἱ τῶν εὐφημούντων φωναί; Ἰδοὺ νῦν πῦρ καὶ μάστιγες, καὶ ἡ ἀδέκαστος κρίσις, καὶ ἡ ἀπαραλόγιστος τῶν βεδιωμένων ἐξέτασις. Τίς οὖν περισσεία τοῦ ποιοῦντος ἐν οἷς αὐτὸς μοχθεῖ; Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, Εἶδον, φησὶ, τὸν περισπασμὸν ὃν ἔδωκε τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ περισπᾶσθαι ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰ σύμπαντα, ἃ ἐποίησε καλὰ ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ. Καί γε τὸν αἰῶνα ἔδωκεν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν, ὅπως μὴ εὕρῃ ἄνθρωπος τὸ ποίημα ὃ ἐποίησὲν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους. ν Τί ταῦτα λέγει ; Ἐπέγνων, φησὶν, ὅθεν περιεσπάσθη τῆς ζωῆς ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, ἐκ τῶν θείων εὐεργεσιῶν τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαδοῦσα. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ τὰ πάντα ἐποίησε, καὶ λογισμὸν ἔδωκε τοῖς τῶν ὄντων μετέχουσι διακριτικὸν τοῦ βελτίονος, δι᾽ οὗ ἡ εὐκαίρια τῆς ἑκάστου χρήσεως ἐπιγνωσθεῖσα τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ αἴσθησιν τοῖς κεχρημένοις χαρίζεται. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπεσφάλη τῆς ὀρθῆς περὶ τῶν ὄντων κρίσεως, διὰ πονηρᾶς συμθουλῆῇῆς παρατραπεὶς τοῦ καθεστῶτος λογισμοῦ, ἡ ὑπαλλαγὴ τοῦ καιροῦ τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου χρήσιμον εἰς ἐναντίαν ἕτρεψε πεῖραν.·Ὥσπερ εἴ τις ἐπὶ τραπέζης πᾶσαν προθεὶς παρασκευὴν εὐωχίας, καὶ σκεύη τινὰ πρὸς τὴν τῆς τροφῆς συνεργίαν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχοντα συμπαραθείη, οἷα δὴ παρὰ τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα φιλοτεκατασχευάζονται, ἣ λεπτὰς μαχαίρας δι᾽ ὧν οἱ δαιτυμόνες ἑαυτοῖς τι διαιροῦνται τῶν προτεθέντων, ἣ τὰς ἀργυρᾶς περόνας, αἷς ἣ συμπεφυχυΐα κατὰ τὸ ἕτερον μέρος χοιλότης, πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος ἐπιηδείως ἔχειν πεποίηται· ἔπειτά τις τῶν ἐπ᾽ εὐωχία συγχεχλημένων ὑπαλλάξας τῶν προκειμένων τὴν χρῆσιν, ἑκάστῳ πρὸς τὰ μὴ δέοντα χρῷτο, καὶ τῇ ς μαχαίρᾳ μὲν, ἣ ἑαυτὸν ἢ τινα τῶν παρακειμένων πέμοι, τῇ δὲ περόνῃ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἣ τοῦ πέλας ἢ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἐχχεντήσειεν· εἶποι τις ἂν, ὅτι τῇ παρασκευῇ τοῦ ἑστιάτορος ὁ δεῖνα εἰς κακὸν ἀπεχρήσατο, αὐτοῦ παρασκευάσαντος τὴν αἰτέαν τῶν ἐχθησομένων προετοιμάσαντος, ἀλλὰ τῆς κακῆς τῶν προτεθέντων χρήσεως εἰς τοῦτο τὸ πάθος προαγαγούσης τὸν ἀδούλως τοῖς προκειμένοις χρησάμενον· οὕτως, φησὶν, ἔγνων καὶ ἐγὼ, ὅτι παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ γέγονε μὲν ἔκαστον ἐπὶ παντὶ τῷ βελτίονι, εἴπερ ἐν καιρῷ κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστου γένοιτο χρῆσις· ἡ δὲ παρατροπὴ τῆς ὀρθῆς περὶ τῶν ὄντων κρίσεως εἰς ἀφορμὴν κακῶν τὰ ἀγαθὰ περιήγαγεν· οἷόν τι λέγω· Τί γλυχύπερον τῆς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐνεργείας ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅταν ὄψις παθοῦσα ὑπηρέτης γίνεται τοῖς τοιούτοις, τὸ ἐπ᾽ εὐεργεσίᾳ γενόμενον αἴτιον κακῶν γεγενῆσθαι λέγει· ὅπερ ἄλλο οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι κακῶς τῷ καλῷ τις χρησάμενος, πάθος τὴν χρῆσιν ἐποίησεν. Οὕτω καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ὅσα παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχει ἡ φύσις, ἐν τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν κεχρημένων κεῖται, ἣ καλῶν ἣ κακῶν ὕλη γενέσθαι. Διό φησι· ε Τὰ σύμπαντα ἃ ἐποίησε καλὰ ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ. Καί γε τὸν αἰῶνα ἔδωκεν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν. Ὁ δὲ αἰὼν διαστηματιχόν τι νόημα ὃν, πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ σημαίνει τὴν κτίσιν τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ γενομένην. Οὐκοῦν ἐκ τοῦ περιέχοντος ἅπαν τὸ ἐμπεριεχόμενον δείκνυσιν ὁ λόγος. Πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι γέγονεν, ἔδωκε τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ καρδίᾳ ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ ὁ Θεὸς, ὥστε διὰ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς κτισμάτων ἀναθεωρεῖν δι᾽ αὐτῶν τὸν ποιήσαντα. Οἱ δὲ δι’ ὧν διὰ τούτων ἐδλάφθησαν, τῷ μὴ κατὰ τὸ δέον ἑκάστῳ καὶ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελοῦν ἀποχρήσασθαι. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν’ Ὅπως μὴ εὕρῃ ἄνθρωπος τὸ ποίημα ὃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς ὠφελείας σκοπῷ, ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς τῆς κτίσεως καὶ μέχρι τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συμπληρώσεως, οὐδενὸς ἐν τοῖς οὗσιν ὄντος κακοῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχει φύσιν ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ κακόν τι φῦναι. Εἰ δὲ ἀγαθὸς ὁ τῶν ἀπάντων αἴτιος, ἀγαθὰ πάντως ὅσα ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τὴν ὑπόστασιν Εἶτα, Ἔγνων, ν φησὶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς, εἰ μὴ τὸ εὐφρανθῆναι, καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν ἐν ζωῇ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αναχεφαλαιοῦνται τῷ λόγῳ τὰ εἰρημένα. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ τῶν θείων ποιημάτων ἡ χρῆσις τὸ καλὸν ὁρίζει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ, ζωῇ, ἕν ἂν εἴη καλὸν, ἡ διηνεκὴς ἐπὶ τοῖς καλοῖς εὐφροσύνη, ἥτις ἐκ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων γεννᾶται. Ἧ γὰρ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἔργασία, νῦν μὲν διὰ τῆς ἐλπίδος εὐφραίνει τὸν τῶν καλῶν προϊστάμενον ἔργων μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδων δεξαμένη, ἴδιον τοῖς ἀξίοις τὴν εὐφροσύνην προτίθησιν, ὅτε φησὶν ὁ Κύριος τοῖς τὸ ἀγαθὸν πεποιηκόσιν, ὅτι εΔεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν. Καὶ ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις τῷ σώματι, δι᾿ ὧν συντηρεῖται ἡ φύσις, τοῦτό ἐστι τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν βλέπειν, καὶ τοῦτο ὡς ἀληθῶς δόμα ἐστὶ Θεοῦ ἐνατενίζειν Θεῷ. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ὄνομα, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς εἰρημένον διερμηνεύεται, Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Καί γε πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ὃς φάγεται, καὶ πίεται, καὶ ἴδῃ ἀγαθὸν ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὐτοῦ, τοῦτο δὲ δόμα Θεοῦ ἐστιν. ν Ὡς γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, φησὶν, ὁ σαρχώδης ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν τὴν ἰσχὺν ἔχει, οὕτως ὁ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν βλέπων (ἀγαθὸν δὲ ἀληθινὸν ὁ μόνος ἀγαθὸς ἂν εἴη) δόμα Θεοῦ ἔχει ἐν παντὶ μόχθῳ αὖτοῦ, αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀεὶ βλέπειν. Διὰ ᾿ ποῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ - ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμὴν.

Kairos tou philēsai, kai kairos tou misēsai. Tis ara houtōs hestai tēn akoēn kekatharmenos, hōste katharōs dexasthai ton peri tou philēsai logon, mēden tēs rhyparas philia? heautǭ ? Tacha kai ta hēmetera ōta chrēzei tōn daktylōn Iēsou, hina dia tēs theias hepaphēę̄s tou alēthinou Logon, eleutherōthę̄ pantos rhypou, tou tēn akoēn emphrassontos, hē achoustichē tēs psychēs hēmōn dynamis; hōste kai synienai tēn epainetēn philian, kai tę̄ psychę̄ paradexasthai, tis ho kairos tou philēsai, kai tis ho kairos tou misēsai. Ouk oimai touton allon einai kairon plēn tou sympherontos, Hē gar aph᾽ xchaterou toutōn ōpheleia, kata ge tēn emēn krisin, hē eukairia tēs chrēseōs amphoterōn estin; hōs eige hexō tou lysitelountos ginoito, exō an eiē kai tou kairou to ginomenon; proteron de men, oimai, chrē goēsai tōn dyo toutōn rhēmatōn to sēmainomenon, pou philēsai legō kai tou misēsai, hin᾽ houtōs kai tēn eukairon autōn chrēsin tǭ logǭ katanoēsōmen. Philtryn estin hē endiathetos peri to katathymion schesis di᾽ hēdonēs kai prospatheias energoumenē ᾿ misos de hē pros to aēdes allotriōsis kai hē tou lypountos apostrophē. Esti de toutōn hekaterą tōn diatheseōn kai lysitelōs kai epi tōn enantiōn chrēsasthai, kai hōsper pa? ho kat᾽ aretēn bios enteuthen tēn archēn echei. Hopou gar an tę̄ agapę̄ rhepsōmen, ekeino tais psychais oicheioumetha, kai pros hoper an misētichōs diatethōmen, toutou allotrioumetha. Eite gar pros to kalon, eite pros to kakon hē tēs psychēs genētai schesis, katachirnatai pōs tę̄ psychę̄ to agapōmenon. s Ho ti d’ an eiē kai hoper an parempesę̄ dia mesou to huisos, toutou ton chōrismon kateirgasato, eite tou kalou, eite tou cheironos. Oukoun episkepteon an eiē, ti men agapēton, ti de misēton esti tę̄ physei, hōs an en kairǭ tę̄ toiautę̄ tēs psychēs diathesei chrēsamenoi, tōn te kakōn allotrioi dia tou misous genoimetha kai tę̄ physei tōn agathōn synchratheiēmen. Kai eithe touto pro pantōn hē tōn anthrōpōn epaideueto physis, eis tēn tou kalou legō, kai mē toioupon diakrisin ! Ou gar an eschen parodon kata tēs zōēs hēmōn ta pathē, ei ex archēs to kalon egnōrisamen. Nyni de tēn alogon aisthēsin tou kalou kritērion para tēn prōtēn poioumenoi, syntrephometha kat᾽ archas enginomenę̄ peri tōn ontōn krisei, kai toutou charin dysapospastōs echomen tōn tę̄ aisthēsei nomisthentōn einai kalōn, heautois tēn peri tauta schesin tę̄ syntrophią poiēsantes. Kalon phainetai tois anthrōpois ho ophthalmois tina hēdonēn dia tēs euchroias entithēsin, eite en tę̄ apsychǭ hylę̄, eite en tois empsychois theamasi. Kalon tę̄ akoę̄ to melǭdēma; kai en tois chymois de kai en tois osmois kalon horizetai, to men hē geusis, to de hē osphrēsis. To de pantōn barytaton te kai alogō taton estin hē haphē, di᾽ hēs hē akolastos hēdonē epi tę̄ tou kalou psēphǭ protereuei tę̄ physei. ᾿Epei oun hai aisthēseis hēmin euthys ginomenois synapotichtontai, kai tauta[is] para tēn prōtēn zōēn systrephometha; pollē de esti tę̄ aisthētikę̄ dynamei pros tēn alogon zōēn hē oikeiōsis; panta gar ta toiauta kai en tois alogois horatai; ho de nous empodizetai pōs pros tēn oikeian energeian hypo tēs nēpiotētos mē chōroumenos, all᾽ echthlidetai tropon tina tę̄ epichratēsei tēs alogōteras aisthēseōs, dia touto peplanēmenē chrēsis, archē kai hypothesis tou kata kakian ginetai biou. Epeidē gar diplę̄, tis estin hēmin ē physis, tǭ noētǭ te kai aisthētǭ synchechramenē, diplę̄ kata to akolouthon estin hēmin kai hē zōē, hekaterōn en hēmin tallēlōs enginomenē, sōmatikōs men tǭ aisthētǭ merei, tǭ de heterǭ asōmatōs. Hōsautōs de kai to kalon te kai mē toiouton, ou to auto estin hekaterǭ tǭ tēs zōēs hēmōn eidei, alla noēton men, tǭ noētǭ; tǭ de aisthētǭ te kai sōmatikǭ merei toiouton hoion hē aisthēsis bouletai. Epei oun hē men aisthēsis hama tę̄ prōtę̄ genesei symphyetai, ho de nous anamenei tēn eis to symmetron tēs hēlikias anadromēn, hōste dynēthēnai kat᾽ oligon emphanēnai tǭ hypokeimenǭ, toutou charin dynasteuetai hypo tēs aisthēseōs ho nous ho kata mikron enginomenos, kai kata kratos aei tǭ pros to hypakouein autǭ ekeino kalon hē phaulon krinōn, hoper an hē proelētai apodalę̄ hē aisthēsis. Dia touto chalepē te kai dyschatorthōtos hēmin hē tou alēthōs agathou katanoēsis ginetai; hoti proeilēmmetha tois aisthētichois chrien tǭ euphrainonti te kai hēdonti to kalon horizomenoi. Hōsper gar ouk esti pros ta en ouranǭ kallē blepein, omichlēs ton hyper kephalēs aera dialadousēs᾽ houtōs oude ho tēs Psychēs ophthalmos pros tēn aretēn kathorą, hoion achlyï tini pros tēn opsin dia tēs hēdonēs analadomenos. Epei oun hē men haisthēsis pros tēn hēdonēn blepei, ho de nous dia tēs hēdonēs pros tēn aretēn horąn empodixetai, hautē ginetai hē tēs kakias archē, dioti tēn alogon peri tou kalou krisin kai ho nous hypo tēs aisthēseōs dynasteutheis epepsēphiss, kan eipę̄ ho ophthalmos en tę̄ euchroią tou phainomenou to kalon einai, synepirrhepei toutǭ kai hē dianoia. Kai epi tōn loipōn de hōsautōs, to euphrainon tēn aisthēsin tēn tou kalou psēphon ēnenkato. Ei de pōs hoion te hēn ex archēs hēmin tēn alēthē peri tou kalou krisin enginesthai, tou nou to agathon eph᾽ heautou dokimazontos, ouk an tę̄ alogǭ aisthēsei dedoulōmenoi ktēnōdeis ginomenoi Hōs an oun hē toiautē synchysis en hēmin diachritheiē, kai to tę̄ physei agapēton, kai ta heterōs echonta palin, aplanōs epignōstheiē, tauta phēsi nyn ho Ekklēsiastēs en tǭ logǭ, hoti e Kairos tou philēsai, kai kairos tou misēsai. k Di᾽ hōn diakrinei tēn tōn praUmatōn physin, deiknys ti to sympherontōs philoumenon, kai ti to misoumenon. Legei gar hē neotēs tois tēs hēlikias pathesi zeousa, kairon einai autę̄ tou philein tauta ha tę̄ neotēti phila estin. ᾿All᾽ antidoą ho Ekklēsiastēs tę̄ neotēti, allon tēs katharas philias kairon horizomenos. Mēde gar einai touto philian, tēn diēmartēmenēn tēs psychēs peri ta atopa schesin.;Hōsper gar euodoumenēs en hygieią tēs physeōs, en kairǭ prosginetai to dipsos tǭ sōmati; hois de to dēgma tēs dipsados echidnēs tēn toiautēn diathesin enepoiēsen, ouk an tis eipoi kata kairon endrgeisthai tēn dipsan; ou gar physikē orexis epi toutōn, alla pathos hē dipsa ginetai; houtō kai to rhyparon hēs neotētos philtron, ou philtron, alla nosos esti diachaei te kai gnōmē tǭ tēs hēlikias dēgmati enginomenē. Ou pasa toinyn philia to eukairon echei, all᾽ hē peri to monon agapēton ginomenē. ᾿All᾽ ouk esti saphę̄ peri toutōn gnōsin lathein, mē houtōsi dielomenon en tę̄ theōrią ton logon; tōn agathōn toinyn, hosa pdra tōn anthrōpōn spoudazetai, ta men ontōs toiauta estin, hoia kai onomazetai pseudōnymon tēn epōnymian echei. Hosa gar ouchi proskairon didōsi tēn apolausin, oude ta tini dokounta kala heterois achrēsta ginetai, alla pante kai dia pantōn kai en pasin estin agatha, hois an engenētai, tauta hōs alēthōs estin agatha, aei hōsautōs echonta, kai tēn tou cheironos epimixin prosdechomena.;Aper tois achridōs exetazousi peri monēn tēn theian te kai aïdion theōreitai physin. Ta de alla panta hosa tę̄ aisthēsei kala esti, dia tēs kata tēn oiēsin apatēs kala phainomena, oute esti physei, oute hyphestēken, alla tēs rhoōdous kai parodichę̄s onta physeōs, di᾽ apatēs tinos kai mataias prolēpseōs, hōs kata alētheian onta tois apaideutois nomizetai. Ei oun tōn astatōn periechomenoi tōn aei estōtōn ouk eporegontai, eoike gar toinyn hoion epi tinos skopias hypsēlēs hestō: ho Ekklēsiastēs emThoąn tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei dʼ᾽ hōn legei; e Kairos tou philēsai, kai kairos tou misēsai, hoti alla esti ta ontōs agatha, ha kai auta esti kala, kai tous metechontas toioutous poiei. Hoion gar an hē tę̄ physei to metechomenon, pros ē touto anankē kchai to metechon symmetatithesthai; hoion eupnoun ginetai to stoma tou lathontos tōn eupnoountōn arōmatōn dia tou stomatos, kai dysōdes palin tou schorodon entrōgontos, ē tinos allou tōn dysōdesterōn. Oukoun epeidē dysōdēs men pas rhypos tēs hamartias, ek de tou enantiou hē aretē Christou estin euōdia, hē de agapētikē schesis tēn pros to agapōmenon anakrasin physikōs chatergazetae ’ hoper an oun dia tēs philias erōmetha, ekeino ginometha, ē euōdia Christou hē dysōdia. Ho gar to kalon agapēsas, kalos kai autos estai͵ tēs agathotētos tou en autǭ ginomenou pros heautēn ton dexamenon metapoiousēs. Dia touto edōdimon hēmin heauton protithēsin ho aei hōn, hina analathontes hauton en hautois, ekeino genōmetha hoper ekeinos esti. Phēsi gar, hoti Hē sarx mon alēthōs esti brōsis, kai to haima mou alēthōs esti posis. Ho oun tautēn agapōn tēn sarka, ouk esti philos tēs idias sarkos, kai ho pros touto to aima diatetheis, tou aisthētou haimatos chathareusei. Ē gar tou Logou sarx, kai to tę̄ sarki tautę̄ enkeimenon aima, ou mian tina charin echei; all᾽ hēdy te ginetai tois geuomenois, kai horekton tois epithymousi, kai tois agapōsin erasmion. Ei de tis trepseie pros ta mē hyphestōta to philtron, hoia tę̄ physei tauta estin, anankē, pasa toiouton genesthai kai ton en ekeinois genomenon. Epei oun en tois ousi to men toi alēthes esti, ᾿ po de mataion, hina dia tēs antiparatheseōs tēn tōn alēthōs ontōn physin noēsōmen. Houtō gar poiousi pantes hoi hagioi, tous aposphalentas tēs eutheias hodou, kai dia tēs peplanēmenēs hodoiporountad, pros tēn hodon aph᾽ hēs exetrapēsan epanagontes, emdoōntes porrhōthen, hoti Phyge tēn hodon en hē poreuę̄. Lę̄stai gar kat᾽ autēn kai lōpodytai, kai phoneōn enedrai, ē hina hama men ho hoditēs ton kindynon ektrapę̄ tēs olethrias hodou - hē de anachōrēsis ekeinēs, hodēgia tēs sōzousēs ginetai. Houtō? kai ho megas Ekklēsiastēs, anōthen hedoa tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei tę̄ en adatǭ planōmenę̄ kai ouk hodǭ, kathōs phēϑin ho Prophētēs, tauta antikrys di᾽ hōn phthengetai legōn’ Ti planasthe dia tou biou, ō anthrōtoi? Ti agapate ta mataia, kai sei toutois, hōn estin oudemia hypostasis ?;Allē estin hodos aplanēs te kai sōtērios; ekeinēn philēsate, en ekeinę̄ dia tēs agapēs hodoiporēsate, hēs to onoma, alētheia esti kai zōē, kai aphtharsia, kai phōs, kai ta toiauta - hautē de hē hodos di᾽ hēs nyn trechete, misous kai apostrophēs axia; aphengēs Tar esti kai skotei dieilēmmenē, eis chrēmnous de agei, kai barathra, kai thēriōdeis topous, kai lę̄stōn enedras. Ho toinyn eipōn, Kairos tou philēsai, to philēton hōs alēthōs kai agapēton enedeixato; kai ho tǭ misei ton kairan prograpsas. hōn chrē tēn apostrophēn echein edidaxen. Oukoun mathontes to agapēton tę̄ physei, toutou dia , chēs agapēs periechōmetha, mēdamou paratrapentes hypo tēs peri to kalon akrisias, en toutois to philtron dapanēsantes, en hois apagoreuei kai ho megas Dathio, legōn; Huioi anthrōpōn, heōs pote barykardioi? hina ti agapate mataiotēta, kai zēteite pseudos ? nʼ?Hen gar monon agapēton tę̄ physei, to alēthōs hon, peri hou phēsi kai hē Dekalogou nomothesia, hoti ᾿Agapēseis Kyrion ton Theon sou ex holēs tēs dianoias sou. Kai hen palin misēton tę̄ alētheią, ho tēs kakias heuretēs, ho tēs zōēs hēmōn polemios; peri hou phēsin ho nomos, hoti Misēseis ton echthron dou. Ē gar tou Theou agapē, ischys tou agapōntos ginetai; hē de pros tēn kakian diathesis, olethron pherei tǭ kakon agagar phēsin hē prophēteia; se, Kyrie, hē ischys mou; Kyrios stereōma mon, kai , kataphygē mou, kai rhystēs mou. Peri de tou enantiou phēsin, Ho de agapōn tēn adikian, misei tēn heautou psychēn, Epidrexei epi hamartōlous pagida. Kairos oun tou pros Theon phitrou hē zōē pasa, kai tēs tou antikeimenou allotriōseōs ho bios holos. Ho de mikron ti tēs zōēs hexō tou philein ton Theon genomenos, exō ginetai pantōs hou tēs agapēs kechōristai. Ton de exō tou Theou genomenon, exō einai tou phōtos anankē; dioti phōs ho Theos; hexō de kai tēs zōēs kai tēs aphtharsias, kai pantos tou pros to kreitton theōroumenou noēmatos te kai pragmatos; haper panta ho Theos estin. Ho gar en toutois mē hōn, en tois enantiois pantōs estin. Oukoun ekdechetai ton toiouton skotos kai disphthora, kai panōlethria kai thanatos. Tauta en bracheią phōnę̄ ho tou Ekklēsiastou logos dielōn, epideiknysi tę̄ eukairǭ philią, kai tǭ kata kairon energoumenǭ misei, tēn hekaterou tōn kata to enantion nooumenōn physin apokalypsas. Kairos, phēsin, tou philēsai to agathon, kai kairos palin tou misēsai to enantion. Legei de, hoti Sy, ō anthrōpe, pros to kalon hoion blepein ton logon. Hē gar enēllagmenē te kai peplanēmenē pros hekateron toutōn tēs psychēs hēmōn diathesis, rhiza kai archē tēs hamartias estin. eOudeis gar e dynatai, phēsin, e dysi kyriois douleuein; hē gar ton hena misēsei kai ton eteron agapēsei. Edidaxen hē antidiastolē, tis ho kakōs kyrieuōn, hou chrē dia tou misous allotriousthai, kai tis ho ep᾿ agathǭ tou archomenou kratōn, hǭ prosēkei di᾿ agapēs synaptesthai. Ei de tis tou misētou men antechoito, tou de agapētou kataphronoiē, houtos estin hypallassōn tēs philias kai tou mesous tēn eukchairian idiǭ kakǭ. Ho gar kataphronōn pragmatos, chkataphtharēsetai hyp᾽ autou ho de antechomenos tēs apōleias, peripoiēsetai touto heautǭ hou anteicheto. Diasteilas toinyn tǭ logǭ ta kat᾽ aretēn te kai kakian nooumena, epignōsei tēn eukairian, tou pōs chrē pros hekateron toutōn echein. Enkrateia kai hēdonē, sōphrosynē kai akolasia, metriotēs kai typhos, eunoia kai kakonoia, kai panta ta;ex enantiou nooumena, phanerōs hypo tou Ekklēsiastou hypodeiknytai soi hopōs tę̄ psychę̄ peri tauta eu diatithemenos, lysitelōs bouleusę̄. Kairos oun tou philēsai tēn enkrateian, kai tou misēsai tēn hēdonēn, hina mē genę̄ philēdonos, mallon de philotheos, kai ta alla panta hōsautōs, to philoneikon, to philocherdes te kai xon, nchai panta tę̄ epi ta mē deonta tēs philias chrēsei, tēs pros to agathon scheseōs aphorizonta; hoion ek parodou dogma emathomen, hoti pasa tēs psychēs chigēsis ep᾽ agathǭ para tou dēmiourgēsantos tēn physin hēmōn kateskeuasthē; all᾽ ei dē hēmartēmenē tōn poioutōn kinēmatōn chrēsis tas eis kakian egennēsen aphormas; kalon ti ousa hē autexousios dynamis hēmōn, hotan pros to kakon energētai, kakōn eschaton ginetai. Kai to empalin, organon aretēs estin hē apedi ipϑetii- hōstichē tōn aēdōn dynamis, hē onoma to misos estin, hotan kata tou enantiou hoplixētai. ᾿Alla hamartias tote ginetai hoplon, hotan pros to agathon antitachtichōs echei. Oukoun pan ktisma Theou tōn en hēmin kateskeuasmenōn kalon, kai ouden apodlēton meta eucharistias lamthdanomenon hē de acharistos toutōn chrēsis pathos to ktisma epoiēse, di᾽ hou echthainei pros Theon oicheiotēs, anteiselthonta de ta enantia, eis ton tou Theou topon antikathistantai - hōste tois toioutois theopoieisthai ta pathē. Houtōs oun tois laimargousi ginetai theos hē koilia. Houtōs eidōlopoiousin heautois hoi pleonektai tēn noson. Houtōs hoi di᾽ hapatts schētisthentes en tǭ aiōni toutǭ tois ophthalmois tēs psychēs, theon heautois tēn kenodoxian epoiēsan. Kai synelonti phrasai, hǭper an tis ton heautou logismon hypozeuxas, doulon poiēsę̄ kai hypocheirion, touto en tǭ idiǭ pathei etheopoiēsen; ouk an touto pathōn, ei mē dia tēs agapēs to kakon phcheiōsato. Ei oun enoēsamen tēs te philias kai tou misous tēn eukairian, to men agapēsōmen, to de epi pio pē ydou thau Kairos gar. phēsi, polemou, kai kairos eirēnts. Horąs tōn antikeimenōn pathōn tēn parataxin, ton nomon tēs sarkos, ton antistrateuomenon tǭ nomǭ tēs hamartias. Prosches tę̄ poikilę̄ tēs machēs diaskeuę̄, pōs myriotopos esti kata tēs sēs poleōs hē tou antikeimenou stratēgia; kataskopous pempei, prodotas hypopoieitai, tais hodois kai henedra synistēsi, symmachous prosetairizetai, kai tous systadēn symplechomenous, kai tēn eppichēn dynamin, kai panta ta toiauta kata sou echstra teuetai. Pantōs de ouk agnoeis tēn tōn eirēmenōn dianoian, tis ho prodotēs, tis ho kataskopos, tines hoi dnedreutai, tines hoi sphendonitai. tines hoi toxotai, kai anchemachoi, kai tōn hippeōn ilē. Panta oun blepontas chrē kai hēmas chathoplizesthai, kai tous symmachous parakalein, kai philochrinein en tois hypocheiriois, mē tis ta tōn polemiōn phronei, prodlepein te tas parodious enedras, kai tyreois tas bolas asphalizesthai, pros te tous systadēn hēmin symplechomenous anōthen, kai apotaphreuein tois kath᾽ hēmōn hippotais tēn parodon. Hērmoze de tisi kai prosoostheiē tois mēchanēmasi. Pantō? de oudeni logǭ ta kath᾽ hekaston hermēneuometha, pōs ho echthros tēs hekastou hēmōn poleōs, tēs en tę̄ psychę̄ para tou Theou synē dia kataskopōn apopeiratai hēmōn hēs dynameōs, kai tinas echei tous ex hēmōn auōn prodotas ginomonous tēs hēmeteras dynameōs. Hōs d᾽ an phanerōteron to noēma ekchalyphtheiē, toiouton estin hē prōtē tou peirasmou prostholē, hothen ta pathē tēn archēn lamdanei. Houtos tēs hēmeteras dynameōs kataskopos ginetai; hoion, enepese tǭ ophthalmǭ theama tēn epithymian anakainisai dynamenon. Dia oun toutou chataschopei tēn en soi dynamin ho polemios, eite schyra tis kai euparascheuos estin, eite atonos kai eualōtos. Ei gar ouk hōchlasas tǭ schēmati, oude soi pros to phanen dielythē tēs dianoias ho ponos, ali᾽ apathōs parepempsas tēn syntychian, heuthys eptoēsas ton kataskopon, hoion hoplitōn tina phalanga tois dorasi phrissousan, tēn tōn logismōn legō paraskeuēn tǭ kataschopǭ deixas. Ei de malachtheiē di᾽ hēdonēs pros tēn thean hē aisthēsis, kai to tou charaktēros eidōlon entos tēs dianoias dia tōn ophthalmōn eisdyę̄, tote chatapolemeitai men ho stratēgys tōn endon ho nous, hōs ouden andrōdes hē neanikon echōn, alla blachōdēs tis kai eklytos hōn, kai plēthos prodotōn ek tou dēmou tōn logismōn peri ton kataskopon synkroteitai. Houtoi de eisin hoi prodotai, peri hōn phēsin ho Kyrios, hoti Ou echthroi tou anthrōpou hoi oikeiakoi autou; hoi tēs kardias echporXxyomeno:, kai choinountes ton anthrōpon, hōn ta onomata saphōs estin ek tou Euangeliou mathein. To de apo toutou, ouketi an soi genētai dyscheres, di᾽ akolouthou ta kath᾽ hekaston tēs polemikēs ekeinēs diaschenēs katanoēsai tēs ek tou aphanous prolocheuontos, hois peripiptousin hou aprooptōs kata tēn tou biou hodon poreuomenoi. Hoi gar en schēmati philias kai eunoias pros ton tēs hamartias olethron chathelchontes ton peithomenon, houtoi eisin hoi kata tas hodous enedreuontes, hoi tēs hēdonēs epainetai, hoi pros ta theatra cheiragōgountes, hoi tou kakou tēn eukolian apodeiknyontes, kai di᾽ hōn poiousi pros tēn tōn homoiōn mimēsin ekkaloumenoi, adelphous heautous kai philous ep᾽ olethrǭ tōn apollymenōn nchatonomazontes. Peri hōn gegraptai, hoti Pas adelphos pternę̄ pterniei; kai pas philos dolǭ poreusetai. n Ei de genoēchamen tas enedras, saphes an eiē kai to tōn diereunēsasthai. Hoi gar hydristai te kai thymōdeis kai loidoroi tǭ prokatarchein tōn hydreōn, anti belōn hē lithōn, tous paroxyntichous logous kai sphendonountes, kai achontizontes, mesēn titrōschousi tēn kardian tōn athōrachistōs kai aphylaktōs diodeuontōn. To de tou typhou kai tēs hyperēphanias pathos, eis to gauriama tōn hippōn metenenchontes ouk an hamartoien. Hippoi gar eisi tines atechnōs hypsauchenistai kai hypsēlocharēnoi, tois hyperonchois tou typhou rhēmasin hoion tisin hoplais choilais tous metrious katachradainontes. Peri hōn phēsin hē Graphē, hoti Mē elthetō moi pous hyperēphanias. n Ta de mēchanēmata di᾽ hōn lyetai harmonia tou teechous, kalōs an tis tēn philochrēmatian katanoēseien. Ouden gar houtōs esti bary kai dysantēton en tę̄ tōn polemiōn paraskeuę̄, hōs to tēs philargyrias mēchanēma. Kan hoti malista tas allas aretas dia tēs syntheseōs tais psychais sin, ouden hētton kai dia tōn toioutōn pollakis eisdyetai to mēchanēma. Esti gar idein kai dia sōtēn philochrēmatian eispiptousan, kai pisteōs, kai mystēriōn achrideias, enkrateias te kai tapeinophrosynēs, kai tōn toioutōn pantōn entos ginomenēn tēn bareian tautēn kai amachon tou kakou prosbolēn. Hothen tines enkrateis te kai sōphrones, kai peri tēn pistin diapyroi, kai chatestalmenoi ton tropon, kai dia tōn ēthōn metriaxontes, pros tautēn monon antischein tēn noson adynatousin. Ei oun nenoētai hēmin tōn polemiōn to stiphos, kairos an eiē tou polemein. Ouk an de tis tharrhēseie tēn enantian parataxin tropōsasthai, mē tēs panoplias tou ᾿Apostolou draxamenos. Pantōs de oudeis agnoei ton tropon tēs theias ekeinēs hopliseōs, di᾽ hēs atrōton poiei tois enantiois belesi ton pros tēn phalanga tōn polemiōn histamenon. Dielōn gar eis eidē tas aretas ho ᾿Apostolos, idion hoplon hekastǭ tōn en hēmin kairiōn echsston aretēs eidos pepoiētai. Tę̄ pistei gar tēn dikaiosynēn symplexas kai synyphanas, dia toutōn chataschenazei tǭ hoplitę̄ ton thōraka, kalōs kai asphalōs di᾿ amphoterōn thōrachixōn ton stratiōtēn. Ou gar estin, heteron tou heterou diezeugmenon, asphales hoplon eph᾽ heautou tǭ metacheirizomenǭ genesthai. Oute gar hē pistis chōris tōn ergōn tēs dikaiosynēs hikanē perisōsastha!i; oud᾽ au palin hē tou biou dikaiosynē asphalēs estin eis sōtērian kath᾽ heautēn, diezeugmenēs tēs pisteōs. Dia pouto kathaper hylas tinas tǭ hoplǭ toutǭ tēn pistin kai tēn dikaiosynēn symplexas, to perikardion tou En gar tǭ thōraki, hē kardia noeitai. Tēn de kephalēn tou aristeōs tę̄ elpidi chatasphalizetai, sēmainōn hoti prosēke: tǭ kalǭ stratiōtę̄, tēn elpida tōn hypsēlōn, hoion tina lophean ( eis to anō echein. Ho de thyreos to schepasptērion hoplon, hē arrhagēs pistis estin, hēs hē tōn achidōn akmē diadyēnai ou dynatai. ᾿Achidas de pantōs para tōn polemiōn echtoxeuomenas, tas poikilas prostholas tōn pathēmatōn noēsōmen. Sōtērion de hoplon ho tēn dexian hoplizei tōn kata tōn echthrōn ari:stenontōn, to hagion Pneuma esti, phoderon men to hypenantion, to de metacheirizomenon sōtērion. Pasa de hē euangelikē didaskalia, tois posi poiei tēn aophaleian, hōs mēden tou sōmatos heurethēnai gymnon kai pros plēgēn epitēdeion. Ei oun memathēkamen hois polemein chrē, kai houtōs tēs machēs antilambanesthai, mathein prosēkei kai to in heteron meros, hois enspondon einai kai eirēnikon ho logos diamartyretai. Tis oun ho agathos stratēgos, hǭ dia tēs eirēnēs emauton oicheiōsō ? Tis de ho tou poioutou stratou basileus ? Ē dēlon estin, amphō para tēs theopneustou Graphēs akēkoamen, hoti stratos ouranios, hē parataxis tōn angelōn estin? e Egeneto gar, n phēsi, plēthos ouraniou stratias ainountōn ton Theon. Kai ho Daniēl myrias myriadas parettōtōn horą, kai chiliadōn chiliadas en tois leitourgousi blepei. Kai ho Prophētēs to toiouton martyrōn, Kyrion stratiōn, kai Kyrion dynameōn ton tou pantos onomazeta: Kyrion. Kai pros ton Nauē ho dynatos phēsin en polemǭ e Egō, phēsin, gos eimi tēs dynameōs. El de enoēsamen tis estin ē agathē symmachia, kai tis ho tōn symmachōn toutōn hēgoumenos, spondas pros auton poiēsōmetha, prosdramōmen autou tę̄ dynasteią, philoi genōmetha tǭ tosautēn dynamin kektēmenǭ. Tis de ho tropos tēs pros auton oikeiōseōs, didaskei hēmas ho tēs philias tautēs synagōgeus, ho megas ᾿Apostolos, en hois phēsi; e Dikaiōthentes oun ek pisteōs, eirēnēn echomen pros ton Theon. Kai palin; Hyper Christou presdeuomen, hōs tou Theou parakalountos di’ hēmōn, deometha hyper Christou - Katallagēte tǭ theǭ. Heōs gar ēmen tekna physei orgēę̄s en tǭ poiein ta mē kathēkonta, tois tę̄ dexią tou HyPsistou apothemenoi tēn asetheian kai tas kosmikas epithymias, en tǭ hosiōs kai dikaiōs kai eusedōs zę̄n. Dia tēs eirēnēs tautēs tę̄ alēthinę̄ eirēnę̄ synaphthēsometha. Houtōs gar phēsi peri autou ho ᾿Apostolos, hoti Autos estin hē eirēnē hēmōn. Houtos ho logos pantōn tōn kata kairon ginomenōn to peras esti kai to kephalaion. Panta gar en kairǭ poiein edidachthēmen, hina touto heautois katorthōsōmen, to eirēnēn echein pros ton Theon, dia tou polemiōs prostethēnai pros ton antipalon. Pantōs de kan tas aretas eipę̄. ton eirēnēs straton pros has chrē philikōs echein hēmas, ouk exō tēs apodotheisēs dianoias hexei ton logon; dioti pan aretēs onoma te kai noēma, eis ton Kyrion tōn aretōn anapheretai. Kai ti an tis en tois to:outois ton logon mēchynę̄, echanōn ontōn kai tōn eirēmenōn ekkalypsai tēn enkeimenēn tois rhētois dianoian ? ᾿All᾽ epeidē dia toutōn, ... tēn psychēn tou propaideuthentos en tois hypsēlois toutois mathēmasi, palin anagei pros hypsēlēn tina katastasin tēn psychēn tou hepomenou tǭ logǭ, kai phēsi Tis perisseia tou poiountos en hois autos mochthei? Hoper ison esti tǭ eipein; Ti ek tōn mochthōn tōn anthrōpinōn pantōn, ex hōn ouden esti pleon ? ponois, emporeuetai, zēmioutai, kerdainei, dikazetai, machetai, hēttētheis apēlthe, tēn nikōsan pheretai psēphon, talanizetai, makarizeta!i, menei ephestios, en allotriois planatai; panta hosa horōmena kata ton bion en poikilois epitēdeumasin, alla en allois. Ti pherei pleon tǭ dia tōn toisytōn ton idion dapanōnti bion hē peri tauta spoudē? Ouk homou te to zę̄n epausato, kai lēthę̄ epechalyphthē panta; kai monōtheis tōn spoudazomenōn gymnos oichetai, epagomenos meth᾽ heautou tōn tę̄de pragmatōn ouden, plēn tēs epi tois pragmasi monēs syneidēseōs ? par᾽ hēs tropon tina hautē meta touto ginetai eis ton ouranon hē phōnē, ton dia tōn toioutōn ascholiōn symplanēthenta tǭ biǭ, hoti Tis perisseia gegone soi tōn pollōn ekeinōn ponōn en hois emochthēsas? Pou hai lamprai oikiai ? Pou ta chatōrygmena balantia ? Pou hai chalkai eikones, kai hai tōn euphēmountōn phōnai? Idou nyn pyr kai mastiges, kai hē adekastos krisis, kai hē aparalogistos tōn bediōmenōn exetasis. Tis oun perisseia tou poiountos en hois autos mochthei? Kai meta tauta, Eidon, phēsi, ton perispasmon hon edōke tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn tou perispasthai en heautǭ ta sympanta, ha epoiēse kala en kairǭ autou. Kai ge ton aiōna edōken en kardią autōn, hopōs mē heurę̄ anthrōpos to poiēma ho epoiēsen ho Theos ap᾽ archēs mechri telous. n Ti tauta legei ? Epegnōn, phēsin, hothen periespasthē tēs zōēs hē anthrōpinē physis, ek tōn theiōn euergesiōn tas aphormas ladousa. Ho men gar ep᾽ agathǭ ta panta epoiēse, kai logismon edōke tois tōn ontōn metechousi diakritikon tou beltionos, di᾽ hou hē eukairia tēs hekastou chrēseōs epignōstheisa tēn tou kalou aisthēsin tois kechrēmenois charizetai. Epeidē de apesphalē tēs orthēs peri tōn ontōn kriseōs, dia ponēras symthoulēę̄ēs paratrapeis tou kathestōtos logismou, hē hypallagē tou kairou to eph᾽ hekastou chrēsimon eis enantian hetrepse peiran.;Hōsper ei tis epi trapezēs pasan protheis paraskeuēn euōchias, kai skeuē tina pros tēn tēs trophēs synergian epitēdeiōs echonta symparatheiē, hoia dē para tōn ta toiauta philotekatascheuazontai, hē leptas machairas di᾽ hōn hoi daitymones heautois ti diairountai tōn protethentōn, hē tas argyras peronas, hais hē sympephychyïa kata to heteron meros choilotēs, pros to ethnos epiēdeiōs echein pepoiētai; epeita tis tōn ep᾽ euōchia synchechlēmenōn hypallaxas tōn prokeimenōn tēn chrēsin, hekastǭ pros ta mē deonta chrǭto, kai tę̄ s machairą men, hē heauton ē tina tōn parakeimenōn pemoi, tę̄ de peronę̄ ton ophthalmon hē tou pelas ē ton heautou echchentēseien; eipoi tis an, hoti tę̄ paraskeuę̄ tou hestiatoros ho deina eis kakon apechrēsato, autou paraskeuasantos tēn aitean tōn echthēsomenōn proetoimasantos, alla tēs kakēs tōn protethentōn chrēseōs eis touto to pathos proagagousēs ton adoulōs tois prokeimenois chrēsamenon; houtōs, phēsin, egnōn kai egō, hoti para tou Theou gegone men ekaston epi panti tǭ beltioni, eiper en kairǭ kata to prosēkon hekastou genoito chrēsis; hē de paratropē tēs orthēs peri tōn ontōn kriseōs eis aphormēn kakōn ta agatha periēgagen; hoion ti legō; Ti glychyperon tēs tōn ophthalmōn energeias ? ᾿All᾽ hotan opsis pathousa hypēretēs ginetai tois toioutois, to ep᾽ euergesią genomenon aition kakōn gegenēsthai legei; hoper allo ouden estin, ē hoti kakōs tǭ kalǭ tis chrēsamenos, pathos tēn chrēsin epoiēsen. Houtō kai ta alla panta hosa para tou Theou echei hē physis, en tę̄ proairesei tōn kechrēmenōn keitai, hē kalōn hē kakōn hylē genesthai. Dio phēsi; e Ta sympanta ha epoiēse kala en kairǭ autou. Kai ge ton aiōna edōken en kardią autōn. Ho de aiōn diastēmatichon ti noēma hon, pasan autou sēmainei tēn ktisin tēn en autǭ genomenēn. Oukoun ek tou periechontos hapan to emperiechomenon deiknysin ho logos. Panta oun hosa en tǭ aiōni gegonen, edōke tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ kardią ep᾽ agathǭ ho Theos, hōste dia megethous kai kallonēs ktismatōn anatheōrein di᾽ autōn ton poiēsanta. Hoi de di’ hōn dia toutōn edlaphthēsan, tǭ mē kata to deon hekastǭ kai pros to lysiteloun apochrēsasthai. Dia touto phēsin’ Hopōs mē heurę̄ anthrōpos to poiēma ho epoiēsen ho Theos epi tǭ tēs ōpheleias skopǭ, en pasi tois gegonosin ap᾽ archēs tēs ktiseōs kai mechri tēs tou pantos symplērōseōs, oudenos en tois housin ontos kakou. Oude gar echei physin ex agathou kakon ti phynai. Ei de agathos ho tōn apantōn aitios, agatha pantōs hosa ek tou agathou tēn hypostasin Eita, Egnōn, n phēsin, hoti ouk estin agathon en autois, ei mē to euphranthēnai, kai to poiein agathon en zōę̄ autou. ᾿Anachephalaiountai tǭ logǭ ta eirēmena. Ei gar en kairǭ tōn theiōn poiēmatōn hē chrēsis to kalon horizei tę̄ anthrōpinę̄, zōę̄, hen an eiē kalon, hē diēnekēs epi tois kalois euphrosynē, hētis ek tōn agathōn ergōn gennatai. Hē gar tōn entolōn ergasia, nyn men dia tēs elpidos euphrainei ton tōn kalōn proïstamenon ergōn meta tauta de apolausin tōn agathōn elpidōn dexamenē, idion tois axiois tēn euphrosynēn protithēsin, hote phēsin ho Kyrios tois to agathon pepoiēkosin, hoti eDeute, hoi eulogēmenoi, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian. Kai hoper estin hē brōsis kai posis tǭ sōmati, di᾿ hōn syntēreitai hē physis, touto esti tę̄ psychę̄ to pros to agathon blepein, kai touto hōs alēthōs doma esti Theou enatenizein Theǭ. Touto gar esti to onoma, ho en tois ephexēs eirēmenon diermēneuetai, Echei de hē lexis houtōs; Kai ge pas anthrōpos hos phagetai, kai pietai, kai idę̄ agathon en panti mochthǭ autou, touto de doma Theou estin. n Hōs gar ho anthrōpos, phēsin, ho sarchōdēs en tǭ phagein kai piein tēn ischyn echei, houtōs ho pros to agathon blepōn (agathon de alēthinon ho monos agathos an eiē) doma Theou echei en panti mochthǭ autou, auto touto to pros to agathon aei blepein. Dia ᾿ pou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou - hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

“A season to love, and a season to hate.” Who, then, will have his hearing so cleansed as to receive purely the word about loving, [admitting] nothing of filthy love into himself? Perhaps our ears too need the fingers of Jesus, so that through the divine touch of the true Word the hearing power of our soul may be freed from all filth that blocks the hearing, so as both to understand the praiseworthy love and to receive in the soul what the season to love is and what the season to hate. I do not think this season is anything other than the beneficial. For the benefit from each of these, in my judgment at least, is the right timing of the use of both; so that if what is done should come outside what is profitable, it would be outside the season too. But first, I think, we must understand what is signified by these two words — I mean “to love” and “to hate” — so that we may thus also perceive by reason their timely use. Love is the inward relation to what is desired, effected through pleasure and passionate attachment; hatred is estrangement from what is unpleasant and turning away from what gives pain. Each of these dispositions can be used profitably and also for the opposite, and the whole virtuous life has, as it were, its beginning from here. For to whatever we incline in love, that we make our own in our souls, and toward whatever we are disposed with hatred, from that we are estranged. For whether the soul’s relation is toward the beautiful or toward the evil, what is loved is somehow blended into the soul. And whatever hatred falls between, of that it brings about the separation, whether of the beautiful or of the worse. So it would be necessary to examine what is by nature lovable and what hateful, so that, using such a disposition of the soul in season, we may become estranged from evils through hatred and be blended with the nature of good things. And would that human nature had been taught this before all things — I mean the discernment of the beautiful and what is not such! For the passions would have had no entry against our life if we had come to know the beautiful from the beginning. But as it is, making irrational sense-perception the criterion of the beautiful at the first, we are brought up from the beginning with the judgment about beings that arises in us [from it], and for this reason we are hard to tear away from the things thought beautiful by sense, having made our relation to them our own by being reared with them. What brings some pleasure to the eyes by fine colour appears beautiful to human beings, whether in soulless matter or in living spectacles. Melody is beautiful to the hearing; and in flavours and smells the beautiful is defined, the one by taste, the other by smell. But the heaviest and most irrational of all is touch, through which licentious pleasure takes first place in nature in the vote on the beautiful. Since, then, the senses are born together with us as soon as we come to be, and we grow up with them in our first life — and the sensing power has a great kinship with irrational life, for all such things are seen in the irrational animals too — while the mind is somehow hindered from its proper activity, not finding room in infancy, but is in a manner squeezed out by the dominance of the more irrational sense: for this reason the misdirected use [of the senses] becomes the beginning and ground of the life of vice. For since our nature is in a sense twofold, blended of intelligible and sensible, our life too is accordingly twofold, each arising in us correspondingly: bodily in the sensible part, and incorporeally in the other. Likewise the beautiful and what is not such are not the same for each form of our life, but for the intelligible it is intelligible, while for the sensible and bodily part it is such as sense wishes. Since, then, sense grows with us from our first birth, while the mind waits for the advance to the proportioned age, so as to be able to appear gradually in the subject, for this reason the mind, which arises little by little, is ruled by sense, and is always forcibly obedient to it, judging beautiful or base whatever sense chooses or rejects. For this reason the perception of the truly good becomes hard and difficult to achieve for us: because we have been taken beforehand by the criteria of sense, defining the beautiful in what gladdens and pleases. For just as one cannot look at the beauties in heaven when mist has filled the air overhead, so neither does the eye of the soul see clearly toward virtue, having been taken up, as it were, by a fog upon its sight through pleasure. Since, then, sense looks to pleasure, and the mind is hindered by pleasure from seeing virtue, this becomes the beginning of vice: that the mind too, ruled by sense, has voted for the irrational judgment about the … beautiful; and if the eye says that the beautiful is in the fine colour of what appears, the mind too inclines with it. And likewise with the rest: what gladdens the senses has carried the vote for the beautiful. But if it had somehow been possible from the beginning for the true judgment about the beautiful to arise in us, the mind testing the good by itself, we would not have become cattle-like, enslaved to irrational sense …

So that such confusion in us may be distinguished, and what is by nature lovable, and again what is otherwise, may be recognized without error, the Ecclesiast now says in his discourse: “A season to love, and a season to hate.” Through these he distinguishes the nature of things, showing what is beneficially loved and what hated. For youth, boiling with the passions of its age, says that it is the season for it to love what is dear to youth. But the Ecclesiast cries out against youth, defining another season for pure love. For he says that the erring relation of the soul to what is out of place is not love at all. For just as, when nature is prospering in health, thirst comes to the body in season, but for those in whom the bite of the thirst-viper has produced such a disposition no one would say that thirst is at work in season — for in them thirst is not a natural appetite but a disease — so too the filthy love of youth is not love but a disease, arising in the mind and judgment from the bite of age. Not every love, then, is timely, but only the love that is directed to what alone is lovable. But one cannot receive clear knowledge of these things without dividing the account thus in contemplation. Of the good things pursued by human beings, some are really such as they are called, while others have a false name. For those that do not give temporary enjoyment, nor are such that what seems beautiful to someone becomes useless to others, but are good always and throughout and in all things for those in whom they come to be — these are truly good, always the same, and [not] admitting the mixture of the worse. These things, for those who examine precisely, are contemplated in the divine and eternal nature alone. But all the other things that are beautiful to sense, appearing beautiful through the deceit of fancy, are neither by nature nor do they subsist, but, being of the flowing and passing nature, through some deceit and vain preconception they are thought by the uninstructed to be real. If, then, holding on to unstable things, they do not reach out for the things that always stand — the Ecclesiast seems, as though standing on some high lookout, to cry out to human nature through what he says: “A season to love, and a season to hate,” because the truly good things are other, which are themselves beautiful and make those who share in them such. For whatever is shared in is by nature, toward that the sharer too must be changed along with it; as the mouth of one who has taken fragrant spices through the mouth becomes fragrant, and again foul-smelling in one who eats garlic or some other of the fouler things. So since every filth of sin is foul-smelling, while on the contrary virtue is the fragrance of Christ, and the loving relation naturally brings about a blending with what is loved, whatever we love through affection, that we become: either the fragrance of Christ or a stench. For the one who has loved the beautiful will himself be beautiful, the goodness of what has come to be in him changing the one who received it into itself. … For this reason the One who always is sets himself before us as food, so that, receiving him into ourselves, we may become what he is. For he says, “My flesh is true food, and my blood is true drink.” So the one who loves this flesh is not a lover of his own flesh, and the one who is disposed toward this blood will be pure of perceptible blood. For the flesh of the Word, and the blood within this flesh, have not one grace only, but are sweet to those who taste, desirable to those who long for them, and lovely to those who love. But if someone turns his love toward things that do not subsist, then of necessity the one who comes to be in them becomes such as they are by nature. Since, then, among the things that exist one is true and the other vain, [the Ecclesiast speaks thus] so that through the contrast we may understand the nature of what truly is. For so all the saints do, bringing back those who have strayed from the straight road and travel by the wandering one to the road from which they turned aside, crying out from afar, “Flee the road on which you are going; for there are robbers on it and highwaymen and ambushes of murderers,” so that at once the traveller may turn from the danger of the destructive road, and his withdrawal from it may become guidance to the road that saves. So too the great Ecclesiast was crying from above to human nature wandering in a trackless place and not on a road, as the Prophet says, saying outright through what he utters: “Why do you wander through life, O human beings? Why do you love vain things, and [busy yourselves] with these, which have no substance? There is another road, without wandering and saving: love that, walk on that through love — whose name is truth and life and incorruptibility and light and such things. But this road by which you now run is worthy of hatred and aversion; for it is without light and enclosed in darkness, and leads to cliffs and pits and haunts of wild beasts and ambushes of robbers.” So the one who said, “A season to love,” showed what is truly lovable and beloved; and the one who prescribed the season for hatred taught from what we must turn away. Having learned, then, what is by nature lovable, let us cling to it through love, never turned aside by lack of discernment about the beautiful, spending our love on the things which the great David too forbids, saying, “Sons of men, how long will you be heavy of heart? Why do you love vanity and seek falsehood?” For one thing alone is by nature lovable: what truly is, about which the legislation of the Decalogue says, “You shall love the Lord your God with all your mind.” And one thing again is hateful in truth: the inventor of vice, the enemy of our life, about whom the law says, “You shall hate your enemy.” For the love of God becomes the strength of the one who loves, while the disposition toward vice brings ruin to the one who loves evil. [For] the prophecy says: “[I will love] you, O Lord, my strength; the Lord is my firm foundation and my refuge and my deliverer.” And about the opposite it says, “But he who loves injustice hates his own soul; he will rain snares upon sinners.” The whole of life, then, is the season for love toward God, and the whole of life for estrangement from the adversary. And the one who comes to be outside the love of God for a little of life surely comes to be outside him from whose love he has been separated. And the one who has come to be outside God must be outside the light, because God is light; and outside life and incorruptibility and every thought and thing contemplated toward the better, all of which God is. For the one who is not in these is surely in their opposites. So darkness and corruption and utter destruction and death await such a one. The word of the Ecclesiast, having distinguished these things in a short saying, shows them by timely love and hatred exercised in season, revealing the nature of each of the things understood as opposites. “A season,” he says, “to love the good, and again a season to hate the opposite.” And he says: “You, O human being, [should direct] your reason to look toward the beautiful.” For the reversed and erring disposition of our soul toward each of these is the root and beginning of sin. “For no one,” it says, “can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one and love the other.” The contrast has taught who is the one who rules evilly, from whom we must be estranged through hatred, and who the one who rules his subject for good, to whom it is fitting to be joined through love. But if someone holds to what is hateful and despises what is lovable, this is the one who exchanges the right times of love and hatred to his own harm. For the one who despises a thing will be destroyed by it, while the one who holds to destruction will acquire for himself what he held to. Having distinguished, then, by reason the things understood in terms of virtue and of vice, you will recognize the right time of how one must stand toward each of them. Self-control and pleasure, temperance and licentiousness, moderation and conceit, goodwill and ill will, and all the things understood as opposites, are clearly pointed out to you by the Ecclesiast, so that, being well disposed in soul toward them, you may take profitable counsel. There is a season, then, to love self-control and to hate pleasure, so that you may not become a lover of pleasure but rather a lover of God; and all the other things likewise — love of strife, love of gain and …, and all that through the use of love for what ought not to be loved separate one from the relation to the good. As it were in passing we have learned a doctrine: that every movement of the soul was constructed for good by the one who made our nature; but if the erring use of such movements has produced the occasions for vice, then our self-determining power, being a beautiful thing, becomes, when it is active toward evil, the last of evils. And conversely the power that drives away what is unpleasant, whose name is hatred, is an instrument of virtue, when it is armed against the opposite; but it becomes a weapon of sin when it is set in opposition to the good. So every creature of God among the things constructed in us is good, and nothing is to be rejected if it is received with thanksgiving; but the ungrateful use of them made the creature a passion, through which the kinship with God departs, and the opposites, coming in instead, are set up in the place of God, so that for such people the passions are made gods. So for the gluttonous the belly becomes a god; so the greedy make their disease an idol for themselves; so those darkened by deceit in this age in the eyes of the soul have made vainglory a god for themselves. And to put it briefly: to whatever one has yoked his own reasoning … and made it slave and subject, that he has made a god in his own passion; he would not have suffered this unless he had made the evil his own through love. If, then, we have understood the right time of love and hatred, let us love the one and [hate] the other.

“For there is a season,” it says, “of war, and a season of peace.” You see the battle line of the opposing passions, the law of the flesh campaigning against the law [of the mind]. Attend to the varied arrangement of the battle, how manifold is the adversary’s generalship against your city: he sends spies, wins over traitors, sets ambushes on the roads, gathers allies, and campaigns against you with those who fight hand to hand, the cavalry, and all such things. And surely you are not ignorant of the sense of what is said: who the traitor is, who the spy, who the men in ambush, who the slingers, who the archers and close fighters and the squadron of horsemen. We too, then, seeing all these things, must arm ourselves, summon our allies, and examine our subjects to see whether anyone is minded with the enemy, foresee the ambushes by the roadside, secure ourselves against the missiles with shields, [meet] those who grapple with us hand to hand from above, and trench off the approach of the horsemen against us. It would also be fitting for some to be applied against the siege engines. But surely we need no discourse to interpret each thing: how the enemy of the city of each of us — the one in the soul, [built] by God — tests our strength through spies, and has some of our own who become traitors to our strength. So that the thought may be revealed more clearly: the first attack of temptation, from which the passions take their beginning, is such. This becomes the spy of our strength. For example: a sight fell on the eye that can renew desire. Through this, then, the enemy spies out the strength in you, whether it is strong and well prepared, or slack and easily taken. For if you were not troubled by the figure, nor was the effort of your mind loosened toward what appeared, but you let the encounter pass without passion, at once you terrified the spy, showing the spy a phalanx of hoplites bristling with spears — I mean the preparation of your reasonings. But if sense is softened by pleasure toward the sight, and the image of the form slips into the mind through the eyes, then the general of those within, the mind, is defeated, as having nothing manly or vigorous, but being slack and feeble, and a crowd of traitors from the populace of the reasonings is assembled around the spy. These are the traitors of whom the Lord says, “A man’s enemies are those of his own household” — those that come out of the heart and defile the man, whose names can be learned clearly from the Gospel. From this point it will no longer be difficult for you to perceive in sequence each detail of that war’s arrangement, of the one who lies in ambush from the unseen, into which those fall who travel the road of life without foresight. For those who, under the guise of friendship and goodwill, drag the one who is persuaded down to the destruction of sin — these are the ones who lie in ambush on the roads: the praisers of pleasure, those who lead people by the hand to the theatres, those who show the ease of evil and by what they do call others to imitate the like, naming themselves brothers and friends for the destruction of those who perish. Of them it is written, “Every brother will supplant with the heel, and every friend will walk deceitfully.” If we have understood the ambushes, it would be clear also to search out [the slingers]. For the insolent and angry and abusive, by beginning the insults, slinging and hurling provoking words instead of missiles or stones, wound in the middle of the heart those who travel without breastplate and without guard. And those who transfer the passion of conceit and arrogance to the prancing of horses would not be wrong. For there are certain horses that are simply high-necked and high-headed, trampling down the modest with the swollen words of conceit as with hollow hooves. Of them Scripture says, “Let not the foot of arrogance come against me.” And the siege engines by which the joining of the wall is loosened one would rightly understand as love of money. For nothing is so heavy and hard to withstand in the enemies’ preparation as the engine of love of money. Even if [souls] have fortified themselves very greatly with the other virtues through their construction, the engine nonetheless often slips in through these too. For one can see love of money falling in even through [self-control], and through faith, and through exactness in the mysteries, through self-control and humility, and coming within all such things — this heavy and irresistible attack of evil. Hence some who are self-controlled and temperate, fervent in faith, sober in manner and moderate in character, are unable to hold out against this disease alone. If, then, we have understood the host of the enemies, it would be the season to make war. But no one would be confident of routing the opposing battle line without taking hold of the Apostle’s panoply. And surely no one is ignorant of the manner of that divine armour, by which he makes the one who stands against the phalanx of enemies invulnerable to the opposing missiles. For the Apostle, dividing the virtues into kinds, has made each kind of virtue a proper weapon for each of the vital parts in us. For weaving and plaiting righteousness together with faith, he prepares the breastplate for the hoplite through these, arming the soldier with a breastplate well and safely through both. For one cannot, separated from the other, become a safe weapon by itself to the one who wields it. For neither is faith without the works of righteousness able to save, nor again is the righteousness of life safe for salvation by itself, separated from faith. For this reason, weaving faith and righteousness together into this weapon as its materials, [he protects] the region about the heart … for in the breastplate the heart is understood. And he secures the head of the champion with hope, signifying that the good soldier should hold the hope of lofty things upward, like a crest. And the shield, the covering weapon, is unbreakable faith, which the point of the arrows cannot penetrate. And let us understand the arrows shot by the enemies to be the varied attacks of the passions. And the saving weapon that arms the right hand of those who champion against the enemies is the Holy Spirit, fearful to the adversary, saving to the one who wields it. And the whole teaching of the Gospel makes the feet secure, so that no part of the body is found naked and exposed to a blow.

If, then, we have learned with whom we must make war, and how to take up the battle, we must learn also the other part: with whom the word bears witness that we should be at truce and at peace. Who, then, is the good general to whom I shall make myself kin through peace? And who is the king of such an army? Surely it is clear — we have heard both from the God-inspired Scripture — that the heavenly army is the battle line of the angels? “For there came,” it says, “a multitude of the heavenly host praising God.” And Daniel sees myriads of myriads standing by, and sees thousands of thousands among those who minister. And the Prophet, bearing witness to such a thing, names the Lord of all “Lord of hosts” and “Lord of powers.” And to the son of Nun the one mighty in war says, “I am [the commander] of the power.” If we have understood what the good alliance is, and who the leader of these allies is, let us make a truce with him, let us run to his rule, let us become friends to the one who possesses such power. And the manner of our kinship with him is taught us by the one who brings about this friendship, the great Apostle, where he says, “Being justified, then, by faith, we have peace with God”; and again, “We are ambassadors for Christ, as though God were appealing through us; we beseech you on behalf of Christ, be reconciled to God.” For while we were by nature children of wrath in doing what is not fitting, … [we have been changed] by the right hand of the Most High, having put away ungodliness and worldly desires, living holily and righteously and godly. Through this peace we shall be joined to the true Peace. For so the Apostle says of him: “He himself is our peace.” This word is the end and the sum of all that is done in season. For we were taught to do all things in season so that we may achieve this for ourselves: to have peace with God through being set as enemies against the adversary. And surely, if one were to call the virtues the army of peace, toward which we must be friendly, he will not have his account outside the sense given; because every name and thought of virtue is referred to the Lord of the virtues. And why should one lengthen the discourse in such matters, when what has been said is enough to reveal the sense contained in the words?

But since through these … the soul of the one previously trained in these lofty lessons, he again leads up the soul of the one who follows the word to a lofty state, and says, “What advantage has the one who works in that at which he toils?” — which is equal to saying, “What [comes] from all human toils, from which there is no gain?” [One labours] with toils, trades, suffers loss, gains, goes to law, fights, goes away defeated, carries the winning vote, is pitied, is called blessed, stays at home, wanders among strangers — all that is seen in life in varied pursuits, some in some, others in others. What more does zeal about these things bring to the one who spends his own life through them? Did not living cease, and all was covered over by forgetfulness at once? And bereft of the things he pursued he goes away naked, bringing with him nothing of the affairs here except only his conscience about the affairs; from which, in a manner, this voice comes afterwards, [from heaven], to the one who wandered with life through such occupations: “What advantage has come to you from those many toils at which you toiled? Where are the splendid houses? Where the buried purses? Where the bronze statues and the voices of those who praised you? See, now there is fire and scourges, and the impartial judgment, and the examination of what was lived that cannot be deceived.” “What advantage, then, has the one who works in that at which he toils?” And after this, he says, “I saw the distraction which he gave to the sons of men, to be distracted with it: all the things which he made beautiful in its season. And he gave the age in their heart, so that a man may not find the work which God has made from beginning to end.” What does he mean by this? “I recognized,” he says, “from where human nature was distracted from life, taking its occasions from the divine benefits.” For he made all things for good, and gave to those who share in being a reason that distinguishes the better, through which the right timing of the use of each thing, once recognized, grants the perception of the beautiful to those who use it. But since it fell from the right judgment about beings, turned aside from settled reason by wicked counsel, the reversal of season turned what is useful in each case to the contrary experience. As if someone set on a table every preparation for a feast, and placed beside it certain utensils suited to help with the food, such as are made by those who love the art of such things — either fine knives by which the guests cut for themselves some of what is set before them, or the silver forks, whose hollow grown on at the other end is made suitable for the [eating] — and then one of those invited to the feast, reversing the use of what was set before him, should use each for what is not fitting, and with the knife should cut either himself or one of those beside him, and with the fork should prick out the eye of his neighbour or his own: one would say that so-and-so had misused the host’s preparation for evil, though the host did not prepare the cause of what would happen; rather, the evil use of what was set before him led the one who used it foolishly into this suffering. “So,” he says, “I too recognized that each thing came from God for every better purpose, if the use of each should come about in season as is fitting; but the turning aside of right judgment about beings turned good things into an occasion for evils.” I mean something like this: what is sweeter than the activity of the eyes? But when sight, having suffered passion, becomes the servant of such things, he says that what came to be for benefit has become a cause of evils; which is nothing else than that someone, using the beautiful badly, made the use a passion. So too all the other things that nature has from God lie in the free choice of those who use them, to become material either of good or of evil things. Therefore he says, “All the things which he made beautiful in its season. And he gave the age in their heart.” And the age, being a notion of extension, signifies all the creation that has come to be in it. So the passage shows, from what contains, everything that is contained. All things, then, that have come to be in the age God gave to the human heart for good, so that through the greatness and beauty of created things one might contemplate through them the one who made them. But those who were harmed through these things were harmed by not using each as is fitting and for what is profitable. Therefore he says, “So that a man may not find the work which God made” for the aim of benefit, in all the things that have come to be from the beginning of creation to the completion of the universe, since there is no evil among the things that exist. For evil has no nature to grow from good. And if the cause of all things is good, then surely all things that have their subsistence from the good are good.

Then he says, “I recognized that there is nothing good in them except to be glad and to do good in his life.” What has been said is summed up in the passage. For if the use of the divine works in season defines the beautiful for human life, the one beautiful thing would be the continual gladness in beautiful things, which is born of good works. For the working of the commandments now gladdens, through hope, the one who leads in beautiful works; and afterward, having received the enjoyment of the good hopes, it sets gladness before the worthy as their own, when the Lord says to those who have done good, “Come, you who are blessed, inherit the kingdom prepared for you.” And what eating and drinking are to the body, by which nature is preserved, this to the soul is looking toward the good; and this is truly a gift of God … to gaze intently at God. For this is the [gift] which is interpreted in what is said next. The wording is this: “And every man who will eat and drink and see good in all his toil — this is a gift of God.” For as the fleshly man, he says, has his strength in eating and drinking, so the one who looks toward the good (and the true good would be the only Good) has as a gift of God in all his toil this very thing: always to look toward the good. Through our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for the ages of ages. Amen.